From e427e8e242a18e765647c1926bc76094ae14b08f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dave Page Date: Sat, 6 Jan 2007 21:07:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Update docs for PostgreSQL 8.2.1 git-svn-id: svn://svn.pgadmin.org/branches/REL-1_6_0_PATCHES@5836 a7884b65-44f6-0310-8a51-81a127f17b15 --- docs/en_US/pg/admin.html | 42 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-clusterdb.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-createdb.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-createlang.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-createuser.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-dropdb.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-droplang.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-dropuser.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-ecpg.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-initdb.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-ipcclean.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-pg-ctl.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-pg-dumpall.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-pgconfig.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-pgcontroldata.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-pgdump.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-pgresetxlog.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-pgrestore.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-postgres.html | 225 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-postmaster.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-psql.html | 39 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-reindexdb.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/app-vacuumdb.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/appendixes.html | 591 +-- docs/en_US/pg/applevel-consistency.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/arrays.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/auth-methods.html | 20 +- docs/en_US/pg/backup-file.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/backup.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/biblio.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/bki-commands.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/bki-example.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/bki-structure.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/bki.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/bug-reporting.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-aggregate.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-am.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-amop.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-amproc.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-attrdef.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-attribute.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-auth-members.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-authid.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-autovacuum.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-cast.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-class.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-constraint.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-conversion.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-database.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-depend.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-description.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-index.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-inherits.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-language.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-largeobject.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-listener.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-namespace.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-opclass.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-operator.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-pltemplate.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-proc.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-rewrite.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-shdepend.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-shdescription.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-statistic.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-tablespace.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-trigger.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-type.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/catalogs.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/charset.html | 32 +- .../pg/client-authentication-problems.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/client-authentication.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/client-interfaces.html | 68 +- docs/en_US/pg/connect-estab.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/continuous-archiving.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/creating-cluster.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/cvs-tree.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/cvs.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/cvsup.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/datatype-binary.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/datatype-bit.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/datatype-boolean.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/datatype-character.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/datatype-datetime.html | 28 +- docs/en_US/pg/datatype-geometric.html | 26 +- docs/en_US/pg/datatype-money.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/datatype-net-types.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/datatype-oid.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/datatype-pseudo.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/datatype-xml.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/datatype.html | 48 +- docs/en_US/pg/datetime-appendix.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/datetime-config-files.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/datetime-keywords.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/datetime-units-history.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/ddl-alter.html | 36 +- docs/en_US/pg/ddl-constraints.html | 30 +- docs/en_US/pg/ddl-default.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/ddl-depend.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/ddl-inherit.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/ddl-others.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/ddl-partitioning.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/ddl-priv.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/ddl-schemas.html | 22 +- docs/en_US/pg/ddl-system-columns.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/ddl.html | 32 +- docs/en_US/pg/disk-full.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/diskusage.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/dml-delete.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/dml-update.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/dml.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/docguide-authoring.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/docguide-build.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/docguide-style.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/docguide-toolsets.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/docguide.html | 28 +- docs/en_US/pg/dynamic-trace.html | 37 +- docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-commands.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-connect.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-descriptors.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-develop.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-disconnect.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-dynamic.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-errors.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-informix-compat.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-library.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-pgtypes.html | 24 +- docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-preproc.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-process.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-set-connection.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-variables.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/ecpg.html | 46 +- docs/en_US/pg/encryption-options.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/errcodes-appendix.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/error-message-reporting.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/error-style-guide.html | 34 +- docs/en_US/pg/executor.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/explicit-joins.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/explicit-locking.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/extend-type-system.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/extend.html | 44 +- docs/en_US/pg/external-extensions.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/external-pl.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/external-projects.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/features.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-admin.html | 30 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-aggregate.html | 42 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-array.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-binarystring.html | 20 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-bitstring.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-comparison.html | 34 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-comparisons.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-conditional.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-datetime.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-formatting.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-geometry.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-info.html | 22 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-matching.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-math.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-net.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-sequence.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-srf.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-string.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions-subquery.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/functions.html | 46 +- docs/en_US/pg/geqo-biblio.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/geqo-intro2.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/geqo-pg-intro.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/geqo.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/gin-examples.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/gin-extensibility.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/gin-implementation.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/gin-limit.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/gin-tips.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/gin.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/gist-examples.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/gist-extensibility.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/gist-implementation.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/gist-recovery.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/gist.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/high-availability.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/history.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/index-cost-estimation.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/index-functions.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/index-locking.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/index-scanning.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/index-unique-checks.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/index.html | 1091 ++--- docs/en_US/pg/indexam.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/indexes-bitmap-scans.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/indexes-examine.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/indexes-expressional.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/indexes-multicolumn.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/indexes-opclass.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/indexes-partial.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/indexes-types.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/indexes-unique.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/indexes.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/information-schema.html | 4 +- ...ema-administrable-role-authorizations.html | 4 +- .../en_US/pg/infoschema-applicable-roles.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-attributes.html | 4 +- ...schema-check-constraint-routine-usage.html | 4 +- .../pg/infoschema-check-constraints.html | 4 +- .../pg/infoschema-column-domain-usage.html | 4 +- .../pg/infoschema-column-privileges.html | 4 +- .../en_US/pg/infoschema-column-udt-usage.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-columns.html | 4 +- .../infoschema-constraint-column-usage.html | 4 +- .../pg/infoschema-constraint-table-usage.html | 4 +- .../pg/infoschema-data-type-privileges.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-datatypes.html | 2 +- .../pg/infoschema-domain-constraints.html | 4 +- .../en_US/pg/infoschema-domain-udt-usage.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-domains.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-element-types.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-enabled-roles.html | 8 +- ...chema-information-schema-catalog-name.html | 4 +- .../en_US/pg/infoschema-key-column-usage.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-parameters.html | 4 +- .../infoschema-referential-constraints.html | 4 +- .../pg/infoschema-role-column-grants.html | 4 +- .../pg/infoschema-role-routine-grants.html | 4 +- .../pg/infoschema-role-table-grants.html | 4 +- .../pg/infoschema-role-usage-grants.html | 4 +- .../pg/infoschema-routine-privileges.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-routines.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-schemata.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sequences.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-features.html | 4 +- .../infoschema-sql-implementation-info.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-languages.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-packages.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-parts.html | 4 +- .../pg/infoschema-sql-sizing-profiles.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-sizing.html | 4 +- .../pg/infoschema-table-constraints.html | 4 +- .../en_US/pg/infoschema-table-privileges.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-tables.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-triggers.html | 4 +- .../en_US/pg/infoschema-usage-privileges.html | 4 +- .../pg/infoschema-view-column-usage.html | 4 +- .../pg/infoschema-view-routine-usage.html | 4 +- .../en_US/pg/infoschema-view-table-usage.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-views.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/install-getsource.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/install-post.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/install-procedure.html | 26 +- docs/en_US/pg/install-requirements.html | 22 +- docs/en_US/pg/install-upgrading.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/install-win32.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/installation.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/internals.html | 32 +- docs/en_US/pg/ix01.html | 186 +- docs/en_US/pg/kernel-resources.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/largeobjects.html | 26 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-async.html | 28 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-build.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-cancel.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-control.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-copy.html | 26 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-envars.html | 44 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-example.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-exec.html | 84 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-fastpath.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-ldap.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-misc.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-notice-processing.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-notify.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-pgpass.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-pgservice.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-ssl.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-status.html | 44 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq-threading.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/libpq.html | 34 +- docs/en_US/pg/lo-examplesect.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/lo-funcs.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/lo-implementation.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/lo-interfaces.html | 44 +- docs/en_US/pg/locking-indexes.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/logfile-maintenance.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/maintenance.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-config.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-createdb.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-dropdb.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-tablespaces.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-templatedbs.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/managing-databases.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/migration.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/monitoring-locks.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/monitoring-stats.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/monitoring.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/multibyte.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/mvcc.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/nls-programmer.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/nls.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/notation.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/overview.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/parser-stage.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/performance-tips.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/perm-functions.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/planner-optimizer.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/planner-stats-details.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/planner-stats.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/plhandler.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/plperl-data.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/plperl-database.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/plperl-global.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/plperl-missing.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/plperl-triggers.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/plperl-trusted.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/plperl.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-control-structures.html | 36 +- docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-cursors.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-declarations.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-development-tips.html | 2 +- .../en_US/pg/plpgsql-errors-and-messages.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-expressions.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-porting.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-statements.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-structure.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-trigger.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/plpython-database.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/plpython-trigger.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/plpython.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-data.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-dbaccess.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-functions.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-global.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-procnames.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-trigger.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-unknown.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/pltcl.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/populate.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/preface.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/privileges.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/protocol-changes.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/protocol-error-fields.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/protocol-flow.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/protocol-message-formats.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/protocol-message-types.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/protocol.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/queries-limit.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/queries-order.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/queries-select-lists.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/queries-table-expressions.html | 24 +- docs/en_US/pg/queries-union.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/queries-values.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/queries.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/reference-client.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/reference-server.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/reference.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/regress-evaluation.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/regress-variant.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/regress.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-0-01.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-0-02.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-0-03.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-1-0.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-1-01.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-1-02.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-1-09.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-6-0.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-6-1-1.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-6-1.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-6-2-1.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-6-2.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-6-3-1.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-6-3-2.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-6-3.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-6-4-1.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-6-4-2.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-6-4.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5-1.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5-2.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5-3.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0-1.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0-2.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0-3.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1-1.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1-2.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1-3.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-1.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-2.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-3.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-4.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-5.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-6.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-7.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-8.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2.html | 62 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-1.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-10.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-11.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-12.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-13.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-14.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-15.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-16.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-17.html | 54 + docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-2.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-3.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-4.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-5.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-6.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-7.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-8.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-9.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3.html | 48 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-1.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-10.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-11.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-12.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-13.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-14.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-15.html | 69 + docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-2.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-3.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-4.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-5.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-6.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-7.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-8.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-9.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4.html | 46 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-1.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-10.html | 83 + docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-2.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-3.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-4.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-5.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-6.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-7.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-8.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-9.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0.html | 42 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-1.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-2.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-3.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-4.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-5.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-6.html | 98 + docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1.html | 46 +- docs/en_US/pg/release-8-2.html | 1536 +++++++ docs/en_US/pg/release.html | 2119 ++------- docs/en_US/pg/resources.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/role-attributes.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/role-membership.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/routine-reindex.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/rowtypes.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/rule-system.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/rules-privileges.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/rules-status.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/rules-triggers.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/rules-update.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/rules-views.html | 38 +- docs/en_US/pg/rules.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-autovacuum.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-client.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-compatible.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-connection.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-custom.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-developer.html | 2 +- .../pg/runtime-config-file-locations.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-locks.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-logging.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-preset.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-query.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-resource.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-short.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-statistics.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-wal.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/runtime.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/server-programming.html | 54 +- docs/en_US/pg/server-shutdown.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/server-start.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/source.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-examples.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-interface-support.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-memory.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-realloc.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-connect.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-copytuple.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-close.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-fetch.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-find.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-move.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-open.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-exec.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-execp.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-execute-plan.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-execute.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-finish.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-fname.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-fnumber.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-freeplan.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-freetuple.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-freetupletable.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getargcount.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getargtypeid.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getbinval.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getnspname.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getrelname.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-gettype.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-gettypeid.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getvalue.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-is-cursor-plan.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-modifytuple.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-palloc.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-pfree.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-pop.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-prepare.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-push.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-returntuple.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-saveplan.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi-visibility.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/spi.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-abort.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteraggregate.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterconversion.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterdatabase.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterdomain.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterfunction.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-altergroup.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterindex.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterlanguage.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteropclass.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteroperator.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterrole.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterschema.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-altersequence.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertable.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertablespace.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertrigger.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertype.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteruser.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-analyze.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-begin.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-checkpoint.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-close.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-cluster.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-commands.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-comment.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-commit-prepared.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-commit.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-copy.html | 30 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createaggregate.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createcast.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createconstraint.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createconversion.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createdatabase.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createdomain.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createfunction.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-creategroup.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createindex.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createlanguage.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createopclass.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createoperator.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createrole.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createrule.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createschema.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createsequence.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtable.html | 22 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtableas.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtablespace.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtrigger.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtype.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createuser.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-createview.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-deallocate.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-declare.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-delete.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-drop-owned.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropaggregate.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropcast.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropconversion.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropdatabase.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropdomain.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropfunction.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropgroup.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropindex.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-droplanguage.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropopclass.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropoperator.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-droprole.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-droprule.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropschema.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropsequence.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptable.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptablespace.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptrigger.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptype.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropuser.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropview.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-end.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-execute.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-explain.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-expressions.html | 42 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-fetch.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-grant.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-insert.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-keywords-appendix.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-listen.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-load.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-lock.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-move.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-notify.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-prepare-transaction.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-prepare.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-reassign-owned.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-reindex.html | 17 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-release-savepoint.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-reset.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-revoke.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-rollback-prepared.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-rollback-to.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-rollback.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-savepoint.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-select.html | 20 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-selectinto.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-constraints.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-role.html | 14 +- .../pg/sql-set-session-authorization.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-transaction.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-set.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-show.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-start-transaction.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-syntax.html | 62 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-truncate.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-unlisten.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-update.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-vacuum.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql-values.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/sql.html | 106 +- docs/en_US/pg/ssh-tunnels.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/ssl-tcp.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/storage-page-layout.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/storage-toast.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/storage.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/supported-platforms.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/transaction-iso.html | 22 +- docs/en_US/pg/trigger-datachanges.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/trigger-example.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/trigger-interface.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/triggers.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-accessdb.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-advanced.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-agg.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-arch.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-concepts.html | 20 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-conclusion.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-createdb.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-delete.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-fk.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-inheritance.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-join.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-populate.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-select.html | 20 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-sql.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-start.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-table.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-transactions.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-update.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-views.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/tutorial.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-func.html | 10 +- docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-oper.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-query.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-union-case.html | 12 +- docs/en_US/pg/typeconv.html | 6 +- .../pg/unsupported-features-sql-standard.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/user-manag.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-cursors.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-group.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-indexes.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-locks.html | 6 +- .../en_US/pg/view-pg-prepared-statements.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-prepared-xacts.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-roles.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-rules.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-settings.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-shadow.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-stats.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-tables.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-timezone-abbrevs.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-timezone-names.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-user.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-views.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/views-overview.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/wal-configuration.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/wal-internals.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/wal-intro.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/wal.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/warm-standby.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/xaggr.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-c.html | 42 +- docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-internal.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-overload.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-pl.html | 2 +- docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-sql.html | 18 +- docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-volatility.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/xfunc.html | 4 +- docs/en_US/pg/xindex.html | 8 +- docs/en_US/pg/xoper-optimization.html | 16 +- docs/en_US/pg/xoper.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/xplang.html | 6 +- docs/en_US/pg/xtypes.html | 14 +- docs/en_US/pgadmin3.hhc | 1008 ++-- docs/en_US/pgadmin3.hhk | 4064 ++++++++--------- docs/en_US/pgadmin3.hhp | 5 + 715 files changed, 9510 insertions(+), 9004 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-17.html create mode 100644 docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-15.html create mode 100644 docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-10.html create mode 100644 docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-6.html create mode 100644 docs/en_US/pg/release-8-2.html diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/admin.html b/docs/en_US/pg/admin.html index 4b22799a5b..21411a678b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/admin.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/admin.html @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ - - + + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

Part III. Server Administration

-
+

This part covers topics that are of interest to a PostgreSQL database administrator. This includes @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@

14.5. Installation Procedure
14.6. Post-Installation Setup
-
14.6.1. Shared Libraries
-
14.6.2. Environment Variables
+
14.6.1. Shared Libraries
+
14.6.2. Environment Variables
14.7. Supported Platforms
@@ -69,8 +69,8 @@
16.4. Managing Kernel Resources
16.4.1. Shared Memory and Semaphores
-
16.4.2. Resource Limits
-
16.4.3. Linux Memory Overcommit
+
16.4.2. Resource Limits
+
16.4.3. Linux Memory Overcommit
16.5. Shutting Down the Server
16.6. Encryption Options
@@ -173,16 +173,16 @@
21.1. Locale Support
-
21.1.1. Overview
-
21.1.2. Behavior
-
21.1.3. Problems
+
21.1.1. Overview
+
21.1.2. Behavior
+
21.1.3. Problems
21.2. Character Set Support
21.2.1. Supported Character Sets
-
21.2.2. Setting the Character Set
-
21.2.3. Automatic Character Set Conversion Between Server and Client
-
21.2.4. Further Reading
+
21.2.2. Setting the Character Set
+
21.2.3. Automatic Character Set Conversion Between Server and Client
+
21.2.4. Further Reading
22. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
25.3. Viewing Locks
25.4. Dynamic Tracing
-
25.4.1. Compiling for Dynamic Trace
+
25.4.1. Compiling for Dynamic Tracing
25.4.2. Built-in Trace Points
25.4.3. Using Trace Points
25.4.4. Defining Trace Points
@@ -259,13 +259,13 @@
28.1. Running the Tests
28.2. Test Evaluation
-
28.2.1. Error message differences
-
28.2.2. Locale differences
-
28.2.3. Date and time differences
-
28.2.4. Floating-point differences
-
28.2.5. Row ordering differences
-
28.2.6. Insufficient stack depth
-
28.2.7. The “random” test
+
28.2.1. Error message differences
+
28.2.2. Locale differences
+
28.2.3. Date and time differences
+
28.2.4. Floating-point differences
+
28.2.5. Row ordering differences
+
28.2.6. Insufficient stack depth
+
28.2.7. The “random” test
28.3. Variant Comparison Files
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-clusterdb.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-clusterdb.html index 6a7ac5d627..cc881561ca 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-clusterdb.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-clusterdb.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

Name

clusterdb — cluster a PostgreSQL database

-
+

Synopsis

clusterdb [connection-option...] [--table | -t table ] [dbname]
clusterdb [connection-option...] [[--all] | [-a]]

-

Description

+

Description

clusterdb is a utility for reclustering tables in a PostgreSQL database. It finds tables that have previously been clustered, and clusters them again on the same @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Options

+

Options

clusterdb accepts the following command-line arguments:

@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Environment

+

Environment

PGDATABASE

PGHOST

PGPORT

PGUSER @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Diagnostics

+

Diagnostics

In case of difficulty, see CLUSTER and psql for discussions of potential problems and error messages. The database server must be running at the @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Examples

+

Examples

To cluster the database test:

$ clusterdb test
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Synopsis

-

See Also

+

See Also

CLUSTER, Environment Variables (Section 29.12, “Environment Variables”)
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-createdb.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-createdb.html index 4128a7025c..c46ad117ea 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-createdb.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-createdb.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

Name

createdb — create a new PostgreSQL database

-
+

Synopsis

createdb [option...] [dbname] [description]

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Options

+

Options

createdb accepts the following command-line arguments:

@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Environment

+

Environment

PGDATABASE

If set, the name of the database to create, unless overridden on @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Diagnostics

+

Diagnostics

In case of difficulty, see CREATE DATABASE and psql for discussions of potential problems and error messages. The database server must be running at the @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Examples

+

Examples

To create the database demo using the default database server:

@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@

Synopsis

-

See Also

+

See Also

dropdb, CREATE DATABASE, Environment Variables (Section 29.12, “Environment Variables”)
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-createlang.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-createlang.html index c5d1c5f382..7deaf29d30 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-createlang.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-createlang.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

Name

createlang — define a new PostgreSQL procedural language

-
+

Synopsis

createlang [connection-option...] langname [dbname]
createlang [connection-option...] [--list] | [-l] dbname

-

Description

+

Description

createlang is a utility for adding a new programming language to a PostgreSQL database. createlang is just a wrapper around the @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Options

+

Options

createlang accepts the following command-line arguments:

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Environment

+

Environment

PGDATABASE

PGHOST

PGPORT

PGUSER @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Diagnostics

+

Diagnostics

Most error messages are self-explanatory. If not, run createlang with the --echo option and see under the respective SQL command @@ -113,12 +113,12 @@

Synopsis

-

Notes

+

Notes

Use droplang to remove a language.

-

Examples

+

Examples

To install the language pltcl into the database template1:

@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Synopsis

-

See Also

+

See Also

droplang, CREATE LANGUAGE, Environment Variables (Section 29.12, “Environment Variables”)
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-createuser.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-createuser.html index 642b2966a8..fb0ab8c179 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-createuser.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-createuser.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

Name

createuser — define a new PostgreSQL user account

-
+

Synopsis

createuser [option...] [username]

-

Description

+

Description

createuser creates a new PostgreSQL user (or more precisely, a role). Only superusers and users with CREATEROLE privilege can create @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Options

+

Options

createuser accepts the following command-line arguments:

@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Environment

+

Environment

PGHOST

PGPORT

PGUSER @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Diagnostics

+

Diagnostics

In case of difficulty, see CREATE ROLE and psql for discussions of potential problems and error messages. The database server must be running at the @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Examples

+

Examples

To create a user joe on the default database server:

@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@

Synopsis

-

See Also

+

See Also

dropuser, CREATE ROLE, Environment Variables (Section 29.12, “Environment Variables”)
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-dropdb.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-dropdb.html index fd72548d72..0f254b0759 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-dropdb.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-dropdb.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

Name

dropdb — remove a PostgreSQL database

-
+

Synopsis

dropdb [option...] dbname

-

Description

+

Description

dropdb destroys an existing PostgreSQL database. The user who executes this command must be a database @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Options

+

Options

dropdb accepts the following command-line arguments:

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Environment

+

Environment

PGHOST

PGPORT

PGUSER @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Diagnostics

+

Diagnostics

In case of difficulty, see DROP DATABASE and psql for discussions of potential problems and error messages. The database server must be running at the @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Examples

+

Examples

To destroy the database demo on the default database server:

@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Synopsis

-

See Also

+

See Also

createdb, DROP DATABASE, Environment Variables (Section 29.12, “Environment Variables”)
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-droplang.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-droplang.html index 813c3ccfa9..7ebb9afb18 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-droplang.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-droplang.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

Name

droplang — remove a PostgreSQL procedural language

-
+

Synopsis

droplang [connection-option...] langname [dbname]
droplang [connection-option...] [--list] | [-l] dbname

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Options

+

Options

droplang accepts the following command line arguments:

@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Environment

+

Environment

PGDATABASE

PGHOST

PGPORT

PGUSER @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Diagnostics

+

Diagnostics

Most error messages are self-explanatory. If not, run droplang with the --echo option and see under the respective SQL command @@ -120,12 +120,12 @@

Synopsis

-

Notes

+

Notes

Use createlang to add a language.

-

Examples

+

Examples

To remove the language pltcl:

$ droplang pltcl dbname
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@

Synopsis

-

See Also

+

See Also

createlang, DROP LANGUAGE, Environment Variables (Section 29.12, “Environment Variables”)
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-dropuser.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-dropuser.html index 84dd0719a4..a95bfa28ad 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-dropuser.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-dropuser.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

Name

dropuser — remove a PostgreSQL user account

-
+

Synopsis

dropuser [option...] [username]

-

Description

+

Description

dropuser removes an existing PostgreSQL user. Only superusers and users with the CREATEROLE privilege can @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Options

+

Options

dropuser accepts the following command-line arguments:

@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Environment

+

Environment

PGHOST

PGPORT

PGUSER @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Diagnostics

+

Diagnostics

In case of difficulty, see DROP ROLE and psql for discussions of potential problems and error messages. The database server must be running at the @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Examples

+

Examples

To remove user joe from the default database server:

@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Synopsis

-

See Also

+

See Also

createuser, DROP ROLE, Environment Variables (Section 29.12, “Environment Variables”)
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-ecpg.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-ecpg.html index 238746f6d1..613b358a18 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-ecpg.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-ecpg.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

Name

ecpg — embedded SQL C preprocessor

-
+

Synopsis

ecpg [option...] file...

@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Options

+

Options

ecpg accepts the following command-line arguments: @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Notes

+

Notes

When compiling the preprocessed C code files, the compiler needs to be able to find the ECPG header files in the PostgreSQL include directory. Therefore, one might @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Examples

+

Examples

If you have an embedded SQL C source file named prog1.pgc, you can create an executable program using the following sequence of commands: diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-initdb.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-initdb.html index 8c70ab2d5d..e128c7a1cc 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-initdb.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-initdb.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

Name

initdb — create a new PostgreSQL database cluster

-
+

Synopsis

initdb [option...] [--pgdata ] | [-D ]directory

@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Options

+

Options

@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Environment

+

Environment

PGDATA

Specifies the directory where the database cluster is to be @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@

Synopsis

-

See Also

+

See Also

postgres
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-ipcclean.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-ipcclean.html index 6998dfc693..6bd7449598 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-ipcclean.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-ipcclean.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

Name

ipcclean — remove shared memory and semaphores from a failed PostgreSQL server

-
+

Synopsis

ipcclean

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Notes

+

Notes

This script is a hack, but in the many years since it was written, no one has come up with an equally effective and portable solution. Since postgres can now clean up by diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-pg-ctl.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-pg-ctl.html index b76307ef30..b8e98a66ee 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-pg-ctl.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-pg-ctl.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

Name

pg_ctl — start, stop, or restart a PostgreSQL server

-
+

Synopsis

pg_ctl start [-w] [-s] [-D datadir] [-l filename] [-o options] [-p path]
pg_ctl stop [-W] [-s] [-D datadir] [-m [s[mart]] | [f[ast]] | [i[mmediate]] @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Environment

+

Environment

PGDATA

Default data directory location. @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Files

+

Files

postmaster.pid

The existence of this file in the data directory is used to help @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Notes

+

Notes

Waiting for complete start is not a well-defined operation and may fail if access control is set up so that a local client cannot connect without manual interaction (e.g., password authentication). @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@

Synopsis

-

See Also

+

See Also

postgres

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-pg-dumpall.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-pg-dumpall.html index abb5e9f371..13a4162da7 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-pg-dumpall.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-pg-dumpall.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

Name

pg_dumpall — extract a PostgreSQL database cluster into a script file

-
+

Synopsis

pg_dumpall [option...]

@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Options

+

Options

The following command-line options control the content and format of the output. @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Environment

+

Environment

PGHOST

PGPORT

PGUSER @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Notes

+

Notes

Since pg_dumpall calls pg_dump internally, some diagnostic messages will refer to pg_dump. @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@

Synopsis

-

See Also

+

See Also

pg_dump. Check there for details on possible error conditions. Also see supported environment variables (Section 29.12, “Environment Variables”). diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgconfig.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgconfig.html index 8e2de9cd2a..b436a32b85 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgconfig.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgconfig.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

Name

pg_config — retrieve information about the installed version of PostgreSQL

-
+

Synopsis

pg_config [option...]

-

Description

+

Description

The pg_config utility prints configuration parameters of the currently installed version of PostgreSQL. It is intended, for example, to be used by software packages that want to interface @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Options

+

Options

To use pg_config, supply one or more of the following options:

@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Notes

+

Notes

The option --includedir-server was new in PostgreSQL 7.2. In prior releases, the server include files were installed in the same location as the client headers, which could @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Example

+

Example

To reproduce the build configuration of the current PostgreSQL installation, run the following command:

@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@

Synopsis

-

History

+

History

The pg_config utility first appeared in PostgreSQL 7.1.

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgcontroldata.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgcontroldata.html index 00885f44b9..0f7f6b13fd 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgcontroldata.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgcontroldata.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

Name

pg_controldata — display control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster

-
+

Synopsis

pg_controldata [datadir]

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Environment

+

Environment

PGDATA

Default data directory location diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgdump.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgdump.html index a1dae2bba8..5b6d5effb3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgdump.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgdump.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@

Name

pg_dump — extract a PostgreSQL database into a script file or other archive file

-
+

Synopsis

pg_dump [option...] [dbname]

@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@

Note

-

Environment

+

Environment

PGDATABASE

PGHOST

PGPORT

PGUSER @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@

Note

-

History

+

History

The pg_dump utility first appeared in Postgres95 release 0.02. The non-plain-text output formats were introduced in @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@

Note

-

See Also

+

See Also

pg_dumpall, pg_restore, psql, Environment Variables (Section 29.12, “Environment Variables”)
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgresetxlog.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgresetxlog.html index cbbe44a00c..6c89a20eba 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgresetxlog.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgresetxlog.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Notes

+

Notes

This command must not be used when the server is running. pg_resetxlog will refuse to start up if it finds a server lock file in the data directory. If the diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgrestore.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgrestore.html index f1bf3135b3..caf85bba5a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgrestore.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-pgrestore.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@

Name

pg_restore — restore a PostgreSQL database from an archive file created by pg_dump

-
+

Synopsis

pg_restore [option...] [filename]

@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Environment

+

Environment

PGHOST

PGPORT

PGUSER @@ -451,13 +451,13 @@

Synopsis

-

History

+

History

The pg_restore utility first appeared in PostgreSQL 7.1.

-

See Also

+

See Also

pg_dump, pg_dumpall, psql, Environment Variables (Section 29.12, “Environment Variables”)
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-postgres.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-postgres.html index 7bffd7400a..6ce9436828 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-postgres.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-postgres.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

Name

postgres — PostgreSQL database server

-
+

Synopsis

postgres [option...]

-

Description

+

Description

postgres is the PostgreSQL database server. In order for a client application to access a database it connects (over a @@ -42,30 +42,29 @@

Synopsis

-D option or the PGDATA environment variable; there is no default. Typically, -D or PGDATA points directly to the data area directory - created by initdb. Other possible file layouts are - discussed in Section 17.2, “File Locations”. A - data area is created with initdb. + created by initdb. Other possible file layouts are + discussed in Section 17.2, “File Locations”.

By default postgres starts in the foreground and prints log messages to the standard error stream. In - practical applications the postgres + practical applications postgres should be started as a background process, perhaps at boot time.

The postgres command can also be called in single-user mode. The primary use for this mode is during bootstrapping by initdb. Sometimes it is used - for debugging or disaster recovery. When invoked in interactive + for debugging or disaster recovery (but note that running a single-user + server is not truly suitable for debugging the server, since no + realistic interprocess communication and locking will happen). + When invoked in single-user mode from the shell, the user can enter queries and the results will be printed to the screen, but in a form that is more useful - for developers than end users. But note that running a single-user - server is not truly suitable for debugging the server since no - realistic interprocess communication and locking will happen. When - running a stand-alone server, the session user will be set to the - user with ID 1. This user does not actually have to exist, so a - stand-alone server can be used to manually recover from certain - kinds of accidental damage to the system catalogs. Implicit - superuser powers are granted to the user with ID 1 in single-user - mode. + for developers than end users. In the single-user mode, + the session user will be set to the user with ID 1, and implicit + superuser powers are granted to this user. + This user does not actually have to exist, so the single-user mode + can be used to manually recover from certain + kinds of accidental damage to the system catalogs.

@@ -81,7 +80,7 @@

Synopsis

postgres command-line options.

-

General Purpose

+

General Purpose

-A 0|1

Enables run-time assertion checks, which is a debugging aid to @@ -90,9 +89,9 @@

Synopsis

compiled. If so, the default is on.

-B nbuffers
-

Sets the number of shared buffers for use by the server - processes. The default value of this parameter is chosen - automatically by initdb; refer to Section 17.4.1, “Memory” for more information. +

Sets the number of shared buffers for use by the server + processes. The default value of this parameter is chosen + automatically by initdb; refer to Section 17.4.1, “Memory” for more information.

-c name=value

Sets a named run-time parameter. The configuration parameters @@ -107,7 +106,7 @@

Synopsis

debugging output is written to the server log. Values are from 1 to 5. It is also possible to pass -d 0 for a specific session, which will prevent the - server log level of the postgres from being + server log level of the parent postgres process from being propagated to this session.

-D datadir
@@ -117,22 +116,17 @@

Synopsis

-e

Sets the default date style to “European”, that is - DMY ordering of input date fields. This also causes - the day to be printed before the month in certain date output formats. - See Section 8.5, “Date/Time Types” for more information. + DMY ordering of input date fields. This also causes + the day to be printed before the month in certain date output formats. + See Section 8.5, “Date/Time Types” for more information.

-F
-
-

Disables fsync calls for improved +

Disables fsync calls for improved performance, at the risk of data corruption in the event of a system crash. Specifying this option is equivalent to disabling the fsync configuration parameter. Read the detailed documentation before using this! -

-

--fsync=true has the opposite effect - of this option. -

-
+

-h hostname

Specifies the IP host name or address on which postgres is to listen for TCP/IP @@ -141,7 +135,7 @@

Synopsis

listening on all available interfaces. An empty value specifies not listening on any IP addresses, in which case only Unix-domain sockets can be used to connect to the - postgres. Defaults to listening only on + server. Defaults to listening only on localhost. Specifying this option is equivalent to setting the listen_addresses configuration parameter.

@@ -159,74 +153,62 @@

Synopsis

-k directory
-

Specifies the directory of the Unix-domain socket on which - postgres is to listen for - connections from client applications. The default is normally - /tmp, but can be changed at build time. +

Specifies the directory of the Unix-domain socket on which + postgres is to listen for + connections from client applications. The default is normally + /tmp, but can be changed at build time.

-l
-

Enables secure connections using SSL. - PostgreSQL must have been compiled with - support for SSL for this option to be - available. For more information on using SSL, - refer to Section 16.7, “Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL”. +

Enables secure connections using SSL. + PostgreSQL must have been compiled with + support for SSL for this option to be + available. For more information on using SSL, + refer to Section 16.7, “Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL”.

-N max-connections
-

Sets the maximum number of client connections that this - postgres will accept. By - default, this value is 32, but it can be set as high as your - system will support. (Note that - -B is required to be at least twice - -N. See Section 16.4, “Managing Kernel Resources” for a discussion of - system resource requirements for large numbers of client - connections.) Specifying this option is equivalent to setting the - max_connections configuration parameter. +

Sets the maximum number of client connections that this + server will accept. By + default, this value is 32, but it can be set as high as your + system will support. (Note that + -B is required to be at least twice + -N. See Section 16.4, “Managing Kernel Resources” for a discussion of + system resource requirements for large numbers of client + connections.) Specifying this option is equivalent to setting the + max_connections configuration parameter.

-o extra-options
-

The command line-style options specified in extra-options are passed to - all server processes started by this - postgres. If the option string contains - any spaces, the entire string must be quoted. +

The command line-style options specified in extra-options are passed to + all server processes started by this + postgres process. If the option string contains + any spaces, the entire string must be quoted.

The use of this option is obsolete; all command-line options for server processes can be specified directly on the - postgres command line + postgres command line.

-p port
-

Specifies the TCP/IP port or local Unix domain socket file - extension on which postgres - is to listen for connections from client applications. - Defaults to the value of the PGPORT environment - variable, or if PGPORT is not set, then - defaults to the value established during compilation (normally - 5432). If you specify a port other than the default port, - then all client applications must specify the same port using - either command-line options or PGPORT. +

Specifies the TCP/IP port or local Unix domain socket file + extension on which postgres + is to listen for connections from client applications. + Defaults to the value of the PGPORT environment + variable, or if PGPORT is not set, then + defaults to the value established during compilation (normally + 5432). If you specify a port other than the default port, + then all client applications must specify the same port using + either command-line options or PGPORT.

-s
-

Print time information and other statistics at the end of each command. - This is useful for benchmarking or for use in tuning the number of - buffers. +

Print time information and other statistics at the end of each command. + This is useful for benchmarking or for use in tuning the number of + buffers. +

+
-S work-mem
+

Specifies the amount of memory to be used by internal sorts and hashes + before resorting to temporary disk files. See the description of the + work_mem configuration parameter in Section 17.4.1, “Memory”.

-
-S
-
-

Specifies that the postgres - process should start up in silent mode. That is, it will - disassociate from the user's (controlling) terminal, start its - own process group, and redirect its standard output and - standard error to /dev/null. -

-

Using this switch discards all logging output, which is - probably not what you want, since it makes it very difficult - to troubleshoot problems. See below for a better way to start - postgres in the background. -

-

--silent-mode=false has the opposite effect - of this option. -

-
--name=value

Sets a named run-time parameter; a shorter form of -c. @@ -239,7 +221,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Semi-internal Options

+

Semi-internal Options

There are several other options that may be specified, used mainly for debugging purposes and in some cases to assist with recovery of severely damaged databases. There should be no reason @@ -251,11 +233,11 @@

Synopsis

-f { s | i | m | n | h }
-

Forbids the use of particular scan and join methods: - s and i - disable sequential and index scans respectively, while - n, m, and h - disable nested-loop, merge and hash joins respectively. +

Forbids the use of particular scan and join methods: + s and i + disable sequential and index scans respectively, while + n, m, and h + disable nested-loop, merge and hash joins respectively.

Neither sequential scans nor nested-loop joins can be disabled completely; the -fs and @@ -276,18 +258,18 @@

Synopsis

memory and semaphore state.

-O
-

Allows the structure of system tables to be modified. This is - used by initdb. +

Allows the structure of system tables to be modified. This is + used by initdb.

-P
-

Ignore system indexes when reading system tables (but still update - the indexes when modifying the tables). This is useful when - recovering from damaged system indexes. +

Ignore system indexes when reading system tables (but still update + the indexes when modifying the tables). This is useful when + recovering from damaged system indexes.

-t pa[rser] | pl[anner] | e[xecutor]
-

Print timing statistics for each query relating to each of the - major system modules. This option cannot be used together - with the -s option. +

Print timing statistics for each query relating to each of the + major system modules. This option cannot be used together + with the -s option.

-T

This option is for debugging problems that cause a server @@ -303,9 +285,9 @@

Synopsis

dumps from all server processes by hand.

-v protocol
-

Specifies the version number of the frontend/backend protocol - to be used for a particular session. This option is for - internal use only. +

Specifies the version number of the frontend/backend protocol + to be used for a particular session. This option is for + internal use only.

-W seconds

A delay of this many seconds occurs when a new server process @@ -314,41 +296,41 @@

Synopsis

server process with a debugger.

-y database
-

Indicates that this is a subprocess started by - postgres and specifies the database to - use. This option is for internal use only. +

Indicates that this is a subprocess started by a parent + postgres process, and specifies the database to + use. This option is for internal use only.

-

Options for single-user mode

+

Options for single-user mode

The following options only apply to the single-user mode.

--single
-

Selects the single-user mode. This must be the first argument - on the command line. +

Selects the single-user mode. This must be the first argument + on the command line.

database
-

Specifies the name of the database to be accessed. If it is - omitted it defaults to the user name. +

Specifies the name of the database to be accessed. If it is + omitted it defaults to the user name.

-E
-

Echo all commands. +

Echo all commands.

-j
-

Disables use of newline as a statement delimiter. +

Disables use of newline as a statement delimiter.

-r filename
-

Send all server log output to filename. In normal multiuser - mode, this option is ignored, and stderr is - used by all processes. +

Send all server log output to filename. In normal multiuser + mode, this option is ignored, and stderr is + used by all processes.

-

Environment

+

Environment

PGCLIENTENCODING

Default character encoding used by clients. (The clients may @@ -371,7 +353,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Diagnostics

+

Diagnostics

A failure message mentioning semget or shmget probably indicates you need to configure your kernel to provide adequate shared memory and semaphores. For more @@ -408,7 +390,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Notes

+

Notes

If at all possible, do not use SIGKILL to kill the main postgres server. Doing so will prevent @@ -454,7 +436,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Usage

+

Usage

To start a single-user mode server, use a command like

postgres --single -D /usr/local/pgsql/data other-options my_database
@@ -500,8 +482,7 @@

Synopsis

This command will start up postgres communicating through the port 1234. In order to connect to this - postgres using psql, you would need to - run it as + server using psql, you would need to run it as

$ psql -p 1234

@@ -526,7 +507,7 @@

Synopsis

-

See Also

+

See Also

initdb, pg_ctl

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-postmaster.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-postmaster.html index 1ca4ad1d5d..383bd268f6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-postmaster.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-postmaster.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,17 +17,17 @@

Name

postmaster — PostgreSQL database server

-
+

Synopsis

postmaster [option...]

-

Description

+

Description

postmaster is a deprecated alias of postgres.

-

See Also

+

See Also

postgres

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-psql.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-psql.html index 2e18e75cfa..9748b33869 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-psql.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-psql.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -18,13 +18,13 @@

Name

psqlPostgreSQL interactive terminal

-
+

Synopsis

psql [option...] [dbname [username]]

-

Description

+

Description

psql is a terminal-based front-end to PostgreSQL. It enables you to type in queries interactively, issue them to @@ -64,9 +64,10 @@

Synopsis

it contains no psql specific features), or a single backslash command. Thus you cannot mix SQL and psql - meta-commands. To achieve that, you could pipe the string into - psql, like this: echo "\x \\ - select * from foo;" | psql. + meta-commands with this option. To achieve that, you could + pipe the string into psql, like + this: echo '\x \\ SELECT * FROM foo;' | psql. + (\\ is the separator meta-command.)

If the command string contains multiple SQL commands, they are processed in a single transaction, unless there are explicit @@ -329,7 +330,7 @@

Note

-

Exit Status

+

Exit Status

psql returns 0 to the shell if it finished normally, 1 if a fatal error of its own (out of memory, file not found) occurs, 2 if the connection to the server went bad @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@

Note

-

Usage

+

Usage

Connecting To A Database

psql is a regular @@ -383,7 +384,7 @@

Note

the string =>. For example,

$ psql testdb
-Welcome to psql 8.2.0, the PostgreSQL interactive terminal.
+Welcome to psql 8.2.1, the PostgreSQL interactive terminal.
 
 Type:  \copyright for distribution terms
        \h for help with SQL commands
@@ -408,7 +409,7 @@ 

Note

-

Meta-Commands

+

Meta-Commands

Anything you enter in psql that begins with an unquoted backslash is a psql meta-command that is processed by psql @@ -1143,7 +1144,7 @@

Note

Patterns

-

The various \d commands accept a pattern parameter to specify the +

The various \d commands accept a pattern parameter to specify the object name(s) to be displayed. In the simplest case, a pattern is just the exact name of the object. The characters within a pattern are normally folded to lower case, just as in SQL names; @@ -1206,7 +1207,7 @@

Note

-

Advanced features

+

Advanced features

Variables

psql provides variable substitution @@ -1481,7 +1482,7 @@

Note

-

+

SQL Interpolation

An additional useful feature of psql variables is that you can substitute (“interpolate”) @@ -1658,7 +1659,7 @@

Note

-

Command-Line Editing

+

Command-Line Editing

psql supports the Readline library for convenient line editing and retrieval. The command history is automatically saved when psql @@ -1681,7 +1682,7 @@

Note

-

Environment

+

Environment

PAGER

If the query results do not fit on the screen, they are piped @@ -1719,7 +1720,7 @@

Note

-

Files

+

Files

  • Before starting up, psql attempts to read and execute commands from the system-wide @@ -1735,7 +1736,7 @@

    Note

  • Both the system-wide psqlrc file and the user's ~/.psqlrc file can be made version-specific by appending a dash and the PostgreSQL - release number, for example ~/.psqlrc-8.2.0. + release number, for example ~/.psqlrc-8.2.1. A matching version-specific file will be read in preference to a non-version-specific file.

  • @@ -1746,7 +1747,7 @@

    Note

-

Notes

+

Notes

  • In an earlier life psql allowed the @@ -1772,7 +1773,7 @@

    Note

-

Notes for Windows users

+

Notes for Windows users

psql is built as a “console application”. Since the Windows console windows use a different encoding than the rest of the system, you must take special care diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-reindexdb.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-reindexdb.html index 78be73ee42..76108aaee5 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-reindexdb.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-reindexdb.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

Name

reindexdb — reindex a PostgreSQL database

-
+

Synopsis

reindexdb [connection-option...] [--table | -t table ] [--index | -i index ] [dbname]
reindexdb [connection-option...] [--all | -a]
reindexdb [connection-option...] [--system | -s] [dbname]

-

Description

+

Description

reindexdb is a utility for rebuilding indexes in a PostgreSQL database.

@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Options

+

Options

reindexdb accepts the following command-line arguments:

@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Environment

+

Environment

PGDATABASE

PGHOST

PGPORT

PGUSER @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Diagnostics

+

Diagnostics

In case of difficulty, see REINDEX and psql for discussions of potential problems and error messages. The database server must be running at the @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Notes

+

Notes

reindexdb might need to connect several times to the PostgreSQL server, asking for a password each time. It is convenient to have a @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Examples

+

Examples

To reindex the database test:

$ reindexdb test
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@

Synopsis

-

See Also

+

See Also

REINDEX, Environment Variables (Section 29.12, “Environment Variables”)
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/app-vacuumdb.html b/docs/en_US/pg/app-vacuumdb.html index c60536d14a..fa145c74b2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/app-vacuumdb.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/app-vacuumdb.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@

Name

vacuumdb — garbage-collect and analyze a PostgreSQL database

-
+

Synopsis

vacuumdb [connection-option...] [[--full] | [-f]] [[--verbose] | [-v]] [[--analyze] | [-z]] [--table | -t table [( column [,...] )] ] [dbname]
vacuumdb [connection-options...] [[--all] | [-a]] [[--full] | [-f]] [[--verbose] | [-v]] [[--analyze] | [-z]]

-

Description

+

Description

vacuumdb is a utility for cleaning a PostgreSQL database. vacuumdb will also generate internal statistics @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

Synopsis

-

Options

+

Options

vacuumdb accepts the following command-line arguments:

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Tip

-

Environment

+

Environment

PGDATABASE

PGHOST

PGPORT

PGUSER @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Tip

-

Diagnostics

+

Diagnostics

In case of difficulty, see VACUUM and psql for discussions of potential problems and error messages. The database server must be running at the @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Tip

-

Notes

+

Notes

vacuumdb might need to connect several times to the PostgreSQL server, asking for a password each time. It is convenient to have a @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@

Tip

-

Examples

+

Examples

To clean the database test:

$ vacuumdb test
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@

Tip

-

See Also

+

See Also

VACUUM, Environment Variables (Section 29.12, “Environment Variables”)
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/appendixes.html b/docs/en_US/pg/appendixes.html index a86381bcc4..c7debd3545 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/appendixes.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/appendixes.html @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ - - + + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
B. Date/Time Support
-
B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
+
B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
B.2. Date/Time Key Words
B.3. Date/Time Configuration Files
B.4. History of Units
@@ -33,433 +33,458 @@
E. Release Notes
-
E.1. Release 8.2
+
E.1. Release 8.2.1
-
E.1.1. Overview
-
E.1.2. Migration to version 8.2
-
E.1.3. Changes
+
E.1.1. Migration to version 8.2.1
+
E.1.2. Changes
-
E.2. Release 8.1.5
+
E.2. Release 8.2
-
E.2.1. Migration to version 8.1.5
-
E.2.2. Changes
+
E.2.1. Overview
+
E.2.2. Migration to version 8.2
+
E.2.3. Changes
-
E.3. Release 8.1.4
+
E.3. Release 8.1.6
-
E.3.1. Migration to version 8.1.4
-
E.3.2. Changes
+
E.3.1. Migration to version 8.1.6
+
E.3.2. Changes
-
E.4. Release 8.1.3
+
E.4. Release 8.1.5
-
E.4.1. Migration to version 8.1.3
-
E.4.2. Changes
+
E.4.1. Migration to version 8.1.5
+
E.4.2. Changes
-
E.5. Release 8.1.2
+
E.5. Release 8.1.4
-
E.5.1. Migration to version 8.1.2
-
E.5.2. Changes
+
E.5.1. Migration to version 8.1.4
+
E.5.2. Changes
-
E.6. Release 8.1.1
+
E.6. Release 8.1.3
-
E.6.1. Migration to version 8.1.1
-
E.6.2. Changes
+
E.6.1. Migration to version 8.1.3
+
E.6.2. Changes
-
E.7. Release 8.1
+
E.7. Release 8.1.2
-
E.7.1. Overview
-
E.7.2. Migration to version 8.1
-
E.7.3. Additional Changes
+
E.7.1. Migration to version 8.1.2
+
E.7.2. Changes
-
E.8. Release 8.0.9
+
E.8. Release 8.1.1
-
E.8.1. Migration to version 8.0.9
-
E.8.2. Changes
+
E.8.1. Migration to version 8.1.1
+
E.8.2. Changes
-
E.9. Release 8.0.8
+
E.9. Release 8.1
-
E.9.1. Migration to version 8.0.8
-
E.9.2. Changes
+
E.9.1. Overview
+
E.9.2. Migration to version 8.1
+
E.9.3. Additional Changes
-
E.10. Release 8.0.7
+
E.10. Release 8.0.10
-
E.10.1. Migration to version 8.0.7
-
E.10.2. Changes
+
E.10.1. Migration to version 8.0.10
+
E.10.2. Changes
-
E.11. Release 8.0.6
+
E.11. Release 8.0.9
-
E.11.1. Migration to version 8.0.6
-
E.11.2. Changes
+
E.11.1. Migration to version 8.0.9
+
E.11.2. Changes
-
E.12. Release 8.0.5
+
E.12. Release 8.0.8
-
E.12.1. Migration to version 8.0.5
-
E.12.2. Changes
+
E.12.1. Migration to version 8.0.8
+
E.12.2. Changes
-
E.13. Release 8.0.4
+
E.13. Release 8.0.7
-
E.13.1. Migration to version 8.0.4
-
E.13.2. Changes
+
E.13.1. Migration to version 8.0.7
+
E.13.2. Changes
-
E.14. Release 8.0.3
+
E.14. Release 8.0.6
-
E.14.1. Migration to version 8.0.3
-
E.14.2. Changes
+
E.14.1. Migration to version 8.0.6
+
E.14.2. Changes
-
E.15. Release 8.0.2
+
E.15. Release 8.0.5
-
E.15.1. Migration to version 8.0.2
-
E.15.2. Changes
+
E.15.1. Migration to version 8.0.5
+
E.15.2. Changes
-
E.16. Release 8.0.1
+
E.16. Release 8.0.4
-
E.16.1. Migration to version 8.0.1
-
E.16.2. Changes
+
E.16.1. Migration to version 8.0.4
+
E.16.2. Changes
-
E.17. Release 8.0
+
E.17. Release 8.0.3
-
E.17.1. Overview
-
E.17.2. Migration to version 8.0
-
E.17.3. Deprecated Features
-
E.17.4. Changes
+
E.17.1. Migration to version 8.0.3
+
E.17.2. Changes
-
E.18. Release 7.4.14
+
E.18. Release 8.0.2
-
E.18.1. Migration to version 7.4.14
-
E.18.2. Changes
+
E.18.1. Migration to version 8.0.2
+
E.18.2. Changes
-
E.19. Release 7.4.13
+
E.19. Release 8.0.1
-
E.19.1. Migration to version 7.4.13
-
E.19.2. Changes
+
E.19.1. Migration to version 8.0.1
+
E.19.2. Changes
-
E.20. Release 7.4.12
+
E.20. Release 8.0
-
E.20.1. Migration to version 7.4.12
-
E.20.2. Changes
+
E.20.1. Overview
+
E.20.2. Migration to version 8.0
+
E.20.3. Deprecated Features
+
E.20.4. Changes
-
E.21. Release 7.4.11
+
E.21. Release 7.4.15
-
E.21.1. Migration to version 7.4.11
-
E.21.2. Changes
+
E.21.1. Migration to version 7.4.15
+
E.21.2. Changes
-
E.22. Release 7.4.10
+
E.22. Release 7.4.14
-
E.22.1. Migration to version 7.4.10
-
E.22.2. Changes
+
E.22.1. Migration to version 7.4.14
+
E.22.2. Changes
-
E.23. Release 7.4.9
+
E.23. Release 7.4.13
-
E.23.1. Migration to version 7.4.9
-
E.23.2. Changes
+
E.23.1. Migration to version 7.4.13
+
E.23.2. Changes
-
E.24. Release 7.4.8
+
E.24. Release 7.4.12
-
E.24.1. Migration to version 7.4.8
-
E.24.2. Changes
+
E.24.1. Migration to version 7.4.12
+
E.24.2. Changes
-
E.25. Release 7.4.7
+
E.25. Release 7.4.11
-
E.25.1. Migration to version 7.4.7
-
E.25.2. Changes
+
E.25.1. Migration to version 7.4.11
+
E.25.2. Changes
-
E.26. Release 7.4.6
+
E.26. Release 7.4.10
-
E.26.1. Migration to version 7.4.6
-
E.26.2. Changes
+
E.26.1. Migration to version 7.4.10
+
E.26.2. Changes
-
E.27. Release 7.4.5
+
E.27. Release 7.4.9
-
E.27.1. Migration to version 7.4.5
-
E.27.2. Changes
+
E.27.1. Migration to version 7.4.9
+
E.27.2. Changes
-
E.28. Release 7.4.4
+
E.28. Release 7.4.8
-
E.28.1. Migration to version 7.4.4
-
E.28.2. Changes
+
E.28.1. Migration to version 7.4.8
+
E.28.2. Changes
-
E.29. Release 7.4.3
+
E.29. Release 7.4.7
-
E.29.1. Migration to version 7.4.3
-
E.29.2. Changes
+
E.29.1. Migration to version 7.4.7
+
E.29.2. Changes
-
E.30. Release 7.4.2
+
E.30. Release 7.4.6
-
E.30.1. Migration to version 7.4.2
-
E.30.2. Changes
+
E.30.1. Migration to version 7.4.6
+
E.30.2. Changes
-
E.31. Release 7.4.1
+
E.31. Release 7.4.5
-
E.31.1. Migration to version 7.4.1
-
E.31.2. Changes
+
E.31.1. Migration to version 7.4.5
+
E.31.2. Changes
-
E.32. Release 7.4
+
E.32. Release 7.4.4
-
E.32.1. Overview
-
E.32.2. Migration to version 7.4
-
E.32.3. Changes
+
E.32.1. Migration to version 7.4.4
+
E.32.2. Changes
-
E.33. Release 7.3.16
+
E.33. Release 7.4.3
-
E.33.1. Migration to version 7.3.16
-
E.33.2. Changes
+
E.33.1. Migration to version 7.4.3
+
E.33.2. Changes
-
E.34. Release 7.3.15
+
E.34. Release 7.4.2
-
E.34.1. Migration to version 7.3.15
-
E.34.2. Changes
+
E.34.1. Migration to version 7.4.2
+
E.34.2. Changes
-
E.35. Release 7.3.14
+
E.35. Release 7.4.1
-
E.35.1. Migration to version 7.3.14
-
E.35.2. Changes
+
E.35.1. Migration to version 7.4.1
+
E.35.2. Changes
-
E.36. Release 7.3.13
+
E.36. Release 7.4
-
E.36.1. Migration to version 7.3.13
-
E.36.2. Changes
+
E.36.1. Overview
+
E.36.2. Migration to version 7.4
+
E.36.3. Changes
-
E.37. Release 7.3.12
+
E.37. Release 7.3.17
-
E.37.1. Migration to version 7.3.12
-
E.37.2. Changes
+
E.37.1. Migration to version 7.3.17
+
E.37.2. Changes
-
E.38. Release 7.3.11
+
E.38. Release 7.3.16
-
E.38.1. Migration to version 7.3.11
-
E.38.2. Changes
+
E.38.1. Migration to version 7.3.16
+
E.38.2. Changes
-
E.39. Release 7.3.10
+
E.39. Release 7.3.15
-
E.39.1. Migration to version 7.3.10
-
E.39.2. Changes
+
E.39.1. Migration to version 7.3.15
+
E.39.2. Changes
-
E.40. Release 7.3.9
+
E.40. Release 7.3.14
-
E.40.1. Migration to version 7.3.9
-
E.40.2. Changes
+
E.40.1. Migration to version 7.3.14
+
E.40.2. Changes
-
E.41. Release 7.3.8
+
E.41. Release 7.3.13
-
E.41.1. Migration to version 7.3.8
-
E.41.2. Changes
+
E.41.1. Migration to version 7.3.13
+
E.41.2. Changes
-
E.42. Release 7.3.7
+
E.42. Release 7.3.12
-
E.42.1. Migration to version 7.3.7
-
E.42.2. Changes
+
E.42.1. Migration to version 7.3.12
+
E.42.2. Changes
-
E.43. Release 7.3.6
+
E.43. Release 7.3.11
-
E.43.1. Migration to version 7.3.6
-
E.43.2. Changes
+
E.43.1. Migration to version 7.3.11
+
E.43.2. Changes
-
E.44. Release 7.3.5
+
E.44. Release 7.3.10
-
E.44.1. Migration to version 7.3.5
-
E.44.2. Changes
+
E.44.1. Migration to version 7.3.10
+
E.44.2. Changes
-
E.45. Release 7.3.4
+
E.45. Release 7.3.9
-
E.45.1. Migration to version 7.3.4
-
E.45.2. Changes
+
E.45.1. Migration to version 7.3.9
+
E.45.2. Changes
-
E.46. Release 7.3.3
+
E.46. Release 7.3.8
-
E.46.1. Migration to version 7.3.3
-
E.46.2. Changes
+
E.46.1. Migration to version 7.3.8
+
E.46.2. Changes
-
E.47. Release 7.3.2
+
E.47. Release 7.3.7
-
E.47.1. Migration to version 7.3.2
-
E.47.2. Changes
+
E.47.1. Migration to version 7.3.7
+
E.47.2. Changes
-
E.48. Release 7.3.1
+
E.48. Release 7.3.6
-
E.48.1. Migration to version 7.3.1
-
E.48.2. Changes
+
E.48.1. Migration to version 7.3.6
+
E.48.2. Changes
-
E.49. Release 7.3
+
E.49. Release 7.3.5
-
E.49.1. Overview
-
E.49.2. Migration to version 7.3
-
E.49.3. Changes
+
E.49.1. Migration to version 7.3.5
+
E.49.2. Changes
-
E.50. Release 7.2.8
+
E.50. Release 7.3.4
-
E.50.1. Migration to version 7.2.8
-
E.50.2. Changes
+
E.50.1. Migration to version 7.3.4
+
E.50.2. Changes
-
E.51. Release 7.2.7
+
E.51. Release 7.3.3
-
E.51.1. Migration to version 7.2.7
-
E.51.2. Changes
+
E.51.1. Migration to version 7.3.3
+
E.51.2. Changes
-
E.52. Release 7.2.6
+
E.52. Release 7.3.2
-
E.52.1. Migration to version 7.2.6
-
E.52.2. Changes
+
E.52.1. Migration to version 7.3.2
+
E.52.2. Changes
-
E.53. Release 7.2.5
+
E.53. Release 7.3.1
-
E.53.1. Migration to version 7.2.5
-
E.53.2. Changes
+
E.53.1. Migration to version 7.3.1
+
E.53.2. Changes
-
E.54. Release 7.2.4
+
E.54. Release 7.3
-
E.54.1. Migration to version 7.2.4
-
E.54.2. Changes
+
E.54.1. Overview
+
E.54.2. Migration to version 7.3
+
E.54.3. Changes
-
E.55. Release 7.2.3
+
E.55. Release 7.2.8
-
E.55.1. Migration to version 7.2.3
-
E.55.2. Changes
+
E.55.1. Migration to version 7.2.8
+
E.55.2. Changes
-
E.56. Release 7.2.2
+
E.56. Release 7.2.7
-
E.56.1. Migration to version 7.2.2
-
E.56.2. Changes
+
E.56.1. Migration to version 7.2.7
+
E.56.2. Changes
-
E.57. Release 7.2.1
+
E.57. Release 7.2.6
-
E.57.1. Migration to version 7.2.1
-
E.57.2. Changes
+
E.57.1. Migration to version 7.2.6
+
E.57.2. Changes
-
E.58. Release 7.2
+
E.58. Release 7.2.5
-
E.58.1. Overview
-
E.58.2. Migration to version 7.2
-
E.58.3. Changes
+
E.58.1. Migration to version 7.2.5
+
E.58.2. Changes
-
E.59. Release 7.1.3
+
E.59. Release 7.2.4
-
E.59.1. Migration to version 7.1.3
-
E.59.2. Changes
+
E.59.1. Migration to version 7.2.4
+
E.59.2. Changes
-
E.60. Release 7.1.2
+
E.60. Release 7.2.3
-
E.60.1. Migration to version 7.1.2
-
E.60.2. Changes
+
E.60.1. Migration to version 7.2.3
+
E.60.2. Changes
-
E.61. Release 7.1.1
+
E.61. Release 7.2.2
-
E.61.1. Migration to version 7.1.1
-
E.61.2. Changes
+
E.61.1. Migration to version 7.2.2
+
E.61.2. Changes
-
E.62. Release 7.1
+
E.62. Release 7.2.1
-
E.62.1. Migration to version 7.1
-
E.62.2. Changes
+
E.62.1. Migration to version 7.2.1
+
E.62.2. Changes
-
E.63. Release 7.0.3
+
E.63. Release 7.2
-
E.63.1. Migration to version 7.0.3
-
E.63.2. Changes
+
E.63.1. Overview
+
E.63.2. Migration to version 7.2
+
E.63.3. Changes
-
E.64. Release 7.0.2
+
E.64. Release 7.1.3
-
E.64.1. Migration to version 7.0.2
-
E.64.2. Changes
+
E.64.1. Migration to version 7.1.3
+
E.64.2. Changes
-
E.65. Release 7.0.1
+
E.65. Release 7.1.2
-
E.65.1. Migration to version 7.0.1
-
E.65.2. Changes
+
E.65.1. Migration to version 7.1.2
+
E.65.2. Changes
-
E.66. Release 7.0
+
E.66. Release 7.1.1
-
E.66.1. Migration to version 7.0
-
E.66.2. Changes
+
E.66.1. Migration to version 7.1.1
+
E.66.2. Changes
-
E.67. Release 6.5.3
+
E.67. Release 7.1
-
E.67.1. Migration to version 6.5.3
-
E.67.2. Changes
+
E.67.1. Migration to version 7.1
+
E.67.2. Changes
-
E.68. Release 6.5.2
+
E.68. Release 7.0.3
-
E.68.1. Migration to version 6.5.2
-
E.68.2. Changes
+
E.68.1. Migration to version 7.0.3
+
E.68.2. Changes
-
E.69. Release 6.5.1
+
E.69. Release 7.0.2
-
E.69.1. Migration to version 6.5.1
-
E.69.2. Changes
+
E.69.1. Migration to version 7.0.2
+
E.69.2. Changes
-
E.70. Release 6.5
+
E.70. Release 7.0.1
-
E.70.1. Migration to version 6.5
-
E.70.2. Changes
+
E.70.1. Migration to version 7.0.1
+
E.70.2. Changes
-
E.71. Release 6.4.2
+
E.71. Release 7.0
-
E.71.1. Migration to version 6.4.2
-
E.71.2. Changes
+
E.71.1. Migration to version 7.0
+
E.71.2. Changes
-
E.72. Release 6.4.1
+
E.72. Release 6.5.3
-
E.72.1. Migration to version 6.4.1
-
E.72.2. Changes
+
E.72.1. Migration to version 6.5.3
+
E.72.2. Changes
-
E.73. Release 6.4
+
E.73. Release 6.5.2
-
E.73.1. Migration to version 6.4
-
E.73.2. Changes
+
E.73.1. Migration to version 6.5.2
+
E.73.2. Changes
-
E.74. Release 6.3.2
-
E.74.1. Changes
-
E.75. Release 6.3.1
-
E.75.1. Changes
-
E.76. Release 6.3
+
E.74. Release 6.5.1
-
E.76.1. Migration to version 6.3
-
E.76.2. Changes
+
E.74.1. Migration to version 6.5.1
+
E.74.2. Changes
-
E.77. Release 6.2.1
+
E.75. Release 6.5
-
E.77.1. Migration from version 6.2 to version 6.2.1
-
E.77.2. Changes
+
E.75.1. Migration to version 6.5
+
E.75.2. Changes
-
E.78. Release 6.2
+
E.76. Release 6.4.2
-
E.78.1. Migration from version 6.1 to version 6.2
-
E.78.2. Migration from version 1.x to version 6.2
-
E.78.3. Changes
+
E.76.1. Migration to version 6.4.2
+
E.76.2. Changes
-
E.79. Release 6.1.1
+
E.77. Release 6.4.1
-
E.79.1. Migration from version 6.1 to version 6.1.1
-
E.79.2. Changes
+
E.77.1. Migration to version 6.4.1
+
E.77.2. Changes
-
E.80. Release 6.1
+
E.78. Release 6.4
-
E.80.1. Migration to version 6.1
-
E.80.2. Changes
+
E.78.1. Migration to version 6.4
+
E.78.2. Changes
-
E.81. Release 6.0
+
E.79. Release 6.3.2
+
E.79.1. Changes
+
E.80. Release 6.3.1
+
E.80.1. Changes
+
E.81. Release 6.3
-
E.81.1. Migration from version 1.09 to version 6.0
-
E.81.2. Migration from pre-1.09 to version 6.0
-
E.81.3. Changes
+
E.81.1. Migration to version 6.3
+
E.81.2. Changes
-
E.82. Release 1.09
-
E.83. Release 1.02
+
E.82. Release 6.2.1
-
E.83.1. Migration from version 1.02 to version 1.02.1
-
E.83.2. Dump/Reload Procedure
-
E.83.3. Changes
+
E.82.1. Migration from version 6.2 to version 6.2.1
+
E.82.2. Changes
-
E.84. Release 1.01
+
E.83. Release 6.2
-
E.84.1. Migration from version 1.0 to version 1.01
-
E.84.2. Changes
+
E.83.1. Migration from version 6.1 to version 6.2
+
E.83.2. Migration from version 1.x to version 6.2
+
E.83.3. Changes
-
E.85. Release 1.0
-
E.85.1. Changes
-
E.86. Postgres95 Release 0.03
-
E.86.1. Changes
-
E.87. Postgres95 Release 0.02
-
E.87.1. Changes
-
E.88. Postgres95 Release 0.01
+
E.84. Release 6.1.1
+
+
E.84.1. Migration from version 6.1 to version 6.1.1
+
E.84.2. Changes
+
+
E.85. Release 6.1
+
+
E.85.1. Migration to version 6.1
+
E.85.2. Changes
+
+
E.86. Release 6.0
+
+
E.86.1. Migration from version 1.09 to version 6.0
+
E.86.2. Migration from pre-1.09 to version 6.0
+
E.86.3. Changes
+
+
E.87. Release 1.09
+
E.88. Release 1.02
+
+
E.88.1. Migration from version 1.02 to version 1.02.1
+
E.88.2. Dump/Reload Procedure
+
E.88.3. Changes
+
+
E.89. Release 1.01
+
+
E.89.1. Migration from version 1.0 to version 1.01
+
E.89.2. Changes
+
+
E.90. Release 1.0
+
E.90.1. Changes
+
E.91. Postgres95 Release 0.03
+
E.91.1. Changes
+
E.92. Postgres95 Release 0.02
+
E.92.1. Changes
+
E.93. Postgres95 Release 0.01
F. The CVS Repository
@@ -467,8 +492,8 @@
F.2. CVS Tree Organization
F.3. Getting The Source Via CVSup
-
F.3.1. Preparing A CVSup Client System
-
F.3.2. Running a CVSup Client
+
F.3.1. Preparing A CVSup Client System
+
F.3.2. Running a CVSup Client
G. Documentation
@@ -476,28 +501,28 @@
G.1. DocBook
G.2. Tool Sets
-
G.2.1. Linux RPM Installation
-
G.2.2. FreeBSD Installation
-
G.2.3. Debian Packages
-
G.2.4. Manual Installation from Source
+
G.2.1. Linux RPM Installation
+
G.2.2. FreeBSD Installation
+
G.2.3. Debian Packages
+
G.2.4. Manual Installation from Source
G.2.5. Detection by configure
G.3. Building The Documentation
-
G.3.1. HTML
-
G.3.2. Manpages
-
G.3.3. Print Output via JadeTex
-
G.3.4. Print Output via RTF
-
G.3.5. Plain Text Files
-
G.3.6. Syntax Check
+
G.3.1. HTML
+
G.3.2. Manpages
+
G.3.3. Print Output via JadeTex
+
G.3.4. Print Output via RTF
+
G.3.5. Plain Text Files
+
G.3.6. Syntax Check
G.4. Documentation Authoring
-
G.4.1. Emacs/PSGML
-
G.4.2. Other Emacs modes
+
G.4.1. Emacs/PSGML
+
G.4.2. Other Emacs modes
G.5. Style Guide
-
G.5.1. Reference Pages
+
G.5.1. Reference Pages
H. External Projects
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/applevel-consistency.html b/docs/en_US/pg/applevel-consistency.html index 6910272a3d..56a9619410 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/applevel-consistency.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/applevel-consistency.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/arrays.html b/docs/en_US/pg/arrays.html index 0d3a35a8d9..0528edee01 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/arrays.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/arrays.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@

8.10. Arrays

-

PostgreSQL allows columns of a table to be +

PostgreSQL allows columns of a table to be defined as variable-length multidimensional arrays. Arrays of any built-in or user-defined base type can be created. (Arrays of composite types or domains are not yet supported, however.)

-8.10.1. Declaration of Array Types

+8.10.1. Declaration of Array Types

To illustrate the use of array types, we create this table:

CREATE TABLE sal_emp (
@@ -75,8 +75,8 @@
 
 

-8.10.2. Array Value Input

-

To write an array value as a literal constant, enclose the element +8.10.2. Array Value Input

+

To write an array value as a literal constant, enclose the element values within curly braces and separate them by commas. (If you know C, this is not unlike the C syntax for initializing structures.) You may put double quotes around any element value, @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@

-8.10.3. Accessing Arrays

+8.10.3. Accessing Arrays

Now, we can run some queries on the table. First, we show how to access a single element of an array at a time. This query retrieves the names of the employees whose pay changed in @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@

-8.10.4. Modifying Arrays

+8.10.4. Modifying Arrays

An array value can be replaced completely:

@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@

-8.10.5. Searching in Arrays

+8.10.5. Searching in Arrays

To search for a value in an array, you must check each value of the array. This can be done by hand, if you know the size of the array. For example: @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@

Tip

-8.10.6. Array Input and Output Syntax

+8.10.6. Array Input and Output Syntax

The external text representation of an array value consists of items that are interpreted according to the I/O conversion rules for the array's element type, plus decoration that indicates the array structure. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/auth-methods.html b/docs/en_US/pg/auth-methods.html index 8ee13f7115..c7767b0bc1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/auth-methods.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/auth-methods.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@

20.2.2. Password authentication

-

The password-based authentication methods are md5, +

The password-based authentication methods are md5, crypt, and password. These methods operate similarly except for the way that the password is sent across the connection: respectively, MD5-hashed, crypt-encrypted, and clear-text. @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

20.2.3. Kerberos authentication

-

Kerberos is an industry-standard secure +

Kerberos is an industry-standard secure authentication system suitable for distributed computing over a public network. A description of the Kerberos system is far beyond the scope of this document; in full generality it can be @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@

20.2.4. Ident-based authentication

-

The ident authentication method works by obtaining the client's +

The ident authentication method works by obtaining the client's operating system user name, then determining the allowed database user names using a map file that lists the permitted corresponding pairs of names. The determination of the client's @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@

-20.2.4.1. Ident Authentication over TCP/IP

+20.2.4.1. Ident Authentication over TCP/IP

The “Identification Protocol” is described in RFC 1413. Virtually every Unix-like operating system ships with an ident server that listens on TCP @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@

-20.2.4.2. Ident Authentication over Local Sockets

+20.2.4.2. Ident Authentication over Local Sockets

On systems supporting SO_PEERCRED requests for Unix-domain sockets (currently Linux, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@

Ident maps other than sameuser are defined in the ident map file, which by default is named - pg_ident.conf + pg_ident.conf and is stored in the cluster's data directory. (It is possible to place the map file elsewhere, however; see the ident_file @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@

The pg_ident.conf file is read on start-up and when the main server process receives a - SIGHUP + SIGHUP signal. If you edit the file on an active system, you will need to signal the server (using pg_ctl reload or kill -HUP) to make it @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@

20.2.5. LDAP authentication

-

This authentication method operates similarly to +

This authentication method operates similarly to password except that it uses LDAP as the authentication method. LDAP is used only to validate the user name/password pairs. Therefore the user must already @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@

20.2.6. PAM authentication

-

This authentication method operates similarly to +

This authentication method operates similarly to password except that it uses PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) as the authentication mechanism. The default PAM service name is postgresql. You can diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/backup-file.html b/docs/en_US/pg/backup-file.html index 257de200a9..f2893280a3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/backup-file.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/backup-file.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/backup.html b/docs/en_US/pg/backup.html index 666437518d..1c09f10df3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/backup.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/backup.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@

23.5. Migration Between Releases
-

As with everything that contains valuable data, PostgreSQL +

As with everything that contains valuable data, PostgreSQL databases should be backed up regularly. While the procedure is essentially simple, it is important to have a basic understanding of the underlying techniques and assumptions. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/biblio.html b/docs/en_US/pg/biblio.html index 720c08950a..606a6f6251 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/biblio.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/biblio.html @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ - - + + @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@

-SQL Reference Books

+SQL Reference Books

Reference texts for SQL features.

[bowman01] The Practical SQL Handbook. Bowman et al, 2001. Using SQL Variants. Fourth Edition. Judith Bowman, Sandra Emerson, and Marcy Darnovsky. 0-201-70309-2. 2001. Addison-Wesley Professional. Copyright © 2001.

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

-PostgreSQL-Specific Documentation

+PostgreSQL-Specific Documentation

This section is for related documentation.

[sim98] Enhancement of the ANSI SQL Implementation of PostgreSQL. Simkovics, 1998. Stefan Simkovics. November 29, 1998. Department of Information Systems, Vienna University of Technology. Vienna, Austria.

@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@

-Proceedings and Articles

+Proceedings and Articles

This section is for articles and newsletters.

[olson93] Partial indexing in POSTGRES: research project. Olson, 1993. Nels Olson. 1993. UCB Engin T7.49.1993 O676. University of California. Berkeley, California.

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/bki-commands.html b/docs/en_US/pg/bki-commands.html index facf1976fe..802f7d2f0d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/bki-commands.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/bki-commands.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/bki-example.html b/docs/en_US/pg/bki-example.html index 8ffcdc3666..d84ab534fa 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/bki-example.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/bki-example.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/bki-structure.html b/docs/en_US/pg/bki-structure.html index 0c4993bb0d..555fc2ed5d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/bki-structure.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/bki-structure.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/bki.html b/docs/en_US/pg/bki.html index 1999e8354b..ae62e3cfd5 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/bki.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/bki.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/bug-reporting.html b/docs/en_US/pg/bug-reporting.html index b9a1c0d9c0..74aacf2660 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/bug-reporting.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/bug-reporting.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

-1.5.1. Identifying Bugs

+1.5.1. Identifying Bugs

Before you report a bug, please read and re-read the documentation to verify that you can really do whatever it is you are trying. If it is not clear from the documentation whether you can do @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@

-1.5.2. What to report

+1.5.2. What to report

The most important thing to remember about bug reporting is to state all the facts and only facts. Do not speculate what you think went wrong, what “it seemed to do”, or which part of the program has a fault. @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

Note

subversion the package may have. If you are talking about a CVS snapshot, mention that, including its date and time.

-

If your version is older than 8.2.0 we will almost certainly +

If your version is older than 8.2.1 we will almost certainly tell you to upgrade. There are many bug fixes and improvements in each new release, so it is quite possible that a bug you have encountered in an older release of PostgreSQL @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@

Note

-1.5.3. Where to report bugs

+1.5.3. Where to report bugs

In general, send bug reports to the bug report mailing list at . You are requested to use a descriptive subject for your email diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-aggregate.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-aggregate.html index 8daf60421a..1e6b4245d9 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-aggregate.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-aggregate.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.2. pg_aggregate

-

The catalog pg_aggregate stores information about +

The catalog pg_aggregate stores information about aggregate functions. An aggregate function is a function that operates on a set of values (typically one column from each row that matches a query condition) and returns a single value computed @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ other information that is similar to ordinary functions.

-

Table 43.2. pg_aggregate Columns

+

Table 43.2. pg_aggregate Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-am.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-am.html index 57108f5678..76aa9fefda 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-am.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-am.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@

43.3. pg_am

-

The catalog pg_am stores information about index +

The catalog pg_am stores information about index access methods. There is one row for each index access method supported by the system. The contents of this catalog are discussed in detail in Chapter 49, Index Access Method Interface Definition.

-

Table 43.3. pg_am Columns

+

Table 43.3. pg_am Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-amop.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-amop.html index d727940bdf..68348b21d9 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-amop.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-amop.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,12 +14,12 @@

43.4. pg_amop

-

The catalog pg_amop stores information about operators +

The catalog pg_amop stores information about operators associated with index access method operator classes. There is one row for each operator that is a member of an operator class.

-

Table 43.4. pg_amop Columns

+

Table 43.4. pg_amop Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-amproc.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-amproc.html index fd1ba51d9a..f7cc0d2c8a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-amproc.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-amproc.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@

43.5. pg_amproc

-

The catalog pg_amproc stores information about support +

The catalog pg_amproc stores information about support procedures associated with index access method operator classes. There is one row for each support procedure belonging to an operator class.

-

Table 43.5. pg_amproc Columns

+

Table 43.5. pg_amproc Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-attrdef.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-attrdef.html index febe57d3fe..121c4afb2a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-attrdef.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-attrdef.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@

43.6. pg_attrdef

-

The catalog pg_attrdef stores column default values. The main information +

The catalog pg_attrdef stores column default values. The main information about columns is stored in pg_attribute (see below). Only columns that explicitly specify a default value (when the table is created or the column is added) will have an entry here.

-

Table 43.6. pg_attrdef Columns

+

Table 43.6. pg_attrdef Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-attribute.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-attribute.html index e160ebb857..20a158de0b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-attribute.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-attribute.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.7. pg_attribute

-

The catalog pg_attribute stores information about +

The catalog pg_attribute stores information about table columns. There will be exactly one pg_attribute row for every column in every table in the database. (There will also be attribute entries for @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ historical reasons.

-

Table 43.7. pg_attribute Columns

+

Table 43.7. pg_attribute Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-auth-members.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-auth-members.html index f61cba857e..2848fb45c5 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-auth-members.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-auth-members.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.9. pg_auth_members

-

The catalog pg_auth_members shows the membership +

The catalog pg_auth_members shows the membership relations between roles. Any non-circular set of relationships is allowed.

Because user identities are cluster-wide, @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ one per database.

-

Table 43.9. pg_auth_members Columns

+

Table 43.9. pg_auth_members Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-authid.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-authid.html index ae7469d170..512943fec3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-authid.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-authid.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.8. pg_authid

-

The catalog pg_authid contains information about +

The catalog pg_authid contains information about database authorization identifiers (roles). A role subsumes the concepts of “users” and “groups”. A user is essentially just a role with the rolcanlogin flag set. Any role (with or @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ one per database.

-

Table 43.8. pg_authid Columns

+

Table 43.8. pg_authid Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-autovacuum.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-autovacuum.html index 4228dfd332..344717f25f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-autovacuum.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-autovacuum.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.10. pg_autovacuum

-

The catalog pg_autovacuum stores optional +

The catalog pg_autovacuum stores optional per-relation configuration parameters for the autovacuum daemon. If there is an entry here for a particular relation, the given parameters will be used for autovacuuming that table. If no entry @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ about the autovacuum daemon, see Section 22.1.4, “The auto-vacuum daemon”.

-

Table 43.10. pg_autovacuum Columns

+

Table 43.10. pg_autovacuum Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-cast.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-cast.html index b653ea6b92..eaf3716c76 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-cast.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-cast.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,12 +14,12 @@

43.11. pg_cast

-

The catalog pg_cast stores data type conversion paths, +

The catalog pg_cast stores data type conversion paths, both built-in paths and those defined with CREATE CAST.

-

Table 43.11. pg_cast Columns

+

Table 43.11. pg_cast Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-class.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-class.html index a1095bca5d..f4c1ad1dce 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-class.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-class.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.12. pg_class

-

The catalog pg_class catalogs tables and most +

The catalog pg_class catalogs tables and most everything else that has columns or is otherwise similar to a table. This includes indexes (but see also pg_index), sequences, views, composite types, @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ columns are meaningful for all relation types.

-

Table 43.12. pg_class Columns

+

Table 43.12. pg_class Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-constraint.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-constraint.html index 75cc30cc5b..af0dffe450 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-constraint.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-constraint.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.13. pg_constraint

-

The catalog pg_constraint stores check, primary key, unique, and foreign +

The catalog pg_constraint stores check, primary key, unique, and foreign key constraints on tables. (Column constraints are not treated specially. Every column constraint is equivalent to some table constraint.) Not-null constraints are represented in the @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

Check constraints on domains are stored here, too.

-

Table 43.13. pg_constraint Columns

+

Table 43.13. pg_constraint Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-conversion.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-conversion.html index f7a503e4b7..4c31133335 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-conversion.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-conversion.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@

43.14. pg_conversion

-

The catalog pg_conversion describes the +

The catalog pg_conversion describes the available encoding conversion procedures. See CREATE CONVERSION for more information.

-

Table 43.14. pg_conversion Columns

+

Table 43.14. pg_conversion Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-database.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-database.html index 4a3f23db59..31af703caf 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-database.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-database.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.15. pg_database

-

The catalog pg_database stores information about +

The catalog pg_database stores information about the available databases. Databases are created with the CREATE DATABASE command. Consult Chapter 19, Managing Databases for details about the meaning of some of the parameters. @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ one per database.

-

Table 43.15. pg_database Columns

+

Table 43.15. pg_database Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-depend.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-depend.html index af1d28723a..72622601d1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-depend.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-depend.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.16. pg_depend

-

The catalog pg_depend records the dependency +

The catalog pg_depend records the dependency relationships between database objects. This information allows DROP commands to find which other objects must be dropped by DROP CASCADE or prevent dropping in the DROP @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ that are shared across a database cluster.

-

Table 43.16. pg_depend Columns

+

Table 43.16. pg_depend Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-description.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-description.html index 1ff9cfc324..70e4807a3f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-description.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-description.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.17. pg_description

-

The catalog pg_description stores optional descriptions +

The catalog pg_description stores optional descriptions (comments) for each database object. Descriptions can be manipulated with the COMMENT command and viewed with psql's \d commands. @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ are shared across a database cluster.

-

Table 43.17. pg_description Columns

+

Table 43.17. pg_description Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-index.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-index.html index 56dbf69c2d..b5e7429bcd 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-index.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,12 +14,12 @@

43.18. pg_index

-

The catalog pg_index contains part of the information +

The catalog pg_index contains part of the information about indexes. The rest is mostly in pg_class.

-

Table 43.18. pg_index Columns

+

Table 43.18. pg_index Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-inherits.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-inherits.html index 5a3255799e..1d5221dad2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-inherits.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-inherits.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@

43.19. pg_inherits

-

The catalog pg_inherits records information about +

The catalog pg_inherits records information about table inheritance hierarchies. There is one entry for each direct child table in the database. (Indirect inheritance can be determined by following chains of entries.)

-

Table 43.19. pg_inherits Columns

+

Table 43.19. pg_inherits Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-language.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-language.html index 90b4016bb1..93f624c0e4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-language.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-language.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@

43.20. pg_language

-

The catalog pg_language registers +

The catalog pg_language registers languages in which you can write functions or stored procedures. See CREATE LANGUAGE and Chapter 36, Procedural Languages for more information about language handlers.

-

Table 43.20. pg_language Columns

+

Table 43.20. pg_language Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-largeobject.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-largeobject.html index 2ffbb83f51..98190e7a7d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-largeobject.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-largeobject.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.21. pg_largeobject

-

The catalog pg_largeobject holds the data making up +

The catalog pg_largeobject holds the data making up “large objects”. A large object is identified by an OID assigned when it is created. Each large object is broken into segments or “pages” small enough to be conveniently stored as rows @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ BLCKSZ/4, or typically 2 kB).

-

Table 43.21. pg_largeobject Columns

+

Table 43.21. pg_largeobject Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-listener.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-listener.html index 93f6039933..a85a7db51a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-listener.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-listener.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.22. pg_listener

-

The catalog pg_listener supports the +

The catalog pg_listener supports the LISTEN and NOTIFY commands. A listener creates an entry in @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ to awaken the listener from sleep.

-

Table 43.22. pg_listener Columns

+

Table 43.22. pg_listener Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-namespace.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-namespace.html index e8cc4ac1d5..57f0060703 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-namespace.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-namespace.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@

43.23. pg_namespace

-

The catalog pg_namespace stores namespaces. +

The catalog pg_namespace stores namespaces. A namespace is the structure underlying SQL schemas: each namespace can have a separate collection of relations, types, etc. without name conflicts.

-

Table 43.23. pg_namespace Columns

+

Table 43.23. pg_namespace Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-opclass.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-opclass.html index af230c137e..d4f1fa8b10 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-opclass.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-opclass.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.24. pg_opclass

-

The catalog pg_opclass defines +

The catalog pg_opclass defines index access method operator classes. Each operator class defines semantics for index columns of a particular data type and a particular index access method. Note that there can be multiple operator classes @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@

Operator classes are described at length in Section 33.14, “Interfacing Extensions To Indexes”.

-

Table 43.24. pg_opclass Columns

+

Table 43.24. pg_opclass Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-operator.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-operator.html index 901cfdd264..439057433f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-operator.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-operator.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,12 +14,12 @@

43.25. pg_operator

-

The catalog pg_operator stores information about operators. +

The catalog pg_operator stores information about operators. See CREATE OPERATOR and Section 33.12, “User-Defined Operators” for more information.

-

Table 43.25. pg_operator Columns

+

Table 43.25. pg_operator Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-pltemplate.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-pltemplate.html index 07f788542a..c967a61bac 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-pltemplate.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-pltemplate.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.26. pg_pltemplate

-

The catalog pg_pltemplate stores +

The catalog pg_pltemplate stores “template” information for procedural languages. A template for a language allows the language to be created in a particular database by a simple CREATE LANGUAGE command, @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ each database as it is needed.

-

Table 43.26. pg_pltemplate Columns

+

Table 43.26. pg_pltemplate Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-proc.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-proc.html index d9b91131d8..b703079cc6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-proc.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-proc.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.27. pg_proc

-

The catalog pg_proc stores information about functions (or procedures). +

The catalog pg_proc stores information about functions (or procedures). See CREATE FUNCTION and Section 33.3, “User-Defined Functions” for more information.

@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ row in pg_aggregate.

-

Table 43.27. pg_proc Columns

+

Table 43.27. pg_proc Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-rewrite.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-rewrite.html index 25953a8cf7..85a9894fc8 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-rewrite.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-rewrite.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,10 +14,10 @@

43.28. pg_rewrite

-

The catalog pg_rewrite stores rewrite rules for tables and views. +

The catalog pg_rewrite stores rewrite rules for tables and views.

-

Table 43.28. pg_rewrite Columns

+

Table 43.28. pg_rewrite Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-shdepend.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-shdepend.html index 2548bdbf89..d03ef124cc 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-shdepend.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-shdepend.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.29. pg_shdepend

-

The catalog pg_shdepend records the +

The catalog pg_shdepend records the dependency relationships between database objects and shared objects, such as roles. This information allows PostgreSQL to ensure that those objects are @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ one per database.

-

Table 43.29. pg_shdepend Columns

+

Table 43.29. pg_shdepend Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-shdescription.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-shdescription.html index 32c612bc3a..2e351a1c08 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-shdescription.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-shdescription.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.30. pg_shdescription

-

The catalog pg_shdescription stores optional +

The catalog pg_shdescription stores optional descriptions (comments) for shared database objects. Descriptions can be manipulated with the COMMENT command and viewed with psql's \d commands. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ one per database.

-

Table 43.30. pg_shdescription Columns

+

Table 43.30. pg_shdescription Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-statistic.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-statistic.html index 405b507950..69cf5b37d6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-statistic.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-statistic.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.31. pg_statistic

-

The catalog pg_statistic stores statistical data +

The catalog pg_statistic stores statistical data about the contents of the database. Entries are created by ANALYZE and subsequently used by the query planner. There is one entry for each table column that has been analyzed. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ about those tables that are readable by the current user.

-

Table 43.31. pg_statistic Columns

+

Table 43.31. pg_statistic Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-tablespace.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-tablespace.html index 30e692fdcc..95c666aac3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-tablespace.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-tablespace.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.32. pg_tablespace

-

The catalog pg_tablespace stores information +

The catalog pg_tablespace stores information about the available tablespaces. Tables can be placed in particular tablespaces to aid administration of disk layout.

@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ one per database.

-

Table 43.32. pg_tablespace Columns

+

Table 43.32. pg_tablespace Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-trigger.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-trigger.html index adc6c06663..6858e9ee71 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-trigger.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-trigger.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,12 +14,12 @@

43.33. pg_trigger

-

The catalog pg_trigger stores triggers on tables. +

The catalog pg_trigger stores triggers on tables. See CREATE TRIGGER for more information.

-

Table 43.33. pg_trigger Columns

+

Table 43.33. pg_trigger Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-type.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-type.html index 64123377c8..8984d2952d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-type.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalog-pg-type.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

43.34. pg_type

-

The catalog pg_type stores information about data +

The catalog pg_type stores information about data types. Base types (scalar types) are created with CREATE TYPE, and domains with @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ composite types with CREATE TYPE AS.

-

Table 43.34. pg_type Columns

+

Table 43.34. pg_type Columns

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/catalogs.html b/docs/en_US/pg/catalogs.html index dc80812b5f..f321949c00 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/catalogs.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/catalogs.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/charset.html b/docs/en_US/pg/charset.html index de48afb9e4..9beabd304e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/charset.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/charset.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,16 +19,16 @@
21.1. Locale Support
-
21.1.1. Overview
-
21.1.2. Behavior
-
21.1.3. Problems
+
21.1.1. Overview
+
21.1.2. Behavior
+
21.1.3. Problems
21.2. Character Set Support
21.2.1. Supported Character Sets
-
21.2.2. Setting the Character Set
-
21.2.3. Automatic Character Set Conversion Between Server and Client
-
21.2.4. Further Reading
+
21.2.2. Setting the Character Set
+
21.2.3. Automatic Character Set Conversion Between Server and Client
+
21.2.4. Further Reading
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@

21.1. Locale Support

-

Locale support refers to an application respecting +

Locale support refers to an application respecting cultural preferences regarding alphabets, sorting, number formatting, etc. PostgreSQL uses the standard ISO C and POSIX locale facilities provided by the server operating @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@

-21.1.1. Overview

+21.1.1. Overview

Locale support is automatically initialized when a database cluster is created using initdb. initdb will initialize the database cluster @@ -191,24 +191,24 @@

Note

-21.1.2. Behavior

+21.1.2. Behavior

The locale settings influence the following SQL features:

  • Sort order in queries using ORDER BY on textual data - +

  • The ability to use indexes with LIKE clauses - +

  • The upper, lower, and initcap functions - - + +

  • The to_char family of functions - +

@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@

Note

-21.1.3. Problems

+21.1.3. Problems

If locale support doesn't work in spite of the explanation above, check that the locale support in your operating system is correctly configured. To check what locales are installed on your diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/client-authentication-problems.html b/docs/en_US/pg/client-authentication-problems.html index dfea82adda..5de154f879 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/client-authentication-problems.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/client-authentication-problems.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/client-authentication.html b/docs/en_US/pg/client-authentication.html index 2b9bd0025e..0b43d9b7ac 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/client-authentication.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/client-authentication.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

20.3. Authentication problems
-

When a client application connects to the database server, it +

When a client application connects to the database server, it specifies which PostgreSQL database user name it wants to connect as, much the same way one logs into a Unix computer as a particular user. Within the SQL environment the active database @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

Note

20.1. The pg_hba.conf file

-

Client authentication is controlled by a configuration file, +

Client authentication is controlled by a configuration file, which traditionally is named pg_hba.conf and is stored in the database cluster's data directory. @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@

Note

The pg_hba.conf file is read on start-up and when the main server process receives a - SIGHUP + SIGHUP signal. If you edit the file on an active system, you will need to signal the server (using pg_ctl reload or kill -HUP) to make it diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/client-interfaces.html b/docs/en_US/pg/client-interfaces.html index 221d897458..039349a44c 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/client-interfaces.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/client-interfaces.html @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ - - + + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

Part IV. Client Interfaces

-
+

This part describes the client programming interfaces distributed with PostgreSQL. Each of these chapters can be @@ -69,16 +69,16 @@

30.2. Implementation Features
30.3. Client Interfaces
-
30.3.1. Creating a Large Object
-
30.3.2. Importing a Large Object
-
30.3.3. Exporting a Large Object
-
30.3.4. Opening an Existing Large Object
-
30.3.5. Writing Data to a Large Object
-
30.3.6. Reading Data from a Large Object
-
30.3.7. Seeking in a Large Object
-
30.3.8. Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
-
30.3.9. Closing a Large Object Descriptor
-
30.3.10. Removing a Large Object
+
30.3.1. Creating a Large Object
+
30.3.2. Importing a Large Object
+
30.3.3. Exporting a Large Object
+
30.3.4. Opening an Existing Large Object
+
30.3.5. Writing Data to a Large Object
+
30.3.6. Reading Data from a Large Object
+
30.3.7. Seeking in a Large Object
+
30.3.8. Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
+
30.3.9. Closing a Large Object Descriptor
+
30.3.10. Removing a Large Object
30.4. Server-Side Functions
30.5. Example Program
@@ -92,41 +92,41 @@
31.5. Choosing a Connection
31.6. Using Host Variables
-
31.6.1. Overview
-
31.6.2. Declare Sections
-
31.6.3. Different types of host variables
-
31.6.4. SELECT INTO and FETCH INTO
-
31.6.5. Indicators
+
31.6.1. Overview
+
31.6.2. Declare Sections
+
31.6.3. Different types of host variables
+
31.6.4. SELECT INTO and FETCH INTO
+
31.6.5. Indicators
31.7. Dynamic SQL
31.8. pgtypes library
-
31.8.1. The numeric type
-
31.8.2. The date type
-
31.8.3. The timestamp type
-
31.8.4. The interval type
-
31.8.5. The decimal type
-
31.8.6. errno values of pgtypeslib
-
31.8.7. Special constants of pgtypeslib
+
31.8.1. The numeric type
+
31.8.2. The date type
+
31.8.3. The timestamp type
+
31.8.4. The interval type
+
31.8.5. The decimal type
+
31.8.6. errno values of pgtypeslib
+
31.8.7. Special constants of pgtypeslib
31.9. Informix compatibility mode
-
31.9.1. Additional embedded SQL statements
-
31.9.2. Additional functions
-
31.9.3. Additional constants
+
31.9.1. Additional embedded SQL statements
+
31.9.2. Additional functions
+
31.9.3. Additional constants
31.10. Using SQL Descriptor Areas
31.11. Error Handling
-
31.11.1. Setting Callbacks
-
31.11.2. sqlca
-
31.11.3. SQLSTATE vs SQLCODE
+
31.11.1. Setting Callbacks
+
31.11.2. sqlca
+
31.11.3. SQLSTATE vs SQLCODE
31.12. Preprocessor directives
-
31.12.1. Including files
-
31.12.2. The #define and #undef directives
-
31.12.3. ifdef, ifndef, else, elif and endif directives
+
31.12.1. Including files
+
31.12.2. The #define and #undef directives
+
31.12.3. ifdef, ifndef, else, elif and endif directives
31.13. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
31.14. Library Functions
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/connect-estab.html b/docs/en_US/pg/connect-estab.html index 457b874485..af655cd66f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/connect-estab.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/connect-estab.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/continuous-archiving.html b/docs/en_US/pg/continuous-archiving.html index 7c9883659f..73b2e22471 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/continuous-archiving.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/continuous-archiving.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

23.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-In-Time Recovery (PITR)

-

At all times, PostgreSQL maintains a +

At all times, PostgreSQL maintains a write ahead log (WAL) in the pg_xlog/ subdirectory of the cluster's data directory. The log describes every change made to the database's data files. This log exists @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@

Note

23.3.4. Timelines

-

The ability to restore the database to a previous point in time creates +

The ability to restore the database to a previous point in time creates some complexities that are akin to science-fiction stories about time travel and parallel universes. In the original history of the database, perhaps you dropped a critical table at 5:15PM on Tuesday evening. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/creating-cluster.html b/docs/en_US/pg/creating-cluster.html index 71d6deba6b..9723d9625c 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/creating-cluster.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/creating-cluster.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

16.2. Creating a Database Cluster

-

Before you can do anything, you must initialize a database storage +

Before you can do anything, you must initialize a database storage area on disk. We call this a database cluster. (SQL uses the term catalog cluster.) A database cluster is a collection of databases that is managed by a @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ default, although locations such as /usr/local/pgsql/data or /var/lib/pgsql/data are popular. To initialize a - database cluster, use the command initdb, which is + database cluster, use the command initdb, which is installed with PostgreSQL. The desired file system location of your database cluster is indicated by the -D option, for example @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@

Tip

As an alternative to the -D option, you can set the environment variable PGDATA. - +

initdb will attempt to create the directory you @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@

Tip

trust other local users, we recommend you use one of initdb's -W, --pwprompt or --pwfile options to assign a password to the - database superuser. Also, specify -A md5 or + database superuser. Also, specify -A md5 or -A password so that the default trust authentication mode is not used; or modify the generated pg_hba.conf file after running initdb, @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Tip

or file system permissions to restrict connections. See Chapter 20, Client Authentication for more information.)

initdb also initializes the default - locale for the database cluster. + locale for the database cluster. Normally, it will just take the locale settings in the environment and apply them to the initialized database. It is possible to specify a different locale for the database; more information about diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/cvs-tree.html b/docs/en_US/pg/cvs-tree.html index 792fa46ad6..fbd3ef2758 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/cvs-tree.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/cvs-tree.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/cvs.html b/docs/en_US/pg/cvs.html index 153756dc69..dd7550e811 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/cvs.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/cvs.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ - + - + @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@

F.2. CVS Tree Organization
F.3. Getting The Source Via CVSup
-
F.3.1. Preparing A CVSup Client System
-
F.3.2. Running a CVSup Client
+
F.3.1. Preparing A CVSup Client System
+
F.3.2. Running a CVSup Client
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ retrieve updates from time to time.

-

Anonymous CVS

+

Anonymous CVS

  1. You will need a local copy of CVS (Concurrent Version Control System), which you can get from diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/cvsup.html b/docs/en_US/pg/cvsup.html index 992eb56e8a..31623c9c30 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/cvsup.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/cvsup.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@

    -F.3.1. Preparing A CVSup Client System

    +F.3.1. Preparing A CVSup Client System

Two directory areas are required for CVSup to do its job: a local CVS repository (or simply a directory area if you are fetching a snapshot rather @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

-F.3.2. Running a CVSup Client

+F.3.2. Running a CVSup Client

Verify that cvsup is in your path; on most systems you can do this by typing diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-binary.html b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-binary.html index b1e94fead9..416d7721f3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-binary.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-binary.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

8.4. Binary Data Types

-

The bytea data type allows storage of binary strings; +

The bytea data type allows storage of binary strings; see Table 8.6, “Binary Data Types”.

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-bit.html b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-bit.html index 4b1b362c5b..e9b92b982d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-bit.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-bit.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

8.9. Bit String Types

-

Bit strings are strings of 1's and 0's. They can be used to store +

Bit strings are strings of 1's and 0's. They can be used to store or visualize bit masks. There are two SQL bit types: bit(n) and bit varying(n), where @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@

Note

manipulation functions are available; see Section 9.6, “Bit String Functions and Operators”.

-

Example 8.3. Using the bit string types

+

Example 8.3. Using the bit string types

CREATE TABLE test (a BIT(3), b BIT VARYING(5));
 INSERT INTO test VALUES (B'101', B'00');
 INSERT INTO test VALUES (B'10', B'101');
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-boolean.html b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-boolean.html
index 3f98b0c656..5343deb422 100644
--- a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-boolean.html
+++ b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-boolean.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 

8.6. Boolean Type

-

PostgreSQL provides the +

PostgreSQL provides the standard SQL type boolean. boolean can have one of only two states: “true” or “false”. A third state, diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-character.html b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-character.html index 424ea609c5..5d3a38e4c8 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-character.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-character.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

8.3. Character Types

-
+

Table 8.4. Character Types

@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Tip

refer to Section 21.2, “Character Set Support”.

-

Example 8.1. Using the character types

+

Example 8.1. Using the character types

CREATE TABLE test1 (a character(4));
 INSERT INTO test1 VALUES ('ok');
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-datetime.html b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-datetime.html
index d99cbd7311..c229058022 100644
--- a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-datetime.html
+++ b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-datetime.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 

8.5. Date/Time Types

-

PostgreSQL supports the full set of +

PostgreSQL supports the full set of SQL date and time types, shown in Table 8.9, “Date/Time Types”. The operations available on these data types are described in Section 9.9, “Date/Time Functions and Operators”. @@ -181,8 +181,8 @@

Note

-8.5.1.1. Dates

-

Table 8.10, “Date Input” shows some possible +8.5.1.1. Dates

+

Table 8.10, “Date Input” shows some possible inputs for the date type.

@@ -274,8 +274,8 @@

Note

-8.5.1.2. Times

-

The time-of-day types are time [ +8.5.1.2. Times

+

The time-of-day types are time [ (p) ] without time zone and time [ (p) ] with time zone. Writing just time is equivalent to @@ -410,8 +410,8 @@

Note

-8.5.1.3. Time Stamps

-

Valid input for the time stamp types consists of a concatenation +8.5.1.3. Time Stamps

+

Valid input for the time stamp types consists of a concatenation of a date and a time, followed by an optional time zone, followed by an optional AD or BC. (Alternatively, AD/BC can appear @@ -484,8 +484,8 @@

Note

-8.5.1.4. Intervals

-

interval values can be written with the following syntax: +8.5.1.4. Intervals

+

interval values can be written with the following syntax:

[@] quantity unit [quantity unit...] [direction]
@@ -522,8 +522,8 @@

Note

-8.5.1.5. Special Values

-

PostgreSQL supports several +8.5.1.5. Special Values

+

PostgreSQL supports several special date/time input values for convenience, as shown in Table 8.13, “Special Date/Time Inputs”. The values infinity and -infinity are specially represented inside the system and will be displayed @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@

Note

8.5.2. Date/Time Output

-

The output format of the date/time types can be set to one of the four +

The output format of the date/time types can be set to one of the four styles ISO 8601, SQL (Ingres), traditional POSTGRES, and German, using the command SET datestyle. The default @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@

Note

8.5.3. Time Zones

-

Time zones, and time-zone conventions, are influenced by +

Time zones, and time-zone conventions, are influenced by political decisions, not just earth geometry. Time zones around the world became somewhat standardized during the 1900's, but continue to be prone to arbitrary changes, particularly with diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-geometric.html b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-geometric.html index c5f6cddbb8..ab64476bd5 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-geometric.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-geometric.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -93,8 +93,8 @@

-8.7.1. Points

-

Points are the fundamental two-dimensional building block for geometric types. +8.7.1. Points

+

Points are the fundamental two-dimensional building block for geometric types. Values of type point are specified using the following syntax:

@@ -108,8 +108,8 @@

-8.7.2. Line Segments

-

Line segments (lseg) are represented by pairs of points. +8.7.2. Line Segments

+

Line segments (lseg) are represented by pairs of points. Values of type lseg are specified using the following syntax:

@@ -127,8 +127,8 @@

-8.7.3. Boxes

-

Boxes are represented by pairs of points that are opposite +8.7.3. Boxes

+

Boxes are represented by pairs of points that are opposite corners of the box. Values of type box are specified using the following syntax: @@ -153,8 +153,8 @@

-8.7.4. Paths

-

Paths are represented by lists of connected points. Paths can be +8.7.4. Paths

+

Paths are represented by lists of connected points. Paths can be open, where the first and last points in the list are not considered connected, or closed, @@ -180,8 +180,8 @@

-8.7.5. Polygons

-

Polygons are represented by lists of points (the vertexes of the +8.7.5. Polygons

+

Polygons are represented by lists of points (the vertexes of the polygon). Polygons should probably be considered equivalent to closed paths, but are stored differently and have their own set of support routines. @@ -203,8 +203,8 @@

-8.7.6. Circles

-

Circles are represented by a center point and a radius. +8.7.6. Circles

+

Circles are represented by a center point and a radius. Values of type circle are specified using the following syntax:

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-money.html b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-money.html index a59bd51c6a..58aa27ecd1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-money.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-money.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-net-types.html b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-net-types.html index a6fb259803..72e57a26d4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-net-types.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-net-types.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

8.8. Network Address Types

-

PostgreSQL offers data types to store IPv4, IPv6, and MAC +

PostgreSQL offers data types to store IPv4, IPv6, and MAC addresses, as shown in Table 8.17, “Network Address Types”. It is preferable to use these types instead of plain text types to store network addresses, because @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

8.8.1. inet

-

The inet type holds an IPv4 or IPv6 host address, and +

The inet type holds an IPv4 or IPv6 host address, and optionally the identity of the subnet it is in, all in one field. The subnet identity is represented by stating how many bits of the host address represent the network address (the @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@

8.8.2. cidr

-

The cidr type holds an IPv4 or IPv6 network specification. +

The cidr type holds an IPv4 or IPv6 network specification. Input and output formats follow Classless Internet Domain Routing conventions. The format for specifying networks is address/y where address is the network represented as an @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@

Tip

8.8.4. macaddr

-

The macaddr type stores MAC addresses, i.e., Ethernet +

The macaddr type stores MAC addresses, i.e., Ethernet card hardware addresses (although MAC addresses are used for other purposes as well). Input is accepted in various customary formats, including diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-oid.html b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-oid.html index e39d630831..f907314b0d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-oid.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-oid.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

8.12. Object Identifier Types

-

Object identifiers (OIDs) are used internally by +

Object identifiers (OIDs) are used internally by PostgreSQL as primary keys for various system tables. OIDs are not added to user-created tables, unless WITH OIDS is specified when the table is diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-pseudo.html b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-pseudo.html index 4025116fcb..e2b6cdfe4d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-pseudo.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-pseudo.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

8.13. Pseudo-Types

-

The PostgreSQL type system contains a +

The PostgreSQL type system contains a number of special-purpose entries that are collectively called pseudo-types. A pseudo-type cannot be used as a column data type, but it can be used to declare a function's diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-xml.html b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-xml.html index ebfec98282..c054e13c38 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-xml.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype-xml.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

8.14. XML Document Support

-

XML (Extensible Markup Language) support is not one +

XML (Extensible Markup Language) support is not one capability, but a variety of features supported by a database system. These capabilities include storage, import/export, validation, indexing, efficiency of modification, searching, diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype.html b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype.html index c1bf0a5d2c..63c3c69cee 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/datatype.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/datatype.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -37,12 +37,12 @@

8.6. Boolean Type
8.7. Geometric Types
-
8.7.1. Points
-
8.7.2. Line Segments
-
8.7.3. Boxes
-
8.7.4. Paths
-
8.7.5. Polygons
-
8.7.6. Circles
+
8.7.1. Points
+
8.7.2. Line Segments
+
8.7.3. Boxes
+
8.7.4. Paths
+
8.7.5. Polygons
+
8.7.6. Circles
8.8. Network Address Types
@@ -54,27 +54,27 @@
8.9. Bit String Types
8.10. Arrays
-
8.10.1. Declaration of Array Types
-
8.10.2. Array Value Input
-
8.10.3. Accessing Arrays
-
8.10.4. Modifying Arrays
-
8.10.5. Searching in Arrays
-
8.10.6. Array Input and Output Syntax
+
8.10.1. Declaration of Array Types
+
8.10.2. Array Value Input
+
8.10.3. Accessing Arrays
+
8.10.4. Modifying Arrays
+
8.10.5. Searching in Arrays
+
8.10.6. Array Input and Output Syntax
8.11. Composite Types
-
8.11.1. Declaration of Composite Types
-
8.11.2. Composite Value Input
-
8.11.3. Accessing Composite Types
-
8.11.4. Modifying Composite Types
-
8.11.5. Composite Type Input and Output Syntax
+
8.11.1. Declaration of Composite Types
+
8.11.2. Composite Value Input
+
8.11.3. Accessing Composite Types
+
8.11.4. Modifying Composite Types
+
8.11.5. Composite Type Input and Output Syntax
8.12. Object Identifier Types
8.13. Pseudo-Types
8.14. XML Document Support
-

PostgreSQL has a rich set of native data +

PostgreSQL has a rich set of native data types available to users. Users may add new types to PostgreSQL using the CREATE TYPE command.

@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@

Compatibility

8.1. Numeric Types

-

Numeric types consist of two-, four-, and eight-byte integers, +

Numeric types consist of two-, four-, and eight-byte integers, four- and eight-byte floating-point numbers, and selectable-precision decimals. Table 8.2, “Numeric Types” lists the available types. @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@

Compatibility

8.1.1. Integer Types

-

The types smallint, integer, and +

The types smallint, integer, and bigint store whole numbers, that is, numbers without fractional components, of various ranges. Attempts to store values outside of the allowed range will result in an error. @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@

Compatibility

8.1.2. Arbitrary Precision Numbers

-

The type numeric can store numbers with up to 1000 +

The type numeric can store numbers with up to 1000 digits of precision and perform calculations exactly. It is especially recommended for storing monetary amounts and other quantities where exactness is required. However, arithmetic on @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@

Compatibility

8.1.3. Floating-Point Types

-

The data types real and double +

The data types real and double precision are inexact, variable-precision numeric types. In practice, these types are usually implementations of IEEE Standard 754 for Binary Floating-Point @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@

Note

8.1.4. Serial Types

-

The data types serial and bigserial +

The data types serial and bigserial are not true types, but merely a notational convenience for setting up unique identifier columns (similar to the AUTO_INCREMENT property diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/datetime-appendix.html b/docs/en_US/pg/datetime-appendix.html index 5c212b07d9..cb9c5eddef 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/datetime-appendix.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/datetime-appendix.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

Table of Contents

-
B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
+
B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
B.2. Date/Time Key Words
B.3. Date/Time Configuration Files
B.4. History of Units
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@

-B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation

+B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation

The date/time type inputs are all decoded using the following procedure.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/datetime-config-files.html b/docs/en_US/pg/datetime-config-files.html index 49bb2ab30e..7967ea4c35 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/datetime-config-files.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/datetime-config-files.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    B.3. Date/Time Configuration Files

    -

    Since timezone abbreviations are not well standardized, +

    Since timezone abbreviations are not well standardized, PostgreSQL provides a means to customize the set of abbreviations accepted by the server. The timezone_abbreviations run-time parameter diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/datetime-keywords.html b/docs/en_US/pg/datetime-keywords.html index 967e924c50..852949650f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/datetime-keywords.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/datetime-keywords.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/datetime-units-history.html b/docs/en_US/pg/datetime-units-history.html index a25eae49db..d2934c3f89 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/datetime-units-history.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/datetime-units-history.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-alter.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-alter.html index 96df1bbfb7..ba2e356848 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-alter.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-alter.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    5.5. Modifying Tables

    -

    When you create a table and you realize that you made a mistake, or +

    When you create a table and you realize that you made a mistake, or the requirements of the application change, then you can drop the table and create it again. But this is not a convenient option if the table is already filled with data, or if the table is @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@

    -5.5.1. Adding a Column

    -

    To add a column, use a command like this: +5.5.1. Adding a Column

    +

    To add a column, use a command like this:

    ALTER TABLE products ADD COLUMN description text;

    @@ -79,8 +79,8 @@

    Tip

-5.5.2. Removing a Column

-

To remove a column, use a command like this: +5.5.2. Removing a Column

+

To remove a column, use a command like this:

ALTER TABLE products DROP COLUMN description;

@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@

Tip

-5.5.3. Adding a Constraint

-

To add a constraint, the table constraint syntax is used. For example: +5.5.3. Adding a Constraint

+

To add a constraint, the table constraint syntax is used. For example:

ALTER TABLE products ADD CHECK (name <> '');
 ALTER TABLE products ADD CONSTRAINT some_name UNIQUE (product_no);
@@ -118,8 +118,8 @@ 

Tip

-5.5.4. Removing a Constraint

-

To remove a constraint you need to know its name. If you gave it +5.5.4. Removing a Constraint

+

To remove a constraint you need to know its name. If you gave it a name then that's easy. Otherwise the system assigned a generated name, which you need to find out. The psql command \d @@ -148,8 +148,8 @@

Tip

-5.5.5. Changing a Column's Default Value

-

To set a new default for a column, use a command like this: +5.5.5. Changing a Column's Default Value

+

To set a new default for a column, use a command like this:

ALTER TABLE products ALTER COLUMN price SET DEFAULT 7.77;

@@ -168,8 +168,8 @@

Tip

-5.5.6. Changing a Column's Data Type

-

To convert a column to a different data type, use a command like this: +5.5.6. Changing a Column's Data Type

+

To convert a column to a different data type, use a command like this:

ALTER TABLE products ALTER COLUMN price TYPE numeric(10,2);

@@ -188,8 +188,8 @@

Tip

-5.5.7. Renaming a Column

-

To rename a column: +5.5.7. Renaming a Column

+

To rename a column:

ALTER TABLE products RENAME COLUMN product_no TO product_number;

@@ -197,8 +197,8 @@

Tip

-5.5.8. Renaming a Table

-

To rename a table: +5.5.8. Renaming a Table

+

To rename a table:

ALTER TABLE products RENAME TO items;

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-constraints.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-constraints.html index aa55453687..7f032480a3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-constraints.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-constraints.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

5.3. Constraints

-

Data types are a way to limit the kind of data that can be stored +

Data types are a way to limit the kind of data that can be stored in a table. For many applications, however, the constraint they provide is too coarse. For example, a column containing a product price should probably only accept positive values. But there is no @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@

-5.3.1. Check Constraints

-

A check constraint is the most generic constraint type. It allows +5.3.1. Check Constraints

+

A check constraint is the most generic constraint type. It allows you to specify that the value in a certain column must satisfy a Boolean (truth-value) expression. For instance, to require positive product prices, you could use: @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ involve the column thus constrained, otherwise the constraint would not make too much sense.

-

You can also give the constraint a separate name. This clarifies +

You can also give the constraint a separate name. This clarifies error messages and allows you to refer to the constraint when you need to change it. The syntax is:

@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ );

-

It should be noted that a check constraint is satisfied if the +

It should be noted that a check constraint is satisfied if the check expression evaluates to true or the null value. Since most expressions will evaluate to the null value if any operand is null, they will not prevent null values in the constrained columns. To @@ -142,8 +142,8 @@

-5.3.2. Not-Null Constraints

-

A not-null constraint simply specifies that a column must not +5.3.2. Not-Null Constraints

+

A not-null constraint simply specifies that a column must not assume the null value. A syntax example:

CREATE TABLE products (
@@ -202,8 +202,8 @@ 

Tip

-5.3.3. Unique Constraints

-

Unique constraints ensure that the data contained in a column or a +5.3.3. Unique Constraints

+

Unique constraints ensure that the data contained in a column or a group of columns is unique with respect to all the rows in the table. The syntax is

@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@

Tip

);

-

In general, a unique constraint is violated when there are two or +

In general, a unique constraint is violated when there are two or more rows in the table where the values of all of the columns included in the constraint are equal. However, two null values are not considered equal in this @@ -262,8 +262,8 @@

Tip

-5.3.4. Primary Keys

-

Technically, a primary key constraint is simply a combination of a +5.3.4. Primary Keys

+

Technically, a primary key constraint is simply a combination of a unique constraint and a not-null constraint. So, the following two table definitions accept the same data:

@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@

Tip

5.3.5. Foreign Keys

-

A foreign key constraint specifies that the values in a column (or +

A foreign key constraint specifies that the values in a column (or a group of columns) must match the values appearing in some row of another table. We say this maintains the referential @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@

Tip

Notice that the primary key overlaps with the foreign keys in the last table.

-

We know that the foreign keys disallow creation of orders that +

We know that the foreign keys disallow creation of orders that do not relate to any products. But what if a product is removed after an order is created that references it? SQL allows you to handle that as well. Intuitively, we have a few options: diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-default.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-default.html index 9ba0857a8e..434c8693f4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-default.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-default.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@

5.2. Default Values

-

A column can be assigned a default value. When a new row is +

A column can be assigned a default value. When a new row is created and no values are specified for some of the columns, those columns will be filled with their respective default values. A data manipulation command can also request explicitly that a column be set to its default value, without having to know what that value is. (Details about data manipulation commands are in Chapter 6, Data Manipulation.)

-

+

If no default value is declared explicitly, the default value is the null value. This usually makes sense because a null value can be considered to represent unknown data. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-depend.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-depend.html index 9d0a9e0a6f..3e73d780e3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-depend.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-depend.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

5.11. Dependency Tracking

-

When you create complex database structures involving many tables +

When you create complex database structures involving many tables with foreign key constraints, views, triggers, functions, etc. you will implicitly create a net of dependencies between the objects. For instance, a table with a foreign key constraint depends on the diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-inherit.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-inherit.html index 5355667b79..7069fdea4e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-inherit.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-inherit.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

5.8. Inheritance

-

PostgreSQL implements table inheritance, +

PostgreSQL implements table inheritance, which can be a useful tool for database designers. (SQL:1999 and later define a type inheritance feature, which differs in many respects from the features described here.) diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-others.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-others.html index 4d68a5aa16..1a1d4ba07c 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-others.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-others.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-partitioning.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-partitioning.html index 579caed4b3..0a8b6fbf93 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-partitioning.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-partitioning.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

5.9. Partitioning

-

PostgreSQL supports basic table +

PostgreSQL supports basic table partitioning. This section describes why and how to implement partitioning as part of your database design.

@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@

5.9.4. Partitioning and Constraint Exclusion

-

Constraint exclusion is a query optimization technique +

Constraint exclusion is a query optimization technique that improves performance for partitioned tables defined in the fashion described above. As an example: diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-priv.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-priv.html index 99f825df7e..ee03b62898 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-priv.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-priv.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

5.6. Privileges

-

When you create a database object, you become its owner. By +

When you create a database object, you become its owner. By default, only the owner of an object can do anything with the object. In order to allow other users to use it, privileges must be granted. (However, diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-schemas.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-schemas.html index 942e84d15b..b634264ede 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-schemas.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-schemas.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

5.7. Schemas

-

A PostgreSQL database cluster +

A PostgreSQL database cluster contains one or more named databases. Users and groups of users are shared across the entire cluster, but no other data is shared across databases. Any given client connection to the server can access @@ -62,13 +62,13 @@

Note

5.7.1. Creating a Schema

-

To create a schema, use the CREATE SCHEMA command. Give the schema a name +

To create a schema, use the CREATE SCHEMA command. Give the schema a name of your choice. For example:

CREATE SCHEMA myschema;

-

To create or access objects in a schema, write a +

To create or access objects in a schema, write a qualified name consisting of the schema name and table name separated by a dot:

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Note

);

-

To drop a schema if it's empty (all objects in it have been +

To drop a schema if it's empty (all objects in it have been dropped), use

DROP SCHEMA myschema;
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Note

5.7.2. The Public Schema

-

In the previous sections we created tables without specifying any +

In the previous sections we created tables without specifying any schema names. By default, such tables (and other objects) are automatically put into a schema named “public”. Every new database contains such a schema. Thus, the following are equivalent: @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Note

5.7.3. The Schema Search Path

-

Qualified names are tedious to write, and it's often best not to +

Qualified names are tedious to write, and it's often best not to wire a particular schema name into applications anyway. Therefore tables are often referred to by unqualified names, which consist of just the table name. The system determines which table @@ -149,12 +149,12 @@

Note

path, an error is reported, even if matching table names exist in other schemas in the database.

-

The first schema named in the search path is called the current schema. +

The first schema named in the search path is called the current schema. Aside from being the first schema searched, it is also the schema in which new tables will be created if the CREATE TABLE command does not specify a schema name.

-

To show the current search path, use the following command: +

To show the current search path, use the following command:

SHOW search_path;

@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Note

5.7.4. Schemas and Privileges

-

By default, users cannot access any objects in schemas they do not +

By default, users cannot access any objects in schemas they do not own. To allow that, the owner of the schema needs to grant the USAGE privilege on the schema. To allow users to make use of the objects in the schema, additional privileges @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@

Note

5.7.5. The System Catalog Schema

-

In addition to public and user-created schemas, each +

In addition to public and user-created schemas, each database contains a pg_catalog schema, which contains the system tables and all the built-in data types, functions, and operators. pg_catalog is always effectively part of diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-system-columns.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-system-columns.html index ff99581948..6df9bbe318 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-system-columns.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl-system-columns.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ restrictions.) You do not really need to be concerned about these columns, just know they exist.

-
+
oid
-

+

The object identifier (object ID) of a row. This column is only present if the table was created using WITH OIDS, or if the default_with_oids @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

tableoid
-

The OID of the table containing this row. This column is +

The OID of the table containing this row. This column is particularly handy for queries that select from inheritance hierarchies (see Section 5.8, “Inheritance”), since without it, it's difficult to tell which individual table a row came from. The @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@

xmin
-

The identity (transaction ID) of the inserting transaction for +

The identity (transaction ID) of the inserting transaction for this row version. (A row version is an individual state of a row; each update of a row creates a new row version for the same logical row.) @@ -52,13 +52,13 @@

cmin
-

The command identifier (starting at zero) within the inserting +

The command identifier (starting at zero) within the inserting transaction.

xmax
-

The identity (transaction ID) of the deleting transaction, or +

The identity (transaction ID) of the deleting transaction, or zero for an undeleted row version. It is possible for this column to be nonzero in a visible row version. That usually indicates that the deleting transaction hasn't committed yet, or that an attempted @@ -67,12 +67,12 @@

cmax
-

The command identifier within the deleting transaction, or zero. +

The command identifier within the deleting transaction, or zero.

ctid
-

The physical location of the row version within its table. Note that +

The physical location of the row version within its table. Note that although the ctid can be used to locate the row version very quickly, a row's ctid will change each time it is diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl.html index 6a48fc4ff3..7d9a8c2312 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ddl.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ddl.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -21,23 +21,23 @@

5.2. Default Values
5.3. Constraints
-
5.3.1. Check Constraints
-
5.3.2. Not-Null Constraints
-
5.3.3. Unique Constraints
-
5.3.4. Primary Keys
+
5.3.1. Check Constraints
+
5.3.2. Not-Null Constraints
+
5.3.3. Unique Constraints
+
5.3.4. Primary Keys
5.3.5. Foreign Keys
5.4. System Columns
5.5. Modifying Tables
-
5.5.1. Adding a Column
-
5.5.2. Removing a Column
-
5.5.3. Adding a Constraint
-
5.5.4. Removing a Constraint
-
5.5.5. Changing a Column's Default Value
-
5.5.6. Changing a Column's Data Type
-
5.5.7. Renaming a Column
-
5.5.8. Renaming a Table
+
5.5.1. Adding a Column
+
5.5.2. Removing a Column
+
5.5.3. Adding a Constraint
+
5.5.4. Removing a Constraint
+
5.5.5. Changing a Column's Default Value
+
5.5.6. Changing a Column's Data Type
+
5.5.7. Renaming a Column
+
5.5.8. Renaming a Table
5.6. Privileges
5.7. Schemas
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@

5.1. Table Basics

-

A table in a relational database is much like a table on paper: It +

A table in a relational database is much like a table on paper: It consists of rows and columns. The number and order of the columns is fixed, and each column has a name. The number of rows is variable — it reflects how much data is stored at a given moment. @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ time-of-day values, and timestamp for values containing both date and time.

-

To create a table, you use the aptly named CREATE TABLE command. +

To create a table, you use the aptly named CREATE TABLE command. In this command you specify at least a name for the new table, the names of the columns and the data type of each column. For example: @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

Tip

However, defining a table with anywhere near this many columns is highly unusual and often a questionable design.

-

If you no longer need a table, you can remove it using the DROP TABLE command. +

If you no longer need a table, you can remove it using the DROP TABLE command. For example:

DROP TABLE my_first_table;
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/disk-full.html b/docs/en_US/pg/disk-full.html
index 0f348a6e0e..28868eaf9a 100644
--- a/docs/en_US/pg/disk-full.html
+++ b/docs/en_US/pg/disk-full.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/diskusage.html b/docs/en_US/pg/diskusage.html
index d62008b792..abb933dc23 100644
--- a/docs/en_US/pg/diskusage.html
+++ b/docs/en_US/pg/diskusage.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 

26.1. Determining Disk Usage

-

Each table has a primary heap disk file where most of the data is +

Each table has a primary heap disk file where most of the data is stored. If the table has any columns with potentially-wide values, there is also a TOAST file associated with the table, which is used to store values too wide to fit comfortably in the main diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/dml-delete.html b/docs/en_US/pg/dml-delete.html index 7be6e590d7..79defaeb8a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/dml-delete.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/dml-delete.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

6.3. Deleting Data

-

So far we have explained how to add data to tables and how to +

So far we have explained how to add data to tables and how to change data. What remains is to discuss how to remove data that is no longer needed. Just as adding data is only possible in whole rows, you can only remove entire rows from a table. In the diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/dml-update.html b/docs/en_US/pg/dml-update.html index ce84b8edf9..882c990bb6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/dml-update.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/dml-update.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

6.2. Updating Data

-

The modification of data that is already in the database is +

The modification of data that is already in the database is referred to as updating. You can update individual rows, all the rows in a table, or a subset of all rows. Each column can be updated separately; the other columns are not affected. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/dml.html b/docs/en_US/pg/dml.html index aeb644e736..22fd2b56bc 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/dml.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/dml.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

6.1. Inserting Data

-

When a table is created, it contains no data. The first thing to +

When a table is created, it contains no data. The first thing to do before a database can be of much use is to insert data. Data is conceptually inserted one row at a time. Of course you can also insert more than one row, but there is no way to insert less than diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/docguide-authoring.html b/docs/en_US/pg/docguide-authoring.html index 2623771666..26614cdb7f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/docguide-authoring.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/docguide-authoring.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

-G.4.1. Emacs/PSGML

+G.4.1. Emacs/PSGML

PSGML is the most common and most powerful mode for editing SGML documents. When properly configured, it will allow you to use @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

-G.4.2. Other Emacs modes

+G.4.2. Other Emacs modes

GNU Emacs ships with a different SGML mode, which is not quite as powerful as PSGML, but it's less confusing and diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/docguide-build.html b/docs/en_US/pg/docguide-build.html index 343babaead..3be0501fea 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/docguide-build.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/docguide-build.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@

-G.3.1. HTML

+G.3.1. HTML

To build the HTML version of the documentation:

doc/src/sgml$ gmake html
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@

-G.3.2. Manpages

+G.3.2. Manpages

We use the docbook2man utility to convert DocBook refentry pages to *roff output suitable for man @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@

-G.3.3. Print Output via JadeTex

+G.3.3. Print Output via JadeTex

If you want to use JadeTex to produce a printable rendition of the documentation, you can use one of the following commands: @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

-G.3.4. Print Output via RTF

+G.3.4. Print Output via RTF

You can also create a printable version of the PostgreSQL documentation by converting it to RTF and applying minor formatting corrections using an office suite. @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@

Note

-

Applixware RTF Cleanup

+

Applixware RTF Cleanup

OpenJade omits specifying a default style for body text. In the past, this undiagnosed problem led to a long process of table of contents generation. However, with @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@

Note

-G.3.5. Plain Text Files

+G.3.5. Plain Text Files

Several files are distributed as plain text, for reading during the installation process. The INSTALL file corresponds to Chapter 14, Installation Instructions, with some minor @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@

Note

-G.3.6. Syntax Check

+G.3.6. Syntax Check

Building the documentation can take very long. But there is a method to just check the correct syntax of the documentation files, which only takes a few seconds: diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/docguide-style.html b/docs/en_US/pg/docguide-style.html index cfdc3581d0..543009004b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/docguide-style.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/docguide-style.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ G.5. Style Guide

-G.5.1. Reference Pages

+G.5.1. Reference Pages

Reference pages should follow a standard layout. This allows users to find the desired information more quickly, and it also encourages writers to document all relevant aspects of a command. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/docguide-toolsets.html b/docs/en_US/pg/docguide-toolsets.html index bfe590f2ea..f051c96e27 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/docguide-toolsets.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/docguide-toolsets.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

-G.2.1. Linux RPM Installation

+G.2.1. Linux RPM Installation

Most vendors provide a complete RPM set for DocBook processing in their distribution. Look for an “SGML” option while installing, or the following packages: @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@

-G.2.2. FreeBSD Installation

+G.2.2. FreeBSD Installation

The FreeBSD Documentation Project is itself a heavy user of DocBook, so it comes as no surprise that there is a full set of “ports” of the documentation tools available on @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

-G.2.3. Debian Packages

+G.2.3. Debian Packages

There is a full set of packages of the documentation tools available for Debian GNU/Linux. To install, simply use: @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@

-G.2.4. Manual Installation from Source

+G.2.4. Manual Installation from Source

The manual installation process of the DocBook tools is somewhat complex, so if you have pre-built packages available, use them. We describe here only a standard setup, with reasonably standard @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

-G.2.4.1. Installing OpenJade

+G.2.4.1. Installing OpenJade
  1. The installation of OpenJade offers a GNU-style @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@

-G.2.4.2. Installing the DocBook DTD Kit

+G.2.4.2. Installing the DocBook DTD Kit
  1. Obtain the DocBook V4.2 distribution.

  2. @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@

-G.2.4.3. Installing the DocBook DSSSL Style Sheets

+G.2.4.3. Installing the DocBook DSSSL Style Sheets

To install the style sheets, unzip and untar the distribution and move it to a suitable place, for example /usr/local/share/sgml. (The archive will @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@

-G.2.4.4. Installing JadeTeX

+G.2.4.4. Installing JadeTeX

To install and use JadeTeX, you will need a working installation of TeX and LaTeX2e, including the supported diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/docguide.html b/docs/en_US/pg/docguide.html index f07b221ba7..9985d35fbf 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/docguide.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/docguide.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,28 +20,28 @@

G.1. DocBook
G.2. Tool Sets
-
G.2.1. Linux RPM Installation
-
G.2.2. FreeBSD Installation
-
G.2.3. Debian Packages
-
G.2.4. Manual Installation from Source
+
G.2.1. Linux RPM Installation
+
G.2.2. FreeBSD Installation
+
G.2.3. Debian Packages
+
G.2.4. Manual Installation from Source
G.2.5. Detection by configure
G.3. Building The Documentation
-
G.3.1. HTML
-
G.3.2. Manpages
-
G.3.3. Print Output via JadeTex
-
G.3.4. Print Output via RTF
-
G.3.5. Plain Text Files
-
G.3.6. Syntax Check
+
G.3.1. HTML
+
G.3.2. Manpages
+
G.3.3. Print Output via JadeTex
+
G.3.4. Print Output via RTF
+
G.3.5. Plain Text Files
+
G.3.6. Syntax Check
G.4. Documentation Authoring
-
G.4.1. Emacs/PSGML
-
G.4.2. Other Emacs modes
+
G.4.1. Emacs/PSGML
+
G.4.2. Other Emacs modes
G.5. Style Guide
-
G.5.1. Reference Pages
+
G.5.1. Reference Pages

PostgreSQL has four primary documentation diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/dynamic-trace.html b/docs/en_US/pg/dynamic-trace.html index 60b39183d3..561e274f45 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/dynamic-trace.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/dynamic-trace.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

25.4. Dynamic Tracing

-

PostgreSQL provides facilities to support +

PostgreSQL provides facilities to support dynamic tracing of the database server. This allows an external utility to be called at specific points in the code and thereby trace execution. Currently, this facility is primarily intended for use by @@ -35,27 +35,11 @@

-25.4.1. Compiling for Dynamic Trace

+25.4.1. Compiling for Dynamic Tracing

By default, trace points are disabled, so you will need to explicitly tell the configure script to make the probes available in PostgreSQL. To include DTrace support - in a 32-bit binary, specify --enable-dtrace to configure. - For example: -

-
      $ ./configure --enable-dtrace ...
-

- To include DTrace support in a 64-bit binary, specify - --enable-dtrace - and DTRACEFLAGS="-64" to configure. For example, - using the gcc compiler: -

-
      $ ./configure CC='gcc -m64' --enable-dtrace DTRACEFLAGS='-64' ...
-

- Using Sun's compiler: -

-
            
-      $ ./configure CC='/path_to_sun_compiler/cc -xtarget=native64' --enable-dtrace DTRACEFLAGS='-64' ...
-

+ specify --enable-dtrace to configure. See Section 14.5, “Installation Procedure” for further information.

@@ -63,7 +47,7 @@ 25.4.2. Built-in Trace Points

A few standard trace points are provided in the source code (of course, more can be added as needed for a particular problem). - These are: + These are shown in Table 25.3, “Built-in Trace Points”.

Table 25.3. Built-in Trace Points

@@ -182,12 +166,11 @@ be replaced by a hyphen when using D script. When executed, the example D script gives output such as:

-
# ./txn_count.d `pgrep -n postgres`
+
# ./txn_count.d `pgrep -n postgres`
 ^C
 
 Start                                          71
 Commit                                         70
-Abort                                           1
 Total time (ns)                        2312105013

@@ -203,7 +186,7 @@

25.4.4. Defining Trace Points

New trace points can be defined within the code wherever the developer - desires, though this will require a re-compile. + desires, though this will require a recompilation.

A trace point can be inserted by using one of the trace macros. These are chosen according to how many variables will @@ -211,14 +194,14 @@ occurrence of an event can be achieved with a single line, using just the trace point name, e.g.

-
      PG_TRACE (my__new__trace__point);
+
PG_TRACE (my__new__trace__point);

More complex trace points can be provided with one or more variables for inspection by the dynamic tracing utility by using the PG_TRACEn macro that corresponds to the number of parameters after the trace point name:

-
      PG_TRACE3 (my__complex__event, varX, varY, varZ);
+
PG_TRACE3 (my__complex__event, varX, varY, varZ);

The definition of the transaction__start trace point is shown below:

@@ -253,7 +236,7 @@ };

-

You should take care that the datatypes specified for the probe arguments +

You should take care that the data types specified for the probe arguments match the datatypes of the variables used in the PG_TRACE macro. This is not checked at compile time. You can check that your newly added trace point is available by recompiling, then running the new binary, diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-commands.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-commands.html index 0b54799d0d..a36f6206d7 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-commands.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-commands.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-connect.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-connect.html index d90673322f..8d02506b31 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-connect.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-connect.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-descriptors.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-descriptors.html index 8068f356a0..0f1dfd739f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-descriptors.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-descriptors.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-develop.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-develop.html index d26d4b47dc..8aadf7a90b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-develop.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-develop.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-disconnect.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-disconnect.html index ec3508d96a..0dd1d9e574 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-disconnect.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-disconnect.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-dynamic.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-dynamic.html index fda33af139..d17b2e39d6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-dynamic.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-dynamic.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-errors.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-errors.html index 21e2140f68..4d415ec7d3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-errors.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-errors.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@

-31.11.1. Setting Callbacks

+31.11.1. Setting Callbacks

One simple method to catch errors and warnings is to set a specific action to be executed whenever a particular condition occurs. In general: @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

-31.11.2. sqlca

+31.11.2. sqlca

For more powerful error handling, the embedded SQL interface provides a global variable with the name sqlca that has the following structure: @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@

-31.11.3. SQLSTATE vs SQLCODE

+31.11.3. SQLSTATE vs SQLCODE

The fields sqlca.sqlstate and sqlca.sqlcode are two different schemes that provide error codes. Both are derived from the SQL standard, but diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-informix-compat.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-informix-compat.html index a18909c9fd..57160155a6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-informix-compat.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-informix-compat.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

-31.9.1. Additional embedded SQL statements

+31.9.1. Additional embedded SQL statements

CLOSE DATABASE
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

-31.9.2. Additional functions

+31.9.2. Additional functions

decadd
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@

-31.9.3. Additional constants

+31.9.3. Additional constants

Note that all constants here describe errors and all of them are defined to represent negative values. In the descriptions of the different constants you can also find the value that the constants represent in the diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-library.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-library.html index bfbabcad6b..e1f9f2efe2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-library.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-library.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-pgtypes.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-pgtypes.html index 1961c8bde7..98368de4bb 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-pgtypes.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-pgtypes.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

-31.8.1. The numeric type

+31.8.1. The numeric type

The numeric type offers to do calculations with arbitrary precision. See Section 8.1, “Numeric Types” for the equivalent type in the PostgreSQL server. Because of the arbitrary precision this @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@

-31.8.2. The date type

+31.8.2. The date type

The date type in C enables your programs to deal with data of the SQL type date. See Section 8.5, “Date/Time Types” for the equivalent type in the PostgreSQL server. @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@

The following input formats are allowed:

-

Table 31.1. Valid input formats for PGTYPESdate_from_asc

+

Table 31.1. Valid input formats for PGTYPESdate_from_asc

@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ the same date: November, 23rd, 1959.

-

Table 31.2. Valid input formats for PGTYPESdate_fmt_asc

+

Table 31.2. Valid input formats for PGTYPESdate_fmt_asc

@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ you an idea of how to use this function.

-

Table 31.3. Valid input formats for rdefmtdate

+

Table 31.3. Valid input formats for rdefmtdate

@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@

-31.8.3. The timestamp type

+31.8.3. The timestamp type

The timestamp type in C enables your programs to deal with data of the SQL type timestamp. See Section 8.5, “Date/Time Types” for the equivalent type in the PostgreSQL server. @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@

The following table contains a few examples for input strings:

-

Table 31.4. Valid input formats for PGTYPEStimestamp_from_asc

+

Table 31.4. Valid input formats for PGTYPEStimestamp_from_asc

@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@

-31.8.4. The interval type

+31.8.4. The interval type

The interval type in C enables your programs to deal with data of the SQL type interval. See Section 8.5, “Date/Time Types” for the equivalent type in the PostgreSQL server. @@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@

-31.8.5. The decimal type

+31.8.5. The decimal type

The decimal type is similar to the numeric type. However it is limited to a maximal precision of 30 significant digits. In contrast to the numeric type which can be created on the heap only, the decimal type can be @@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@

-31.8.6. errno values of pgtypeslib

+31.8.6. errno values of pgtypeslib

PGTYPES_NUM_BAD_NUMERIC
@@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@

-31.8.7. Special constants of pgtypeslib

+31.8.7. Special constants of pgtypeslib

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-preproc.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-preproc.html index fac795ff40..426bdb4065 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-preproc.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-preproc.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ 31.12. Preprocessor directives

-31.12.1. Including files

+31.12.1. Including files

To include an external file into your embedded SQL program, use:

EXEC SQL INCLUDE filename;
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@

Note

-31.12.2. The #define and #undef directives

+31.12.2. The #define and #undef directives

Similar to the directive #define that is known from C, embedded SQL has a similar concept:

@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Note

-31.12.3. ifdef, ifndef, else, elif and endif directives

+31.12.3. ifdef, ifndef, else, elif and endif directives

You can use the following directives to compile code sections conditionally:

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-process.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-process.html index c4bd077e72..3fae920f3d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-process.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-process.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-set-connection.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-set-connection.html index e0a84190dd..76bf5c6c08 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-set-connection.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-set-connection.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-variables.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-variables.html index 9f1703528b..9327a6b826 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-variables.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg-variables.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

-31.6.1. Overview

+31.6.1. Overview

Passing data between the C program and the SQL statements is particularly simple in embedded SQL. Instead of having the program paste the data into the statement, which entails various @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

-31.6.2. Declare Sections

+31.6.2. Declare Sections

To pass data from the program to the database, for example as parameters in a query, or to pass data from the database back to the program, the C variables that are intended to contain this @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@

-31.6.3. Different types of host variables

+31.6.3. Different types of host variables

As a host variable you can also use arrays, typedefs, structs and pointers. Moreover there are special types of host variables that exist only in ECPG. @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@

-31.6.4. SELECT INTO and FETCH INTO

+31.6.4. SELECT INTO and FETCH INTO

Now you should be able to pass data generated by your program into an SQL command. But how do you retrieve the results of a query? For that purpose, embedded SQL provides special variants of the @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@

-31.6.5. Indicators

+31.6.5. Indicators

The examples above do not handle null values. In fact, the retrieval examples will raise an error if they fetch a null value from the database. To be able to pass null values to the database diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg.html index 372a60030c..7951053fd1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ecpg.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -24,48 +24,48 @@

31.5. Choosing a Connection
31.6. Using Host Variables
-
31.6.1. Overview
-
31.6.2. Declare Sections
-
31.6.3. Different types of host variables
-
31.6.4. SELECT INTO and FETCH INTO
-
31.6.5. Indicators
+
31.6.1. Overview
+
31.6.2. Declare Sections
+
31.6.3. Different types of host variables
+
31.6.4. SELECT INTO and FETCH INTO
+
31.6.5. Indicators
31.7. Dynamic SQL
31.8. pgtypes library
-
31.8.1. The numeric type
-
31.8.2. The date type
-
31.8.3. The timestamp type
-
31.8.4. The interval type
-
31.8.5. The decimal type
-
31.8.6. errno values of pgtypeslib
-
31.8.7. Special constants of pgtypeslib
+
31.8.1. The numeric type
+
31.8.2. The date type
+
31.8.3. The timestamp type
+
31.8.4. The interval type
+
31.8.5. The decimal type
+
31.8.6. errno values of pgtypeslib
+
31.8.7. Special constants of pgtypeslib
31.9. Informix compatibility mode
-
31.9.1. Additional embedded SQL statements
-
31.9.2. Additional functions
-
31.9.3. Additional constants
+
31.9.1. Additional embedded SQL statements
+
31.9.2. Additional functions
+
31.9.3. Additional constants
31.10. Using SQL Descriptor Areas
31.11. Error Handling
-
31.11.1. Setting Callbacks
-
31.11.2. sqlca
-
31.11.3. SQLSTATE vs SQLCODE
+
31.11.1. Setting Callbacks
+
31.11.2. sqlca
+
31.11.3. SQLSTATE vs SQLCODE
31.12. Preprocessor directives
-
31.12.1. Including files
-
31.12.2. The #define and #undef directives
-
31.12.3. ifdef, ifndef, else, elif and endif directives
+
31.12.1. Including files
+
31.12.2. The #define and #undef directives
+
31.12.3. ifdef, ifndef, else, elif and endif directives
31.13. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
31.14. Library Functions
31.15. Internals
-

This chapter describes the embedded SQL package +

This chapter describes the embedded SQL package for PostgreSQL. It was written by Linus Tolke () and Michael Meskes (). Originally it was written to work with diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/encryption-options.html b/docs/en_US/pg/encryption-options.html index 3ed48a0528..4b9c595cf5 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/encryption-options.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/encryption-options.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

16.6. Encryption Options

-

PostgreSQL offers encryption at several +

PostgreSQL offers encryption at several levels, and provides flexibility in protecting data from disclosure due to database server theft, unscrupulous administrators, and insecure networks. Encryption might also be required to secure diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/errcodes-appendix.html b/docs/en_US/pg/errcodes-appendix.html index ab07a7bca3..0434de76d0 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/errcodes-appendix.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/errcodes-appendix.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes

-

All messages emitted by the PostgreSQL +

All messages emitted by the PostgreSQL server are assigned five-character error codes that follow the SQL standard's conventions for “SQLSTATE” codes. Applications that need to know which error condition has occurred should usually @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ what to do from the error class.

Table A.1, “PostgreSQL Error Codes” lists all the error codes defined in - PostgreSQL 8.2.0. (Some are not actually + PostgreSQL 8.2.1. (Some are not actually used at present, but are defined by the SQL standard.) The error classes are also shown. For each error class there is a “standard” error code having the last three characters diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/error-message-reporting.html b/docs/en_US/pg/error-message-reporting.html index 711adf31e7..a1a26624aa 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/error-message-reporting.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/error-message-reporting.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

45.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server

-

Error, warning, and log messages generated within the server code +

Error, warning, and log messages generated within the server code should be created using ereport, or its older cousin elog. The use of this function is complex enough to require some explanation. @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ the standard format codes accepted by sprintf, the format code %m can be used to insert the error message returned by strerror for the current value of errno. - [9] + [9] %m does not require any corresponding entry in the parameter list for errmsg. Note that the message string will be run through gettext @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@



-

[9] That is, the value that was current when the ereport call +

[9] That is, the value that was current when the ereport call was reached; changes of errno within the auxiliary reporting routines will not affect it. That would not be true if you were to write strerror(errno) explicitly in errmsg's diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/error-style-guide.html b/docs/en_US/pg/error-style-guide.html index d14f7765bd..6f792bdf90 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/error-style-guide.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/error-style-guide.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@

-What goes where

+What goes where

The primary message should be short, factual, and avoid reference to implementation details such as specific function names. “Short” means “should fit on one line under normal @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@

-Formatting

+Formatting

Don't put any specific assumptions about formatting into the message texts. Expect clients and the server log to wrap lines to fit their own needs. In long messages, newline characters (\n) may be used to indicate @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

-Quotation marks

+Quotation marks

English text should use double quotes when quoting is appropriate. Text in other languages should consistently use one kind of quotes that is consistent with publishing customs and computer output of other programs. @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

-Use of quotes

+Use of quotes

Use quotes always to delimit file names, user-supplied identifiers, and other variables that might contain words. Do not use them to mark up variables that will not contain words (for example, operator names). @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@

-Grammar and punctuation

+Grammar and punctuation

The rules are different for primary error messages and for detail/hint messages:

@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

-Upper case vs. lower case

+Upper case vs. lower case

Use lower case for message wording, including the first letter of a primary error message. Use upper case for SQL commands and key words if they appear in the message. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

-Avoid passive voice

+Avoid passive voice

Use the active voice. Use complete sentences when there is an acting subject (“A could not do B”). Use telegram style without subject if the subject would be the program itself; do not use @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

-Present vs past tense

+Present vs past tense

Use past tense if an attempt to do something failed, but could perhaps succeed next time (perhaps after fixing some problem). Use present tense if the failure is certainly permanent. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@

-Type of the object

+Type of the object

When citing the name of an object, state what kind of object it is.

Rationale: Otherwise no one will know what “foo.bar.baz” @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@

-Brackets

+Brackets

Square brackets are only to be used (1) in command synopses to denote optional arguments, or (2) to denote an array subscript.

@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@

-Assembling error messages

+Assembling error messages

When a message includes text that is generated elsewhere, embed it in this style:

@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@

-Reasons for errors

+Reasons for errors

Messages should always state the reason why an error occurred. For example:

@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@

-Function names

+Function names

Don't include the name of the reporting routine in the error text. We have other mechanisms for finding that out when needed, and for most users it's not helpful information. If the error text doesn't make as much sense @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@

-Tricky words to avoid

+Tricky words to avoid

Unable. Unable” is nearly the passive voice. Better use “cannot” or “could not”, as appropriate.

@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@

-Proper spelling

+Proper spelling

Spell out words in full. For instance, avoid:

    @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@

-Localization

+Localization

Keep in mind that error message texts need to be translated into other languages. Follow the guidelines in Section 46.2.2, “Message-writing guidelines” to avoid making life difficult for translators. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/executor.html b/docs/en_US/pg/executor.html index a70bbea648..556d57590b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/executor.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/executor.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/explicit-joins.html b/docs/en_US/pg/explicit-joins.html index 05512ab53a..f4d2247bfa 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/explicit-joins.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/explicit-joins.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

13.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses

-

It is possible +

It is possible to control the query planner to some extent by using the explicit JOIN syntax. To see why this matters, we first need some background.

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/explicit-locking.html b/docs/en_US/pg/explicit-locking.html index 3139f3d98e..c7d5a05e8b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/explicit-locking.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/explicit-locking.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

12.3. Explicit Locking

-

PostgreSQL provides various lock modes +

PostgreSQL provides various lock modes to control concurrent access to data in tables. These modes can be used for application-controlled locking in situations where MVCC does not give the desired behavior. Also, @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

12.3.1. Table-Level Locks

-

The list below shows the available lock modes and the contexts in +

The list below shows the available lock modes and the contexts in which they are used automatically by PostgreSQL. You can also acquire any of these locks explicitly with the command LOCK. @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@

Tip

12.3.3. Deadlocks

-

The use of explicit locking can increase the likelihood of +

The use of explicit locking can increase the likelihood of deadlocks, wherein two (or more) transactions each hold locks that the other wants. For example, if transaction 1 acquires an exclusive lock on table A and then tries to acquire @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@

Tip

12.3.4. Advisory Locks

-

PostgreSQL provides a means for +

PostgreSQL provides a means for creating locks that have application-defined meanings. These are called advisory locks, because the system does not enforce their use — it is up to the application to use them diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/extend-type-system.html b/docs/en_US/pg/extend-type-system.html index 8c64295844..7dc8d1dca7 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/extend-type-system.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/extend-type-system.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,12 +14,12 @@

33.2. The PostgreSQL Type System

-

PostgreSQL data types are divided into base +

PostgreSQL data types are divided into base types, composite types, domains, and pseudo-types.

-33.2.1. Base Types

+33.2.1. Base Types

Base types are those, like int4, that are implemented below the level of the SQL language (typically in a low-level language such as C). They generally @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

-33.2.2. Composite Types

+33.2.2. Composite Types

Composite types, or row types, are created whenever the user creates a table. It is also possible to use CREATE TYPE to define a “stand-alone” composite type with no associated @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@

-33.2.3. Domains

+33.2.3. Domains

A domain is based on a particular base type and for many purposes is interchangeable with its base type. However, a domain may have constraints that restrict its valid values to a subset of @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

-33.2.4. Pseudo-Types

+33.2.4. Pseudo-Types

There are a few “pseudo-types” for special purposes. Pseudo-types cannot appear as columns of tables or attributes of composite types, but they can be used to declare the argument and @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@

33.2.5. Polymorphic Types

-

Two pseudo-types of special interest are anyelement and +

Two pseudo-types of special interest are anyelement and anyarray, which are collectively called polymorphic types. Any function declared using these types is said to be a polymorphic function. A polymorphic function can diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/extend.html b/docs/en_US/pg/extend.html index 4fe69c45ff..8b4443278b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/extend.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/extend.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,21 +20,21 @@

33.1. How Extensibility Works
33.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
-
33.2.1. Base Types
-
33.2.2. Composite Types
-
33.2.3. Domains
-
33.2.4. Pseudo-Types
+
33.2.1. Base Types
+
33.2.2. Composite Types
+
33.2.3. Domains
+
33.2.4. Pseudo-Types
33.2.5. Polymorphic Types
33.3. User-Defined Functions
33.4. Query Language (SQL) Functions
33.4.1. SQL Functions on Base Types
-
33.4.2. SQL Functions on Composite Types
+
33.4.2. SQL Functions on Composite Types
33.4.3. Functions with Output Parameters
33.4.4. SQL Functions as Table Sources
-
33.4.5. SQL Functions Returning Sets
-
33.4.6. Polymorphic SQL Functions
+
33.4.5. SQL Functions Returning Sets
+
33.4.6. Polymorphic SQL Functions
33.5. Function Overloading
33.6. Function Volatility Categories
@@ -44,28 +44,28 @@
33.9.1. Dynamic Loading
33.9.2. Base Types in C-Language Functions
-
33.9.3. Version 0 Calling Conventions
-
33.9.4. Version 1 Calling Conventions
-
33.9.5. Writing Code
+
33.9.3. Version 0 Calling Conventions
+
33.9.4. Version 1 Calling Conventions
+
33.9.5. Writing Code
33.9.6. Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
33.9.7. Extension Building Infrastructure
-
33.9.8. Composite-Type Arguments
-
33.9.9. Returning Rows (Composite Types)
+
33.9.8. Composite-Type Arguments
+
33.9.9. Returning Rows (Composite Types)
33.9.10. Returning Sets
-
33.9.11. Polymorphic Arguments and Return Types
-
33.9.12. Shared Memory and LWLocks
+
33.9.11. Polymorphic Arguments and Return Types
+
33.9.12. Shared Memory and LWLocks
33.10. User-Defined Aggregates
33.11. User-Defined Types
33.12. User-Defined Operators
33.13. Operator Optimization Information
-
33.13.1. COMMUTATOR
-
33.13.2. NEGATOR
-
33.13.3. RESTRICT
-
33.13.4. JOIN
-
33.13.5. HASHES
-
33.13.6. MERGES (SORT1, SORT2, LTCMP, GTCMP)
+
33.13.1. COMMUTATOR
+
33.13.2. NEGATOR
+
33.13.3. RESTRICT
+
33.13.4. JOIN
+
33.13.5. HASHES
+
33.13.6. MERGES (SORT1, SORT2, LTCMP, GTCMP)
33.14. Interfacing Extensions To Indexes
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
-

In the sections that follow, we will discuss how you +

In the sections that follow, we will discuss how you can extend the PostgreSQL SQL query language by adding: diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/external-extensions.html b/docs/en_US/pg/external-extensions.html index 14f27fc41e..c775a839de 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/external-extensions.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/external-extensions.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

H.3. Extensions

-

PostgreSQL is designed to be easily extensible. For +

PostgreSQL is designed to be easily extensible. For this reason, extensions loaded into the database can function just like features that are packaged with the database. The contrib/ directory shipped with the source code diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/external-pl.html b/docs/en_US/pg/external-pl.html index 02de0775a6..0cc040a4b6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/external-pl.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/external-pl.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

H.2. Procedural Languages

-

PostgreSQL includes several procedural +

PostgreSQL includes several procedural languages with the base distribution: PL/PgSQL, PL/Tcl, PL/Perl, and PL/Python.

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/external-projects.html b/docs/en_US/pg/external-projects.html index 7e05c2aa1d..0a954e9631 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/external-projects.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/external-projects.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@

Note

H.1. Client Interfaces

-

There are only two client interfaces included in the base +

There are only two client interfaces included in the base PostgreSQL distribution:

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/features.html b/docs/en_US/pg/features.html index 2054859c71..18da5530e6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/features.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/features.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-admin.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-admin.html index f82db9f9b6..bb568242e0 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-admin.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-admin.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
-

The function current_setting yields the +

The function current_setting yields the current value of the setting setting_name. It corresponds to the SQL command SHOW. An example: @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ (1 row)

-

The functions shown in Table 9.46, “Server Signalling Functions” send control signals to +

The functions shown in Table 9.46, “Server Signalling Functions” send control signals to other server processes. Use of these functions is restricted to superusers.

@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ redirect_stderr is used for logging, since otherwise there is no log-file manager subprocess.

-

The functions shown in Table 9.47, “Backup Control Functions” assist in making on-line backups. +

The functions shown in Table 9.47, “Backup Control Functions” assist in making on-line backups. Use of the first three functions is restricted to superusers.

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@

The functions shown in Table 9.48, “Database Object Size Functions” calculate the actual disk space usage of database objects.

-
+

Table 9.48. Database Object Size Functions

@@ -412,16 +412,16 @@
-

pg_ls_dir returns all the names in the specified +

pg_ls_dir returns all the names in the specified directory, except the special entries “.” and “..”.

-

pg_read_file returns part of a text file, starting +

pg_read_file returns part of a text file, starting at the given offset, returning at most length bytes (less if the end of file is reached first). If offset is negative, it is relative to the end of the file.

-

pg_stat_file returns a record containing the file +

pg_stat_file returns a record containing the file size, last accessed time stamp, last modified time stamp, last file status change time stamp (Unix platforms only), file creation time stamp (Windows only), and a boolean @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@

-

pg_advisory_lock locks an application-defined resource, +

pg_advisory_lock locks an application-defined resource, which may be identified either by a single 64-bit key value or two 32-bit key values (note that these two key spaces do not overlap). If another session already holds a lock on the same resource, the @@ -539,32 +539,32 @@ is locked three times it must be also unlocked three times to be released for other sessions' use.

-

pg_advisory_lock_shared works the same as +

pg_advisory_lock_shared works the same as pg_advisory_lock, except the lock can be shared with other sessions requesting shared locks. Only would-be exclusive lockers are locked out.

-

pg_try_advisory_lock is similar to +

pg_try_advisory_lock is similar to pg_advisory_lock, except the function will not wait for the lock to become available. It will either obtain the lock immediately and return true, or return false if the lock cannot be acquired now.

-

pg_try_advisory_lock_shared works the same as +

pg_try_advisory_lock_shared works the same as pg_try_advisory_lock, except it attempts to acquire shared rather than exclusive lock.

-

pg_advisory_unlock will release a previously-acquired +

pg_advisory_unlock will release a previously-acquired exclusive advisory lock. It will return true if the lock is successfully released. If the lock was in fact not held, it will return false, and in addition, an SQL warning will be raised by the server.

-

pg_advisory_unlock_shared works the same as +

pg_advisory_unlock_shared works the same as pg_advisory_unlock, except to release a shared advisory lock.

-

pg_advisory_unlock_all will release all advisory locks +

pg_advisory_unlock_all will release all advisory locks held by the current session. (This function is implicitly invoked at session end, even if the client disconnects ungracefully.)

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-aggregate.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-aggregate.html index 0f6c113ca4..9dd71f82c0 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-aggregate.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-aggregate.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

9.15. Aggregate Functions

-

Aggregate functions compute a single result +

Aggregate functions compute a single result value from a set of input values. The built-in aggregate functions are listed in Table 9.37, “General-Purpose Aggregate Functions” and @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ - + avg(expression) smallint, int, @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ the average (arithmetic mean) of all input values - + bit_and(expression) smallint, int, bigint, or @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ the bitwise AND of all non-null input values, or null if none - + bit_or(expression) smallint, int, bigint, or @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ the bitwise OR of all non-null input values, or null if none - + bool_and(expression) bool @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ true if all input values are true, otherwise false - + bool_or(expression) bool @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ - + every(expression) bool @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Note

-

Boolean aggregates bool_and and +

Boolean aggregates bool_and and bool_or correspond to standard SQL aggregates every and any or some. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@

Note

In all cases, null is returned if the computation is meaningless, for example when N is zero.

-
+

Table 9.38. Aggregate Functions for Statistics

@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@

Note

- - - - - - - - - - - @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ get_bit(string, offset) @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ get_byte(string, offset) @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ offset, newvalue) @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ offset, newvalue) @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ @@ -195,8 +195,8 @@ diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-bitstring.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-bitstring.html index 36f848e5c2..12c13f24c5 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-bitstring.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-bitstring.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators

-

This section describes functions and operators for examining and +

This section describes functions and operators for examining and manipulating bit strings, that is values of the types bit and bit varying. Aside from the usual comparison operators, the operators diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-comparison.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-comparison.html index c835995a5c..99a27c288c 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-comparison.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-comparison.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

9.2. Comparison Operators

-

The usual comparison operators are available, shown in Table 9.1, “Comparison Operators”. +

The usual comparison operators are available, shown in Table 9.1, “Comparison Operators”.

Table 9.1. Comparison Operators

@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

Note

no < operator to compare a Boolean value with 3).

-

+

In addition to the comparison operators, the special BETWEEN construct is available.

@@ -91,15 +91,15 @@

Note

There is no difference between the two respective forms apart from the CPU cycles required to rewrite the first one into the second one internally. - + BETWEEN SYMMETRIC is the same as BETWEEN except there is no requirement that the argument to the left of AND be less than or equal to the argument on the right; the proper range is automatically determined.

-

- - - +

+ + + To check whether a value is or is not null, use the constructs

expression IS NULL
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ 

Note

expression ISNULL
 expression NOTNULL

- +

Do not write expression = NULL @@ -146,8 +146,8 @@

Note

versions prior to 8.2.

-

- +

+ The ordinary comparison operators yield null (signifying “unknown”) when either input is null. Another way to do comparisons is with the IS [ NOT ] DISTINCT FROM construct: @@ -164,12 +164,12 @@

Note

one input is null. Thus, these constructs effectively act as though null were a normal data value, rather than “unknown”.

-

- - - - - +

+ + + + + Boolean values can also be tested using the constructs

expression IS TRUE
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-comparisons.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-comparisons.html
index 874d45235f..9323b2b5fc 100644
--- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-comparisons.html
+++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-comparisons.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 

9.17. Row and Array Comparisons

-

This section describes several specialized constructs for making +

This section describes several specialized constructs for making multiple comparisons between groups of values. These forms are syntactically related to the subquery forms of the previous section, but do not involve subqueries. @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@

-9.17.1. IN

+9.17.1. IN
expression IN (value [, ...])

The right-hand side is a parenthesized list of scalar expressions. The result is “true” if the left-hand expression's @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@

-9.17.2. NOT IN

+9.17.2. NOT IN
expression NOT IN (value [, ...])

The right-hand side is a parenthesized list of scalar expressions. The result is “true” if the left-hand expression's @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@

Tip

-9.17.3. ANY/SOME (array)

+9.17.3. ANY/SOME (array)
expression operator ANY (array expression)
 expression operator SOME (array expression)

The right-hand side is a parenthesized expression, which must yield an @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@

Tip

-9.17.4. ALL (array)

+9.17.4. ALL (array)
expression operator ALL (array expression)

The right-hand side is a parenthesized expression, which must yield an array value. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-conditional.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-conditional.html index 8b9583e421..bf75267d72 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-conditional.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-conditional.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

9.13. Conditional Expressions

-

This section describes the SQL-compliant conditional expressions +

This section describes the SQL-compliant conditional expressions available in PostgreSQL.

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@

Tip

-9.13.1. CASE

+9.13.1. CASE

The SQL CASE expression is a generic conditional expression, similar to if/else statements in other languages: @@ -125,8 +125,8 @@

Tip

-9.13.2. COALESCE

-
COALESCE(value [, ...])
+9.13.2. COALESCE
+
COALESCE(value [, ...])

The COALESCE function returns the first of its arguments that is not null. Null is returned only if all arguments are null. It is often used to substitute a default value for @@ -145,8 +145,8 @@

Tip

-9.13.3. NULLIF

-
NULLIF(value1, value2)
+9.13.3. NULLIF
+
NULLIF(value1, value2)

The NULLIF function returns a null value if value1 and value2 are equal; otherwise it returns value1. @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@

Tip

-9.13.4. GREATEST and LEAST

-
GREATEST(value [, ...])
+9.13.4. GREATEST and LEAST
+
GREATEST(value [, ...])
LEAST(value [, ...])

The GREATEST and LEAST functions select the largest or smallest value from a list of any number of expressions. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-datetime.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-datetime.html index 154901931c..6749418540 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-datetime.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-datetime.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

+ corr(Y, , X) double precision @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@

Note

correlation coefficient
+ covar_pop(Y, , X) double precision @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@

Note

population covariance
+ covar_samp(Y, , X) double precision @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@

Note

number of input rows in which both expressions are nonnull
+ regr_intercept(Y, , X) double precision @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@

Note

square of the correlation coefficient
+ regr_slope(Y, , X) double precision @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@

Note

squares” of the dependent variable)
+ stddev(expression) smallint, int, @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@

Note

+ stddev_pop(expression) smallint, int, @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@

Note

population standard deviation of the input values
+ stddev_samp(expression) smallint, int, @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@

Note

sample standard deviation of the input values
+ variance(expression) smallint, int, @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@

Note

+ var_pop(expression) smallint, int, @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@

Note

population variance of the input values (square of the population standard deviation)
+ var_samp(expression) smallint, int, diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-array.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-array.html index 1e160e27a2..32acb69a2b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-array.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-array.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-binarystring.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-binarystring.html index e30f46bfdb..cab1925068 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-binarystring.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-binarystring.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators

-

This section describes functions and operators for examining and +

This section describes functions and operators for examining and manipulating values of type bytea.

SQL defines some string functions with a @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ string

bytea String concatenation - + '\\\\Post'::bytea || '\\047gres\\000'::bytea \\Post'gres\000 int Extract bit from string - + get_bit('Th\\000omas'::bytea, 45) 1 int Extract byte from string - + get_byte('Th\\000omas'::bytea, 4) 109 bytea Set bit in string - + set_bit('Th\\000omas'::bytea, 45, 0) Th\000omAs bytea Set byte in string - + set_byte('Th\\000omas'::bytea, 4, 64) Th\000o@assubstring(string [from int] [for int]) bytea Extract substring - + substring('Th\\000omas'::bytea from 2 for 3) h\000olength(string) int Length of binary string - - + + length('jo\\000se'::bytea) 5
-
+

Table 9.26. Date/Time Functions

@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@

9.9.1. EXTRACT, date_part

-
EXTRACT(field FROM source)
+
EXTRACT(field FROM source)

The extract function retrieves subfields such as year or hour from date/time values. source must be a value expression of @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@

second

The seconds field, including fractional parts (0 - - 59[5]) + 59[5])

SELECT EXTRACT(SECOND FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40');
 Result: 40
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@
 

9.9.2. date_trunc

-

The function date_trunc is conceptually +

The function date_trunc is conceptually similar to the trunc function for numbers.

date_trunc('field', source)
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@

9.9.3. AT TIME ZONE

-

The AT TIME ZONE construct allows conversions +

The AT TIME ZONE construct allows conversions of time stamps to different time zones. Table 9.27, “AT TIME ZONE Variants” shows its variants.

@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@

9.9.4. Current Date/Time

-

PostgreSQL provides a number of functions +

PostgreSQL provides a number of functions that return values related to the current date and time. These SQL-standard functions all return values based on the start time of the current transaction: @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@

Tip

9.9.5. Delaying Execution

-

The following function is available to delay execution of the server +

The following function is available to delay execution of the server process:

pg_sleep(seconds)
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@

Warning



-

[5] 60 if leap seconds are +

[5] 60 if leap seconds are implemented by the operating system

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-formatting.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-formatting.html index 05bcf8ce39..9a61b65644 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-formatting.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-formatting.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions

-

The PostgreSQL formatting functions +

The PostgreSQL formatting functions provide a powerful set of tools for converting various data types (date/time, integer, floating point, numeric) to formatted strings and for converting from formatted strings to specific data types. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-geometry.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-geometry.html index 4ea490ccf2..70b18cf3a1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-geometry.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-geometry.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Note

available, but are deprecated and will eventually be retired.

-
+

Table 9.29. Geometric Functions

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-info.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-info.html index 18d54f6047..4bf0413f44 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-info.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-info.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-

The session_user is normally the user who initiated +

The session_user is normally the user who initiated the current database connection; but superusers can change this setting with SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION. The current_user is the user identifier @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

Note

-

inet_client_addr returns the IP address of the +

inet_client_addr returns the IP address of the current client, and inet_client_port returns the port number. inet_server_addr returns the IP address on which @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

Note

All these functions return NULL if the current connection is via a Unix-domain socket.

-

pg_my_temp_schema returns the OID of the current +

pg_my_temp_schema returns the OID of the current session's temporary schema, or 0 if it has none (because it has not created any temporary tables). pg_is_other_temp_schema returns true if the @@ -159,14 +159,14 @@

Note

(This can be useful, for example, to exclude other sessions' temporary tables from a catalog display.)

-

pg_postmaster_start_time returns the +

pg_postmaster_start_time returns the timestamp with time zone when the server started.

-

version returns a string describing the +

version returns a string describing the PostgreSQL server's version.

-

Table 9.41, “Access Privilege Inquiry Functions” lists functions that +

Table 9.41, “Access Privilege Inquiry Functions” lists functions that allow the user to query object access privileges programmatically. See Section 5.6, “Privileges” for more information about privileges. @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@

Note

-

has_database_privilege checks whether a user +

has_database_privilege checks whether a user can access a database in a particular way. The possibilities for its arguments are analogous to has_table_privilege. The desired access privilege type must evaluate to @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@

Note

-

pg_conversion_is_visible, +

pg_conversion_is_visible, pg_function_is_visible, pg_operator_is_visible, pg_opclass_is_visible, @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@

Note

Note that it would not make much sense to test an unqualified name in this way — if the name can be recognized at all, it must be visible.

-

Table 9.43, “System Catalog Information Functions” lists functions that +

Table 9.43, “System Catalog Information Functions” lists functions that extract information from the system catalogs.

@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@

Note

pg_tablespace_databases and query their pg_class catalogs.

-

The functions shown in Table 9.44, “Comment Information Functions” +

The functions shown in Table 9.44, “Comment Information Functions” extract comments previously stored with the COMMENT command. A null value is returned if no comment could be found matching the specified parameters.

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-matching.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-matching.html index e6d41a468e..94f9308921 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-matching.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-matching.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

9.7. Pattern Matching

-

There are three separate approaches to pattern matching provided +

There are three separate approaches to pattern matching provided by PostgreSQL: the traditional SQL LIKE operator, the more recent SIMILAR TO operator (added in @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

Tip

9.7.1. LIKE

-
string LIKE pattern [ESCAPE escape-character]
+
string LIKE pattern [ESCAPE escape-character]
 string NOT LIKE pattern [ESCAPE escape-character]

Every pattern defines a set of strings. The LIKE expression returns true if the @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@

Tip

9.7.2. SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions

-
string SIMILAR TO pattern [ESCAPE escape-character]
+
string SIMILAR TO pattern [ESCAPE escape-character]
 string NOT SIMILAR TO pattern [ESCAPE escape-character]

The SIMILAR TO operator returns true or false depending on whether its pattern matches the given string. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@

Tip

9.7.3. POSIX Regular Expressions

-

Table 9.11, “Regular Expression Match Operators” lists the available +

Table 9.11, “Regular Expression Match Operators” lists the available operators for pattern matching using POSIX regular expressions.

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-math.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-math.html index 47f3627fd2..b3110d58a4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-math.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-math.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ implemented on top of the host system's C library; accuracy and behavior in boundary cases may therefore vary depending on the host system.

-
+

Table 9.3. Mathematical Functions

@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ take arguments and return values of type double precision.

-
+

Table 9.4. Trigonometric Functions

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-net.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-net.html index 98231dbd4a..dcc8ee4be1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-net.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-net.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-sequence.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-sequence.html index 6300354e1f..ae9bd4af9a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-sequence.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-sequence.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

9.12. Sequence Manipulation Functions

-

This section describes PostgreSQL's functions +

This section describes PostgreSQL's functions for operating on sequence objects. Sequence objects (also called sequence generators or just sequences) are special single-row tables created with diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-srf.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-srf.html index 396349457c..8a35f9376e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-srf.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-srf.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

9.18. Set Returning Functions

-

This section describes functions that possibly return more than one row. +

This section describes functions that possibly return more than one row. Currently the only functions in this class are series generating functions, as detailed in Table 9.39, “Series Generating Functions”.

diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-string.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-string.html index 3f32aeb122..59b28859d4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-string.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-string.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ These functions are also implemented using the regular syntax for function invocation. (See Table 9.6, “Other String Functions”.)

-
+

Table 9.5. SQL String Functions and Operators

@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ string @@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ listed in Table 9.6, “Other String Functions”. Some of them are used internally to implement the SQL-standard string functions listed in Table 9.5, “SQL String Functions and Operators”.

-
+

Table 9.6. Other String Functions

text String concatenation - + 'Post' || 'greSQL' PostgreSQL int Number of characters in string - - + + char_length('jose') 4
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ - - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-preset.html b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-preset.html index f0c7da62dd..0bee706d1e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-preset.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-preset.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-query.html b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-query.html index 0a42212d2e..4c475b258e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-query.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-query.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-resource.html b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-resource.html index bf0dcab284..a95cc89100 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-resource.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-resource.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

17.4.2. Free Space Map

-

These parameters control the size of the shared free space +

These parameters control the size of the shared free space map, which tracks the locations of unused space in the database. An undersized free space map may cause the database to consume increasing amounts of disk space over time, because free space that diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-short.html b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-short.html index 585bdde17a..98befcf669 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-short.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-short.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-statistics.html b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-statistics.html index a86ad90436..a8a4505562 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-statistics.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-statistics.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-wal.html b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-wal.html index 3d54f21dc8..94af613eac 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-wal.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-wal.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config.html b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config.html index 7f442aeeb1..ac94098095 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@

17.16. Short Options
-

There are many configuration parameters that affect the behavior of +

There are many configuration parameters that affect the behavior of the database system. In the first section of this chapter, we describe how to set configuration parameters. The subsequent sections discuss each parameter in detail. @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ memory units is 1024, not 1000.

One way to set these parameters is to edit the file - postgresql.conf, + postgresql.conf, which is normally kept in the data directory. (initdb installs a default copy there.) An example of what this file might look like is: @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ numbers must be single-quoted. To embed a single quote in a parameter value, write either two quotes (preferred) or backslash-quote.

-

+

In addition to parameter settings, the postgresql.conf file can contain include directives, which specify another file to read and process as if it were inserted into the @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ the directory containing the referencing configuration file. Inclusions can be nested.

-

+

The configuration file is reread whenever the main server process receives a SIGHUP signal (which is most easily sent by means of pg_ctl reload). The main server process diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime.html b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime.html index c152937b2f..8a1b476104 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@

16.4. Managing Kernel Resources
16.4.1. Shared Memory and Semaphores
-
16.4.2. Resource Limits
-
16.4.3. Linux Memory Overcommit
+
16.4.2. Resource Limits
+
16.4.3. Linux Memory Overcommit
16.5. Shutting Down the Server
16.6. Encryption Options
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@

16.1. The PostgreSQL User Account

-

As with any other server daemon that is accessible to the outside world, +

As with any other server daemon that is accessible to the outside world, it is advisable to run PostgreSQL under a separate user account. This user account should only own the data that is managed by the server, and should not be shared with other diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/server-programming.html b/docs/en_US/pg/server-programming.html index 30da7afdaa..f82a3f5d7e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/server-programming.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/server-programming.html @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ - - + + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

Part V. Server Programming

-
+

This part is about extending the server functionality with user-defined functions, data types, triggers, etc. These are @@ -35,21 +35,21 @@

33.1. How Extensibility Works
33.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
-
33.2.1. Base Types
-
33.2.2. Composite Types
-
33.2.3. Domains
-
33.2.4. Pseudo-Types
+
33.2.1. Base Types
+
33.2.2. Composite Types
+
33.2.3. Domains
+
33.2.4. Pseudo-Types
33.2.5. Polymorphic Types
33.3. User-Defined Functions
33.4. Query Language (SQL) Functions
33.4.1. SQL Functions on Base Types
-
33.4.2. SQL Functions on Composite Types
+
33.4.2. SQL Functions on Composite Types
33.4.3. Functions with Output Parameters
33.4.4. SQL Functions as Table Sources
-
33.4.5. SQL Functions Returning Sets
-
33.4.6. Polymorphic SQL Functions
+
33.4.5. SQL Functions Returning Sets
+
33.4.6. Polymorphic SQL Functions
33.5. Function Overloading
33.6. Function Volatility Categories
@@ -59,28 +59,28 @@
33.9.1. Dynamic Loading
33.9.2. Base Types in C-Language Functions
-
33.9.3. Version 0 Calling Conventions
-
33.9.4. Version 1 Calling Conventions
-
33.9.5. Writing Code
+
33.9.3. Version 0 Calling Conventions
+
33.9.4. Version 1 Calling Conventions
+
33.9.5. Writing Code
33.9.6. Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
33.9.7. Extension Building Infrastructure
-
33.9.8. Composite-Type Arguments
-
33.9.9. Returning Rows (Composite Types)
+
33.9.8. Composite-Type Arguments
+
33.9.9. Returning Rows (Composite Types)
33.9.10. Returning Sets
-
33.9.11. Polymorphic Arguments and Return Types
-
33.9.12. Shared Memory and LWLocks
+
33.9.11. Polymorphic Arguments and Return Types
+
33.9.12. Shared Memory and LWLocks
33.10. User-Defined Aggregates
33.11. User-Defined Types
33.12. User-Defined Operators
33.13. Operator Optimization Information
-
33.13.1. COMMUTATOR
-
33.13.2. NEGATOR
-
33.13.3. RESTRICT
-
33.13.4. JOIN
-
33.13.5. HASHES
-
33.13.6. MERGES (SORT1, SORT2, LTCMP, GTCMP)
+
33.13.1. COMMUTATOR
+
33.13.2. NEGATOR
+
33.13.3. RESTRICT
+
33.13.4. JOIN
+
33.13.5. HASHES
+
33.13.6. MERGES (SORT1, SORT2, LTCMP, GTCMP)
33.14. Interfacing Extensions To Indexes
@@ -106,13 +106,13 @@
35.2. Views and the Rule System
35.2.1. How SELECT Rules Work
-
35.2.2. View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
-
35.2.3. The Power of Views in PostgreSQL
+
35.2.2. View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
+
35.2.3. The Power of Views in PostgreSQL
35.2.4. Updating a View
35.3. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
-
35.3.1. How Update Rules Work
+
35.3.1. How Update Rules Work
35.3.2. Cooperation with Views
35.4. Rules and Privileges
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
37.10. Trigger Procedures
37.11. Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
-
37.11.1. Porting Examples
+
37.11.1. Porting Examples
37.11.2. Other Things to Watch For
37.11.3. Appendix
diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/server-shutdown.html b/docs/en_US/pg/server-shutdown.html index dbc358a708..319b407d1a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/server-shutdown.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/server-shutdown.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,27 +14,27 @@

16.5. Shutting Down the Server

-

There are several ways to shut down the database server. You control +

There are several ways to shut down the database server. You control the type of shutdown by sending different signals to the master postgres process.

-
SIGTERM
+
SIGTERM

After receiving SIGTERM, the server disallows new connections, but lets existing sessions end their work normally. It shuts down only after all of the sessions terminate normally. This is the Smart Shutdown.

-
SIGINT
+
SIGINT

The server disallows new connections and sends all existing server processes SIGTERM, which will cause them to abort their current transactions and exit promptly. It then waits for the server processes to exit and finally shuts down. This is the Fast Shutdown.

-
SIGQUIT
+
SIGQUIT

This is the Immediate Shutdown, which will cause the master postgres process to send a SIGQUIT to all child processes and exit diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/server-start.html b/docs/en_US/pg/server-start.html index f78df2556f..df89a353bd 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/server-start.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/server-start.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ 16.3. Starting the Database Server

Before anyone can access the database, you must start the database server. The database server program is called - postgres. + postgres. The postgres program must know where to find the data it is supposed to use. This is done with the -D option. Thus, the simplest way to start the @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

This shell syntax can get tedious quickly. Therefore the wrapper program - pg_ctl + pg_ctl is provided to simplify some tasks. For example:

pg_ctl start -l logfile
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ is also capable of stopping the server.

Normally, you will want to start the database server when the - computer boots. Autostart scripts are operating-system-specific. + computer boots. Autostart scripts are operating-system-specific. There are a few distributed with PostgreSQL in the contrib/start-scripts directory. Installing one will require @@ -86,12 +86,12 @@

  • For FreeBSD, look at the file contrib/start-scripts/freebsd in the PostgreSQL source distribution. - +

  • On OpenBSD, add the following lines to the file /etc/rc.local: - +

    if [ -x /usr/local/pgsql/bin/pg_ctl -a -x /usr/local/pgsql/bin/postgres ]; then
         su - -c '/usr/local/pgsql/bin/pg_ctl start -l /var/postgresql/log -s' postgres
    @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
     
  • On Linux systems either add - +

    /usr/local/pgsql/bin/pg_ctl start -l logfile -D /usr/local/pgsql/data

    @@ -114,13 +114,13 @@

  • On NetBSD, either use the FreeBSD or Linux start scripts, depending on - preference. + preference.

  • On Solaris, create a file called /etc/init.d/postgresql that contains the following line: - +

    su - postgres -c "/usr/local/pgsql/bin/pg_ctl start -l logfile -D /usr/local/pgsql/data"

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/source.html b/docs/en_US/pg/source.html index 145ee54a38..f8d5978f21 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/source.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/source.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-examples.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-examples.html index f734a2bd56..94783f949d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-examples.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-examples.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-interface-support.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-interface-support.html index 8d9bcee282..fd6760bcfb 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-interface-support.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-interface-support.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-memory.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-memory.html index 3bfc53d9fc..6ea05f4679 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-memory.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-memory.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@

    41.3. Memory Management

    PostgreSQL allocates memory within - memory contexts, which provide a convenient method of + memory contexts, which provide a convenient method of managing allocations made in many different places that need to live for differing amounts of time. Destroying a context releases all the memory that was allocated in it. Thus, it is not necessary diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-realloc.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-realloc.html index 46bd71aa50..732f72845e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-realloc.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-realloc.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_repalloc — reallocate memory in the upper executor context

  • -
    +

    Synopsis

    void * SPI_repalloc(void * pointer, Size size)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_repalloc changes the size of a memory segment previously allocated using SPI_palloc.

    @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    void * pointer

    pointer to existing storage to change @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    pointer to new storage space of specified size with the contents copied from the existing area

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-connect.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-connect.html index 065408b2c6..84a6890c08 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-connect.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-connect.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_connect — connect a procedure to the SPI manager

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    int SPI_connect(void)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_connect opens a connection from a procedure invocation to the SPI manager. You must call this function if you want to execute commands through SPI. Some utility @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    SPI_OK_CONNECT

    on success diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-copytuple.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-copytuple.html index f970acc47a..148a941641 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-copytuple.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-copytuple.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_copytuple — make a copy of a row in the upper executor context

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    HeapTuple SPI_copytuple(HeapTuple row)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_copytuple makes a copy of a row in the upper executor context. This is normally used to return a modified row from a trigger. In a function declared to return a composite @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    HeapTuple row

    row to be copied @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    the copied row; NULL only if tuple is NULL

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-close.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-close.html index 2241af1d9e..62b15250ba 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-close.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-close.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_cursor_close — close a cursor

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    void SPI_cursor_close(Portal portal)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_cursor_close closes a previously created cursor and releases its portal storage.

    @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    Portal portal

    portal containing the cursor diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-fetch.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-fetch.html index 6d073c7910..d7fd89442c 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-fetch.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-fetch.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,18 +17,18 @@

    Name

    SPI_cursor_fetch — fetch some rows from a cursor

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    void SPI_cursor_fetch(Portal portal, bool forward, long count)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_cursor_fetch fetches some rows from a cursor. This is equivalent to the SQL command FETCH.

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    Portal portal

    portal containing the cursor @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    SPI_processed and SPI_tuptable are set as in SPI_execute if successful. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-find.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-find.html index ee7ae461a3..86f4d41643 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-find.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-find.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,19 +17,19 @@

    Name

    SPI_cursor_find — find an existing cursor by name

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    Portal SPI_cursor_find(const char * name)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_cursor_find finds an existing portal by name. This is primarily useful to resolve a cursor name returned as text by some other function.

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    const char * name

    name of the portal @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    pointer to the portal with the specified name, or NULL if none was found

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-move.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-move.html index 3db4cbd798..4a8a6be2aa 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-move.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-move.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,19 +17,19 @@

    Name

    SPI_cursor_move — move a cursor

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    void SPI_cursor_move(Portal portal, bool forward, long count)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_cursor_move skips over some number of rows in a cursor. This is equivalent to the SQL command MOVE.

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    Portal portal

    portal containing the cursor diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-open.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-open.html index bc6832420a..52f363baed 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-open.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-cursor-open.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@

    Name

    SPI_cursor_open — set up a cursor using a plan created with SPI_prepare

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    Portal SPI_cursor_open(const char * name, void * plan,
                            Datum * values, const char * nulls,
                            bool read_only)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_cursor_open sets up a cursor (internally, a portal) that will execute a plan prepared by SPI_prepare. The parameters have the same @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    const char * name

    name for portal, or NULL to let the system @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    pointer to portal containing the cursor, or NULL on error

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-exec.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-exec.html index dc509aff57..d24d2d7e1d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-exec.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-exec.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_exec — execute a read/write command

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    int SPI_exec(const char * command, long count)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_exec is the same as SPI_execute, with the latter's read_only parameter always taken as @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    const char * command

    string containing command to execute @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    See SPI_execute.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-execp.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-execp.html index d1e0f60201..052e65a1a4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-execp.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-execp.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_execp — execute a plan in read/write mode

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    int SPI_execp(void * plan, Datum * values, const char * nulls, long count)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_execp is the same as SPI_execute_plan, with the latter's read_only parameter always taken as @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    void * plan

    execution plan (returned by SPI_prepare) @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    See SPI_execute_plan.

    SPI_processed and diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-execute-plan.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-execute-plan.html index 22de61a4d7..ecb5530c3e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-execute-plan.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-execute-plan.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@

    Name

    SPI_execute_plan — execute a plan prepared by SPI_prepare

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    int SPI_execute_plan(void * plan, Datum * values, const char * nulls,
                          bool read_only, long count)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_execute_plan executes a plan prepared by SPI_prepare. read_only and count have the same interpretation as in @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    void * plan

    execution plan (returned by SPI_prepare) @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    The return value is the same as for SPI_execute, with the following additional possible error (negative) results: @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    If one of the objects (a table, function, etc.) referenced by the prepared plan is dropped during the session then the result of SPI_execute_plan for this plan will be unpredictable. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-execute.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-execute.html index 740b918faf..cfcdf972b4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-execute.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-execute.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_execute — execute a command

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    int SPI_execute(const char * command, bool read_only, long count)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_execute executes the specified SQL command for count rows. If read_only is true, the command must be read-only, and execution overhead @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    const char * command

    string containing command to execute @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    If the execution of the command was successful then one of the following (nonnegative) values will be returned: @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    The functions SPI_execute, SPI_exec, SPI_execute_plan, and diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-finish.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-finish.html index af6cd844e9..46298882fa 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-finish.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-finish.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_finish — disconnect a procedure from the SPI manager

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    int SPI_finish(void)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_finish closes an existing connection to the SPI manager. You must call this function after completing the SPI operations needed during your procedure's current invocation. @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    SPI_OK_FINISH

    if properly disconnected diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-fname.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-fname.html index 6c597cb193..75b5f184e2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-fname.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-fname.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,19 +17,19 @@

    Name

    SPI_fname — determine the column name for the specified column number

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    char * SPI_fname(TupleDesc rowdesc, int colnumber)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_fname returns a copy of the column name of the specified column. (You can use pfree to release the copy of the name when you don't need it anymore.)

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    TupleDesc rowdesc

    input row description @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    The column name; NULL if colnumber is out of range. SPI_result set to diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-fnumber.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-fnumber.html index b2d472422b..6078b7cbec 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-fnumber.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-fnumber.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_fnumber — determine the column number for the specified column name

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    int SPI_fnumber(TupleDesc rowdesc, const char * colname)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_fnumber returns the column number for the column with the specified name.

    @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    TupleDesc rowdesc

    input row description @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    Column number (count starts at 1), or SPI_ERROR_NOATTRIBUTE if the named column was not found. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-freeplan.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-freeplan.html index 2119600d40..6c76369935 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-freeplan.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-freeplan.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,19 +17,19 @@

    Name

    SPI_freeplan — free a previously saved plan

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    int SPI_freeplan(void *plan)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_freeplan releases a command execution plan previously returned by SPI_prepare or saved by SPI_saveplan.

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    void * plan

    pointer to plan to free @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT if plan is NULL.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-freetuple.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-freetuple.html index a06b38aa54..a7373c1536 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-freetuple.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-freetuple.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_freetuple — free a row allocated in the upper executor context

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    void SPI_freetuple(HeapTuple row)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_freetuple frees a row previously allocated in the upper executor context.

    @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    HeapTuple row

    row to free diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-freetupletable.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-freetupletable.html index 25a986335c..1184c379a5 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-freetupletable.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-freetupletable.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -18,12 +18,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_freetuptable — free a row set created by SPI_execute or a similar function

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    void SPI_freetuptable(SPITupleTable * tuptable)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_freetuptable frees a row set created by a prior SPI command execution function, such as SPI_execute. Therefore, this function is usually called @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    SPITupleTable * tuptable

    pointer to row set to free diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getargcount.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getargcount.html index e110c82440..9c7847a215 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getargcount.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getargcount.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -18,18 +18,18 @@

    Name

    SPI_getargcount — return the number of arguments needed by a plan prepared by SPI_prepare

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    int SPI_getargcount(void * plan)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_getargcount returns the number of arguments needed to execute a plan prepared by SPI_prepare.

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    void * plan

    execution plan (returned by SPI_prepare) @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    The expected argument count for the plan, or SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT if the plan is NULL diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getargtypeid.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getargtypeid.html index 95accd56cd..960e10a801 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getargtypeid.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getargtypeid.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@

    Name

    SPI_getargtypeid — return the data type OID for an argument of a plan prepared by SPI_prepare

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    Oid SPI_getargtypeid(void * plan, int argIndex)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_getargtypeid returns the OID representing the type id for the argIndex'th argument of a plan prepared by SPI_prepare. First argument is at index zero.

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    void * plan

    execution plan (returned by SPI_prepare) @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    The type id of the argument at the given index, or SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT if the plan is NULL or argIndex is less than 0 or diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getbinval.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getbinval.html index a29240bfbd..c2e76ffb7f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getbinval.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getbinval.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_getbinval — return the binary value of the specified column

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    Datum SPI_getbinval(HeapTuple row, TupleDesc rowdesc, int colnumber, bool * isnull)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_getbinval returns the value of the specified column in the internal form (as type Datum).

    @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    HeapTuple row

    input row to be examined @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    The binary value of the column is returned. The variable pointed to by isnull is set to true if the column is null, else to false. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getnspname.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getnspname.html index d0c72cd50a..c44b64c5ed 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getnspname.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getnspname.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_getnspname — return the namespace of the specified relation

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    char * SPI_getnspname(Relation rel)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_getnspname returns a copy of the name of the namespace that the specified Relation belongs to. This is equivalent to the relation's schema. You should @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    Relation rel

    input relation @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    The name of the specified relation's namespace.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getrelname.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getrelname.html index daad34f85d..fd24d1d645 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getrelname.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getrelname.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,19 +17,19 @@

    Name

    SPI_getrelname — return the name of the specified relation

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    char * SPI_getrelname(Relation rel)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_getrelname returns a copy of the name of the specified relation. (You can use pfree to release the copy of the name when you don't need it anymore.)

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    Relation rel

    input relation @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    The name of the specified relation.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-gettype.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-gettype.html index 4b41042b73..ca2d58ba7b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-gettype.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-gettype.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,19 +17,19 @@

    Name

    SPI_gettype — return the data type name of the specified column

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    char * SPI_gettype(TupleDesc rowdesc, int colnumber)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_gettype returns a copy of the data type name of the specified column. (You can use pfree to release the copy of the name when you don't need it anymore.)

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    TupleDesc rowdesc

    input row description @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    The data type name of the specified column, or NULL on error. SPI_result is set to SPI_ERROR_NOATTRIBUTE on error. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-gettypeid.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-gettypeid.html index fc7c96420a..7100d6af36 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-gettypeid.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-gettypeid.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,18 +17,18 @@

    Name

    SPI_gettypeid — return the data type OID of the specified column

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    Oid SPI_gettypeid(TupleDesc rowdesc, int colnumber)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_gettypeid returns the OID of the data type of the specified column.

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    TupleDesc rowdesc

    input row description @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    The OID of the data type of the specified column or InvalidOid on error. On error, SPI_result is set to diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getvalue.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getvalue.html index cab8e239ab..789d7fc711 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getvalue.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-getvalue.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_getvalue — return the string value of the specified column

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    char * SPI_getvalue(HeapTuple row, TupleDesc rowdesc, int colnumber)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_getvalue returns the string representation of the value of the specified column.

    @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    HeapTuple row

    input row to be examined @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    Column value, or NULL if the column is null, colnumber is out of range (SPI_result is set to diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-is-cursor-plan.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-is-cursor-plan.html index 2593b9f486..fdd8b53508 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-is-cursor-plan.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-is-cursor-plan.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,12 +19,12 @@

    Name

    prepared by SPI_prepare can be used with SPI_cursor_open

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    bool SPI_is_cursor_plan(void * plan)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_is_cursor_plan returns true if a plan prepared by SPI_prepare can be passed as an argument to SPI_cursor_open, or @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    void * plan

    execution plan (returned by SPI_prepare) @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    true or false to indicate if the plan can produce a cursor or not, or SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT if the plan diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-modifytuple.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-modifytuple.html index 60fffe81b6..c00d45c9ba 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-modifytuple.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-modifytuple.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,19 +17,19 @@

    Name

    SPI_modifytuple — create a row by replacing selected fields of a given row

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    HeapTuple SPI_modifytuple(Relation rel, HeapTuple row, ncols, colnum, Datum * values, const char * nulls)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_modifytuple creates a new row by substituting new values for selected columns, copying the original row's columns at other positions. The input row is not modified.

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    Relation rel

    Used only as the source of the row descriptor for the row. @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    new row with modifications, allocated in the upper executor context; NULL only if row is NULL diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-palloc.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-palloc.html index 918d0a38c6..f328cc6b3a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-palloc.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-palloc.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,18 +17,18 @@

    Name

    SPI_palloc — allocate memory in the upper executor context

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    void * SPI_palloc(Size size)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_palloc allocates memory in the upper executor context.

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    Size size

    size in bytes of storage to allocate @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    pointer to new storage space of the specified size

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-pfree.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-pfree.html index c5eb5dab3d..ab54a1b293 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-pfree.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-pfree.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_pfree — free memory in the upper executor context

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    void SPI_pfree(void * pointer)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_pfree frees memory previously allocated using SPI_palloc or SPI_repalloc. @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    void * pointer

    pointer to existing storage to free diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-pop.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-pop.html index cc636602dd..6d32b6423b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-pop.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-pop.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_pop — pop SPI stack to return from recursive SPI usage

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    void SPI_pop(void)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_pop pops the previous environment from the SPI call stack. See SPI_push.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-prepare.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-prepare.html index 8365f56baf..6530a3af5e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-prepare.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-prepare.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_prepare — prepare a plan for a command, without executing it yet

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    void * SPI_prepare(const char * command, int nargs, Oid * argtypes)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_prepare creates and returns an execution plan for the specified command but doesn't execute the command. This function should only be called from a connected procedure. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    const char * command

    command string @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    SPI_prepare returns a non-null pointer to an execution plan. On error, NULL will be returned, and SPI_result will be set to one of the same @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    There is a disadvantage to using parameters: since the planner does not know the values that will be supplied for the parameters, it may make worse planning choices than it would make for a normal diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-push.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-push.html index f66ac59a57..3420d68418 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-push.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-push.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_push — push SPI stack to allow recursive SPI usage

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    void SPI_push(void)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_push should be called before executing another procedure that might itself wish to use SPI. After SPI_push, SPI is no longer in a diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-returntuple.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-returntuple.html index ad597318ec..5c1684d8a3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-returntuple.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-returntuple.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_returntuple — prepare to return a tuple as a Datum

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    HeapTupleHeader SPI_returntuple(HeapTuple row, TupleDesc rowdesc)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_returntuple makes a copy of a row in the upper executor context, returning it in the form of a row type Datum. The returned pointer need only be converted to Datum via PointerGetDatum @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    HeapTuple row

    row to be copied @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    HeapTupleHeader pointing to copied row; NULL only if row or rowdesc is diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-saveplan.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-saveplan.html index c884002f9d..338705d9ab 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-saveplan.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-spi-saveplan.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SPI_saveplan — save a plan

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    void * SPI_saveplan(void * plan)
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SPI_saveplan saves a passed plan (prepared by SPI_prepare) in memory protected from freeing by SPI_finish and by the transaction manager @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Arguments

    +

    Arguments

    void * plan

    the plan to be saved @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Return Value

    +

    Return Value

    Pointer to the saved plan; NULL if unsuccessful. On error, SPI_result is set thus: @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    If one of the objects (a table, function, etc.) referenced by the prepared plan is dropped during the session then the results of SPI_execute_plan for this plan will be unpredictable. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-visibility.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-visibility.html index 4f82b256d8..d9eeaf3fc2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi-visibility.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi-visibility.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/spi.html b/docs/en_US/pg/spi.html index 7dce794ba6..acd3d71ccd 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/spi.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/spi.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@

    41.5. Examples
    -

    The Server Programming Interface +

    The Server Programming Interface (SPI) gives writers of user-defined C functions the ability to run SQL commands inside their functions. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-abort.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-abort.html index 68c3f90f0c..1af59e391a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-abort.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-abort.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    ABORT — abort the current transaction

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ABORT [ WORK | TRANSACTION ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ABORT rolls back the current transaction and causes all the updates made by the transaction to be discarded. This command is identical @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    WORK

    TRANSACTION @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    Use COMMIT to successfully terminate a transaction.

    @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To abort all changes:

    ABORT;
    @@ -59,14 +59,14 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    This command is a PostgreSQL extension present for historical reasons. ROLLBACK is the equivalent standard SQL command.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    BEGIN, COMMIT, ROLLBACK
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteraggregate.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteraggregate.html index 3e573c11e1..79260c7a63 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteraggregate.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteraggregate.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@

    Name

    ALTER AGGREGATE — change the definition of an aggregate function

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER AGGREGATE name ( type [ , ... ] ) RENAME TO new_name
     ALTER AGGREGATE name ( type [ , ... ] ) OWNER TO new_owner
     ALTER AGGREGATE name ( type [ , ... ] ) SET SCHEMA new_schema
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER AGGREGATE changes the definition of an aggregate function.

    @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name (optionally schema-qualified) of an existing aggregate function. @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To rename the aggregate function myavg for type integer to my_average:

    @@ -83,13 +83,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no ALTER AGGREGATE statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE AGGREGATE, DROP AGGREGATE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterconversion.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterconversion.html index 9af9a003e6..2cb37abc80 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterconversion.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterconversion.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@

    Name

    ALTER CONVERSION — change the definition of a conversion

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER CONVERSION name RENAME TO newname
     ALTER CONVERSION name OWNER TO newowner
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER CONVERSION changes the definition of a conversion.

    @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name (optionally schema-qualified) of an existing conversion. @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To rename the conversion iso_8859_1_to_utf8 to latin1_to_unicode:

    @@ -66,13 +66,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no ALTER CONVERSION statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE CONVERSION, DROP CONVERSION
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterdatabase.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterdatabase.html index b85094c18b..830e035f78 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterdatabase.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterdatabase.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    ALTER DATABASE — change a database

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER DATABASE name [ [ WITH ] option [ ... ] ]
     
    @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    ALTER DATABASE name OWNER TO new_owner
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER DATABASE changes the attributes of a database.

    @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name of the database whose attributes are to be altered. @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    It is also possible to tie a session default to a specific user rather than to a database; see ALTER USER. @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To disable index scans by default in the database test: @@ -120,13 +120,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The ALTER DATABASE statement is a PostgreSQL extension.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE DATABASE, DROP DATABASE, SET
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterdomain.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterdomain.html index bba6eccb7b..80c25fedc7 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterdomain.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterdomain.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@

    Name

    — change the definition of a domain

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER DOMAIN name
         { SET DEFAULT expression | DROP DEFAULT }
    @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER DOMAIN changes the definition of an existing domain. There are several sub-forms:

    @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name
    @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To add a NOT NULL constraint to a domain:

    ALTER DOMAIN zipcode SET NOT NULL;
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterfunction.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterfunction.html
    index 8f850a6a17..c137490937 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterfunction.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterfunction.html
    @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
     
     
    @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
     

    Name

    ALTER FUNCTION — change the definition of a function

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER FUNCTION name ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] )
         action [, ... ] [ RESTRICT ]
    @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    [ EXTERNAL ] SECURITY INVOKER | [ EXTERNAL ] SECURITY DEFINER
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER FUNCTION changes the definition of a function.

    @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name (optionally schema-qualified) of an existing function. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To rename the function sqrt for type integer to square_root:

    @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    This statement is partially compatible with the ALTER FUNCTION statement in the SQL standard. The standard allows more properties of a function to be modified, but does not provide the @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE FUNCTION, DROP FUNCTION
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altergroup.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altergroup.html index 57f833a97d..3ffa712343 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altergroup.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altergroup.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    ALTER GROUP — change role name or membership

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER GROUP groupname ADD USER username [, ... ]
     ALTER GROUP groupname DROP USER username [, ... ]
    @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    ALTER GROUP groupname RENAME TO newname
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER GROUP changes the attributes of a user group. This is an obsolete command, though still accepted for backwards compatibility, because groups (and users too) have been superseded by the @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    groupname

    The name of the group (role) to modify. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Add users to a group:

    @@ -77,13 +77,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no ALTER GROUP statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    GRANT, REVOKE, ALTER ROLE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterindex.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterindex.html index 5c936685ee..922564bc91 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterindex.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterindex.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    ALTER INDEX — change the definition of an index

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER INDEX name RENAME TO new_name
     ALTER INDEX name SET TABLESPACE tablespace_name
    @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    ALTER INDEX name RESET ( storage_parameter [, ... ] )
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER INDEX changes the definition of an existing index. There are several subforms: @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name (possibly schema-qualified) of an existing index to @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    These operations are also possible using ALTER TABLE. ALTER INDEX is in fact just an alias for the forms @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To rename an existing index:

    ALTER INDEX distributors RENAME TO suppliers;
    @@ -120,13 +120,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    ALTER INDEX is a PostgreSQL extension.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE INDEX, REINDEX
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterlanguage.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterlanguage.html index e3904fb142..2c95d33c81 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterlanguage.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterlanguage.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,19 +17,19 @@

    Name

    ALTER LANGUAGE — change the definition of a procedural language

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER LANGUAGE name RENAME TO newname
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER LANGUAGE changes the definition of a language. The only functionality is to rename the language. Only a superuser can rename languages.

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    Name of a language @@ -40,13 +40,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no ALTER LANGUAGE statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE LANGUAGE, DROP LANGUAGE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteropclass.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteropclass.html index 692dfc92db..8ecc0cce87 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteropclass.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteropclass.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@

    Name

    ALTER OPERATOR CLASS — change the definition of an operator class

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER OPERATOR CLASS name USING index_method RENAME TO newname
     ALTER OPERATOR CLASS name USING index_method OWNER TO newowner
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER OPERATOR CLASS changes the definition of an operator class.

    @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name (optionally schema-qualified) of an existing operator @@ -55,13 +55,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no ALTER OPERATOR CLASS statement in the SQL standard.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteroperator.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteroperator.html index bcf56e45ea..a382958214 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteroperator.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteroperator.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    ALTER OPERATOR — change the definition of an operator

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER OPERATOR name ( { lefttype | NONE } , { righttype | NONE } ) OWNER TO newowner
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER OPERATOR changes the definition of an operator. The only currently available functionality is to change the owner of the operator. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name (optionally schema-qualified) of an existing operator. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Change the owner of a custom operator a @@ b for type text:

    ALTER OPERATOR @@ (text, text) OWNER TO joe;
    @@ -63,13 +63,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no ALTER OPERATOR statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE OPERATOR, DROP OPERATOR
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterrole.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterrole.html index 111281dd72..25f2a06c24 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterrole.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterrole.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    ALTER ROLE — change a database role

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER ROLE name [ [ WITH ] option [ ... ] ]
     
    @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    ALTER ROLE name RESET configuration_parameter
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER ROLE changes the attributes of a PostgreSQL role.

    @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name of the role whose attributes are to be altered. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    Use CREATE ROLE to add new roles, and DROP ROLE to remove a role.

    @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Change a role's password:

    @@ -174,13 +174,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The ALTER ROLE statement is a PostgreSQL extension.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE ROLE, DROP ROLE, SET
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterschema.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterschema.html index 8716e3dbcb..029cb46471 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterschema.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alterschema.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@

    Name

    ALTER SCHEMA — change the definition of a schema

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER SCHEMA name RENAME TO newname
     ALTER SCHEMA name OWNER TO newowner
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER SCHEMA changes the definition of a schema.

    You must own the schema to use ALTER SCHEMA. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name of an existing schema. @@ -52,13 +52,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no ALTER SCHEMA statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE SCHEMA, DROP SCHEMA
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altersequence.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altersequence.html index f308218d18..bb56555579 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altersequence.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altersequence.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@

    Name

    — change the definition of a sequence generator

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER SEQUENCE name [ INCREMENT [ BY ] increment ]
         [ MINVALUE minvalue | NO MINVALUE ] [ MAXVALUE maxvalue | NO MAXVALUE ]
    @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER SEQUENCE changes the parameters of an existing sequence generator. Any parameters not specifically set in the ALTER SEQUENCE command retain their prior settings. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name
    @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Restart a sequence called serial, at 105:

    ALTER SEQUENCE serial RESTART WITH 105;
    @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    To avoid blocking of concurrent transactions that obtain numbers from the same sequence, ALTER SEQUENCE's effects on the sequence generation parameters are never rolled back; @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    ALTER SEQUENCE conforms to the SQL standard, except for the OWNED BY and SET SCHEMA @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE SEQUENCE, DROP SEQUENCE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertable.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertable.html index 8decde10f8..7a28d5c8e3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertable.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertable.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    ALTER TABLE — change the definition of a table

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER TABLE [ ONLY ] name [ * ]
         action [, ... ]
    @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    SET TABLESPACE new_tablespace
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER TABLE changes the definition of an existing table. There are several subforms: @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@

    Note

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name (possibly schema-qualified) of an existing table to @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@

    Note

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    The key word COLUMN is noise and can be omitted.

    When a column is added with ADD COLUMN, all existing @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@

    Note

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To add a column of type varchar to a table:

    ALTER TABLE distributors ADD COLUMN address varchar(30);
    @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@

    Note

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The ADD, DROP, and SET DEFAULT forms conform with the SQL standard. The other forms are PostgreSQL extensions of the SQL standard. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertablespace.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertablespace.html index a616790f5d..8db543e4ca 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertablespace.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertablespace.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@

    Name

    ALTER TABLESPACE — change the definition of a tablespace

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER TABLESPACE name RENAME TO newname
     ALTER TABLESPACE name OWNER TO newowner
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER TABLESPACE changes the definition of a tablespace.

    @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name of an existing tablespace. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Rename tablespace index_space to fast_raid:

    ALTER TABLESPACE index_space RENAME TO fast_raid;
    @@ -63,13 +63,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no ALTER TABLESPACE statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE TABLESPACE, DROP TABLESPACE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertrigger.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertrigger.html index 096dc26854..f4a96b20a1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertrigger.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertrigger.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    ALTER TRIGGER — change the definition of a trigger

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER TRIGGER name ON table RENAME TO newname
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER TRIGGER changes properties of an existing trigger. The RENAME clause changes the name of the given trigger without otherwise changing the trigger @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name of an existing trigger to alter. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    The ability to temporarily enable or disable a trigger is provided by ALTER TABLE, not by ALTER TRIGGER, because ALTER TRIGGER has no @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To rename an existing trigger:

    ALTER TRIGGER emp_stamp ON emp RENAME TO emp_track_chgs;
    @@ -63,13 +63,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    ALTER TRIGGER is a PostgreSQL extension of the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    ALTER TABLE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertype.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertype.html index 7bd0f6f99f..ba87dc7a62 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertype.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-altertype.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,14 +19,14 @@

    Name

    — change the definition of a type

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER TYPE name OWNER TO new_owner 
     ALTER TYPE name SET SCHEMA new_schema
       
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER TYPE changes the definition of an existing type. The only currently available capabilities are changing the owner and schema of a type. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name
    @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To change the owner of the user-defined type email to joe: @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no ALTER TYPE statement in the SQL standard.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteruser.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteruser.html index 92eb357e3b..65eeff2fed 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteruser.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-alteruser.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    ALTER USER — change a database role

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ALTER USER name [ [ WITH ] option [ ... ] ]
     
    @@ -39,21 +39,21 @@ 

    Synopsis

    ALTER USER name RESET configuration_parameter
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ALTER USER is now an alias for ALTER ROLE, which see for more information.

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The ALTER USER statement is a PostgreSQL extension. The SQL standard leaves the definition of users to the implementation.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    ALTER ROLE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-analyze.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-analyze.html index e9c4e34694..bf70a08f21 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-analyze.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-analyze.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    ANALYZE — collect statistics about a database

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ANALYZE [ VERBOSE ] [ table [ (column [, ...] ) ] ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ANALYZE collects statistics about the contents of tables in the database, and stores the results in the system table pg_statistic. Subsequently, the query @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    VERBOSE

    Enables display of progress messages. @@ -51,14 +51,14 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Outputs

    +

    Outputs

    When VERBOSE is specified, ANALYZE emits progress messages to indicate which table is currently being processed. Various statistics about the tables are printed as well.

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    It is a good idea to run ANALYZE periodically, or just after making major changes in the contents of a table. Accurate statistics will help the planner to choose the most appropriate query @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no ANALYZE statement in the SQL standard.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-begin.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-begin.html index 459761ecd5..77e2ef9142 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-begin.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-begin.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    BEGIN — start a transaction block

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    BEGIN [ WORK | TRANSACTION ] [ transaction_mode [, ...] ]
     
    @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    READ WRITE | READ ONLY
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    BEGIN initiates a transaction block, that is, all statements after a BEGIN command will be executed in a single transaction until an explicit COMMIT or ROLLBACK is given. @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    WORK

    TRANSACTION @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    START TRANSACTION has the same functionality as BEGIN.

    @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To begin a transaction block:

    @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    BEGIN is a PostgreSQL language extension. It is equivalent to the SQL-standard command START TRANSACTION, which see for additional @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    COMMIT, ROLLBACK, START TRANSACTION, SAVEPOINT
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-checkpoint.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-checkpoint.html index c3a0111467..d5b91a8690 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-checkpoint.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-checkpoint.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    CHECKPOINT — force a transaction log checkpoint

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CHECKPOINT
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    Write-Ahead Logging (WAL) puts a checkpoint in the transaction log every so often. (To adjust the automatic checkpoint interval, see the run-time configuration options checkpoint_segments @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The CHECKPOINT command is a PostgreSQL language extension.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-close.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-close.html index dabc60bb38..0e5ff7c2f1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-close.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-close.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    CLOSE — close a cursor

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CLOSE name
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CLOSE frees the resources associated with an open cursor. After the cursor is closed, no subsequent operations are allowed on it. A cursor should be closed when it is @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name of an open cursor to close. @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    PostgreSQL does not have an explicit OPEN cursor statement; a cursor is considered open when it is declared. Use the @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Close the cursor liahona:

    CLOSE liahona;
    @@ -67,12 +67,12 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    CLOSE is fully conforming with the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    DECLARE, FETCH, MOVE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-cluster.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-cluster.html index adbcf006f6..636558ed45 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-cluster.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-cluster.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@

    Name

    CLUSTER — cluster a table according to an index

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CLUSTER indexname ON tablename
     CLUSTER tablename
     CLUSTER
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CLUSTER instructs PostgreSQL to cluster the table specified by tablename @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    indexname

    The name of an index. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    In cases where you are accessing single rows randomly within a table, the actual order of the data in the table is unimportant. However, if you tend to access some @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Cluster the table employees on the basis of its index emp_ind:

    @@ -149,12 +149,12 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no CLUSTER statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    clusterdb
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-commands.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-commands.html index 312d104b26..c4b0b3a44e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-commands.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-commands.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ SQL Commands

    -
    +

    This part contains reference information for the SQL commands supported by diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-comment.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-comment.html index ae15427470..fcea857cb5 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-comment.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-comment.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    COMMENT — define or change the comment of an object

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    COMMENT ON
     {
    @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    } IS 'text'
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    COMMENT stores a comment about a database object.

    To modify a comment, issue a new COMMENT command for the @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    object_name

    table_name.column_name

    agg_name

    constraint_name

    func_name

    op

    rule_name

    trigger_name @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    There is presently no security mechanism for comments: any user connected to a database can see all the comments for objects in that database (although only superusers can change comments for @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Attach a comment to the table mytable:

    @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no COMMENT command in the SQL standard.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-commit-prepared.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-commit-prepared.html index 24f50c87b9..77e9aa0837 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-commit-prepared.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-commit-prepared.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,18 +17,18 @@

    Name

    COMMIT PREPARED — commit a transaction that was earlier prepared for two-phase commit

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    COMMIT PREPARED transaction_id
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    COMMIT PREPARED commits a transaction that is in prepared state.

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    transaction_id

    The transaction identifier of the transaction that is to be @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    To commit a prepared transaction, you must be either the same user that executed the transaction originally, or a superuser. But you do not have to be in the same session that executed the transaction. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    PREPARE TRANSACTION, ROLLBACK PREPARED
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-commit.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-commit.html index 9e66c0b743..4b83f7e6a2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-commit.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-commit.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,19 +17,19 @@

    Name

    COMMIT — commit the current transaction

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    COMMIT [ WORK | TRANSACTION ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    COMMIT commits the current transaction. All changes made by the transaction become visible to others and are guaranteed to be durable if a crash occurs.

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    WORK

    TRANSACTION @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    Use ROLLBACK to abort a transaction.

    @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To commit the current transaction and make all changes permanent:

    COMMIT;
    @@ -56,14 +56,14 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The SQL standard only specifies the two forms COMMIT and COMMIT WORK. Otherwise, this command is fully conforming.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    BEGIN, ROLLBACK
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-copy.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-copy.html index d47ade6f04..01e449a6a6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-copy.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-copy.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    COPY — copy data between a file and a table

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    COPY tablename [ ( column [, ...] ) ]
         FROM { 'filename' | STDIN }
    @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    [ FORCE QUOTE column [, ...] ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    COPY moves data between PostgreSQL tables and standard file-system files. COPY TO copies the contents of a table @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    tablename

    The name (optionally schema-qualified) of an existing table. @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

    Note

    -

    Outputs

    +

    Outputs

    On successful completion, a COPY command returns a command tag of the form

    @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@

    Note

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    COPY can only be used with plain tables, not with views. However, you can write COPY (SELECT * FROM viewname) TO .... @@ -234,9 +234,9 @@

    Note

    -

    File Formats

    +

    File Formats

    -

    Text Format

    +

    Text Format

    When COPY is used without the BINARY or CSV options, the data read or written is a text file with one line per table row. @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@

    Note

    -

    CSV Format

    +

    CSV Format

    This format is used for importing and exporting the Comma Separated Value (CSV) file format used by many other programs, such as spreadsheets. Instead of the escaping used by @@ -433,14 +433,14 @@

    Note

    -

    Binary Format

    +

    Binary Format

    The file format used for COPY BINARY changed in PostgreSQL 7.4. The new format consists of a file header, zero or more tuples containing the row data, and a file trailer. Headers and data are now in network byte order.

    -

    File Header

    +

    File Header

    The file header consists of 15 bytes of fixed fields, followed by a variable-length header extension area. The fixed fields are: @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@

    Note

    -

    Tuples

    +

    Tuples

    Each tuple begins with a 16-bit integer count of the number of fields in the tuple. (Presently, all tuples in a table will have the same count, but that might not always be true.) Then, repeated for each field in the tuple, there @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@

    Note

    -

    File Trailer

    +

    File Trailer

    The file trailer consists of a 16-bit integer word containing -1. This is easily distinguished from a tuple's field-count word.

    @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@

    Note

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    The following example copies a table to the client using the vertical bar (|) as the field delimiter:

    @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@

    Note

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no COPY statement in the SQL standard.

    The following syntax was used before PostgreSQL diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createaggregate.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createaggregate.html index 9989865a2c..fb7dd31858 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createaggregate.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createaggregate.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE AGGREGATE — define a new aggregate function

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE AGGREGATE name ( input_data_type [ , ... ] ) (
         SFUNC = sfunc,
    @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    )
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE AGGREGATE defines a new aggregate function. Some basic and commonly-used aggregate functions are included with the distribution; they are documented in Section 9.15, “Aggregate Functions”. If one defines new types or needs @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name (optionally schema-qualified) of the aggregate function @@ -201,19 +201,19 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    CREATE AGGREGATE is a PostgreSQL language extension. The SQL standard does not provide for user-defined aggregate functions.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    ALTER AGGREGATE, DROP AGGREGATE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createcast.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createcast.html index c4bfe0b66a..4bcde2fdd8 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createcast.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createcast.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE CAST — define a new cast

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE CAST (sourcetype AS targettype)
         WITH FUNCTION funcname (argtypes)
    @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    sourcetype

    The name of the source data type of the cast. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createconstraint.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createconstraint.html index 011ca1b6de..a0f9b5ce76 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createconstraint.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createconstraint.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER — define a new constraint trigger

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER name
         AFTER event [ OR ... ]
    @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    EXECUTE PROCEDURE funcname ( arguments )
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER is used within CREATE TABLE/ALTER TABLE and by pg_dump to create the special triggers for @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name of the constraint trigger. The actual name of the @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    CREATE CONTRAINT TRIGGER is a PostgreSQL extension of the SQL standard. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createconversion.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createconversion.html index 42fd080eb8..2b43b66b1b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createconversion.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createconversion.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE CONVERSION — define a new encoding conversion

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE [ DEFAULT ] CONVERSION name
         FOR source_encoding TO dest_encoding FROM funcname
    @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    DEFAULT

    The DEFAULT clause indicates that this conversion diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createdatabase.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createdatabase.html index 7df0ade633..e1ac02404c 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createdatabase.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createdatabase.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE DATABASE — create a new database

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE DATABASE name
         [ [ WITH ] [ OWNER [=] dbowner ]
    @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    [ CONNECTION LIMIT [=] connlimit ] ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE DATABASE creates a new PostgreSQL database.

    @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name of a database to create. @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    CREATE DATABASE cannot be executed inside a transaction block.

    @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To create a new database:

    @@ -150,14 +150,14 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no CREATE DATABASE statement in the SQL standard. Databases are equivalent to catalogs, whose creation is implementation-defined.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    ALTER DATABASE, DROP DATABASE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createdomain.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createdomain.html index 931c20ac07..889da5d2b7 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createdomain.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createdomain.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE DOMAIN — define a new domain

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE DOMAIN name [ AS ] data_type
         [ DEFAULT expression ]
    @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    { NOT NULL | NULL | CHECK (expression) }
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE DOMAIN creates a new domain. A domain is essentially a data type with optional constraints (restrictions on the allowed set of values). @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name (optionally schema-qualified) of a domain to be created. @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    This example creates the us_postal_code data type and then uses the type in a table definition. A regular expression test is used to verify that the value looks like a valid US postal code. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createfunction.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createfunction.html index b2d96e0d66..ccfdd2e0df 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createfunction.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createfunction.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE FUNCTION — define a new function

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] FUNCTION
         name ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] )
    @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name (optionally schema-qualified) of the function to create. @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@

    Synopsis

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-creategroup.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-creategroup.html index 9c710e2717..b8ef2e5a7c 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-creategroup.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-creategroup.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE GROUP — define a new database role

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE GROUP name [ [ WITH ] option [ ... ] ]
     
    @@ -39,20 +39,20 @@ 

    Synopsis

    | SYSID uid
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE GROUP is now an alias for CREATE ROLE, which see for more information.

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no CREATE GROUP statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE ROLE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createindex.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createindex.html index 1f4e14513b..b2b81d8960 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createindex.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createindex.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE INDEX — define a new index

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE [ UNIQUE ] INDEX [ CONCURRENTLY ] name ON table [ USING method ]
         ( { column | ( expression ) } [ opclass ] [, ...] )
    @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    [ WHERE predicate ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE INDEX constructs an index index_name on the specified table. Indexes are primarily used to enhance database performance (though inappropriate use can result in slower performance). @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    UNIQUE

    Causes the system to check for @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

    Synopsis

    Building Indexes Concurrently

    -

    Creating an index can interfere with regular operation of a database. +

    Creating an index can interfere with regular operation of a database. Normally PostgreSQL locks the table to be indexed against writes and performs the entire index build with a single scan of the table. Other transactions can still read the table, but if they try to @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    See Chapter 11, Indexes for information about when indexes can be used, when they are not used, and in which particular situations they can be useful. @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To create a B-tree index on the column title in the table films:

    @@ -285,14 +285,14 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    CREATE INDEX is a PostgreSQL language extension. There are no provisions for indexes in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    ALTER INDEX, DROP INDEX
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createlanguage.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createlanguage.html index 747600e1f8..90c480afcc 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createlanguage.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createlanguage.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE LANGUAGE — define a new procedural language

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE [ PROCEDURAL ] LANGUAGE name
     CREATE [ TRUSTED ] [ PROCEDURAL ] LANGUAGE name
    @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createopclass.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createopclass.html index 0b54f4e643..8df4205064 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createopclass.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createopclass.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE OPERATOR CLASS — define a new operator class

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE OPERATOR CLASS name [ DEFAULT ] FOR TYPE data_type USING index_method AS
       {  OPERATOR strategy_number operator_name [ ( op_type, op_type ) ] [ RECHECK ]
    @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    } [, ... ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE OPERATOR CLASS creates a new operator class. An operator class defines how a particular data type can be used with an index. The operator class specifies that certain operators will fill @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name of the operator class to be created. The name may be @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    Because the index machinery does not check access permissions on functions before using them, including a function or operator in an operator class is tantamount to granting public execute permission on it. This is usually @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    The following example command defines a GiST index operator class for the data type _int4 (array of int4). See contrib/intarray/ for the complete example. @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@

    Synopsis

    FUNCTION 7 g_int_same (_int4, _int4, internal);
    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    CREATE OPERATOR CLASS is a PostgreSQL extension. There is no CREATE OPERATOR CLASS statement in the SQL @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

    Synopsis

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createoperator.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createoperator.html index 066a2e7c74..0d22869019 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createoperator.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createoperator.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE OPERATOR — define a new operator

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE OPERATOR name (
         PROCEDURE = funcname
    @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    )
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE OPERATOR defines a new operator, name. The user who defines an operator becomes its owner. If a schema name is given @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name of the operator to be defined. See above for allowable @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    Refer to Section 33.12, “User-Defined Operators” for further information.

    Use DROP OPERATOR to delete user-defined operators @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    The following command defines a new operator, area-equality, for the data type box:

    @@ -180,14 +180,14 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    CREATE OPERATOR is a PostgreSQL extension. There are no provisions for user-defined operators in the SQL standard.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createrole.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createrole.html index 86715cb7df..37cc9280c2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createrole.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createrole.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE ROLE — define a new database role

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE ROLE name [ [ WITH ] option [ ... ] ]
     
    @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    | SYSID uid
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE ROLE adds a new role to a PostgreSQL database cluster. A role is an entity that can own database objects and have database privileges; @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name of the new role. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    Use ALTER ROLE to change the attributes of a role, and DROP ROLE to remove a role. All the attributes specified by CREATE ROLE can be modified by later @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Create a role that can log in, but don't give it a password:

    CREATE ROLE jonathan LOGIN;
    @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The CREATE ROLE statement is in the SQL standard, but the standard only requires the syntax

    @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    SET ROLE, ALTER ROLE, DROP ROLE, GRANT, REVOKE, createuser
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createrule.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createrule.html index 9b5a60363a..256c185c27 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createrule.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createrule.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@

    Name

    CREATE RULE — define a new rewrite rule

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] RULE name AS ON event
         TO table [ WHERE condition ]
         DO [ ALSO | INSTEAD ] { NOTHING | command | ( command ; command ... ) }
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE RULE defines a new rule applying to a specified table or view. CREATE OR REPLACE RULE will either create a @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name of a rule to create. This must be distinct from the @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    You must be the owner of a table to create or change rules for it.

    In a rule for INSERT, UPDATE, or @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    CREATE RULE is a PostgreSQL language extension, as is the entire query rewrite system. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createschema.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createschema.html index b346111113..ddbae5b383 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createschema.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createschema.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@

    Name

    CREATE SCHEMA — define a new schema

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE SCHEMA schemaname [ AUTHORIZATION username ] [ schema_element [ ... ] ]
     CREATE SCHEMA AUTHORIZATION username [ schema_element [ ... ] ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE SCHEMA enters a new schema into the current database. The schema name must be distinct from the name of any existing schema @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    schemaname

    The name of a schema to be created. If this is omitted, the user name @@ -72,14 +72,14 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    To create a schema, the invoking user must have the CREATE privilege for the current database. (Of course, superusers bypass this check.)

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Create a schema:

    CREATE SCHEMA myschema;
    @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The SQL standard allows a DEFAULT CHARACTER SET clause in CREATE SCHEMA, as well as more subcommand types than are presently accepted by @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    ALTER SCHEMA, DROP SCHEMA
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createsequence.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createsequence.html index 4f714f56bc..ef6a594a68 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createsequence.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createsequence.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE SEQUENCE — define a new sequence generator

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE [ TEMPORARY | TEMP ] SEQUENCE name [ INCREMENT [ BY ] increment ]
         [ MINVALUE minvalue | NO MINVALUE ] [ MAXVALUE maxvalue | NO MAXVALUE ]
    @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    [ OWNED BY { table.column | NONE } ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE SEQUENCE creates a new sequence number generator. This involves creating and initializing a new special single-row table with the name name. The generator will be @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    TEMPORARY or TEMP

    If specified, the sequence object is created only for this @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    Use DROP SEQUENCE to remove a sequence.

    Sequences are based on bigint arithmetic, so the range @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Create an ascending sequence called serial, starting at 101:

    CREATE SEQUENCE serial START 101;
    @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    CREATE SEQUENCE conforms to the SQL standard, with the following exceptions:

    @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    ALTER SEQUENCE, DROP SEQUENCE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtable.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtable.html index 4bf1e1765d..ed08c97da2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtable.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtable.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE TABLE — define a new table

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } ] TABLE table_name ( [
       { column_name data_type [ DEFAULT default_expr ] [ column_constraint [ ... ] ]
    @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    TEMPORARY or TEMP
    @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@

    Tip

    SQL standard, with exceptions listed below.

    -

    Temporary Tables

    +

    Temporary Tables

    Although the syntax of CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE resembles that of the SQL standard, the effect is not the same. In the standard, @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@

    Tip

    -

    Column Check Constraints

    +

    Column Check Constraints

    The SQL standard says that CHECK column constraints may only refer to the column they apply to; only CHECK table constraints may refer to multiple columns. @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@

    Tip

    -

    +

    NULLConstraint

    The NULLconstraint” (actually a non-constraint) is a PostgreSQL @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@

    Tip

    -

    Inheritance

    +

    Inheritance

    Multiple inheritance via the INHERITS clause is a PostgreSQL language extension. SQL:1999 and later define single inheritance using a @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@

    Tip

    -

    Zero-column tables

    +

    Zero-column tables

    PostgreSQL allows a table of no columns to be created (for example, CREATE TABLE foo();). This is an extension from the SQL standard, which does not allow zero-column @@ -761,14 +761,14 @@

    Tip

    -

    +

    WITH clause

    The WITH clause is a PostgreSQL extension; neither storage parameters nor OIDs are in the standard.

    -

    Tablespaces

    +

    Tablespaces

    The PostgreSQL concept of tablespaces is not part of the standard. Hence, the clauses TABLESPACE and USING INDEX TABLESPACE are extensions. @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@

    Tip

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    ALTER TABLE, DROP TABLE, CREATE TABLESPACE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtableas.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtableas.html index 459278e4f5..7221b1b081 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtableas.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtableas.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE TABLE AS — define a new table from the results of a query

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } ] TABLE table_name
         [ (column_name [, ...] ) ]
    @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    AS query
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE TABLE AS creates a table and fills it with data computed by a SELECT command. The table columns have the @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    GLOBAL or LOCAL

    Ignored for compatibility. Refer to CREATE TABLE for @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    This command is functionally similar to SELECT INTO, but it is preferred since it is less likely to be confused with other uses of the SELECT INTO syntax. Furthermore, CREATE @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Create a new table films_recent consisting of only recent entries from the table films: @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    CREATE TABLE AS conforms to the SQL standard, with the following exceptions: @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE TABLE, EXECUTE, SELECT, SELECT INTO, VALUES
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtablespace.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtablespace.html index 86354b6a90..898cf09338 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtablespace.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtablespace.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    CREATE TABLESPACE — define a new tablespace

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE TABLESPACE tablespacename [ OWNER username ] LOCATION 'directory'
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE TABLESPACE registers a new cluster-wide tablespace. The tablespace name must be distinct from the name of any existing tablespace in the database cluster. @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    tablespacename

    The name of a tablespace to be created. The name cannot @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    Tablespaces are only supported on systems that support symbolic links.

    CREATE TABLESPACE cannot be executed inside a transaction @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Create a tablespace dbspace at /data/dbs:

    CREATE TABLESPACE dbspace LOCATION '/data/dbs';
    @@ -83,13 +83,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    CREATE TABLESPACE is a PostgreSQL extension.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtrigger.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtrigger.html index 3b2c20f395..7718463c3f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtrigger.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtrigger.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@

    Name

    CREATE TRIGGER — define a new trigger

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE TRIGGER name { BEFORE | AFTER } { event [ OR ... ] }
         ON table [ FOR [ EACH ] { ROW | STATEMENT } ]
         EXECUTE PROCEDURE funcname ( arguments )
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE TRIGGER creates a new trigger. The trigger will be associated with the specified table and will execute the specified function funcname when certain events occur. @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name to give the new trigger. This must be distinct from @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@

    Synopsis

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtype.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtype.html index cbe00401af..a968fe6829 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtype.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createtype.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE TYPE — define a new data type

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE TYPE name AS
         ( attribute_name data_type [, ... ] )
    @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    CREATE TYPE name
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE TYPE registers a new data type for use in the current database. The user who defines a type becomes its owner. @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@

    Synopsis

    table in the same schema.)

    -

    Composite Types

    +

    Composite Types

    The first form of CREATE TYPE creates a composite type. The composite type is specified by a list of attribute names and data types. @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Base Types

    +

    Base Types

    The second form of CREATE TYPE creates a new base type (scalar type). The parameters may appear in any order, not only that illustrated above, and most are optional. You must register @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Array Types

    +

    Array Types

    Whenever a user-defined base data type is created, PostgreSQL automatically creates an associated array type, whose name consists of the base type's @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name (optionally schema-qualified) of a type to be created. @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    This example creates a composite type and uses it in a function definition:

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createuser.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createuser.html index ef3df1f25e..9dccba752d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createuser.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createuser.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    CREATE USER — define a new database role

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE USER name [ [ WITH ] option [ ... ] ]
     
    @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    | SYSID uid
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE USER is now an alias for CREATE ROLE, which see for more information. @@ -52,14 +52,14 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The CREATE USER statement is a PostgreSQL extension. The SQL standard leaves the definition of users to the implementation.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE ROLE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createview.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createview.html index 6e6c487938..c90ff89857 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createview.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-createview.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@

    Name

    CREATE VIEW — define a new view

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] [ TEMP | TEMPORARY ] VIEW name [ ( column_name [, ...] ) ]
         AS query
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    CREATE VIEW defines a view of a query. The view is not physically materialized. Instead, the query is run every time the view is referenced in a query. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    TEMPORARY or TEMP
    @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    Currently, views are read only: the system will not allow an insert, update, or delete on a view. You can get the effect of an updatable view by creating rules that rewrite inserts, etc. on the view into @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Create a view consisting of all comedy films:

    @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The SQL standard specifies some additional capabilities for the CREATE VIEW statement:

    @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    DROP VIEW
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-deallocate.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-deallocate.html index 1025ee8530..983d31b8c4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-deallocate.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-deallocate.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    DEALLOCATE — deallocate a prepared statement

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DEALLOCATE [ PREPARE ] name
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DEALLOCATE is used to deallocate a previously prepared SQL statement. If you do not explicitly deallocate a prepared statement, it is deallocated when the session ends. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    PREPARE

    This key word is ignored. @@ -42,13 +42,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The SQL standard includes a DEALLOCATE statement, but it is only for use in embedded SQL.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    EXECUTE, PREPARE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-declare.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-declare.html index ea6ee3a789..af2336d063 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-declare.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-declare.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@

    Name

    DECLARE — define a cursor

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DECLARE name [ BINARY ] [ INSENSITIVE ] [ [ NO ] SCROLL ]
         CURSOR [ { WITH | WITHOUT } HOLD ] FOR query
         [ FOR { READ ONLY | UPDATE [ OF column [, ...] ] } ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DECLARE allows a user to create cursors, which can be used to retrieve a small number of rows at a time out of a larger query. Cursors can @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@

    Note

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name of the cursor to be created. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

    Note

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To declare a cursor:

    DECLARE liahona CURSOR FOR SELECT * FROM films;
    @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@

    Note

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The SQL standard allows cursors only in embedded SQL and in modules. PostgreSQL permits cursors to be used interactively. @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@

    Note

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CLOSE, FETCH, MOVE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-delete.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-delete.html index 4b6645e41a..c28c5ea158 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-delete.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-delete.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    DELETE — delete rows of a table

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DELETE FROM [ ONLY ] table [ [ AS ] alias ]
         [ USING usinglist ]
    @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    [ RETURNING * | output_expression [ AS output_name ] [, ...] ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DELETE deletes rows that satisfy the WHERE clause from the specified table. If the WHERE clause is absent, the effect is to delete @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@

    Tip

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    ONLY

    If specified, delete rows from the named table only. When not @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

    Tip

    -

    Outputs

    +

    Outputs

    On successful completion, a DELETE command returns a command tag of the form

    @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

    Tip

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    PostgreSQL lets you reference columns of other tables in the WHERE condition by specifying the other tables in the USING clause. For example, @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

    Tip

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Delete all films but musicals:

    DELETE FROM films WHERE kind <> 'Musical';
    @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@

    Tip

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    This command conforms to the SQL standard, except that the USING and RETURNING clauses are PostgreSQL extensions. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-drop-owned.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-drop-owned.html index b86cf33a96..f6069966b4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-drop-owned.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-drop-owned.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    DROP OWNED — remove database objects owned by a database role

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP OWNED BY name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP OWNED drops all the objects in the current database that are owned by one of the specified roles. Any privileges granted to the given roles on objects in the current @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name of a role whose objects will be dropped, and whose @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    DROP OWNED is often used to prepare for the removal of one or more roles. Because DROP OWNED only affects the objects in the current database, it is usually @@ -62,13 +62,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The DROP OWNED statement is a PostgreSQL extension.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    REASSIGN OWNED, DROP ROLE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropaggregate.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropaggregate.html index 78b9ceaa03..1ec8715944 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropaggregate.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropaggregate.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,19 +17,19 @@

    Name

    DROP AGGREGATE — remove an aggregate function

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP AGGREGATE [ IF EXISTS ] name ( type [ , ... ] ) [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP AGGREGATE will delete an existing aggregate function. To execute this command the current user must be the owner of the aggregate function.

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the aggregate does not exist. A notice is issued @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To remove the aggregate function myavg for type integer:

    @@ -62,13 +62,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no DROP AGGREGATE statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    ALTER AGGREGATE, CREATE AGGREGATE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropcast.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropcast.html index 7e42029fa1..60a7268fe3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropcast.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropcast.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    DROP CAST — remove a cast

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP CAST [ IF EXISTS ] (sourcetype AS targettype) [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the cast does not exist. A notice is issued @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE CAST
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropconversion.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropconversion.html index 02fcdaaf43..2db3a26261 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropconversion.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropconversion.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    DROP CONVERSION — remove a conversion

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP CONVERSION [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the conversion does not exist. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    ALTER CONVERSION, CREATE CONVERSION
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropdatabase.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropdatabase.html index 2ed0ffb0cd..d7ddbf8fd1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropdatabase.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropdatabase.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    DROP DATABASE — remove a database

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP DATABASE [ IF EXISTS ] name
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP DATABASE drops a database. It removes the catalog entries for the database and deletes the directory containing the data. It can only be executed by the database owner. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the database does not exist. A notice is issued @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    DROP DATABASE cannot be executed inside a transaction block.

    @@ -57,12 +57,12 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no DROP DATABASE statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE DATABASE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropdomain.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropdomain.html index 8838589536..70f59aad52 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropdomain.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropdomain.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,18 +17,18 @@

    Name

    DROP DOMAIN — remove a domain

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP DOMAIN [IF EXISTS ] name [, ...]  [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP DOMAIN will remove a domain. Only the owner of a domain can remove it.

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the domain does not exist. A notice is issued diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropfunction.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropfunction.html index c37351af42..29561ed94a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropfunction.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropfunction.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@

    Name

    DROP FUNCTION — remove a function

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP FUNCTION [ IF EXISTS ] name ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] )
         [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP FUNCTION removes the definition of an existing function. To execute this command the user must be the owner of the function. The argument types to the @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the function does not exist. A notice is issued @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE FUNCTION, ALTER FUNCTION
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropgroup.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropgroup.html index d0c61b21a6..311cc90562 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropgroup.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropgroup.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,24 +17,24 @@

    Name

    DROP GROUP — remove a database role

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP GROUP [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP GROUP is now an alias for DROP ROLE, which see for more information.

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no DROP GROUP statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    DROP ROLE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropindex.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropindex.html index 2897b4927c..6e87277a4d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropindex.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropindex.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,19 +17,19 @@

    Name

    DROP INDEX — remove an index

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP INDEX [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP INDEX drops an existing index from the database system. To execute this command you must be the owner of the index.

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the index does not exist. A notice is issued @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    This command will remove the index title_idx:

    @@ -57,14 +57,14 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    DROP INDEX is a PostgreSQL language extension. There are no provisions for indexes in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE INDEX
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droplanguage.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droplanguage.html index 6ad8392f2d..d70e24be85 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droplanguage.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droplanguage.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,19 +17,19 @@

    Name

    DROP LANGUAGE — remove a procedural language

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP [ PROCEDURAL ] LANGUAGE [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP LANGUAGE will remove the definition of the previously registered procedural language called name.

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the function does not exist. A notice is issued @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    This command removes the procedural language plsample: @@ -60,13 +60,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no DROP LANGUAGE statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    ALTER LANGUAGE, CREATE LANGUAGE, droplang
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropopclass.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropopclass.html index 59b1379cdf..ef99aad161 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropopclass.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropopclass.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,18 +17,18 @@

    Name

    DROP OPERATOR CLASS — remove an operator class

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP OPERATOR CLASS [ IF EXISTS ] name USING index_method [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP OPERATOR CLASS drops an existing operator class. To execute this command you must be the owner of the operator class.

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the operator class does not exist. A notice is issued @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Remove the B-tree operator class widget_ops:

    @@ -63,13 +63,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no DROP OPERATOR CLASS statement in the SQL standard.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropoperator.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropoperator.html index ebe9cc753a..a760f43b01 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropoperator.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropoperator.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,19 +17,19 @@

    Name

    DROP OPERATOR — remove an operator

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP OPERATOR [ IF EXISTS ] name ( { lefttype | NONE } , { righttype | NONE } ) [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP OPERATOR drops an existing operator from the database system. To execute this command you must be the owner of the operator.

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the operator does not exist. A notice is issued @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Remove the power operator a^b for type integer:

    DROP OPERATOR ^ (integer, integer);
    @@ -76,12 +76,12 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no DROP OPERATOR statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE OPERATOR, ALTER OPERATOR
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droprole.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droprole.html index 60d1fb38e5..a8a6a1db41 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droprole.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droprole.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    DROP ROLE — remove a database role

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP ROLE [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP ROLE removes the specified role(s). To drop a superuser role, you must be a superuser yourself; to drop non-superuser roles, you must have CREATEROLE @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the role does not exist. A notice is issued @@ -54,14 +54,14 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    PostgreSQL includes a program dropuser that has the same functionality as this command (in fact, it calls this command) but can be run from the command shell.

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To drop a role:

    DROP ROLE jonathan;
    @@ -69,14 +69,14 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The SQL standard defines DROP ROLE, but it allows only one role to be dropped at a time, and it specifies different privilege requirements than PostgreSQL uses.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE ROLE, ALTER ROLE, SET ROLE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droprule.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droprule.html index 3ccd90b506..1c32fa77e4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droprule.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droprule.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,17 +17,17 @@

    Name

    DROP RULE — remove a rewrite rule

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP RULE [ IF EXISTS ] name ON relation [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP RULE drops a rewrite rule.

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the rule does not exist. A notice is issued @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To drop the rewrite rule newrule:

    @@ -59,12 +59,12 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no DROP RULE statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE RULE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropschema.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropschema.html index 3d130d59aa..03546a4e0a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropschema.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropschema.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    DROP SCHEMA — remove a schema

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP SCHEMA [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP SCHEMA removes schemas from the database.

    A schema can only be dropped by its owner or a superuser. Note that @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the schema does not exist. A notice is issued @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To remove schema mystuff from the database, along with everything it contains: @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    DROP SCHEMA is fully conforming with the SQL standard, except that the standard only allows one schema to be dropped per command, and apart from the @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    ALTER SCHEMA, CREATE SCHEMA
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropsequence.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropsequence.html index 7ed640bf4d..0bebb650af 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropsequence.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropsequence.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,17 +17,17 @@

    Name

    DROP SEQUENCE — remove a sequence

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP SEQUENCE [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP SEQUENCE removes sequence number generators.

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the sequence does not exist. A notice is issued @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To remove the sequence serial:

    @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    DROP SEQUENCE conforms to the SQL standard, except that the standard only allows one sequence to be dropped per command, and apart from the @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE SEQUENCE, ALTER SEQUENCE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptable.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptable.html index 9af8753a4c..2f59ba53a1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptable.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptable.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    DROP TABLE — remove a table

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP TABLE [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP TABLE removes tables from the database. Only its owner may destroy a table. To empty a table of rows without destroying the table, use DELETE or TRUNCATE. @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the table does not exist. A notice is issued @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To destroy two tables, films and distributors: @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    This command conforms to the SQL standard, except that the standard only allows one table to be dropped per command, and apart from the IF EXISTS option, which is a PostgreSQL @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    ALTER TABLE, CREATE TABLE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptablespace.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptablespace.html index 3f58beb274..8f75ff10fd 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptablespace.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptablespace.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    DROP TABLESPACE — remove a tablespace

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP TABLESPACE [ IF EXISTS ] tablespacename
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP TABLESPACE removes a tablespace from the system.

    A tablespace can only be dropped by its owner or a superuser. @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the tablespace does not exist. A notice is issued @@ -45,12 +45,12 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    DROP TABLESPACE cannot be executed inside a transaction block.

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To remove tablespace mystuff from the system:

    DROP TABLESPACE mystuff;
    @@ -58,13 +58,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    DROP TABLESPACE is a PostgreSQL extension.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE TABLESPACE, ALTER TABLESPACE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptrigger.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptrigger.html index 222a8ec207..0c197227c6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptrigger.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptrigger.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,19 +17,19 @@

    Name

    DROP TRIGGER — remove a trigger

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP TRIGGER [ IF EXISTS ] name ON table [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP TRIGGER will remove an existing trigger definition. To execute this command, the current user must be the owner of the table for which the trigger is defined.

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the trigger does not exist. A notice is issued @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE TRIGGER
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptype.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptype.html index 8efc51aa65..cf0b914169 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptype.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-droptype.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,18 +17,18 @@

    Name

    DROP TYPE — remove a data type

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP TYPE [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP TYPE will remove a user-defined data type. Only the owner of a type can remove it.

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the type does not exist. A notice is issued diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropuser.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropuser.html index 011fdfa62d..598d2099a6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropuser.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropuser.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,26 +17,26 @@

    Name

    DROP USER — remove a database role

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP USER [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP USER is now an alias for DROP ROLE, which see for more information.

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The DROP USER statement is a PostgreSQL extension. The SQL standard leaves the definition of users to the implementation.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    DROP ROLE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropview.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropview.html index c7f9f34cce..fdc2c47277 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropview.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-dropview.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,18 +17,18 @@

    Name

    DROP VIEW — remove a view

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    DROP VIEW [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    DROP VIEW drops an existing view. To execute this command you must be the owner of the view.

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    IF EXISTS

    Do not throw an error if the view does not exist. A notice is issued @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    This command will remove the view called kinds:

    DROP VIEW kinds;
    @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    This command conforms to the SQL standard, except that the standard only allows one view to be dropped per command, and apart from the IF EXISTS option, which is a PostgreSQL @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE VIEW
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-end.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-end.html index a2b108157a..34d816b9ef 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-end.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-end.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    END — commit the current transaction

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    END [ WORK | TRANSACTION ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    END commits the current transaction. All changes made by the transaction become visible to others and are guaranteed to be durable if a crash occurs. This command is a @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    WORK

    TRANSACTION @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    Use ROLLBACK to abort a transaction.

    @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To commit the current transaction and make all changes permanent:

    END;
    @@ -58,14 +58,14 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    END is a PostgreSQL extension that provides functionality equivalent to COMMIT, which is specified in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    BEGIN, COMMIT, ROLLBACK
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-execute.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-execute.html index d99d2df051..165b820028 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-execute.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-execute.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    EXECUTE — execute a prepared statement

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    EXECUTE name [ (parameter [, ...] ) ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    EXECUTE is used to execute a previously prepared statement. Since prepared statements only exist for the duration of a session, the prepared statement must have been created by a @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name of the prepared statement to execute. @@ -55,18 +55,18 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Outputs

    +

    Outputs

    The command tag returned by EXECUTE is that of the prepared statement, and not EXECUTE.

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Examples are given in the Examples section of the PREPARE documentation.

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The SQL standard includes an EXECUTE statement, but it is only for use in embedded SQL. This version of the EXECUTE statement also uses a somewhat different @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    DEALLOCATE, PREPARE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-explain.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-explain.html index 0b5fac7663..10c17184cf 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-explain.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-explain.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    EXPLAIN — show the execution plan of a statement

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    EXPLAIN [ ANALYZE ] [ VERBOSE ] statement
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    This command displays the execution plan that the PostgreSQL planner generates for the supplied statement. The execution plan shows how the table(s) @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@

    Important

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    ANALYZE

    Carry out the command and show the actual run times. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@

    Important

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    There is only sparse documentation on the optimizer's use of cost information in PostgreSQL. Refer to Section 13.1, “Using EXPLAIN for more information. @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

    Important

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To show the plan for a simple query on a table with a single integer column and 10000 rows: @@ -184,12 +184,12 @@

    Important

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no EXPLAIN statement defined in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    ANALYZE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-expressions.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-expressions.html index be3de994b7..cb135f9dc6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-expressions.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-expressions.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    4.2. Value Expressions

    -

    Value expressions are used in a variety of contexts, such +

    Value expressions are used in a variety of contexts, such as in the target list of the SELECT command, as new column values in INSERT or UPDATE, or in search conditions in a number of @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@

  • Another value expression in parentheses, useful to group subexpressions and override - precedence. + precedence.

  • @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@

    -4.2.1. Column References

    -

    A column can be referenced in the form +4.2.1. Column References

    +

    A column can be referenced in the form

    correlation.columnname

    @@ -91,8 +91,8 @@

    -4.2.2. Positional Parameters

    -

    A positional parameter reference is used to indicate a value +4.2.2. Positional Parameters

    +

    A positional parameter reference is used to indicate a value that is supplied externally to an SQL statement. Parameters are used in SQL function definitions and in prepared queries. Some client libraries also support specifying data values separately @@ -118,8 +118,8 @@

    -4.2.3. Subscripts

    -

    If an expression yields a value of an array type, then a specific +4.2.3. Subscripts

    +

    If an expression yields a value of an array type, then a specific element of the array value can be extracted by writing

    expression[subscript]
    @@ -153,8 +153,8 @@

    -4.2.4. Field Selection

    -

    If an expression yields a value of a composite type (row type), then a +4.2.4. Field Selection

    +

    If an expression yields a value of a composite type (row type), then a specific field of the row can be extracted by writing

    expression.fieldname
    @@ -177,8 +177,8 @@

    -4.2.5. Operator Invocations

    -

    There are three possible syntaxes for an operator invocation: +4.2.5. Operator Invocations

    +

    There are three possible syntaxes for an operator invocation:

    Conversion Name - [a] + [a] Source Encoding Destination EncodingUTF8

    [a] The conversion names follow a standard naming scheme: The +

    [a] The conversion names follow a standard naming scheme: The official name of the source encoding with all non-alphanumeric characters replaced by underscores followed by _to_ followed by the equally processed diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-subquery.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-subquery.html index 1d7b556854..90170e9bc2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions-subquery.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions-subquery.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@

    9.16. Subquery Expressions

    -

    This section describes the SQL-compliant subquery +

    This section describes the SQL-compliant subquery expressions available in PostgreSQL. All of the expression forms documented in this section return Boolean (true/false) results.

    -9.16.1. EXISTS

    +9.16.1. EXISTS
    EXISTS (subquery)

    The argument of EXISTS is an arbitrary SELECT statement, or subquery. The @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@

    -9.16.2. IN

    +9.16.2. IN
    expression IN (subquery)

    The right-hand side is a parenthesized subquery, which must return exactly one column. The left-hand expression @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

    -9.16.3. NOT IN

    +9.16.3. NOT IN
    expression NOT IN (subquery)

    The right-hand side is a parenthesized subquery, which must return exactly one column. The left-hand expression @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@

    -9.16.4. ANY/SOME

    +9.16.4. ANY/SOME
    expression operator ANY (subquery)
     expression operator SOME (subquery)

    The right-hand side is a parenthesized @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@

    -9.16.5. ALL

    +9.16.5. ALL
    expression operator ALL (subquery)

    The right-hand side is a parenthesized subquery, which must return exactly one column. The left-hand expression @@ -224,8 +224,8 @@

    -9.16.6. Row-wise Comparison

    -
    row_constructor operator (subquery)
    +9.16.6. Row-wise Comparison
    +
    row_constructor operator (subquery)

    The left-hand side is a row constructor, as described in Section 4.2.11, “Row Constructors”. The right-hand side is a parenthesized subquery, which must return exactly diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/functions.html b/docs/en_US/pg/functions.html index 75c5b89c0b..9ff7414589 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/functions.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/functions.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -43,28 +43,28 @@

    9.12. Sequence Manipulation Functions
    9.13. Conditional Expressions
    -
    9.13.1. CASE
    -
    9.13.2. COALESCE
    -
    9.13.3. NULLIF
    -
    9.13.4. GREATEST and LEAST
    +
    9.13.1. CASE
    +
    9.13.2. COALESCE
    +
    9.13.3. NULLIF
    +
    9.13.4. GREATEST and LEAST
    9.14. Array Functions and Operators
    9.15. Aggregate Functions
    9.16. Subquery Expressions
    -
    9.16.1. EXISTS
    -
    9.16.2. IN
    -
    9.16.3. NOT IN
    -
    9.16.4. ANY/SOME
    -
    9.16.5. ALL
    -
    9.16.6. Row-wise Comparison
    +
    9.16.1. EXISTS
    +
    9.16.2. IN
    +
    9.16.3. NOT IN
    +
    9.16.4. ANY/SOME
    +
    9.16.5. ALL
    +
    9.16.6. Row-wise Comparison
    9.17. Row and Array Comparisons
    -
    9.17.1. IN
    -
    9.17.2. NOT IN
    -
    9.17.3. ANY/SOME (array)
    -
    9.17.4. ALL (array)
    +
    9.17.1. IN
    +
    9.17.2. NOT IN
    +
    9.17.3. ANY/SOME (array)
    +
    9.17.4. ALL (array)
    9.17.5. Row-wise Comparison
    9.18. Set Returning Functions
    @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
    9.20. System Administration Functions
    -

    PostgreSQL provides a large number of +

    PostgreSQL provides a large number of functions and operators for the built-in data types. Users can also define their own functions and operators, as described in Part V, “Server Programming”. The @@ -94,19 +94,19 @@

    9.1. Logical Operators

    -

    The usual logical operators are available: +

    The usual logical operators are available: - + - + - + - + - + - +

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/geqo-biblio.html b/docs/en_US/pg/geqo-biblio.html index f3cd8e0d01..b1a4a9c36f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/geqo-biblio.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/geqo-biblio.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/geqo-intro2.html b/docs/en_US/pg/geqo-intro2.html index d45c2802fb..f873bc1cde 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/geqo-intro2.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/geqo-intro2.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/geqo-pg-intro.html b/docs/en_US/pg/geqo-pg-intro.html index 4bac41aefe..0fa66ba8f0 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/geqo-pg-intro.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/geqo-pg-intro.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/geqo.html b/docs/en_US/pg/geqo.html index e15ce21107..61ddf5da96 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/geqo.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/geqo.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/gin-examples.html b/docs/en_US/pg/gin-examples.html index b7e1b0979e..baf54daedb 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/gin-examples.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/gin-examples.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/gin-extensibility.html b/docs/en_US/pg/gin-extensibility.html index 45c28075ae..5acefd2753 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/gin-extensibility.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/gin-extensibility.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/gin-implementation.html b/docs/en_US/pg/gin-implementation.html index 1839fd24cd..982f127a4b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/gin-implementation.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/gin-implementation.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/gin-limit.html b/docs/en_US/pg/gin-limit.html index 6acd39565b..0503ea84a4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/gin-limit.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/gin-limit.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/gin-tips.html b/docs/en_US/pg/gin-tips.html index 8bcb1eb150..3fff7bc800 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/gin-tips.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/gin-tips.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/gin.html b/docs/en_US/pg/gin.html index fdcc19a647..bd99941c54 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/gin.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/gin.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
    51.6. Examples
    -
    +

    51.1. Introduction

    GIN stands for Generalized Inverted Index. It is diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/gist-examples.html b/docs/en_US/pg/gist-examples.html index ff3954cdca..ffb9b42b5f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/gist-examples.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/gist-examples.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/gist-extensibility.html b/docs/en_US/pg/gist-extensibility.html index 1e2744300e..80c6138d84 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/gist-extensibility.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/gist-extensibility.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/gist-implementation.html b/docs/en_US/pg/gist-implementation.html index baffe0a201..a14bfcae08 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/gist-implementation.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/gist-implementation.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/gist-recovery.html b/docs/en_US/pg/gist-recovery.html index f4c3410b1a..4464d21f27 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/gist-recovery.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/gist-recovery.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/gist.html b/docs/en_US/pg/gist.html index 3995688af4..e8a785a53c 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/gist.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/gist.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@

    50.5. Crash Recovery
    -
    +

    50.1. Introduction

    GiST stands for Generalized Search Tree. It is a diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/high-availability.html b/docs/en_US/pg/high-availability.html index b1215c0995..5929dd9f98 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/high-availability.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/high-availability.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    Chapter 24. High Availability and Load Balancing

    -

    Database servers can work together to allow a second server to +

    Database servers can work together to allow a second server to take over quickly if the primary server fails (high availability), or to allow several computers to serve the same data (load balancing). Ideally, database servers could work diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/history.html b/docs/en_US/pg/history.html index fec7387c9f..2cc0d6fdc9 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/history.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/history.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    1.2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL

    -

    The object-relational database management system now known as +

    The object-relational database management system now known as PostgreSQL is derived from the POSTGRES package written at the University of California at Berkeley. With over a decade of @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@

    1.2.1. The Berkeley POSTGRES Project

    -

    The POSTGRES project, led by Professor +

    The POSTGRES project, led by Professor Michael Stonebraker, was sponsored by the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), the Army Research Office (ARO), the National Science Foundation @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@

    1.2.2. Postgres95

    -

    In 1994, Andrew Yu and Jolly Chen added a SQL language interpreter +

    In 1994, Andrew Yu and Jolly Chen added a SQL language interpreter to POSTGRES. Under a new name, Postgres95 was subsequently released to the web to find its own way in the world as an open-source @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@

    -1.2.3. PostgreSQL

    +1.2.3. PostgreSQL

    By 1996, it became clear that the name “Postgres95” would not stand the test of time. We chose a new name, PostgreSQL, to reflect the relationship diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/index-cost-estimation.html b/docs/en_US/pg/index-cost-estimation.html index d2604a212f..daa041ecdb 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/index-cost-estimation.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/index-cost-estimation.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ any one scan of the index.

    -

    Cost Estimation

    +

    Cost Estimation

    A typical cost estimator will proceed as follows:

      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/index-functions.html b/docs/en_US/pg/index-functions.html index 99a1a4c90c..e3dbe12399 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/index-functions.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/index-functions.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/index-locking.html b/docs/en_US/pg/index-locking.html index 00fe898033..fb8cc06a36 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/index-locking.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/index-locking.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/index-scanning.html b/docs/en_US/pg/index-scanning.html index 2dba3771a8..0c99f78272 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/index-scanning.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/index-scanning.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/index-unique-checks.html b/docs/en_US/pg/index-unique-checks.html index a1cdc69aef..4ab4ae9fcd 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/index-unique-checks.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/index-unique-checks.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/index.html b/docs/en_US/pg/index.html index 8ec2fabdc5..fe2aafea01 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/index.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -PostgreSQL 8.2.0 Documentation +PostgreSQL 8.2.1 Documentation - + @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@

      -PostgreSQL 8.2.0 Documentation

      +PostgreSQL 8.2.1 Documentation

      The PostgreSQL Global Development Group

      @@ -30,15 +30,15 @@
      1.2.1. The Berkeley POSTGRES Project
      1.2.2. Postgres95
      -
      1.2.3. PostgreSQL
      +
      1.2.3. PostgreSQL
      1.3. Conventions
      1.4. Further Information
      1.5. Bug Reporting Guidelines
      -
      1.5.1. Identifying Bugs
      -
      1.5.2. What to report
      -
      1.5.3. Where to report bugs
      +
      1.5.1. Identifying Bugs
      +
      1.5.2. What to report
      +
      1.5.3. Where to report bugs
      I. Tutorial
      @@ -81,18 +81,18 @@
      4.1.1. Identifiers and Key Words
      4.1.2. Constants
      4.1.3. Operators
      -
      4.1.4. Special Characters
      +
      4.1.4. Special Characters
      4.1.5. Comments
      4.1.6. Lexical Precedence
      4.2. Value Expressions
      -
      4.2.1. Column References
      -
      4.2.2. Positional Parameters
      -
      4.2.3. Subscripts
      -
      4.2.4. Field Selection
      -
      4.2.5. Operator Invocations
      -
      4.2.6. Function Calls
      +
      4.2.1. Column References
      +
      4.2.2. Positional Parameters
      +
      4.2.3. Subscripts
      +
      4.2.4. Field Selection
      +
      4.2.5. Operator Invocations
      +
      4.2.6. Function Calls
      4.2.7. Aggregate Expressions
      4.2.8. Type Casts
      4.2.9. Scalar Subqueries
      @@ -107,23 +107,23 @@
      5.2. Default Values
      5.3. Constraints
      -
      5.3.1. Check Constraints
      -
      5.3.2. Not-Null Constraints
      -
      5.3.3. Unique Constraints
      -
      5.3.4. Primary Keys
      +
      5.3.1. Check Constraints
      +
      5.3.2. Not-Null Constraints
      +
      5.3.3. Unique Constraints
      +
      5.3.4. Primary Keys
      5.3.5. Foreign Keys
      5.4. System Columns
      5.5. Modifying Tables
      -
      5.5.1. Adding a Column
      -
      5.5.2. Removing a Column
      -
      5.5.3. Adding a Constraint
      -
      5.5.4. Removing a Constraint
      -
      5.5.5. Changing a Column's Default Value
      -
      5.5.6. Changing a Column's Data Type
      -
      5.5.7. Renaming a Column
      -
      5.5.8. Renaming a Table
      +
      5.5.1. Adding a Column
      +
      5.5.2. Removing a Column
      +
      5.5.3. Adding a Constraint
      +
      5.5.4. Removing a Constraint
      +
      5.5.5. Changing a Column's Default Value
      +
      5.5.6. Changing a Column's Data Type
      +
      5.5.7. Renaming a Column
      +
      5.5.8. Renaming a Table
      5.6. Privileges
      5.7. Schemas
      @@ -197,12 +197,12 @@
      8.6. Boolean Type
      8.7. Geometric Types
      -
      8.7.1. Points
      -
      8.7.2. Line Segments
      -
      8.7.3. Boxes
      -
      8.7.4. Paths
      -
      8.7.5. Polygons
      -
      8.7.6. Circles
      +
      8.7.1. Points
      +
      8.7.2. Line Segments
      +
      8.7.3. Boxes
      +
      8.7.4. Paths
      +
      8.7.5. Polygons
      +
      8.7.6. Circles
      8.8. Network Address Types
      @@ -214,20 +214,20 @@
      8.9. Bit String Types
      8.10. Arrays
      -
      8.10.1. Declaration of Array Types
      -
      8.10.2. Array Value Input
      -
      8.10.3. Accessing Arrays
      -
      8.10.4. Modifying Arrays
      -
      8.10.5. Searching in Arrays
      -
      8.10.6. Array Input and Output Syntax
      +
      8.10.1. Declaration of Array Types
      +
      8.10.2. Array Value Input
      +
      8.10.3. Accessing Arrays
      +
      8.10.4. Modifying Arrays
      +
      8.10.5. Searching in Arrays
      +
      8.10.6. Array Input and Output Syntax
      8.11. Composite Types
      -
      8.11.1. Declaration of Composite Types
      -
      8.11.2. Composite Value Input
      -
      8.11.3. Accessing Composite Types
      -
      8.11.4. Modifying Composite Types
      -
      8.11.5. Composite Type Input and Output Syntax
      +
      8.11.1. Declaration of Composite Types
      +
      8.11.2. Composite Value Input
      +
      8.11.3. Accessing Composite Types
      +
      8.11.4. Modifying Composite Types
      +
      8.11.5. Composite Type Input and Output Syntax
      8.12. Object Identifier Types
      8.13. Pseudo-Types
      @@ -261,28 +261,28 @@
      9.12. Sequence Manipulation Functions
      9.13. Conditional Expressions
      -
      9.13.1. CASE
      -
      9.13.2. COALESCE
      -
      9.13.3. NULLIF
      -
      9.13.4. GREATEST and LEAST
      +
      9.13.1. CASE
      +
      9.13.2. COALESCE
      +
      9.13.3. NULLIF
      +
      9.13.4. GREATEST and LEAST
      9.14. Array Functions and Operators
      9.15. Aggregate Functions
      9.16. Subquery Expressions
      -
      9.16.1. EXISTS
      -
      9.16.2. IN
      -
      9.16.3. NOT IN
      -
      9.16.4. ANY/SOME
      -
      9.16.5. ALL
      -
      9.16.6. Row-wise Comparison
      +
      9.16.1. EXISTS
      +
      9.16.2. IN
      +
      9.16.3. NOT IN
      +
      9.16.4. ANY/SOME
      +
      9.16.5. ALL
      +
      9.16.6. Row-wise Comparison
      9.17. Row and Array Comparisons
      -
      9.17.1. IN
      -
      9.17.2. NOT IN
      -
      9.17.3. ANY/SOME (array)
      -
      9.17.4. ALL (array)
      +
      9.17.1. IN
      +
      9.17.2. NOT IN
      +
      9.17.3. ANY/SOME (array)
      +
      9.17.4. ALL (array)
      9.17.5. Row-wise Comparison
      9.18. Set Returning Functions
      @@ -356,8 +356,8 @@
      14.5. Installation Procedure
      14.6. Post-Installation Setup
      -
      14.6.1. Shared Libraries
      -
      14.6.2. Environment Variables
      +
      14.6.1. Shared Libraries
      +
      14.6.2. Environment Variables
      14.7. Supported Platforms
      @@ -374,8 +374,8 @@
      16.4. Managing Kernel Resources
      16.4.1. Shared Memory and Semaphores
      -
      16.4.2. Resource Limits
      -
      16.4.3. Linux Memory Overcommit
      +
      16.4.2. Resource Limits
      +
      16.4.3. Linux Memory Overcommit
      16.5. Shutting Down the Server
      16.6. Encryption Options
      @@ -478,16 +478,16 @@
      21.1. Locale Support
      -
      21.1.1. Overview
      -
      21.1.2. Behavior
      -
      21.1.3. Problems
      +
      21.1.1. Overview
      +
      21.1.2. Behavior
      +
      21.1.3. Problems
      21.2. Character Set Support
      21.2.1. Supported Character Sets
      -
      21.2.2. Setting the Character Set
      -
      21.2.3. Automatic Character Set Conversion Between Server and Client
      -
      21.2.4. Further Reading
      +
      21.2.2. Setting the Character Set
      +
      21.2.3. Automatic Character Set Conversion Between Server and Client
      +
      21.2.4. Further Reading
      22. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
      @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@
      25.3. Viewing Locks
      25.4. Dynamic Tracing
      -
      25.4.1. Compiling for Dynamic Trace
      +
      25.4.1. Compiling for Dynamic Tracing
      25.4.2. Built-in Trace Points
      25.4.3. Using Trace Points
      25.4.4. Defining Trace Points
      @@ -564,13 +564,13 @@
      28.1. Running the Tests
      28.2. Test Evaluation
      -
      28.2.1. Error message differences
      -
      28.2.2. Locale differences
      -
      28.2.3. Date and time differences
      -
      28.2.4. Floating-point differences
      -
      28.2.5. Row ordering differences
      -
      28.2.6. Insufficient stack depth
      -
      28.2.7. The “random” test
      +
      28.2.1. Error message differences
      +
      28.2.2. Locale differences
      +
      28.2.3. Date and time differences
      +
      28.2.4. Floating-point differences
      +
      28.2.5. Row ordering differences
      +
      28.2.6. Insufficient stack depth
      +
      28.2.7. The “random” test
      28.3. Variant Comparison Files
      @@ -617,16 +617,16 @@
      30.2. Implementation Features
      30.3. Client Interfaces
      -
      30.3.1. Creating a Large Object
      -
      30.3.2. Importing a Large Object
      -
      30.3.3. Exporting a Large Object
      -
      30.3.4. Opening an Existing Large Object
      -
      30.3.5. Writing Data to a Large Object
      -
      30.3.6. Reading Data from a Large Object
      -
      30.3.7. Seeking in a Large Object
      -
      30.3.8. Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
      -
      30.3.9. Closing a Large Object Descriptor
      -
      30.3.10. Removing a Large Object
      +
      30.3.1. Creating a Large Object
      +
      30.3.2. Importing a Large Object
      +
      30.3.3. Exporting a Large Object
      +
      30.3.4. Opening an Existing Large Object
      +
      30.3.5. Writing Data to a Large Object
      +
      30.3.6. Reading Data from a Large Object
      +
      30.3.7. Seeking in a Large Object
      +
      30.3.8. Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
      +
      30.3.9. Closing a Large Object Descriptor
      +
      30.3.10. Removing a Large Object
      30.4. Server-Side Functions
      30.5. Example Program
      @@ -640,41 +640,41 @@
      31.5. Choosing a Connection
      31.6. Using Host Variables
      -
      31.6.1. Overview
      -
      31.6.2. Declare Sections
      -
      31.6.3. Different types of host variables
      -
      31.6.4. SELECT INTO and FETCH INTO
      -
      31.6.5. Indicators
      +
      31.6.1. Overview
      +
      31.6.2. Declare Sections
      +
      31.6.3. Different types of host variables
      +
      31.6.4. SELECT INTO and FETCH INTO
      +
      31.6.5. Indicators
      31.7. Dynamic SQL
      31.8. pgtypes library
      -
      31.8.1. The numeric type
      -
      31.8.2. The date type
      -
      31.8.3. The timestamp type
      -
      31.8.4. The interval type
      -
      31.8.5. The decimal type
      -
      31.8.6. errno values of pgtypeslib
      -
      31.8.7. Special constants of pgtypeslib
      +
      31.8.1. The numeric type
      +
      31.8.2. The date type
      +
      31.8.3. The timestamp type
      +
      31.8.4. The interval type
      +
      31.8.5. The decimal type
      +
      31.8.6. errno values of pgtypeslib
      +
      31.8.7. Special constants of pgtypeslib
      31.9. Informix compatibility mode
      -
      31.9.1. Additional embedded SQL statements
      -
      31.9.2. Additional functions
      -
      31.9.3. Additional constants
      +
      31.9.1. Additional embedded SQL statements
      +
      31.9.2. Additional functions
      +
      31.9.3. Additional constants
      31.10. Using SQL Descriptor Areas
      31.11. Error Handling
      -
      31.11.1. Setting Callbacks
      -
      31.11.2. sqlca
      -
      31.11.3. SQLSTATE vs SQLCODE
      +
      31.11.1. Setting Callbacks
      +
      31.11.2. sqlca
      +
      31.11.3. SQLSTATE vs SQLCODE
      31.12. Preprocessor directives
      -
      31.12.1. Including files
      -
      31.12.2. The #define and #undef directives
      -
      31.12.3. ifdef, ifndef, else, elif and endif directives
      +
      31.12.1. Including files
      +
      31.12.2. The #define and #undef directives
      +
      31.12.3. ifdef, ifndef, else, elif and endif directives
      31.13. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
      31.14. Library Functions
      @@ -738,21 +738,21 @@
      33.1. How Extensibility Works
      33.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
      -
      33.2.1. Base Types
      -
      33.2.2. Composite Types
      -
      33.2.3. Domains
      -
      33.2.4. Pseudo-Types
      +
      33.2.1. Base Types
      +
      33.2.2. Composite Types
      +
      33.2.3. Domains
      +
      33.2.4. Pseudo-Types
      33.2.5. Polymorphic Types
      33.3. User-Defined Functions
      33.4. Query Language (SQL) Functions
      33.4.1. SQL Functions on Base Types
      -
      33.4.2. SQL Functions on Composite Types
      +
      33.4.2. SQL Functions on Composite Types
      33.4.3. Functions with Output Parameters
      33.4.4. SQL Functions as Table Sources
      -
      33.4.5. SQL Functions Returning Sets
      -
      33.4.6. Polymorphic SQL Functions
      +
      33.4.5. SQL Functions Returning Sets
      +
      33.4.6. Polymorphic SQL Functions
      33.5. Function Overloading
      33.6. Function Volatility Categories
      @@ -762,28 +762,28 @@
      33.9.1. Dynamic Loading
      33.9.2. Base Types in C-Language Functions
      -
      33.9.3. Version 0 Calling Conventions
      -
      33.9.4. Version 1 Calling Conventions
      -
      33.9.5. Writing Code
      +
      33.9.3. Version 0 Calling Conventions
      +
      33.9.4. Version 1 Calling Conventions
      +
      33.9.5. Writing Code
      33.9.6. Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
      33.9.7. Extension Building Infrastructure
      -
      33.9.8. Composite-Type Arguments
      -
      33.9.9. Returning Rows (Composite Types)
      +
      33.9.8. Composite-Type Arguments
      +
      33.9.9. Returning Rows (Composite Types)
      33.9.10. Returning Sets
      -
      33.9.11. Polymorphic Arguments and Return Types
      -
      33.9.12. Shared Memory and LWLocks
      +
      33.9.11. Polymorphic Arguments and Return Types
      +
      33.9.12. Shared Memory and LWLocks
      33.10. User-Defined Aggregates
      33.11. User-Defined Types
      33.12. User-Defined Operators
      33.13. Operator Optimization Information
      -
      33.13.1. COMMUTATOR
      -
      33.13.2. NEGATOR
      -
      33.13.3. RESTRICT
      -
      33.13.4. JOIN
      -
      33.13.5. HASHES
      -
      33.13.6. MERGES (SORT1, SORT2, LTCMP, GTCMP)
      +
      33.13.1. COMMUTATOR
      +
      33.13.2. NEGATOR
      +
      33.13.3. RESTRICT
      +
      33.13.4. JOIN
      +
      33.13.5. HASHES
      +
      33.13.6. MERGES (SORT1, SORT2, LTCMP, GTCMP)
      33.14. Interfacing Extensions To Indexes
      @@ -809,13 +809,13 @@
      35.2. Views and the Rule System
      35.2.1. How SELECT Rules Work
      -
      35.2.2. View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
      -
      35.2.3. The Power of Views in PostgreSQL
      +
      35.2.2. View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
      +
      35.2.3. The Power of Views in PostgreSQL
      35.2.4. Updating a View
      35.3. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
      -
      35.3.1. How Update Rules Work
      +
      35.3.1. How Update Rules Work
      35.3.2. Cooperation with Views
      35.4. Rules and Privileges
      @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@
      37.10. Trigger Procedures
      37.11. Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
      -
      37.11.1. Porting Examples
      +
      37.11.1. Porting Examples
      37.11.2. Other Things to Watch For
      37.11.3. Appendix
      @@ -1339,12 +1339,12 @@
      42.2. How Connections are Established
      42.3. The Parser Stage
      -
      42.3.1. Parser
      -
      42.3.2. Transformation Process
      +
      42.3.1. Parser
      +
      42.3.2. Transformation Process
      42.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System
      42.5. Planner/Optimizer
      -
      42.5.1. Generating Possible Plans
      +
      42.5.1. Generating Possible Plans
      42.6. Executor
      43. System Catalogs
      @@ -1411,15 +1411,15 @@
      44.2. Message Flow
      -
      44.2.1. Start-Up
      -
      44.2.2. Simple Query
      +
      44.2.1. Start-Up
      +
      44.2.2. Simple Query
      44.2.3. Extended Query
      -
      44.2.4. Function Call
      +
      44.2.4. Function Call
      44.2.5. COPY Operations
      44.2.6. Asynchronous Operations
      -
      44.2.7. Cancelling Requests in Progress
      -
      44.2.8. Termination
      -
      44.2.9. SSL Session Encryption
      +
      44.2.7. Cancelling Requests in Progress
      +
      44.2.8. Termination
      +
      44.2.9. SSL Session Encryption
      44.3. Message Data Types
      44.4. Message Formats
      @@ -1436,10 +1436,10 @@
      46.1. For the Translator
      -
      46.1.1. Requirements
      -
      46.1.2. Concepts
      -
      46.1.3. Creating and maintaining message catalogs
      -
      46.1.4. Editing the PO files
      +
      46.1.1. Requirements
      +
      46.1.2. Concepts
      +
      46.1.3. Creating and maintaining message catalogs
      +
      46.1.4. Editing the PO files
      46.2. For the Programmer
      @@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@
      A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
      B. Date/Time Support
      -
      B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
      +
      B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
      B.2. Date/Time Key Words
      B.3. Date/Time Configuration Files
      B.4. History of Units
      @@ -1517,433 +1517,458 @@
      E. Release Notes
      -
      E.1. Release 8.2
      +
      E.1. Release 8.2.1
      -
      E.1.1. Overview
      -
      E.1.2. Migration to version 8.2
      -
      E.1.3. Changes
      +
      E.1.1. Migration to version 8.2.1
      +
      E.1.2. Changes
      -
      E.2. Release 8.1.5
      +
      E.2. Release 8.2
      -
      E.2.1. Migration to version 8.1.5
      -
      E.2.2. Changes
      +
      E.2.1. Overview
      +
      E.2.2. Migration to version 8.2
      +
      E.2.3. Changes
      -
      E.3. Release 8.1.4
      +
      E.3. Release 8.1.6
      -
      E.3.1. Migration to version 8.1.4
      -
      E.3.2. Changes
      +
      E.3.1. Migration to version 8.1.6
      +
      E.3.2. Changes
      -
      E.4. Release 8.1.3
      +
      E.4. Release 8.1.5
      -
      E.4.1. Migration to version 8.1.3
      -
      E.4.2. Changes
      +
      E.4.1. Migration to version 8.1.5
      +
      E.4.2. Changes
      -
      E.5. Release 8.1.2
      +
      E.5. Release 8.1.4
      -
      E.5.1. Migration to version 8.1.2
      -
      E.5.2. Changes
      +
      E.5.1. Migration to version 8.1.4
      +
      E.5.2. Changes
      -
      E.6. Release 8.1.1
      +
      E.6. Release 8.1.3
      -
      E.6.1. Migration to version 8.1.1
      -
      E.6.2. Changes
      +
      E.6.1. Migration to version 8.1.3
      +
      E.6.2. Changes
      -
      E.7. Release 8.1
      +
      E.7. Release 8.1.2
      -
      E.7.1. Overview
      -
      E.7.2. Migration to version 8.1
      -
      E.7.3. Additional Changes
      +
      E.7.1. Migration to version 8.1.2
      +
      E.7.2. Changes
      -
      E.8. Release 8.0.9
      +
      E.8. Release 8.1.1
      -
      E.8.1. Migration to version 8.0.9
      -
      E.8.2. Changes
      +
      E.8.1. Migration to version 8.1.1
      +
      E.8.2. Changes
      -
      E.9. Release 8.0.8
      +
      E.9. Release 8.1
      -
      E.9.1. Migration to version 8.0.8
      -
      E.9.2. Changes
      +
      E.9.1. Overview
      +
      E.9.2. Migration to version 8.1
      +
      E.9.3. Additional Changes
      -
      E.10. Release 8.0.7
      +
      E.10. Release 8.0.10
      -
      E.10.1. Migration to version 8.0.7
      -
      E.10.2. Changes
      +
      E.10.1. Migration to version 8.0.10
      +
      E.10.2. Changes
      -
      E.11. Release 8.0.6
      +
      E.11. Release 8.0.9
      -
      E.11.1. Migration to version 8.0.6
      -
      E.11.2. Changes
      +
      E.11.1. Migration to version 8.0.9
      +
      E.11.2. Changes
      -
      E.12. Release 8.0.5
      +
      E.12. Release 8.0.8
      -
      E.12.1. Migration to version 8.0.5
      -
      E.12.2. Changes
      +
      E.12.1. Migration to version 8.0.8
      +
      E.12.2. Changes
      -
      E.13. Release 8.0.4
      +
      E.13. Release 8.0.7
      -
      E.13.1. Migration to version 8.0.4
      -
      E.13.2. Changes
      +
      E.13.1. Migration to version 8.0.7
      +
      E.13.2. Changes
      -
      E.14. Release 8.0.3
      +
      E.14. Release 8.0.6
      -
      E.14.1. Migration to version 8.0.3
      -
      E.14.2. Changes
      +
      E.14.1. Migration to version 8.0.6
      +
      E.14.2. Changes
      -
      E.15. Release 8.0.2
      +
      E.15. Release 8.0.5
      -
      E.15.1. Migration to version 8.0.2
      -
      E.15.2. Changes
      +
      E.15.1. Migration to version 8.0.5
      +
      E.15.2. Changes
      -
      E.16. Release 8.0.1
      +
      E.16. Release 8.0.4
      -
      E.16.1. Migration to version 8.0.1
      -
      E.16.2. Changes
      +
      E.16.1. Migration to version 8.0.4
      +
      E.16.2. Changes
      -
      E.17. Release 8.0
      +
      E.17. Release 8.0.3
      -
      E.17.1. Overview
      -
      E.17.2. Migration to version 8.0
      -
      E.17.3. Deprecated Features
      -
      E.17.4. Changes
      +
      E.17.1. Migration to version 8.0.3
      +
      E.17.2. Changes
      -
      E.18. Release 7.4.14
      +
      E.18. Release 8.0.2
      -
      E.18.1. Migration to version 7.4.14
      -
      E.18.2. Changes
      +
      E.18.1. Migration to version 8.0.2
      +
      E.18.2. Changes
      -
      E.19. Release 7.4.13
      +
      E.19. Release 8.0.1
      -
      E.19.1. Migration to version 7.4.13
      -
      E.19.2. Changes
      +
      E.19.1. Migration to version 8.0.1
      +
      E.19.2. Changes
      -
      E.20. Release 7.4.12
      +
      E.20. Release 8.0
      -
      E.20.1. Migration to version 7.4.12
      -
      E.20.2. Changes
      +
      E.20.1. Overview
      +
      E.20.2. Migration to version 8.0
      +
      E.20.3. Deprecated Features
      +
      E.20.4. Changes
      -
      E.21. Release 7.4.11
      +
      E.21. Release 7.4.15
      -
      E.21.1. Migration to version 7.4.11
      -
      E.21.2. Changes
      +
      E.21.1. Migration to version 7.4.15
      +
      E.21.2. Changes
      -
      E.22. Release 7.4.10
      +
      E.22. Release 7.4.14
      -
      E.22.1. Migration to version 7.4.10
      -
      E.22.2. Changes
      +
      E.22.1. Migration to version 7.4.14
      +
      E.22.2. Changes
      -
      E.23. Release 7.4.9
      +
      E.23. Release 7.4.13
      -
      E.23.1. Migration to version 7.4.9
      -
      E.23.2. Changes
      +
      E.23.1. Migration to version 7.4.13
      +
      E.23.2. Changes
      -
      E.24. Release 7.4.8
      +
      E.24. Release 7.4.12
      -
      E.24.1. Migration to version 7.4.8
      -
      E.24.2. Changes
      +
      E.24.1. Migration to version 7.4.12
      +
      E.24.2. Changes
      -
      E.25. Release 7.4.7
      +
      E.25. Release 7.4.11
      -
      E.25.1. Migration to version 7.4.7
      -
      E.25.2. Changes
      +
      E.25.1. Migration to version 7.4.11
      +
      E.25.2. Changes
      -
      E.26. Release 7.4.6
      +
      E.26. Release 7.4.10
      -
      E.26.1. Migration to version 7.4.6
      -
      E.26.2. Changes
      +
      E.26.1. Migration to version 7.4.10
      +
      E.26.2. Changes
      -
      E.27. Release 7.4.5
      +
      E.27. Release 7.4.9
      -
      E.27.1. Migration to version 7.4.5
      -
      E.27.2. Changes
      +
      E.27.1. Migration to version 7.4.9
      +
      E.27.2. Changes
      -
      E.28. Release 7.4.4
      +
      E.28. Release 7.4.8
      -
      E.28.1. Migration to version 7.4.4
      -
      E.28.2. Changes
      +
      E.28.1. Migration to version 7.4.8
      +
      E.28.2. Changes
      -
      E.29. Release 7.4.3
      +
      E.29. Release 7.4.7
      -
      E.29.1. Migration to version 7.4.3
      -
      E.29.2. Changes
      +
      E.29.1. Migration to version 7.4.7
      +
      E.29.2. Changes
      -
      E.30. Release 7.4.2
      +
      E.30. Release 7.4.6
      -
      E.30.1. Migration to version 7.4.2
      -
      E.30.2. Changes
      +
      E.30.1. Migration to version 7.4.6
      +
      E.30.2. Changes
      -
      E.31. Release 7.4.1
      +
      E.31. Release 7.4.5
      -
      E.31.1. Migration to version 7.4.1
      -
      E.31.2. Changes
      +
      E.31.1. Migration to version 7.4.5
      +
      E.31.2. Changes
      -
      E.32. Release 7.4
      +
      E.32. Release 7.4.4
      -
      E.32.1. Overview
      -
      E.32.2. Migration to version 7.4
      -
      E.32.3. Changes
      +
      E.32.1. Migration to version 7.4.4
      +
      E.32.2. Changes
      -
      E.33. Release 7.3.16
      +
      E.33. Release 7.4.3
      -
      E.33.1. Migration to version 7.3.16
      -
      E.33.2. Changes
      +
      E.33.1. Migration to version 7.4.3
      +
      E.33.2. Changes
      -
      E.34. Release 7.3.15
      +
      E.34. Release 7.4.2
      -
      E.34.1. Migration to version 7.3.15
      -
      E.34.2. Changes
      +
      E.34.1. Migration to version 7.4.2
      +
      E.34.2. Changes
      -
      E.35. Release 7.3.14
      +
      E.35. Release 7.4.1
      -
      E.35.1. Migration to version 7.3.14
      -
      E.35.2. Changes
      +
      E.35.1. Migration to version 7.4.1
      +
      E.35.2. Changes
      -
      E.36. Release 7.3.13
      +
      E.36. Release 7.4
      -
      E.36.1. Migration to version 7.3.13
      -
      E.36.2. Changes
      +
      E.36.1. Overview
      +
      E.36.2. Migration to version 7.4
      +
      E.36.3. Changes
      -
      E.37. Release 7.3.12
      +
      E.37. Release 7.3.17
      -
      E.37.1. Migration to version 7.3.12
      -
      E.37.2. Changes
      +
      E.37.1. Migration to version 7.3.17
      +
      E.37.2. Changes
      -
      E.38. Release 7.3.11
      +
      E.38. Release 7.3.16
      -
      E.38.1. Migration to version 7.3.11
      -
      E.38.2. Changes
      +
      E.38.1. Migration to version 7.3.16
      +
      E.38.2. Changes
      -
      E.39. Release 7.3.10
      +
      E.39. Release 7.3.15
      -
      E.39.1. Migration to version 7.3.10
      -
      E.39.2. Changes
      +
      E.39.1. Migration to version 7.3.15
      +
      E.39.2. Changes
      -
      E.40. Release 7.3.9
      +
      E.40. Release 7.3.14
      -
      E.40.1. Migration to version 7.3.9
      -
      E.40.2. Changes
      +
      E.40.1. Migration to version 7.3.14
      +
      E.40.2. Changes
      -
      E.41. Release 7.3.8
      +
      E.41. Release 7.3.13
      -
      E.41.1. Migration to version 7.3.8
      -
      E.41.2. Changes
      +
      E.41.1. Migration to version 7.3.13
      +
      E.41.2. Changes
      -
      E.42. Release 7.3.7
      +
      E.42. Release 7.3.12
      -
      E.42.1. Migration to version 7.3.7
      -
      E.42.2. Changes
      +
      E.42.1. Migration to version 7.3.12
      +
      E.42.2. Changes
      -
      E.43. Release 7.3.6
      +
      E.43. Release 7.3.11
      -
      E.43.1. Migration to version 7.3.6
      -
      E.43.2. Changes
      +
      E.43.1. Migration to version 7.3.11
      +
      E.43.2. Changes
      -
      E.44. Release 7.3.5
      +
      E.44. Release 7.3.10
      -
      E.44.1. Migration to version 7.3.5
      -
      E.44.2. Changes
      +
      E.44.1. Migration to version 7.3.10
      +
      E.44.2. Changes
      -
      E.45. Release 7.3.4
      +
      E.45. Release 7.3.9
      -
      E.45.1. Migration to version 7.3.4
      -
      E.45.2. Changes
      +
      E.45.1. Migration to version 7.3.9
      +
      E.45.2. Changes
      -
      E.46. Release 7.3.3
      +
      E.46. Release 7.3.8
      -
      E.46.1. Migration to version 7.3.3
      -
      E.46.2. Changes
      +
      E.46.1. Migration to version 7.3.8
      +
      E.46.2. Changes
      -
      E.47. Release 7.3.2
      +
      E.47. Release 7.3.7
      -
      E.47.1. Migration to version 7.3.2
      -
      E.47.2. Changes
      +
      E.47.1. Migration to version 7.3.7
      +
      E.47.2. Changes
      -
      E.48. Release 7.3.1
      +
      E.48. Release 7.3.6
      -
      E.48.1. Migration to version 7.3.1
      -
      E.48.2. Changes
      +
      E.48.1. Migration to version 7.3.6
      +
      E.48.2. Changes
      -
      E.49. Release 7.3
      +
      E.49. Release 7.3.5
      -
      E.49.1. Overview
      -
      E.49.2. Migration to version 7.3
      -
      E.49.3. Changes
      +
      E.49.1. Migration to version 7.3.5
      +
      E.49.2. Changes
      -
      E.50. Release 7.2.8
      +
      E.50. Release 7.3.4
      -
      E.50.1. Migration to version 7.2.8
      -
      E.50.2. Changes
      +
      E.50.1. Migration to version 7.3.4
      +
      E.50.2. Changes
      -
      E.51. Release 7.2.7
      +
      E.51. Release 7.3.3
      -
      E.51.1. Migration to version 7.2.7
      -
      E.51.2. Changes
      +
      E.51.1. Migration to version 7.3.3
      +
      E.51.2. Changes
      -
      E.52. Release 7.2.6
      +
      E.52. Release 7.3.2
      -
      E.52.1. Migration to version 7.2.6
      -
      E.52.2. Changes
      +
      E.52.1. Migration to version 7.3.2
      +
      E.52.2. Changes
      -
      E.53. Release 7.2.5
      +
      E.53. Release 7.3.1
      -
      E.53.1. Migration to version 7.2.5
      -
      E.53.2. Changes
      +
      E.53.1. Migration to version 7.3.1
      +
      E.53.2. Changes
      -
      E.54. Release 7.2.4
      +
      E.54. Release 7.3
      -
      E.54.1. Migration to version 7.2.4
      -
      E.54.2. Changes
      +
      E.54.1. Overview
      +
      E.54.2. Migration to version 7.3
      +
      E.54.3. Changes
      -
      E.55. Release 7.2.3
      +
      E.55. Release 7.2.8
      -
      E.55.1. Migration to version 7.2.3
      -
      E.55.2. Changes
      +
      E.55.1. Migration to version 7.2.8
      +
      E.55.2. Changes
      -
      E.56. Release 7.2.2
      +
      E.56. Release 7.2.7
      -
      E.56.1. Migration to version 7.2.2
      -
      E.56.2. Changes
      +
      E.56.1. Migration to version 7.2.7
      +
      E.56.2. Changes
      -
      E.57. Release 7.2.1
      +
      E.57. Release 7.2.6
      -
      E.57.1. Migration to version 7.2.1
      -
      E.57.2. Changes
      +
      E.57.1. Migration to version 7.2.6
      +
      E.57.2. Changes
      -
      E.58. Release 7.2
      +
      E.58. Release 7.2.5
      -
      E.58.1. Overview
      -
      E.58.2. Migration to version 7.2
      -
      E.58.3. Changes
      +
      E.58.1. Migration to version 7.2.5
      +
      E.58.2. Changes
      -
      E.59. Release 7.1.3
      +
      E.59. Release 7.2.4
      -
      E.59.1. Migration to version 7.1.3
      -
      E.59.2. Changes
      +
      E.59.1. Migration to version 7.2.4
      +
      E.59.2. Changes
      -
      E.60. Release 7.1.2
      +
      E.60. Release 7.2.3
      -
      E.60.1. Migration to version 7.1.2
      -
      E.60.2. Changes
      +
      E.60.1. Migration to version 7.2.3
      +
      E.60.2. Changes
      -
      E.61. Release 7.1.1
      +
      E.61. Release 7.2.2
      -
      E.61.1. Migration to version 7.1.1
      -
      E.61.2. Changes
      +
      E.61.1. Migration to version 7.2.2
      +
      E.61.2. Changes
      -
      E.62. Release 7.1
      +
      E.62. Release 7.2.1
      -
      E.62.1. Migration to version 7.1
      -
      E.62.2. Changes
      +
      E.62.1. Migration to version 7.2.1
      +
      E.62.2. Changes
      -
      E.63. Release 7.0.3
      +
      E.63. Release 7.2
      -
      E.63.1. Migration to version 7.0.3
      -
      E.63.2. Changes
      +
      E.63.1. Overview
      +
      E.63.2. Migration to version 7.2
      +
      E.63.3. Changes
      -
      E.64. Release 7.0.2
      +
      E.64. Release 7.1.3
      -
      E.64.1. Migration to version 7.0.2
      -
      E.64.2. Changes
      +
      E.64.1. Migration to version 7.1.3
      +
      E.64.2. Changes
      -
      E.65. Release 7.0.1
      +
      E.65. Release 7.1.2
      -
      E.65.1. Migration to version 7.0.1
      -
      E.65.2. Changes
      +
      E.65.1. Migration to version 7.1.2
      +
      E.65.2. Changes
      -
      E.66. Release 7.0
      +
      E.66. Release 7.1.1
      -
      E.66.1. Migration to version 7.0
      -
      E.66.2. Changes
      +
      E.66.1. Migration to version 7.1.1
      +
      E.66.2. Changes
      -
      E.67. Release 6.5.3
      +
      E.67. Release 7.1
      -
      E.67.1. Migration to version 6.5.3
      -
      E.67.2. Changes
      +
      E.67.1. Migration to version 7.1
      +
      E.67.2. Changes
      -
      E.68. Release 6.5.2
      +
      E.68. Release 7.0.3
      -
      E.68.1. Migration to version 6.5.2
      -
      E.68.2. Changes
      +
      E.68.1. Migration to version 7.0.3
      +
      E.68.2. Changes
      -
      E.69. Release 6.5.1
      +
      E.69. Release 7.0.2
      -
      E.69.1. Migration to version 6.5.1
      -
      E.69.2. Changes
      +
      E.69.1. Migration to version 7.0.2
      +
      E.69.2. Changes
      -
      E.70. Release 6.5
      +
      E.70. Release 7.0.1
      -
      E.70.1. Migration to version 6.5
      -
      E.70.2. Changes
      +
      E.70.1. Migration to version 7.0.1
      +
      E.70.2. Changes
      -
      E.71. Release 6.4.2
      +
      E.71. Release 7.0
      -
      E.71.1. Migration to version 6.4.2
      -
      E.71.2. Changes
      +
      E.71.1. Migration to version 7.0
      +
      E.71.2. Changes
      -
      E.72. Release 6.4.1
      +
      E.72. Release 6.5.3
      -
      E.72.1. Migration to version 6.4.1
      -
      E.72.2. Changes
      +
      E.72.1. Migration to version 6.5.3
      +
      E.72.2. Changes
      -
      E.73. Release 6.4
      +
      E.73. Release 6.5.2
      -
      E.73.1. Migration to version 6.4
      -
      E.73.2. Changes
      +
      E.73.1. Migration to version 6.5.2
      +
      E.73.2. Changes
      -
      E.74. Release 6.3.2
      -
      E.74.1. Changes
      -
      E.75. Release 6.3.1
      -
      E.75.1. Changes
      -
      E.76. Release 6.3
      +
      E.74. Release 6.5.1
      -
      E.76.1. Migration to version 6.3
      -
      E.76.2. Changes
      +
      E.74.1. Migration to version 6.5.1
      +
      E.74.2. Changes
      -
      E.77. Release 6.2.1
      +
      E.75. Release 6.5
      -
      E.77.1. Migration from version 6.2 to version 6.2.1
      -
      E.77.2. Changes
      +
      E.75.1. Migration to version 6.5
      +
      E.75.2. Changes
      -
      E.78. Release 6.2
      +
      E.76. Release 6.4.2
      -
      E.78.1. Migration from version 6.1 to version 6.2
      -
      E.78.2. Migration from version 1.x to version 6.2
      -
      E.78.3. Changes
      +
      E.76.1. Migration to version 6.4.2
      +
      E.76.2. Changes
      -
      E.79. Release 6.1.1
      +
      E.77. Release 6.4.1
      -
      E.79.1. Migration from version 6.1 to version 6.1.1
      -
      E.79.2. Changes
      +
      E.77.1. Migration to version 6.4.1
      +
      E.77.2. Changes
      -
      E.80. Release 6.1
      +
      E.78. Release 6.4
      -
      E.80.1. Migration to version 6.1
      -
      E.80.2. Changes
      +
      E.78.1. Migration to version 6.4
      +
      E.78.2. Changes
      -
      E.81. Release 6.0
      +
      E.79. Release 6.3.2
      +
      E.79.1. Changes
      +
      E.80. Release 6.3.1
      +
      E.80.1. Changes
      +
      E.81. Release 6.3
      -
      E.81.1. Migration from version 1.09 to version 6.0
      -
      E.81.2. Migration from pre-1.09 to version 6.0
      -
      E.81.3. Changes
      +
      E.81.1. Migration to version 6.3
      +
      E.81.2. Changes
      -
      E.82. Release 1.09
      -
      E.83. Release 1.02
      +
      E.82. Release 6.2.1
      -
      E.83.1. Migration from version 1.02 to version 1.02.1
      -
      E.83.2. Dump/Reload Procedure
      -
      E.83.3. Changes
      +
      E.82.1. Migration from version 6.2 to version 6.2.1
      +
      E.82.2. Changes
      -
      E.84. Release 1.01
      +
      E.83. Release 6.2
      -
      E.84.1. Migration from version 1.0 to version 1.01
      -
      E.84.2. Changes
      +
      E.83.1. Migration from version 6.1 to version 6.2
      +
      E.83.2. Migration from version 1.x to version 6.2
      +
      E.83.3. Changes
      -
      E.85. Release 1.0
      -
      E.85.1. Changes
      -
      E.86. Postgres95 Release 0.03
      -
      E.86.1. Changes
      -
      E.87. Postgres95 Release 0.02
      -
      E.87.1. Changes
      -
      E.88. Postgres95 Release 0.01
      +
      E.84. Release 6.1.1
      +
      +
      E.84.1. Migration from version 6.1 to version 6.1.1
      +
      E.84.2. Changes
      +
      +
      E.85. Release 6.1
      +
      +
      E.85.1. Migration to version 6.1
      +
      E.85.2. Changes
      +
      +
      E.86. Release 6.0
      +
      +
      E.86.1. Migration from version 1.09 to version 6.0
      +
      E.86.2. Migration from pre-1.09 to version 6.0
      +
      E.86.3. Changes
      +
      +
      E.87. Release 1.09
      +
      E.88. Release 1.02
      +
      +
      E.88.1. Migration from version 1.02 to version 1.02.1
      +
      E.88.2. Dump/Reload Procedure
      +
      E.88.3. Changes
      +
      +
      E.89. Release 1.01
      +
      +
      E.89.1. Migration from version 1.0 to version 1.01
      +
      E.89.2. Changes
      +
      +
      E.90. Release 1.0
      +
      E.90.1. Changes
      +
      E.91. Postgres95 Release 0.03
      +
      E.91.1. Changes
      +
      E.92. Postgres95 Release 0.02
      +
      E.92.1. Changes
      +
      E.93. Postgres95 Release 0.01
      F. The CVS Repository
      @@ -1951,8 +1976,8 @@
      F.2. CVS Tree Organization
      F.3. Getting The Source Via CVSup
      -
      F.3.1. Preparing A CVSup Client System
      -
      F.3.2. Running a CVSup Client
      +
      F.3.1. Preparing A CVSup Client System
      +
      F.3.2. Running a CVSup Client
      G. Documentation
      @@ -1960,28 +1985,28 @@
      G.1. DocBook
      G.2. Tool Sets
      -
      G.2.1. Linux RPM Installation
      -
      G.2.2. FreeBSD Installation
      -
      G.2.3. Debian Packages
      -
      G.2.4. Manual Installation from Source
      +
      G.2.1. Linux RPM Installation
      +
      G.2.2. FreeBSD Installation
      +
      G.2.3. Debian Packages
      +
      G.2.4. Manual Installation from Source
      G.2.5. Detection by configure
      G.3. Building The Documentation
      -
      G.3.1. HTML
      -
      G.3.2. Manpages
      -
      G.3.3. Print Output via JadeTex
      -
      G.3.4. Print Output via RTF
      -
      G.3.5. Plain Text Files
      -
      G.3.6. Syntax Check
      +
      G.3.1. HTML
      +
      G.3.2. Manpages
      +
      G.3.3. Print Output via JadeTex
      +
      G.3.4. Print Output via RTF
      +
      G.3.5. Plain Text Files
      +
      G.3.6. Syntax Check
      G.4. Documentation Authoring
      -
      G.4.1. Emacs/PSGML
      -
      G.4.2. Other Emacs modes
      +
      G.4.1. Emacs/PSGML
      +
      G.4.2. Other Emacs modes
      G.5. Style Guide
      -
      G.5.1. Reference Pages
      +
      G.5.1. Reference Pages
      H. External Projects
      @@ -2163,103 +2188,103 @@
      25.3. Built-in Trace Points
      -
      31.1. Valid input formats for PGTYPESdate_from_asc +
      31.1. Valid input formats for PGTYPESdate_from_asc
      -
      31.2. Valid input formats for PGTYPESdate_fmt_asc +
      31.2. Valid input formats for PGTYPESdate_fmt_asc
      -
      31.3. Valid input formats for rdefmtdate +
      31.3. Valid input formats for rdefmtdate
      -
      31.4. Valid input formats for PGTYPEStimestamp_from_asc +
      31.4. Valid input formats for PGTYPEStimestamp_from_asc
      -
      32.1. information_schema_catalog_name Columns +
      32.1. information_schema_catalog_name Columns
      -
      32.2. administrable_role_authorizations Columns +
      32.2. administrable_role_authorizations Columns
      -
      32.3. applicable_roles Columns +
      32.3. applicable_roles Columns
      -
      32.4. attributes Columns +
      32.4. attributes Columns
      -
      32.5. check_constraint_routine_usage Columns +
      32.5. check_constraint_routine_usage Columns
      -
      32.6. check_constraints Columns +
      32.6. check_constraints Columns
      -
      32.7. column_domain_usage Columns +
      32.7. column_domain_usage Columns
      -
      32.8. column_privileges Columns +
      32.8. column_privileges Columns
      -
      32.9. column_udt_usage Columns +
      32.9. column_udt_usage Columns
      -
      32.10. columns Columns +
      32.10. columns Columns
      -
      32.11. constraint_column_usage Columns +
      32.11. constraint_column_usage Columns
      -
      32.12. constraint_table_usage Columns +
      32.12. constraint_table_usage Columns
      -
      32.13. data_type_privileges Columns +
      32.13. data_type_privileges Columns
      -
      32.14. domain_constraints Columns +
      32.14. domain_constraints Columns
      -
      32.15. domain_udt_usage Columns +
      32.15. domain_udt_usage Columns
      -
      32.16. domains Columns +
      32.16. domains Columns
      -
      32.17. element_types Columns +
      32.17. element_types Columns
      -
      32.18. enabled_roles Columns +
      32.18. enabled_roles Columns
      -
      32.19. key_column_usage Columns +
      32.19. key_column_usage Columns
      -
      32.20. parameters Columns +
      32.20. parameters Columns
      -
      32.21. referential_constraints Columns +
      32.21. referential_constraints Columns
      -
      32.22. role_column_grants Columns +
      32.22. role_column_grants Columns
      -
      32.23. role_routine_grants Columns +
      32.23. role_routine_grants Columns
      -
      32.24. role_table_grants Columns +
      32.24. role_table_grants Columns
      -
      32.25. role_usage_grants Columns +
      32.25. role_usage_grants Columns
      -
      32.26. routine_privileges Columns +
      32.26. routine_privileges Columns
      -
      32.27. routines Columns +
      32.27. routines Columns
      -
      32.28. schemata Columns +
      32.28. schemata Columns
      -
      32.29. sequences Columns +
      32.29. sequences Columns
      -
      32.30. sql_features Columns +
      32.30. sql_features Columns
      -
      32.31. sql_implementation_info Columns +
      32.31. sql_implementation_info Columns
      -
      32.32. sql_languages Columns +
      32.32. sql_languages Columns
      -
      32.33. sql_packages Columns +
      32.33. sql_packages Columns
      -
      32.34. sql_parts Columns +
      32.34. sql_parts Columns
      -
      32.35. sql_sizing Columns +
      32.35. sql_sizing Columns
      -
      32.36. sql_sizing_profiles Columns +
      32.36. sql_sizing_profiles Columns
      -
      32.37. table_constraints Columns +
      32.37. table_constraints Columns
      -
      32.38. table_privileges Columns +
      32.38. table_privileges Columns
      -
      32.39. tables Columns +
      32.39. tables Columns
      -
      32.40. triggers Columns +
      32.40. triggers Columns
      -
      32.41. usage_privileges Columns +
      32.41. usage_privileges Columns
      -
      32.42. view_column_usage Columns +
      32.42. view_column_usage Columns
      -
      32.43. view_routine_usage Columns +
      32.43. view_routine_usage Columns
      -
      32.44. view_table_usage Columns +
      32.44. view_table_usage Columns
      -
      32.45. views Columns +
      32.45. views Columns
      33.1. Equivalent C Types for Built-In SQL Types
      @@ -2281,105 +2306,105 @@
      43.1. System Catalogs
      -
      43.2. pg_aggregate Columns +
      43.2. pg_aggregate Columns
      -
      43.3. pg_am Columns +
      43.3. pg_am Columns
      -
      43.4. pg_amop Columns +
      43.4. pg_amop Columns
      -
      43.5. pg_amproc Columns +
      43.5. pg_amproc Columns
      -
      43.6. pg_attrdef Columns +
      43.6. pg_attrdef Columns
      -
      43.7. pg_attribute Columns +
      43.7. pg_attribute Columns
      -
      43.8. pg_authid Columns +
      43.8. pg_authid Columns
      -
      43.9. pg_auth_members Columns +
      43.9. pg_auth_members Columns
      -
      43.10. pg_autovacuum Columns +
      43.10. pg_autovacuum Columns
      -
      43.11. pg_cast Columns +
      43.11. pg_cast Columns
      -
      43.12. pg_class Columns +
      43.12. pg_class Columns
      -
      43.13. pg_constraint Columns +
      43.13. pg_constraint Columns
      -
      43.14. pg_conversion Columns +
      43.14. pg_conversion Columns
      -
      43.15. pg_database Columns +
      43.15. pg_database Columns
      -
      43.16. pg_depend Columns +
      43.16. pg_depend Columns
      -
      43.17. pg_description Columns +
      43.17. pg_description Columns
      -
      43.18. pg_index Columns +
      43.18. pg_index Columns
      -
      43.19. pg_inherits Columns +
      43.19. pg_inherits Columns
      -
      43.20. pg_language Columns +
      43.20. pg_language Columns
      -
      43.21. pg_largeobject Columns +
      43.21. pg_largeobject Columns
      -
      43.22. pg_listener Columns +
      43.22. pg_listener Columns
      -
      43.23. pg_namespace Columns +
      43.23. pg_namespace Columns
      -
      43.24. pg_opclass Columns +
      43.24. pg_opclass Columns
      -
      43.25. pg_operator Columns +
      43.25. pg_operator Columns
      -
      43.26. pg_pltemplate Columns +
      43.26. pg_pltemplate Columns
      -
      43.27. pg_proc Columns +
      43.27. pg_proc Columns
      -
      43.28. pg_rewrite Columns +
      43.28. pg_rewrite Columns
      -
      43.29. pg_shdepend Columns +
      43.29. pg_shdepend Columns
      -
      43.30. pg_shdescription Columns +
      43.30. pg_shdescription Columns
      -
      43.31. pg_statistic Columns +
      43.31. pg_statistic Columns
      -
      43.32. pg_tablespace Columns +
      43.32. pg_tablespace Columns
      -
      43.33. pg_trigger Columns +
      43.33. pg_trigger Columns
      -
      43.34. pg_type Columns +
      43.34. pg_type Columns
      43.35. System Views
      -
      43.36. pg_cursors Columns +
      43.36. pg_cursors Columns
      -
      43.37. pg_group Columns +
      43.37. pg_group Columns
      -
      43.38. pg_indexes Columns +
      43.38. pg_indexes Columns
      -
      43.39. pg_locks Columns +
      43.39. pg_locks Columns
      -
      43.40. pg_prepared_statements Columns +
      43.40. pg_prepared_statements Columns
      -
      43.41. pg_prepared_xacts Columns +
      43.41. pg_prepared_xacts Columns
      -
      43.42. pg_roles Columns +
      43.42. pg_roles Columns
      -
      43.43. pg_rules Columns +
      43.43. pg_rules Columns
      -
      43.44. pg_settings Columns +
      43.44. pg_settings Columns
      -
      43.45. pg_shadow Columns +
      43.45. pg_shadow Columns
      -
      43.46. pg_stats Columns +
      43.46. pg_stats Columns
      -
      43.47. pg_tables Columns +
      43.47. pg_tables Columns
      -
      43.48. pg_timezone_abbrevs Columns +
      43.48. pg_timezone_abbrevs Columns
      -
      43.49. pg_timezone_names Columns +
      43.49. pg_timezone_names Columns
      -
      43.50. pg_user Columns +
      43.50. pg_user Columns
      -
      43.51. pg_views Columns +
      43.51. pg_views Columns
      52.1. Contents of PGDATA
      @@ -2408,29 +2433,29 @@

      List of Examples

      -
      8.1. Using the character types +
      8.1. Using the character types
      8.2. Using the boolean type
      -
      8.3. Using the bit string types +
      8.3. Using the bit string types
      -
      10.1. Exponentiation Operator Type Resolution +
      10.1. Exponentiation Operator Type Resolution
      -
      10.2. String Concatenation Operator Type Resolution +
      10.2. String Concatenation Operator Type Resolution
      -
      10.3. Absolute-Value and Negation Operator Type Resolution +
      10.3. Absolute-Value and Negation Operator Type Resolution
      -
      10.4. Rounding Function Argument Type Resolution +
      10.4. Rounding Function Argument Type Resolution
      -
      10.5. Substring Function Type Resolution +
      10.5. Substring Function Type Resolution
      -
      10.6. character Storage Type Conversion +
      10.6. character Storage Type Conversion
      -
      10.7. Type Resolution with Underspecified Types in a Union +
      10.7. Type Resolution with Underspecified Types in a Union
      -
      10.8. Type Resolution in a Simple Union +
      10.8. Type Resolution in a Simple Union
      -
      10.9. Type Resolution in a Transposed Union +
      10.9. Type Resolution in a Transposed Union
      11.1. Setting up a Partial Index to Exclude Common Values
      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/indexam.html b/docs/en_US/pg/indexam.html index c52a5ad3c0..b14bf03125 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/indexam.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/indexam.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-bitmap-scans.html b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-bitmap-scans.html index 367664595b..d5155f7902 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-bitmap-scans.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-bitmap-scans.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

      11.4. Combining Multiple Indexes

      -

      A single index scan can only use query clauses that use the index's +

      A single index scan can only use query clauses that use the index's columns with operators of its operator class and are joined with AND. For example, given an index on (a, b) a query condition like WHERE a = 5 AND b = 6 could diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-examine.html b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-examine.html index 714b8a5752..c3141d9292 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-examine.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-examine.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

      11.9. Examining Index Usage

      -

      Although indexes in PostgreSQL do not need +

      Although indexes in PostgreSQL do not need maintenance and tuning, it is still important to check which indexes are actually used by the real-life query workload. Examining index usage for an individual query is done with the diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-expressional.html b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-expressional.html index e5438c11f0..d38851480c 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-expressional.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-expressional.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

      11.6. Indexes on Expressions

      -

      An index column need not be just a column of the underlying table, +

      An index column need not be just a column of the underlying table, but can be a function or scalar expression computed from one or more columns of the table. This feature is useful to obtain fast access to tables based on the results of computations. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-multicolumn.html b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-multicolumn.html index d3067087a7..c349d6bb3f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-multicolumn.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-multicolumn.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

      11.3. Multicolumn Indexes

      -

      An index can be defined on more than one column of a table. For example, if +

      An index can be defined on more than one column of a table. For example, if you have a table of this form:

      CREATE TABLE test2 (
      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-opclass.html b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-opclass.html
      index 1edc9d9106..dff236fa2e 100644
      --- a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-opclass.html
      +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-opclass.html
      @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
       
       
       
      -
      +
       
       
       
      @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
       

      11.8. Operator Classes

      -

      An index definition may specify an operator +

      An index definition may specify an operator class for each column of an index.

      CREATE INDEX name ON table (column opclass [, ...]);
      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-partial.html b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-partial.html index 1a05faeb53..6de5a6d783 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-partial.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-partial.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

      11.7. Partial Indexes

      -

      A partial index is an index built over a +

      A partial index is an index built over a subset of a table; the subset is defined by a conditional expression (called the predicate of the partial index). The index contains entries for only those table diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-types.html b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-types.html index 3641e83f7c..f216d837af 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-types.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-types.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ By default, the CREATE INDEX command will create a B-tree index, which fits the most common situations.

      -

      - +

      + B-trees can handle equality and range queries on data that can be sorted into some ordering. In particular, the PostgreSQL query planner @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ non-alphabetic characters, i.e. characters that are not affected by upper/lower case conversion.

      -

      - +

      + Hash indexes can only handle simple equality comparisons. The query planner will consider using a hash index whenever an indexed column is involved in a comparison using the @@ -79,8 +79,8 @@

      Note

      For these reasons, hash index use is presently discouraged.

      -

      - +

      + GiST indexes are not a single kind of index, but rather an infrastructure within which many different indexing strategies can be implemented. Accordingly, the particular operators with which a GiST index can be @@ -113,8 +113,8 @@

      Note

      classes are available in the contrib collection or as separate projects. For more information see Chapter 50, GiST Indexes.

      -

      - +

      + GIN indexes are inverted indexes which can handle values that contain more than one key, arrays for example. Like GiST, GIN can support many different user-defined indexing strategies and the particular diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-unique.html b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-unique.html index b7aa593fdf..b64a96bd85 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-unique.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes-unique.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

      11.5. Unique Indexes

      -

      Indexes may also be used to enforce uniqueness of a column's value, +

      Indexes may also be used to enforce uniqueness of a column's value, or the uniqueness of the combined values of more than one column.

      CREATE UNIQUE INDEX name ON table (column [, ...]);
      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes.html b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes.html index a899c257ce..160ce4ff33 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/indexes.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/indexes.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
      11.9. Examining Index Usage
      -

      Indexes are a common way to enhance database performance. An index +

      Indexes are a common way to enhance database performance. An index allows the database server to find and retrieve specific rows much faster than it could do without an index. But indexes also add overhead to the database system as a whole, so they should be used diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/information-schema.html b/docs/en_US/pg/information-schema.html index a0b158f540..01b1692597 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/information-schema.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/information-schema.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@

      32.47. views
      -

      The information schema consists of a set of views that contain +

      The information schema consists of a set of views that contain information about the objects defined in the current database. The information schema is defined in the SQL standard and can therefore be expected to be portable and remain stable — unlike the system diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-administrable-role-authorizations.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-administrable-role-authorizations.html index d1d8509c80..3f0cd58364 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-administrable-role-authorizations.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-administrable-role-authorizations.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ for.

      -

      Table 32.2. administrable_role_authorizations Columns

      +

      Table 32.2. administrable_role_authorizations Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-applicable-roles.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-applicable-roles.html index de1f965a0e..152beb38bd 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-applicable-roles.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-applicable-roles.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,11 +19,11 @@ some chain of role grants from the current user to the role in question. The current user itself is also an applicable role. The set of applicable roles is generally used for permission checking. - - + +

    -

    Table 32.3. applicable_roles Columns

    +

    Table 32.3. applicable_roles Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-attributes.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-attributes.html index 921dd23db2..4bc067d930 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-attributes.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-attributes.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ which are sometimes called attributes in PostgreSQL contexts.)

    -

    Table 32.4. attributes Columns

    +

    Table 32.4. attributes Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-check-constraint-routine-usage.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-check-constraint-routine-usage.html index e7d7930c8a..fc262741d4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-check-constraint-routine-usage.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-check-constraint-routine-usage.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ a currently enabled role.

    -

    Table 32.5. check_constraint_routine_usage Columns

    +

    Table 32.5. check_constraint_routine_usage Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-check-constraints.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-check-constraints.html index 9c417571a2..4a162dd6e9 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-check-constraints.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-check-constraints.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ domain is the owner of the constraint.)

    -

    Table 32.6. check_constraints Columns

    +

    Table 32.6. check_constraints Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-column-domain-usage.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-column-domain-usage.html index 51cb56ca63..c92a33a6d5 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-column-domain-usage.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-column-domain-usage.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ in the current database and owned by a currently enabled role.

    -

    Table 32.7. column_domain_usage Columns

    +

    Table 32.7. column_domain_usage Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-column-privileges.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-column-privileges.html index cc68dcb66b..11f0882f20 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-column-privileges.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-column-privileges.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ privilege types is concerned.

    -

    Table 32.8. column_privileges Columns

    +

    Table 32.8. column_privileges Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-column-udt-usage.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-column-udt-usage.html index c748e12e19..755ee06e18 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-column-udt-usage.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-column-udt-usage.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ also Section 32.12, “columns for details.

    -

    Table 32.9. column_udt_usage Columns

    +

    Table 32.9. column_udt_usage Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-columns.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-columns.html index e53fc088dd..772d1d3534 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-columns.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-columns.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ owner or having some privilege).

    -

    Table 32.10. columns Columns

    +

    Table 32.10. columns Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-constraint-column-usage.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-constraint-column-usage.html index 778cfee848..e6b0316ed9 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-constraint-column-usage.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-constraint-column-usage.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ this view identifies the constrained columns.

    -

    Table 32.11. constraint_column_usage Columns

    +

    Table 32.11. constraint_column_usage Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-constraint-table-usage.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-constraint-table-usage.html index 39cc5ff002..435cdd9755 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-constraint-table-usage.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-constraint-table-usage.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ view.

    -

    Table 32.12. constraint_table_usage Columns

    +

    Table 32.12. constraint_table_usage Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-data-type-privileges.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-data-type-privileges.html index 9f722940e7..9464e29413 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-data-type-privileges.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-data-type-privileges.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ information schema.

    -

    Table 32.13. data_type_privileges Columns

    +

    Table 32.13. data_type_privileges Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-datatypes.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-datatypes.html index e4a7da1cf8..382b7dc457 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-datatypes.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-datatypes.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-domain-constraints.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-domain-constraints.html index 97d8ea848c..bad373d073 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-domain-constraints.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-domain-constraints.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ constraints belonging to domains defined in the current database.

    -

    Table 32.14. domain_constraints Columns

    +

    Table 32.14. domain_constraints Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-domain-udt-usage.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-domain-udt-usage.html index d88323c2cd..3d1dc53ade 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-domain-udt-usage.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-domain-udt-usage.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ well.

    -

    Table 32.15. domain_udt_usage Columns

    +

    Table 32.15. domain_udt_usage Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-domains.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-domains.html index fae51e1d10..65ef9791cc 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-domains.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-domains.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ the current database.

    -

    Table 32.16. domains Columns

    +

    Table 32.16. domains Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-element-types.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-element-types.html index d107836202..144d79a78c 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-element-types.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-element-types.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ to, by way of being the owner or having some privilege.

    -

    Table 32.17. element_types Columns

    +

    Table 32.17. element_types Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-enabled-roles.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-enabled-roles.html index e7b2f18500..e8cc090c57 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-enabled-roles.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-enabled-roles.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ granted to the enabled roles with automatic inheritance. In other words, these are all roles that the current user has direct or indirect, automatically inheriting membership in. - - + +

    For permission checking, the set of “applicable roles” is applied, which may be broader than the set of enabled roles. So @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ there.

    -

    Table 32.18. enabled_roles Columns

    +

    Table 32.18. enabled_roles Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-information-schema-catalog-name.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-information-schema-catalog-name.html index 33ac02b97c..781d4d298d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-information-schema-catalog-name.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-information-schema-catalog-name.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ current database (current catalog, in SQL terminology).

    -

    Table 32.1. information_schema_catalog_name Columns

    +

    Table 32.1. information_schema_catalog_name Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-key-column-usage.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-key-column-usage.html index 59cb1a1006..79c3f32398 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-key-column-usage.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-key-column-usage.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ has access to, by way of being the owner or having some privilege.

    -

    Table 32.19. key_column_usage Columns

    +

    Table 32.19. key_column_usage Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-parameters.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-parameters.html index 30e6aaea80..73b5b739e2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-parameters.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-parameters.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ (by way of being the owner or having some privilege).

    -

    Table 32.20. parameters Columns

    +

    Table 32.20. parameters Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-referential-constraints.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-referential-constraints.html index ccf05e86c2..1f0a23367e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-referential-constraints.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-referential-constraints.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ belong to a table owned by a currently enabled role.

    -

    Table 32.21. referential_constraints Columns

    +

    Table 32.21. referential_constraints Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-role-column-grants.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-role-column-grants.html index 33415123b9..1f5f93e60a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-role-column-grants.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-role-column-grants.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ column_privileges.

    -

    Table 32.22. role_column_grants Columns

    +

    Table 32.22. role_column_grants Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-role-routine-grants.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-role-routine-grants.html index 8e9454c006..b1afb7c60a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-role-routine-grants.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-role-routine-grants.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ routine_privileges.

    -

    Table 32.23. role_routine_grants Columns

    +

    Table 32.23. role_routine_grants Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-role-table-grants.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-role-table-grants.html index 0fba2ae32f..1af1f3ee8a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-role-table-grants.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-role-table-grants.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ under table_privileges.

    -

    Table 32.24. role_table_grants Columns

    +

    Table 32.24. role_table_grants Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-role-usage-grants.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-role-usage-grants.html index 2ae1b74a9e..9ae97dd6f6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-role-usage-grants.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-role-usage-grants.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ contain more useful information.

    -

    Table 32.25. role_usage_grants Columns

    +

    Table 32.25. role_usage_grants Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-routine-privileges.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-routine-privileges.html index 01d1fbf63c..341e82f632 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-routine-privileges.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-routine-privileges.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ grantor, and grantee.

    -

    Table 32.26. routine_privileges Columns

    +

    Table 32.26. routine_privileges Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-routines.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-routines.html index e11742f864..bca55d6b25 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-routines.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-routines.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ privilege).

    -

    Table 32.27. routines Columns

    +

    Table 32.27. routines Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-schemata.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-schemata.html index ea91e0e473..ef93a0933d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-schemata.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-schemata.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ current database that are owned by a currently enabled role.

    -

    Table 32.28. schemata Columns

    +

    Table 32.28. schemata Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sequences.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sequences.html index d0f341d86c..469d78f4cf 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sequences.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sequences.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ having some privilege).

    -

    Table 32.29. sequences Columns

    +

    Table 32.29. sequences Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-features.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-features.html index e87db510a8..9c89a94e1d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-features.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-features.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ There you can also find some additional background information.

    -

    Table 32.30. sql_features Columns

    +

    Table 32.30. sql_features Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-implementation-info.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-implementation-info.html index ff9044c81c..6f4a85085f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-implementation-info.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-implementation-info.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ description of the ODBC interface.

    -

    Table 32.31. sql_implementation_info Columns

    +

    Table 32.31. sql_implementation_info Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-languages.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-languages.html index de568a7755..1cf98cff3e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-languages.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-languages.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ embedded SQL in C; that is all you will learn from this table.

    -

    Table 32.32. sql_languages Columns

    +

    Table 32.32. sql_languages Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-packages.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-packages.html index 096d6ebcc4..35996f14f5 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-packages.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-packages.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ supported by PostgreSQL. Refer to Appendix D, SQL Conformance for background information on feature packages.

    -

    Table 32.33. sql_packages Columns

    +

    Table 32.33. sql_packages Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-parts.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-parts.html index 712cf1dcc1..a515c42c25 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-parts.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-parts.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ PostgreSQL.

    -

    Table 32.34. sql_parts Columns

    +

    Table 32.34. sql_parts Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-sizing-profiles.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-sizing-profiles.html index c8ce278696..525c7dd618 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-sizing-profiles.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-sizing-profiles.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ not track any SQL profiles, so this table is empty.

    -

    Table 32.36. sql_sizing_profiles Columns

    +

    Table 32.36. sql_sizing_profiles Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-sizing.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-sizing.html index fdbeaf93d8..e297e7dfc9 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-sizing.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-sql-sizing.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ ODBC interface.

    -

    Table 32.35. sql_sizing Columns

    +

    Table 32.35. sql_sizing Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-table-constraints.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-table-constraints.html index 9f20128fa1..b051a166fb 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-table-constraints.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-table-constraints.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ some privilege on.

    -

    Table 32.37. table_constraints Columns

    +

    Table 32.37. table_constraints Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-table-privileges.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-table-privileges.html index e515c177b1..5c3cf444ce 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-table-privileges.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-table-privileges.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ combination of table, grantor, and grantee.

    -

    Table 32.38. table_privileges Columns

    +

    Table 32.38. table_privileges Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-tables.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-tables.html index fefafa5411..93094725b9 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-tables.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-tables.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ owner or having some privilege).

    -

    Table 32.39. tables Columns

    +

    Table 32.39. tables Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-triggers.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-triggers.html index aaa73aa0fa..ea30a28026 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-triggers.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-triggers.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ some privilege on.

    -

    Table 32.40. triggers Columns

    +

    Table 32.40. triggers Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-usage-privileges.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-usage-privileges.html index 2b7b44350d..fcaba5f4bb 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-usage-privileges.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-usage-privileges.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ view may contain more useful information.

    -

    Table 32.41. usage_privileges Columns

    +

    Table 32.41. usage_privileges Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-view-column-usage.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-view-column-usage.html index 1592b3d951..cec3884d18 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-view-column-usage.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-view-column-usage.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@

    Note

    -

    Table 32.42. view_column_usage Columns

    +

    Table 32.42. view_column_usage Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-view-routine-usage.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-view-routine-usage.html index 5cbe744ad9..41b164c3fd 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-view-routine-usage.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-view-routine-usage.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ owned by a currently enabled role.

    -

    Table 32.43. view_routine_usage Columns

    +

    Table 32.43. view_routine_usage Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-view-table-usage.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-view-table-usage.html index 9af3ba3232..810eb1aa3c 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-view-table-usage.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-view-table-usage.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@

    Note

    -

    Table 32.44. view_table_usage Columns

    +

    Table 32.44. view_table_usage Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-views.html b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-views.html index fcbac4c482..0c724124b5 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-views.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/infoschema-views.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ has access to (by way of being the owner or having some privilege).

    -

    Table 32.45. views Columns

    +

    Table 32.45. views Columns

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/install-getsource.html b/docs/en_US/pg/install-getsource.html index c75cede50d..0302f8bd54 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/install-getsource.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/install-getsource.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,17 +14,17 @@

    14.3. Getting The Source

    -

    The PostgreSQL 8.2.0 sources can be obtained by - anonymous FTP from ftp://ftp.postgresql.org/pub/source/v8.2.0/postgresql-8.2.0.tar.gz. +

    The PostgreSQL 8.2.1 sources can be obtained by + anonymous FTP from ftp://ftp.postgresql.org/pub/source/v8.2.1/postgresql-8.2.1.tar.gz. Other download options can be found on our website: http://www.postgresql.org/download/. After you have obtained the file, unpack it:

    -
    gunzip postgresql-8.2.0.tar.gz
    -tar xf postgresql-8.2.0.tar
    +
    gunzip postgresql-8.2.1.tar.gz
    +tar xf postgresql-8.2.1.tar

    This will create a directory - postgresql-8.2.0 under the current directory + postgresql-8.2.1 under the current directory with the PostgreSQL sources. Change into that directory for the rest of the installation procedure. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/install-post.html b/docs/en_US/pg/install-post.html index 7be5afbc39..33a78aac1d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/install-post.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/install-post.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ 14.6. Post-Installation Setup

    -14.6.1. Shared Libraries

    -

    On some systems that have shared libraries (which most systems do) +14.6.1. Shared Libraries

    +

    On some systems that have shared libraries (which most systems do) you need to tell your system how to find the newly installed shared libraries. The systems on which this is not necessary include BSD/OS, FreeBSD, @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@

    then this step was necessary. Simply take care of it then.

    -

    +

    If you are on BSD/OS, Linux, or SunOS 4 and you have root access you can run

    @@ -82,8 +82,8 @@

    -14.6.2. Environment Variables

    -

    If you installed into /usr/local/pgsql or some other +14.6.2. Environment Variables

    +

    If you installed into /usr/local/pgsql or some other location that is not searched for programs by default, you should add /usr/local/pgsql/bin (or whatever you set --bindir to in Step 1) @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@

    set path = ( /usr/local/pgsql/bin $path )

    -

    +

    To enable your system to find the man documentation, you need to add lines like the following to a shell start-up file unless you installed into a location that is diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/install-procedure.html b/docs/en_US/pg/install-procedure.html index a043c122f3..f5d74993cf 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/install-procedure.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/install-procedure.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    1. Configuration

      -

      The first step of the installation procedure is to configure the +

      The first step of the installation procedure is to configure the source tree for your system and choose the options you would like. This is done by running the configure script. For a default installation simply enter @@ -239,11 +239,11 @@

      Note

      before proceeding.

      --with-pam
      -

      Build with PAM +

      Build with PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) support.

      --with-ldap
      -

      Build with LDAP +

      Build with LDAP support for authentication and connection parameter lookup (see Section 29.15, “LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters” and Section 20.2.5, “LDAP authentication” for more information). On Unix, @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@

      Note

      threading support in your operating system.

      --without-zlib
      -

      +

      Prevents use of the Zlib library. This disables support for compressed archives in pg_dump and pg_restore. @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@

      Note

      --enable-dtrace
      -

      +

      Compiles with support for the dynamic tracing tool DTrace. Operating system support for DTrace is currently only available in Solaris. @@ -354,6 +354,18 @@

      Note

      specified in the environment variable DTRACEFLAGS.

      +

      To include DTrace support in a 64-bit binary, specify + DTRACEFLAGS="-64" to configure. For example, + using the GCC compiler: +

      +
      ./configure CC='gcc -m64' --enable-dtrace DTRACEFLAGS='-64' ...
      +

      + Using Sun's compiler: +

      +
                  
      +./configure CC='/opt/SUNWspro/bin/cc -xtarget=native64' --enable-dtrace DTRACEFLAGS='-64' ...
      +

      +

    @@ -439,7 +451,7 @@

    Note

  • Regression Tests

    -

    If you want to test the newly built server before you install it, +

    If you want to test the newly built server before you install it, you can run the regression tests at this point. The regression tests are a test suite to verify that PostgreSQL runs on your machine in the way the developers expected it diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/install-requirements.html b/docs/en_US/pg/install-requirements.html index 8dde423041..e881e2e84e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/install-requirements.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/install-requirements.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@

  • -

    The most important +

    The most important shared memory parameter is SHMMAX, the maximum size, in bytes, of a shared memory segment. If you get an error message from shmget like Invalid argument, it is @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@

    -16.4.2. Resource Limits

    +16.4.2. Resource Limits

    Unix-like operating systems enforce various kinds of resource limits that might interfere with the operation of your PostgreSQL server. Of particular @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@

    -16.4.3. Linux Memory Overcommit

    +16.4.3. Linux Memory Overcommit

    In Linux 2.4 and later, the default virtual memory behavior is not optimal for PostgreSQL. Because of the way that the kernel implements memory overcommit, the kernel may diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/largeobjects.html b/docs/en_US/pg/largeobjects.html index e3cb55b232..4b17d6f633 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/largeobjects.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/largeobjects.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -21,22 +21,22 @@

    30.2. Implementation Features
    30.3. Client Interfaces
    -
    30.3.1. Creating a Large Object
    -
    30.3.2. Importing a Large Object
    -
    30.3.3. Exporting a Large Object
    -
    30.3.4. Opening an Existing Large Object
    -
    30.3.5. Writing Data to a Large Object
    -
    30.3.6. Reading Data from a Large Object
    -
    30.3.7. Seeking in a Large Object
    -
    30.3.8. Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
    -
    30.3.9. Closing a Large Object Descriptor
    -
    30.3.10. Removing a Large Object
    +
    30.3.1. Creating a Large Object
    +
    30.3.2. Importing a Large Object
    +
    30.3.3. Exporting a Large Object
    +
    30.3.4. Opening an Existing Large Object
    +
    30.3.5. Writing Data to a Large Object
    +
    30.3.6. Reading Data from a Large Object
    +
    30.3.7. Seeking in a Large Object
    +
    30.3.8. Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
    +
    30.3.9. Closing a Large Object Descriptor
    +
    30.3.10. Removing a Large Object
    30.4. Server-Side Functions
    30.5. Example Program
    -

    PostgreSQL has a large object +

    PostgreSQL has a large object facility, which provides stream-style access to user data that is stored in a special large-object structure. Streaming access is useful when working with data values that are too large to manipulate @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@

    30.1. Introduction

    -

    All large objects are placed in a single system table called +

    All large objects are placed in a single system table called pg_largeobject. PostgreSQL also supports a storage system called “TOAST” that automatically stores values diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-async.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-async.html index cb85624cf5..4ef15c554f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-async.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-async.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    29.4. Asynchronous Command Processing

    -

    The PQexec function is adequate for submitting commands in +

    The PQexec function is adequate for submitting commands in normal, synchronous applications. It has a couple of deficiencies, however, that can be of importance to some users: @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

    -
    PQsendQuery
    +
    PQsendQuery

    Submits a command to the server without waiting for the result(s). 1 is returned if the command was @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ again (on the same connection) until PQgetResult has returned a null pointer, indicating that the command is done.

    -
    PQsendQueryParams
    +
    PQsendQueryParams

    Submits a command and separate parameters to the server without waiting for the result(s). @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ PQexecParams, it will not work on 2.0-protocol connections, and it allows only one command in the query string.

    -
    PQsendPrepare
    +
    PQsendPrepare

    Sends a request to create a prepared statement with the given parameters, without waiting for completion. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ PQprepare, it will not work on 2.0-protocol connections.

    -
    PQsendQueryPrepared
    +
    PQsendQueryPrepared

    Sends a request to execute a prepared statement with given parameters, without waiting for the result(s). @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ PQexecPrepared, it will not work on 2.0-protocol connections.

    -
    PQsendDescribePrepared
    +
    PQsendDescribePrepared

    Submits a request to obtain information about the specified prepared statement, without waiting for completion. @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ PQdescribePrepared, it will not work on 2.0-protocol connections.

    -
    PQsendDescribePortal
    +
    PQsendDescribePortal

    Submits a request to obtain information about the specified portal, without waiting for completion. @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ PQdescribePortal, it will not work on 2.0-protocol connections.

    -
    PQgetResult
    +
    PQgetResult

    Waits for the next result from a prior PQsendQuery, @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@

    -
    PQconsumeInput
    +
    PQconsumeInput

    If input is available from the server, consume it.

    @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ application can thus use PQconsumeInput to clear the select() condition immediately, and then examine the results at leisure.

    -
    PQisBusy
    +
    PQisBusy

    Returns 1 if a command is busy, that is, PQgetResult would block waiting for input. A 0 return indicates that PQgetResult can @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@

    -
    PQsetnonblocking
    +
    PQsetnonblocking

    Sets the nonblocking status of the connection.

    @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ if it is called, it will act in blocking fashion anyway.

    -
    PQisnonblocking
    +
    PQisnonblocking

    Returns the blocking status of the database connection.

    @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@

    Returns 1 if the connection is set to nonblocking mode and 0 if blocking.

    -
    PQflush
    +
    PQflush

    Attempts to flush any queued output data to the server. Returns 0 if successful (or if the send queue is empty), -1 if it failed for diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-build.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-build.html index 8afda4e274..b6114ba3bc 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-build.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-build.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    29.18. Building libpq Programs

    -

    To build (i.e., compile and link) a program using +

    To build (i.e., compile and link) a program using libpq you need to do all of the following things: @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@

    If there is any chance that your program might be compiled by other users then you should not hardcode the directory location like that. Instead, you can run the utility - pg_config to find out where the header + pg_config to find out where the header files are on the local system:

    $ pg_config --includedir
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-cancel.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-cancel.html
    index 49f834b4d3..0b0ef41445 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-cancel.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-cancel.html
    @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
     
     
    @@ -14,27 +14,27 @@
     

    29.5. Cancelling Queries in Progress

    -

    A client application can request cancellation of +

    A client application can request cancellation of a command that is still being processed by the server, using the functions described in this section.

    -
    PQgetCancel
    +
    PQgetCancel

    Creates a data structure containing the information needed to cancel a command issued through a particular database connection.

    PGcancel *PQgetCancel(PGconn *conn);

    PQgetCancel creates a -PGcancel object given +PGcancel object given a PGconn connection object. It will return NULL if the given conn is NULL or an invalid connection. The PGcancel object is an opaque structure that is not meant to be accessed directly by the application; it can only be passed to PQcancel or PQfreeCancel.

    -
    PQfreeCancel
    +
    PQfreeCancel

    Frees a data structure created by PQgetCancel.

    @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@

    PQfreeCancel frees a data object previously created by PQgetCancel.

    -
    PQcancel
    +
    PQcancel

    Requests that the server abandon processing of the current command. @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@

    -
    PQrequestCancel
    +
    PQrequestCancel

    Requests that the server abandon processing of the current command. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-control.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-control.html index 82a8c9a5b3..1ed94f5f96 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-control.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-control.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    These functions control miscellaneous details of libpq's behavior.

    -
    PQsetErrorVerbosity
    +
    PQsetErrorVerbosity

    Determines the verbosity of messages returned by PQerrorMessage and PQresultErrorMessage. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ affect the messages available from already-existing PGresult objects, only subsequently-created ones.

    -
    PQtrace
    +
    PQtrace

    Enables tracing of the client/server communication to a debugging file stream.

    @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@

    Note

    library and all applications using that library.

    -
    PQuntrace
    +
    PQuntrace

    Disables tracing started by PQtrace.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-copy.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-copy.html index ede5708d22..6805779563 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-copy.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-copy.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    29.8. Functions Associated with the COPY Command

    -

    The COPY command in PostgreSQL +

    The COPY command in PostgreSQL has options to read from or write to the network connection used by libpq. The functions described in this section allow applications to take advantage of this capability by supplying or @@ -52,16 +52,16 @@

    -
    PQnfields
    +
    PQnfields

    Returns the number of columns (fields) to be copied.

    -
    PQbinaryTuples
    +
    PQbinaryTuples

    0 indicates the overall copy format is textual (rows separated by newlines, columns separated by separator characters, etc). 1 indicates the overall copy format is binary. See COPY for more information.

    -
    PQfformat
    +
    PQfformat

    Returns the format code (0 for text, 1 for binary) associated with each column of the copy operation. The per-column format codes will always be zero when the overall copy format is textual, @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@

    Note

    They will fail if called when the connection is not in COPY_IN state.

    -
    PQputCopyData
    +
    PQputCopyData

    Sends data to the server during COPY_IN state.

    @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

    Note

    by the COPY command; see COPY for details.

    -
    PQputCopyEnd
    +
    PQputCopyEnd

    Sends end-of-data indication to the server during COPY_IN state.

    @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@

    Note

    They will fail if called when the connection is not in COPY_OUT state.

    -
    PQgetCopyData
    +
    PQgetCopyData

    Receives data from the server during COPY_OUT state.

    @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@

    Note

    inconvenient methods of detecting end-of-data, and lack of support for binary or nonblocking transfers.

    -
    PQgetline
    +
    PQgetline

    Reads a newline-terminated line of characters (transmitted by the server) into a buffer @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

    Note

    (and does not, for example, mistake the end of a long data line for a terminator line).

    -
    PQgetlineAsync
    +
    PQgetlineAsync

    Reads a row of COPY data (transmitted by the server) into a buffer @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@

    Note

    terminating null, be sure to pass a bufsize one smaller than the room actually available.)

    -
    PQputline
    +
    PQputline

    Sends a null-terminated string to the server. Returns 0 if OK and EOF if unable to send the string. @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@

    Note

    having sent the actual data.

    -
    PQputnbytes
    +
    PQputnbytes

    Sends a non-null-terminated string to the server. Returns 0 if OK and EOF if unable to send the string. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@

    Note

    buffer need not be null-terminated since the number of bytes to send is specified directly. Use this procedure when sending binary data.

    -
    PQendcopy
    +
    PQendcopy

    Synchronizes with the server.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-envars.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-envars.html index e539581757..e5115a8cee 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-envars.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-envars.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    29.12. Environment Variables

    -

    The following environment variables can be used to select default +

    The following environment variables can be used to select default connection parameter values, which will be used by PQconnectdb, PQsetdbLogin and PQsetdb if no value is directly specified by the calling @@ -23,14 +23,14 @@

      -
    • +

    • PGHOST sets the database server name. If this begins with a slash, it specifies Unix-domain communication rather than TCP/IP communication; the value is then the name of the directory in which the socket file is stored (in a default installation setup this would be /tmp).

    • -

      +

      PGHOSTADDR specifies the numeric IP address of the database server. This can be set instead of or in addition to PGHOST to avoid DNS lookup overhead. See the documentation of @@ -41,17 +41,17 @@ machines without Unix-domain sockets, libpq will attempt to connect to localhost.

    • -
    • +

    • PGPORT sets the TCP port number or Unix-domain socket file extension for communicating with the PostgreSQL server.

    • -
    • +

    • PGDATABASE sets the PostgreSQL database name.

    • -
    • +

    • PGUSER sets the user name used to connect to the database.

    • -
    • +

    • PGPASSWORD sets the password used if the server demands password authentication. Use of this environment variable is not @@ -59,16 +59,16 @@ allow non-root users to see process environment variables via ps); instead consider using the ~/.pgpass file (see Section 29.13, “The Password File”).

    • -
    • +

    • PGPASSFILE specifies the name of the password file to use for lookups. If not set, it defaults to ~/.pgpass (see Section 29.13, “The Password File”).

    • -
    • +

    • PGSERVICE sets the service name to be looked up in pg_service.conf. This offers a shorthand way of setting all the parameters.

    • -
    • +

    • PGREALM sets the Kerberos realm to use with PostgreSQL, if it is different from the local realm. If PGREALM is set, libpq @@ -76,10 +76,10 @@ separate ticket files to avoid conflicts with local ticket files. This environment variable is only used if Kerberos authentication is selected by the server.

    • -
    • +

    • PGOPTIONS sets additional run-time options for the PostgreSQL server.

    • -
    • +

    • PGSSLMODE determines whether and with what priority an SSL connection will be negotiated with the server. There are four modes: disable will attempt only an unencrypted @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ allow and prefer will be accepted but libpq will not in fact attempt an SSL connection.

    • -
    • +

    • PGREQUIRESSL sets whether or not the connection must be made over SSL. If set to “1”, libpq @@ -104,10 +104,10 @@ This option is deprecated in favor of the sslmode setting, and is only available if PostgreSQL is compiled with SSL support.

    • -
    • +

    • PGKRBSRVNAME sets the Kerberos service name to use when authenticating with Kerberos 5.

    • -
    • +

    • PGCONNECT_TIMEOUT sets the maximum number of seconds that libpq will wait when attempting to connect to the PostgreSQL server. If unset @@ -124,19 +124,19 @@

        -
      • +

      • PGDATESTYLE sets the default style of date/time representation. (Equivalent to SET datestyle TO ....)

      • -
      • +

      • PGTZ sets the default time zone. (Equivalent to SET timezone TO ....)

      • -
      • +

      • PGCLIENTENCODING sets the default client character set encoding. (Equivalent to SET client_encoding TO ....)

      • -
      • +

      • PGGEQO sets the default mode for the genetic query optimizer. (Equivalent to SET geqo TO ....)

      • @@ -151,10 +151,10 @@

          -
        • +

        • PGSYSCONFDIR sets the directory containing the pg_service.conf file.

        • -
        • +

        • PGLOCALEDIR sets the directory containing the locale files for message internationalization.

        • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-example.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-example.html index ddf3beb2f3..17c9f1b7a0 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-example.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-example.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-exec.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-exec.html index 78e4939ee0..c9b1b638c7 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-exec.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-exec.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@

          29.3.1. Main Functions

          -
          PQexec
          +
          PQexec

          Submits a command to the server and waits for the result. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ it and the returned PGresult describes the error condition.

          -
          PQexecParams
          +
          PQexecParams

          Submits a command to the server and waits for the result, with the ability to pass parameters separately from the SQL @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

          Tip

          that the server will detect a type mismatch mistake for you.

          -
          PQprepare
          +
          PQprepare

          Submits a request to create a prepared statement with the given parameters, and waits for completion. @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@

          Tip

          function for deleting a prepared statement, the SQL DEALLOCATE statement can be used for that purpose.

          -
          PQexecPrepared
          +
          PQexecPrepared

          Sends a request to execute a prepared statement with given parameters, and waits for the result. @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@

          Tip

          paramTypes[] parameter is not present (it is not needed since the prepared statement's parameter types were determined when it was created).

          -
          PQdescribePrepared
          +
          PQdescribePrepared

          Submits a request to obtain information about the specified prepared statement, and waits for completion. @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@

          Tip

          PQftype, etc provide information about the result columns (if any) of the statement.

          -
          PQdescribePortal
          +
          PQdescribePortal

          Submits a request to obtain information about the specified portal, and waits for completion. @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@

          Tip

          The -PGresult +PGresult structure encapsulates the result returned by the server. libpq application programmers should be careful to maintain the PGresult abstraction. @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@

          Tip

          -
          PQresultStatus
          +
          PQresultStatus

          Returns the result status of the command.

          @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

          Tip

          execution functions; results of this kind are instead passed to the notice processor (see Section 29.11, “Notice Processing”).

          -
          PQresStatus
          +
          PQresStatus

          Converts the enumerated type returned by PQresultStatus into a string constant describing the status code. The caller should not @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@

          Tip

          char *PQresStatus(ExecStatusType status);
          -
          PQresultErrorMessage
          +
          PQresultErrorMessage

          Returns the error message associated with the command, or an empty string if there was no error. @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@

          Tip

          know the status associated with a particular PGresult; use PQerrorMessage when you want to know the status from the latest operation on the connection.

          -
          PQresultErrorField
          +
          PQresultErrorField

          Returns an individual field of an error report.

          @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@

          Tip

          PGconn objects; there is no PQerrorField function.

          -
          PQclear
          +
          PQclear

          Frees the storage associated with a PGresult. Every command result should be freed via PQclear when @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@

          Tip

          you must call PQclear. Failure to do this will result in memory leaks in your application.

          -
          PQmakeEmptyPGresult
          +
          PQmakeEmptyPGresult

          Constructs an empty PGresult object with the given status.

          @@ -476,21 +476,21 @@

          Tip

          would provide, but it has zero rows. For objects with other status values, these functions will act as though the result has zero rows and zero columns.

          -
          PQntuples
          +
          PQntuples

          Returns the number of rows (tuples) in the query result.

          int PQntuples(const PGresult *res);
          -
          PQnfields
          +
          PQnfields

          Returns the number of columns (fields) in each row of the query result.

          int PQnfields(const PGresult *res);
          -
          PQfname
          +
          PQfname

          Returns the column name associated with the given column number. Column numbers start at 0. The caller should not free the result @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@

          Tip

          int column_number);

    NULL is returned if the column number is out of range.

    -
    PQfnumber
    +
    PQfnumber

    Returns the column number associated with the given column name.

    @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@

    Tip

    PQfnumber(res, "BAR") -1 PQfnumber(res, "\"BAR\"") 1
    -
    PQftable
    +
    PQftable

    Returns the OID of the table from which the given column was fetched. Column numbers start at 0. @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@

    Tip

    the libpq header file. They will both be some integer type.

    -
    PQftablecol
    +
    PQftablecol

    Returns the column number (within its table) of the column making up the specified query result column. @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@

    Tip

    or if the specified column is not a simple reference to a table column, or when using pre-3.0 protocol.

    -
    PQfformat
    +
    PQfformat

    Returns the format code indicating the format of the given column. Column numbers start at 0. @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@

    Tip

    code one indicates binary representation. (Other codes are reserved for future definition.)

    -
    PQftype
    +
    PQftype

    Returns the data type associated with the given column number. The integer returned is the @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@

    Tip

    of the built-in data types are defined in the file src/include/catalog/pg_type.h in the source tree.

    -
    PQfmod
    +
    PQfmod

    Returns the type modifier of the column associated with the given column number. @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@

    Tip

    no information available”. Most data types do not use modifiers, in which case the value is always -1.

    -
    PQfsize
    +
    PQfsize

    Returns the size in bytes of the column associated with the given column number. @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@

    Tip

    of the data type. (Accordingly, it is not really very useful to clients.) A negative value indicates the data type is variable-length.

    -
    PQbinaryTuples
    +
    PQbinaryTuples

    Returns 1 if the PGresult contains binary data and 0 if it contains text data. @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@

    Tip

    PQfformat is preferred. PQbinaryTuples returns 1 only if all columns of the result are binary (format 1).

    -
    PQgetvalue
    +
    PQgetvalue

    Returns a single field value of one row of a PGresult. Row and column numbers @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@

    Tip

    copy the data into other storage if it is to be used past the lifetime of the PGresult structure itself.

    -
    PQgetisnull
    +
    PQgetisnull

    Tests a field for a null value. Row and column numbers start at 0. @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@

    Tip

    it contains a non-null value. (Note that PQgetvalue will return an empty string, not a null pointer, for a null field.)

    -
    PQgetlength
    +
    PQgetlength

    Returns the actual length of a field value in bytes. Row and column numbers start at 0. @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@

    Tip

    this is essential information. Note that one should not rely on PQfsize to obtain the actual data length.

    -
    PQnparams
    +
    PQnparams

    Returns the number of parameters of a prepared statement.

    @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@

    Tip

    PQdescribePrepared. For other types of queries it will return zero.

    -
    PQparamtype
    +
    PQparamtype

    Returns the data type of the indicated statement parameter. Parameter numbers start at 0. @@ -690,7 +690,7 @@

    Tip

    PQdescribePrepared. For other types of queries it will return zero.

    -
    PQprint
    +
    PQprint

    Prints out all the rows and, optionally, the column names to the specified output stream. @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@

    Tip

    PGresult objects that are not SELECT results.

    -
    PQcmdStatus
    +
    PQcmdStatus

    Returns the command status tag from the SQL command that generated the PGresult. @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@

    Tip

    associated PGresult handle is passed to PQclear.

    -
    PQcmdTuples
    +
    PQcmdTuples

    Returns the number of rows affected by the SQL command.

    @@ -757,9 +757,9 @@

    Tip

    PGresult handle is passed to PQclear.

    -
    PQoidValue
    +
    PQoidValue
    -

    Returns the OID of the inserted row, if the SQL +

    Returns the OID of the inserted row, if the SQL command was an INSERT that inserted exactly one row into a table that has OIDs, or a EXECUTE of a prepared query containing a suitable INSERT @@ -770,7 +770,7 @@

    Tip

    Oid PQoidValue(const PGresult *res);
    -
    PQoidStatus
    +
    PQoidStatus

    Returns a string with the OID of the inserted row, if the SQL command was an @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@

    Tip

    29.3.4. Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands

    -

    PQescapeStringConn escapes a string for use within an SQL +

    PQescapeStringConn escapes a string for use within an SQL command. This is useful when inserting data values as literal constants in SQL commands. Certain characters (such as quotes and backslashes) must be escaped to prevent them from being interpreted specially by the SQL parser. @@ -856,8 +856,8 @@

    Tip

    29.3.5. Escaping Binary Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands

    -
    -
    PQescapeByteaConn
    +
    +
    PQescapeByteaConn

    Escapes binary data for use within an SQL command with the type bytea. As with PQescapeStringConn, @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@

    Tip

    possible error is insufficient memory for the result string.

    -
    PQescapeBytea
    +
    PQescapeBytea

    PQescapeBytea is an older, deprecated version of PQescapeByteaConn. @@ -926,7 +926,7 @@

    Tip

    avoided in favor of PQescapeByteaConn.

    -
    PQunescapeBytea
    +
    PQunescapeBytea

    Converts a string representation of binary data into binary data — the reverse of PQescapeBytea. @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@

    Tip

    and so no need for a PGconn parameter.

    -
    PQfreemem
    +
    PQfreemem

    Frees memory allocated by libpq.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-fastpath.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-fastpath.html index c36cd62dc1..709ee0d6c3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-fastpath.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-fastpath.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    29.6. The Fast-Path Interface

    -

    PostgreSQL provides a fast-path interface to send +

    PostgreSQL provides a fast-path interface to send simple function calls to the server.

    Tip

    @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

    Tip

    function call. Then, executing the statement with binary transmission of parameters and results substitutes for a fast-path function call.

    -

    The function PQfn +

    The function PQfn requests execution of a server function via the fast-path interface:

    PGresult *PQfn(PGconn *conn,
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-ldap.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-ldap.html
    index 94281f4eff..ab837bc8aa 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-ldap.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-ldap.html
    @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
     
     
    @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
     

    29.15. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters

    -

    If libpq has been compiled with LDAP support (option +

    If libpq has been compiled with LDAP support (option --with-ldap for configure) it is possible to retrieve connection options like host or dbname via LDAP from a central server. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-misc.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-misc.html index 3428ea47c5..8786a6ac46 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-misc.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-misc.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ 29.10. Miscellaneous Functions

    As always, there are some functions that just don't fit anywhere.

    -
    PQencryptPassword
    +
    PQencryptPassword

    Prepares the encrypted form of a PostgreSQL password.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-notice-processing.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-notice-processing.html index b7999661aa..05d96724a2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-notice-processing.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-notice-processing.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    29.11. Notice Processing

    -

    Notice and warning messages generated by the server are not returned by the +

    Notice and warning messages generated by the server are not returned by the query execution functions, since they do not imply failure of the query. Instead they are passed to a notice handling function, and execution continues normally after the handler returns. The default notice handling function @@ -27,10 +27,10 @@ receiver will typically ignore the notice processor layer and just do all the work in the notice receiver.

    The function PQsetNoticeReceiver - + sets or examines the current notice receiver for a connection object. Similarly, PQsetNoticeProcessor - + sets or examines the current notice processor.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-notify.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-notify.html index 3b19fd9375..73f93cfed1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-notify.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-notify.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    29.7. Asynchronous Notification

    -

    PostgreSQL offers asynchronous notification via the +

    PostgreSQL offers asynchronous notification via the LISTEN and NOTIFY commands. A client session registers its interest in a particular notification condition with the LISTEN command (and can stop listening with the UNLISTEN command). All sessions listening on a @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ LISTEN and UNLISTEN commands as ordinary SQL commands. The arrival of NOTIFY messages can subsequently be detected by calling -PQnotifies.

    +PQnotifies.

    The function PQnotifies returns the next notification from a list of unhandled notification messages received from the server. It returns a null pointer if diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-pgpass.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-pgpass.html index 318d2e3ae2..e9657128b1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-pgpass.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-pgpass.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    29.13. The Password File

    -

    The file .pgpass in a user's home directory or the +

    The file .pgpass in a user's home directory or the file referenced by PGPASSFILE can contain passwords to be used if the connection requires a password (and no password has been specified otherwise). On Microsoft Windows the file is named diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-pgservice.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-pgservice.html index 2c69584ca3..63029afcf1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-pgservice.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-pgservice.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    29.14. The Connection Service File

    -

    The connection service file allows libpq connection parameters to be +

    The connection service file allows libpq connection parameters to be associated with a single service name. That service name can then be specified by a libpq connection, and the associated settings will be used. This allows connection parameters to be modified without requiring diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-ssl.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-ssl.html index 6be9d87e91..26a4d45030 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-ssl.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-ssl.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    29.16. SSL Support

    -

    PostgreSQL has native support for using +

    PostgreSQL has native support for using SSL connections to encrypt client/server communications for increased security. See Section 16.7, “Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL” for details about the server-side SSL functionality. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-status.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-status.html index d97f9c55bf..144b39b32b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-status.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-status.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@

    Tip

    -

    - +

    + libpq application programmers should be careful to maintain the PGconn abstraction. Use the accessor functions described below to get at the contents of PGconn. @@ -33,37 +33,37 @@

    Tip

    -
    PQdb
    +
    PQdb

    Returns the database name of the connection.

    char *PQdb(const PGconn *conn);
    -
    PQuser
    +
    PQuser

    Returns the user name of the connection.

    char *PQuser(const PGconn *conn);
    -
    PQpass
    +
    PQpass

    Returns the password of the connection.

    char *PQpass(const PGconn *conn);
    -
    PQhost
    +
    PQhost

    Returns the server host name of the connection.

    char *PQhost(const PGconn *conn);
    -
    PQport
    +
    PQport

    Returns the port of the connection.

    char *PQport(const PGconn *conn);
    -
    PQtty
    +
    PQtty

    Returns the debug TTY of the connection. (This is obsolete, since the server no longer pays attention @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@

    Tip

    char *PQtty(const PGconn *conn);
    -
    PQoptions
    +
    PQoptions

    Returns the command-line options passed in the connection request.

    @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@

    Tip

    -
    PQstatus
    +
    PQstatus

    Returns the status of the connection.

    @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

    Tip

    that might be seen.

    -
    PQtransactionStatus
    +
    PQtransactionStatus

    Returns the current in-transaction status of the server.

    @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@

    Caution

    deprecated and does not exist in later server versions.

    -
    PQparameterStatus
    +
    PQparameterStatus

    Looks up a current parameter setting of the server.

    @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@

    Caution

    points to mutable storage associated with the PGconn structure. It is unwise to assume the pointer will remain valid across queries.

    -
    PQprotocolVersion
    +
    PQprotocolVersion

    Interrogates the frontend/backend protocol being used.

    @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@

    Caution

    PostgreSQL 7.4 or later servers; pre-7.4 servers support only protocol 2.0. (Protocol 1.0 is obsolete and not supported by libpq.)

    -
    PQserverVersion
    +
    PQserverVersion

    Returns an integer representing the backend version.

    @@ -211,9 +211,9 @@

    Caution

    8.2 will be returned as 80200 (leading zeroes are not shown). Zero is returned if the connection is bad.

    -
    PQerrorMessage
    +
    PQerrorMessage
    -

    +

    Returns the error message most recently generated by an operation on the connection.

    @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@

    Caution

    PGconn structure.

    -
    PQsocket
    +
    PQsocket

    Obtains the file descriptor number of the connection socket to the server. A valid descriptor will be greater than or equal @@ -243,10 +243,10 @@

    Caution

    -
    PQbackendPID
    +
    PQbackendPID

    Returns the process ID - (PID) of the backend server + (PID) of the backend server process handling this connection.

    int PQbackendPID(const PGconn *conn);
    @@ -258,9 +258,9 @@

    Caution

    database server host, not the local host!

    -
    PQgetssl
    +
    PQgetssl
    -

    +

    Returns the SSL structure used in the connection, or null if SSL is not in use.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-threading.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-threading.html index 9e5379e747..9163c86133 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-threading.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq-threading.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    29.17. Behavior in Threaded Programs

    -

    libpq is reentrant and thread-safe if the +

    libpq is reentrant and thread-safe if the configure command-line option --enable-thread-safety was used when the PostgreSQL distribution was built. In @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ and PTHREAD_LIBS. This function allows the querying of libpq's thread-safe status:

    -
    PQisthreadsafe
    +
    PQisthreadsafe

    Returns the thread safety status of the libpq library. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq.html b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq.html index e0526d8698..b771610604 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/libpq.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/libpq.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@

    29.19. Example Programs
    -

    libpq is the C +

    libpq is the C application programmer's interface to PostgreSQL. libpq is a set of library functions that allow client programs to pass queries to the PostgreSQL @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@

    Client programs that use libpq must include the header file - libpq-fe.h + libpq-fe.h and must link with the libpq library.

    @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ application program can have several backend connections open at one time. (One reason to do that is to access more than one database.) Each connection is represented by a - PGconn object, which + PGconn object, which is obtained from the function PQconnectdb or PQsetdbLogin. Note that these functions will always return a non-null object pointer, unless perhaps there is too @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@

    -
    PQconnectdb
    +
    PQconnectdb

    Makes a new connection to the database server.

    @@ -123,13 +123,13 @@

    host
    -

    Name of host to connect to. +

    Name of host to connect to. If this begins with a slash, it specifies Unix-domain communication rather than TCP/IP communication; the value is the name of the directory in which the socket file is stored. The default behavior when host is not specified is to connect to a Unix-domain - socket in + socket in /tmp (or whatever socket directory was specified when PostgreSQL was built). On machines without Unix-domain sockets, the default is to connect to localhost. @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

    port

    Port number to connect to at the server host, or socket file name extension for Unix-domain - connections. + connections.

    dbname

    The database name. Defaults to be the same as the user name. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ options allow and prefer will be accepted but libpq will not in fact attempt an SSL - connection. + connection.

    requiressl
    @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ then the indicated built-in defaults are used.

    -
    PQsetdbLogin
    +
    PQsetdbLogin

    Makes a new connection to the database server.

    @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ empty string for any one of the fixed parameters that is to be defaulted.

    -
    PQsetdb
    +
    PQsetdb

    Makes a new connection to the database server.

    @@ -285,10 +285,10 @@

    -PQconnectStart

    PQconnectPoll +PQconnectStart

    PQconnectPoll
    -

    +

    Make a connection to the database server in a nonblocking manner.

    PGconn *PQconnectStart(const char *conninfo);
    @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ the connection attempt fails or is abandoned.

    -
    PQconndefaults
    +
    PQconndefaults

    Returns the default connection options.

    @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ is leaked for each call to PQconndefaults.

    -
    PQfinish
    +
    PQfinish

    Closes the connection to the server. Also frees memory used by the PGconn object. @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ PQfinish has been called.

    -
    PQreset
    +
    PQreset

    Resets the communication channel to the server.

    @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@

    -PQresetStart

    PQresetPoll +PQresetStart

    PQresetPoll

    Reset the communication channel to the server, in a nonblocking manner. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/lo-examplesect.html b/docs/en_US/pg/lo-examplesect.html index 265719c28f..d060caec9a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/lo-examplesect.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/lo-examplesect.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/lo-funcs.html b/docs/en_US/pg/lo-funcs.html index 28c7330483..29e08cc10d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/lo-funcs.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/lo-funcs.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,11 +19,11 @@ most part the client-side functions are simply interfaces to the equivalent server-side functions. The ones that are actually useful to call via SQL commands are - lo_creat, - lo_create, - lo_unlink, - lo_import, and - lo_export. + lo_creat, + lo_create, + lo_unlink, + lo_import, and + lo_export. Here are examples of their use:

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/lo-implementation.html b/docs/en_US/pg/lo-implementation.html index 466d548689..10b21e6cda 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/lo-implementation.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/lo-implementation.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/lo-interfaces.html b/docs/en_US/pg/lo-interfaces.html index 8d75790b90..3a3021f0cd 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/lo-interfaces.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/lo-interfaces.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -32,12 +32,12 @@

    -30.3.1. Creating a Large Object

    +30.3.1. Creating a Large Object

    The function

    Oid lo_creat(PGconn *conn, int mode);

    - + creates a new large object. The return value is the OID that was assigned to the new large object, or InvalidOid (zero) on failure. @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@

    Oid lo_create(PGconn *conn, Oid lobjId);

    - + also creates a new large object. The OID to be assigned can be specified by lobjId; if so, failure occurs if that OID is already in use for some large @@ -81,12 +81,12 @@

    -30.3.2. Importing a Large Object

    +30.3.2. Importing a Large Object

    To import an operating system file as a large object, call

    Oid lo_import(PGconn *conn, const char *filename);

    - + filename specifies the operating system name of the file to be imported as a large object. @@ -99,13 +99,13 @@

    -30.3.3. Exporting a Large Object

    +30.3.3. Exporting a Large Object

    To export a large object into an operating system file, call

    int lo_export(PGconn *conn, Oid lobjId, const char *filename);

    - + The lobjId argument specifies the OID of the large object to export and the filename argument specifies the operating system name of the file. Note that the file is @@ -115,12 +115,12 @@

    -30.3.4. Opening an Existing Large Object

    +30.3.4. Opening an Existing Large Object

    To open an existing large object for reading or writing, call

    int lo_open(PGconn *conn, Oid lobjId, int mode);

    - + The lobjId argument specifies the OID of the large object to open. The mode bits control whether the object is opened for reading (INV_READ), writing @@ -159,12 +159,12 @@

    -30.3.5. Writing Data to a Large Object

    +30.3.5. Writing Data to a Large Object

    The function

    int lo_write(PGconn *conn, int fd, const char *buf, size_t len);

    - writes + writes len bytes from buf to large object descriptor fd. The fd argument must have been returned by a previous @@ -174,12 +174,12 @@

    -30.3.6. Reading Data from a Large Object

    +30.3.6. Reading Data from a Large Object

    The function

    int lo_read(PGconn *conn, int fd, char *buf, size_t len);

    - reads + reads len bytes from large object descriptor fd into buf. The fd argument must have been returned by a @@ -189,13 +189,13 @@

    -30.3.7. Seeking in a Large Object

    +30.3.7. Seeking in a Large Object

    To change the current read or write location associated with a large object descriptor, call

    int lo_lseek(PGconn *conn, int fd, int offset, int whence);

    - This function moves the + This function moves the current location pointer for the large object descriptor identified by fd to the new location specified by offset. The valid values for whence @@ -206,23 +206,23 @@

    -30.3.8. Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object

    +30.3.8. Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object

    To obtain the current read or write location of a large object descriptor, call

    int lo_tell(PGconn *conn, int fd);

    - If there is an error, the + If there is an error, the return value is negative.

    -30.3.9. Closing a Large Object Descriptor

    +30.3.9. Closing a Large Object Descriptor

    A large object descriptor may be closed by calling

    int lo_close(PGconn *conn, int fd);

    - where fd is a + where fd is a large object descriptor returned by lo_open. On success, lo_close returns zero. On error, the return value is negative.

    @@ -231,12 +231,12 @@

    -30.3.10. Removing a Large Object

    +30.3.10. Removing a Large Object

    To remove a large object from the database, call

    int lo_unlink(PGconn *conn, Oid lobjId);

    - The + The lobjId argument specifies the OID of the large object to remove. Returns 1 if successful, -1 on failure.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/locking-indexes.html b/docs/en_US/pg/locking-indexes.html index cb2e3f50ef..9c4f611310 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/locking-indexes.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/locking-indexes.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    12.5. Locking and Indexes

    -

    Though PostgreSQL +

    Though PostgreSQL provides nonblocking read/write access to table data, nonblocking read/write access is not currently offered for every index access method implemented diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/logfile-maintenance.html b/docs/en_US/pg/logfile-maintenance.html index 6b67904561..28ad34adbe 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/logfile-maintenance.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/logfile-maintenance.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    22.3. Log File Maintenance

    -

    It is a good idea to save the database server's log output +

    It is a good idea to save the database server's log output somewhere, rather than just routing it to /dev/null. The log output is invaluable when it comes time to diagnose problems. However, the log output tends to be voluminous diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/maintenance.html b/docs/en_US/pg/maintenance.html index 6cc1087c68..6930db7da6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/maintenance.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/maintenance.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@

    22.3. Log File Maintenance
    -

    PostgreSQL, like any database software, requires that certain tasks +

    PostgreSQL, like any database software, requires that certain tasks be performed regularly to achieve optimum performance. The tasks discussed here are required, but they are repetitive in nature and can easily be automated using standard @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

    22.1. Routine Vacuuming

    -

    PostgreSQL's VACUUM command +

    PostgreSQL's VACUUM command must be run on a regular basis for several reasons:

    @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@

    22.1.1. Recovering disk space

    -

    In normal PostgreSQL operation, an +

    In normal PostgreSQL operation, an UPDATE or DELETE of a row does not immediately remove the old version of the row. This approach is necessary to gain the benefits of multiversion @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@

    22.1.2. Updating planner statistics

    -

    The PostgreSQL query planner relies on +

    The PostgreSQL query planner relies on statistical information about the contents of tables in order to generate good plans for queries. These statistics are gathered by the ANALYZE command, which can be invoked by itself or @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@

    Tip

    22.1.3. Preventing transaction ID wraparound failures

    -

    PostgreSQL's MVCC transaction semantics +

    PostgreSQL's MVCC transaction semantics depend on being able to compare transaction ID (XID) numbers: a row version with an insertion XID greater than the current transaction's XID is “in the future” and should not be visible @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@

    Tip

    22.1.4. The auto-vacuum daemon

    -

    Beginning in PostgreSQL 8.1, there is a +

    Beginning in PostgreSQL 8.1, there is a separate optional server process called the autovacuum daemon, whose purpose is to automate the execution of VACUUM and ANALYZE commands. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-config.html b/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-config.html index 9aa3403786..5d9b2ddcf8 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-config.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-config.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-createdb.html b/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-createdb.html index 9c6ceabd40..faa6f65f00 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-createdb.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-createdb.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ server must be up and running (see Section 16.3, “Starting the Database Server”).

    Databases are created with the SQL command - CREATE DATABASE: + CREATE DATABASE:

    CREATE DATABASE name;

    @@ -37,12 +37,12 @@ initdb command when the data storage area is initialized. (See Section 16.2, “Creating a Database Cluster”.) This database is called - postgres. So to + postgres. So to create the first “ordinary” database you can connect to postgres.

    A second database, - template1, + template1, is also created by initdb. Whenever a new database is created within the cluster, template1 is essentially cloned. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@

    As a convenience, there is a program that you can execute from the shell to create new databases, - createdb. + createdb.

    createdb dbname
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-dropdb.html b/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-dropdb.html index e7d5cf7ffb..1f8745e965 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-dropdb.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-dropdb.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@

    19.5. Destroying a Database

    Databases are destroyed with the command - DROP DATABASE: + DROP DATABASE:

    DROP DATABASE name;

    @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ given cluster.

    For convenience, there is also a shell program to drop - databases, dropdb: + databases, dropdb:

    dropdb dbname

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-tablespaces.html b/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-tablespaces.html index fd45685c21..4ce0a447e6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-tablespaces.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-tablespaces.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    19.6. Tablespaces

    -

    Tablespaces in PostgreSQL allow database administrators to +

    Tablespaces in PostgreSQL allow database administrators to define locations in the file system where the files representing database objects can be stored. Once created, a tablespace can be referred to by name when creating database objects. @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ expensive, slower disk system.

    To define a tablespace, use the CREATE TABLESPACE - command, for example: + command, for example:

    CREATE TABLESPACE fastspace LOCATION '/mnt/sda1/postgresql/data';

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-templatedbs.html b/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-templatedbs.html index ef26eb37f0..9f3a6a7fd2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-templatedbs.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/manage-ag-templatedbs.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ 19.3. Template Databases

    CREATE DATABASE actually works by copying an existing database. By default, it copies the standard system database named - template1. Thus that + template1. Thus that database is the “template” from which new databases are made. If you add objects to template1, these objects will be copied into subsequently created user databases. This @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ action being taken when those databases are made.

    There is a second standard system database named - template0. This + template0. This database contains the same data as the initial contents of template1, that is, only the standard objects predefined by your version of @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ otherwise, new connections to the source database are locked out until CREATE DATABASE completes.

    -

    Two useful flags exist in pg_database for each +

    Two useful flags exist in pg_database for each database: the columns datistemplate and datallowconn. datistemplate may be set to indicate that a database is intended as a template for diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/managing-databases.html b/docs/en_US/pg/managing-databases.html index c7e9a87660..749e4b057e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/managing-databases.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/managing-databases.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@

    19.6. Tablespaces
    -

    Every instance of a running PostgreSQL +

    Every instance of a running PostgreSQL server manages one or more databases. Databases are therefore the topmost hierarchical level for organizing SQL objects (“database objects”). This chapter describes @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

    19.1. Overview

    -

    A database is a named collection of SQL objects +

    A database is a named collection of SQL objects (“database objects”). Generally, every database object (tables, functions, etc.) belongs to one and only one database. (But there are a few system catalogs, for example diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/migration.html b/docs/en_US/pg/migration.html index f353da3498..cc069823a9 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/migration.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/migration.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    23.5. Migration Between Releases

    -

    This section discusses how to migrate your database data from one +

    This section discusses how to migrate your database data from one PostgreSQL release to a newer one. The software installation procedure per se is not the subject of this section; those details are in Chapter 14, Installation Instructions. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

    pg_dumpall > backup
     pg_ctl stop
     mv /usr/local/pgsql /usr/local/pgsql.old
    -cd ~/postgresql-8.2.0
    +cd ~/postgresql-8.2.1
     gmake install
     initdb -D /usr/local/pgsql/data
     postgres -D /usr/local/pgsql/data
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/monitoring-locks.html b/docs/en_US/pg/monitoring-locks.html
    index 1de09c9630..c99d8ad99b 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/monitoring-locks.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/monitoring-locks.html
    @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
     
     
    @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
     

    25.3. Viewing Locks

    -

    Another useful tool for monitoring database activity is the +

    Another useful tool for monitoring database activity is the pg_locks system table. It allows the database administrator to view information about the outstanding locks in the lock manager. For example, this capability can be used diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/monitoring-stats.html b/docs/en_US/pg/monitoring-stats.html index 0582c9fcf6..48ecae3839 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/monitoring-stats.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/monitoring-stats.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    25.2. The Statistics Collector

    -

    PostgreSQL's statistics collector +

    PostgreSQL's statistics collector is a subsystem that supports collection and reporting of information about server activity. Presently, the collector can count accesses to tables and indexes in both disk-block and individual-row terms. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/monitoring.html b/docs/en_US/pg/monitoring.html index 0f07d229c7..65b133330c 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/monitoring.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/monitoring.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -26,14 +26,14 @@

    25.3. Viewing Locks
    25.4. Dynamic Tracing
    -
    25.4.1. Compiling for Dynamic Trace
    +
    25.4.1. Compiling for Dynamic Tracing
    25.4.2. Built-in Trace Points
    25.4.3. Using Trace Points
    25.4.4. Defining Trace Points
    -

    A database administrator frequently wonders, “What is the system +

    A database administrator frequently wonders, “What is the system doing right now?” This chapter discusses how to find that out.

    @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@

    25.1. Standard Unix Tools

    -

    On most platforms, PostgreSQL modifies its +

    On most platforms, PostgreSQL modifies its command title as reported by ps, so that individual server processes can readily be identified. A sample display is diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/multibyte.html b/docs/en_US/pg/multibyte.html index d0450dbc97..0d1fc3ee4e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/multibyte.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/multibyte.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    21.2. Character Set Support

    -

    The character set support in PostgreSQL +

    The character set support in PostgreSQL allows you to store text in a variety of character sets, including single-byte character sets such as the ISO 8859 series and multiple-byte character sets such as EUC (Extended Unix @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@

    -21.2.2. Setting the Character Set

    +21.2.2. Setting the Character Set

    initdb defines the default character set for a PostgreSQL cluster. For example, @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@

    Important

    -21.2.3. Automatic Character Set Conversion Between Server and Client

    +21.2.3. Automatic Character Set Conversion Between Server and Client

    PostgreSQL supports automatic character set conversion between server and client for certain character set combinations. The conversion information is stored in the @@ -911,7 +911,7 @@

    Important

    -21.2.4. Further Reading

    +21.2.4. Further Reading

    These are good sources to start learning about various kinds of encoding systems. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/mvcc.html b/docs/en_US/pg/mvcc.html index 2283247458..97d199fec8 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/mvcc.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/mvcc.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

    12.5. Locking and Indexes
    -

    This chapter describes the behavior of the +

    This chapter describes the behavior of the PostgreSQL database system when two or more sessions try to access the same data at the same time. The goals in that situation are to allow efficient access for all @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@

    12.1. Introduction

    -

    PostgreSQL provides a rich set of tools +

    PostgreSQL provides a rich set of tools for developers to manage concurrent access to data. Internally, data consistency is maintained by using a multiversion model (Multiversion Concurrency Control, MVCC). diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/nls-programmer.html b/docs/en_US/pg/nls-programmer.html index 046ee1eb1d..709e3d285f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/nls-programmer.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/nls-programmer.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Currently, it only applies to C programs.

    -

    Adding NLS support to a program

    +

    Adding NLS support to a program

    1. Insert this code into the start-up sequence of the program: diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/nls.html b/docs/en_US/pg/nls.html index 7012090f35..af195ad273 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/nls.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/nls.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -24,10 +24,10 @@

      46.1. For the Translator
      -
      46.1.1. Requirements
      -
      46.1.2. Concepts
      -
      46.1.3. Creating and maintaining message catalogs
      -
      46.1.4. Editing the PO files
      +
      46.1.1. Requirements
      +
      46.1.2. Concepts
      +
      46.1.3. Creating and maintaining message catalogs
      +
      46.1.4. Editing the PO files
      46.2. For the Programmer
      @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@

      -46.1.1. Requirements

      +46.1.1. Requirements

    We won't judge your language skills — this section is about software tools. Theoretically, you only need a text editor. But this is only in the unlikely event that you do not want to try out @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@

    -46.1.2. Concepts

    +46.1.2. Concepts

    The pairs of original (English) messages and their (possibly) translated equivalents are kept in message catalogs, one for each program (although related @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@

    -46.1.3. Creating and maintaining message catalogs

    +46.1.3. Creating and maintaining message catalogs

    OK, so how does one create a “blank” message catalog? First, go into the directory that contains the program whose messages you want to translate. If there is a file @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@

    -46.1.4. Editing the PO files

    +46.1.4. Editing the PO files

    The PO files can be edited with a regular text editor. The translator should only change the area between the quotes after the msgstr directive, may add comments and alter the fuzzy flag. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/notation.html b/docs/en_US/pg/notation.html index d1b41999b6..58d295c680 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/notation.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/notation.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/overview.html b/docs/en_US/pg/overview.html index beb3af4597..102ccdaef3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/overview.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/overview.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@

    42.2. How Connections are Established
    42.3. The Parser Stage
    -
    42.3.1. Parser
    -
    42.3.2. Transformation Process
    +
    42.3.1. Parser
    +
    42.3.2. Transformation Process
    42.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System
    42.5. Planner/Optimizer
    -
    42.5.1. Generating Possible Plans
    +
    42.5.1. Generating Possible Plans
    42.6. Executor
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/parser-stage.html b/docs/en_US/pg/parser-stage.html index 1cc97139b0..e3b386059a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/parser-stage.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/parser-stage.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@

    -42.3.1. Parser

    +42.3.1. Parser

    The parser has to check the query string (which arrives as plain ASCII text) for valid syntax. If the syntax is correct a parse tree is built up and handed back; @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

    Note

    -42.3.2. Transformation Process

    +42.3.2. Transformation Process

    The parser stage creates a parse tree using only fixed rules about the syntactic structure of SQL. It does not make any lookups in the system catalogs, so there is no possibility to understand the detailed diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/performance-tips.html b/docs/en_US/pg/performance-tips.html index 8be8285ee7..d48432089f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/performance-tips.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/performance-tips.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ -

    Query performance can be affected by many things. Some of these can +

    Query performance can be affected by many things. Some of these can be manipulated by the user, while others are fundamental to the underlying design of the system. This chapter provides some hints about understanding and tuning PostgreSQL performance. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

    13.1. Using EXPLAIN

    -

    PostgreSQL devises a query +

    PostgreSQL devises a query plan for each query it is given. Choosing the right plan to match the query structure and the properties of the data is absolutely critical for good performance, so the system includes @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ that the planner seeks to minimize.

    Here is a trivial example, just to show what the output looks like. - [7] + [7]

    EXPLAIN SELECT * FROM tenk1;
    @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
     


    -

    [7] Examples in this section are drawn from the regression test database +

    [7] Examples in this section are drawn from the regression test database after doing a VACUUM ANALYZE, using 8.2 development sources. You should be able to get similar results if you try the examples yourself, but your estimated costs and row counts will probably vary slightly diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/perm-functions.html b/docs/en_US/pg/perm-functions.html index 61d5689d51..888ba091f1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/perm-functions.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/perm-functions.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/planner-optimizer.html b/docs/en_US/pg/planner-optimizer.html index 16e1f27657..251eabad79 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/planner-optimizer.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/planner-optimizer.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@

    Note

    -42.5.1. Generating Possible Plans

    +42.5.1. Generating Possible Plans

    The planner/optimizer starts by generating plans for scanning each individual relation (table) used in the query. The possible plans are determined by the available indexes on each relation. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/planner-stats-details.html b/docs/en_US/pg/planner-stats-details.html index ba0e78badf..8db36ab45d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/planner-stats-details.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/planner-stats-details.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

    54.1. Row Estimation Examples

    -

    Using examples drawn from the regression test database, let's start with a +

    Using examples drawn from the regression test database, let's start with a very simple query:

    EXPLAIN SELECT * FROM tenk1;
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/planner-stats.html b/docs/en_US/pg/planner-stats.html
    index e652cffb37..d97550e7c5 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/planner-stats.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/planner-stats.html
    @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
     
     
    @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
     

    13.2. Statistics Used by the Planner

    -

    As we saw in the previous section, the query planner needs to estimate +

    As we saw in the previous section, the query planner needs to estimate the number of rows retrieved by a query in order to make good choices of query plans. This section provides a quick look at the statistics that the system uses for these estimates. @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ to match the current physical table size, thus obtaining a closer approximation.

    -

    Most queries retrieve only a fraction of the rows in a table, due +

    Most queries retrieve only a fraction of the rows in a table, due to having WHERE clauses that restrict the rows to be examined. The planner thus needs to make an estimate of the selectivity of WHERE clauses, that is, @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ ANALYZE commands, and are always approximate even when freshly updated.

    -

    Rather than look at pg_statistic directly, +

    Rather than look at pg_statistic directly, it's better to look at its view pg_stats when examining the statistics manually. pg_stats is designed to be more easily readable. Furthermore, diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plhandler.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plhandler.html index 9f746be8fa..4ca9bd9c23 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plhandler.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plhandler.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    Chapter 47. Writing A Procedural Language Handler

    -

    All calls to functions that are written in a language other than +

    All calls to functions that are written in a language other than the current “version 1” interface for compiled languages (this includes functions in user-defined procedural languages, functions written in SQL, and functions using the version 0 compiled diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-data.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-data.html index 084e7d531d..4fa0975f64 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-data.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-data.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-database.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-database.html index 343885afbc..fead4b0d19 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-database.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-database.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ DBI-compliant database-handle named $pg_dbh that can be used to perform queries with normal DBI - syntax. + syntax.

    PL/Perl provides additional Perl commands: diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-global.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-global.html index 21196af41e..f73160dcbb 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-global.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-global.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-missing.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-missing.html index 097115e270..e210f38663 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-missing.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-missing.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-triggers.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-triggers.html index 6aff7599ab..8d1d02afd5 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-triggers.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-triggers.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-trusted.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-trusted.html index a84afaedad..783db1cbc6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-trusted.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plperl-trusted.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    39.5. Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl

    -

    Normally, PL/Perl is installed as a “trusted” programming +

    Normally, PL/Perl is installed as a “trusted” programming language named plperl. In this setup, certain Perl operations are disabled to preserve security. In general, the operations that are restricted are those that interact with the @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ restricted. For example, one might want a Perl function that sends mail. To handle these cases, PL/Perl can also be installed as an “untrusted” language (usually called - PL/PerlU). + PL/PerlU). In this case the full Perl language is available. If the createlang program is used to install the language, the language name plperlu will select diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plperl.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plperl.html index 76f38bb86d..12d2afe83e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plperl.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plperl.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@

    39.7. Limitations and Missing Features
    -

    PL/Perl is a loadable procedural language that enables you to write +

    PL/Perl is a loadable procedural language that enables you to write PostgreSQL functions in the Perl programming language.

    @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

    Note

    $$ LANGUAGE plperl;

    -

    If an SQL null value is passed to a function, +

    If an SQL null value is passed to a function, the argument value will appear as “undefined” in Perl. The above function definition will not behave very nicely with null inputs (in fact, it will act as though they are zeroes). We could diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-control-structures.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-control-structures.html index dd865af686..b4e5215376 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-control-structures.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-control-structures.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@

    -37.7.1.1. RETURN

    +37.7.1.1. RETURN
    RETURN expression;

    RETURN with an expression terminates the function and returns the value of @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@

    -37.7.1.2. RETURN NEXT

    +37.7.1.2. RETURN NEXT
    RETURN NEXT expression;

    When a PL/pgSQL function is declared to return SETOF sometype, the procedure @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@

    Note

    -37.7.2.1. IF-THEN

    +37.7.2.1. IF-THEN
    IF boolean-expression THEN
         statements
     END IF;
    @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

    Note

    -37.7.2.2. IF-THEN-ELSE

    +37.7.2.2. IF-THEN-ELSE
    IF boolean-expression THEN
         statements
     ELSE
    @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ 

    Note

    -37.7.2.3. IF-THEN-ELSE IF

    +37.7.2.3. IF-THEN-ELSE IF

    IF statements can be nested, as in the following example: @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@

    Note

    -37.7.2.4. IF-THEN-ELSIF-ELSE

    +37.7.2.4. IF-THEN-ELSIF-ELSE
    IF boolean-expression THEN
         statements
     [ ELSIF boolean-expression THEN
    @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ 

    Note

    -37.7.2.5. IF-THEN-ELSEIF-ELSE

    +37.7.2.5. IF-THEN-ELSEIF-ELSE

    ELSEIF is an alias for ELSIF.

    @@ -265,14 +265,14 @@

    Note

    37.7.3. Simple Loops

    -

    With the LOOP, EXIT, +

    With the LOOP, EXIT, CONTINUE, WHILE, and FOR statements, you can arrange for your PL/pgSQL function to repeat a series of commands.

    -37.7.3.1. LOOP

    +37.7.3.1. LOOP
    [ <<label>> ]
     LOOP
         statements
    @@ -287,8 +287,8 @@ 

    Note

    -37.7.3.2. EXIT

    -
    EXIT [ label ] [ WHEN expression ];
    +37.7.3.2. EXIT
    +
    EXIT [ label ] [ WHEN expression ];

    If no label is given, the innermost loop is terminated and the statement following END LOOP is executed next. If label @@ -331,8 +331,8 @@

    Note

    -37.7.3.3. CONTINUE

    -
    CONTINUE [ label ] [ WHEN expression ];
    +37.7.3.3. CONTINUE
    +
    CONTINUE [ label ] [ WHEN expression ];

    If no label is given, the next iteration of the innermost loop is begun. That is, control is passed back to the loop control expression (if any), and the body of the @@ -361,8 +361,8 @@

    Note

    -37.7.3.4. WHILE

    -
    [ <<label>> ]
    +37.7.3.4. WHILE
    +
    [ <<label>> ]
     WHILE expression LOOP
         statements
     END LOOP [ label ];
    @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@

    Note

    -37.7.3.5. FOR (integer variant)

    +37.7.3.5. FOR (integer variant)
    [ <<label>> ]
     FOR name IN [ REVERSE ] expression .. expression [ BY expression ] LOOP
         statements
    @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ 

    Note

    37.7.5. Trapping Errors

    -

    By default, any error occurring in a PL/pgSQL +

    By default, any error occurring in a PL/pgSQL function aborts execution of the function, and indeed of the surrounding transaction as well. You can trap errors and recover from them by using a BEGIN block with an diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-cursors.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-cursors.html index 8499d3b8c9..93f213fbd2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-cursors.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-cursors.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    37.8. Cursors

    -

    Rather than executing a whole query at once, it is possible to set +

    Rather than executing a whole query at once, it is possible to set up a cursor that encapsulates the query, and then read the query result a few rows at a time. One reason for doing this is to avoid memory overrun when the result contains a large number of @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@

    -37.8.2.1. OPEN FOR query

    +37.8.2.1. OPEN FOR query
    OPEN unbound_cursor FOR query;

    The cursor variable is opened and given the specified query to execute. The cursor cannot be open already, and it must have been @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

    -37.8.2.2. OPEN FOR EXECUTE

    +37.8.2.2. OPEN FOR EXECUTE
    OPEN unbound_cursor FOR EXECUTE query_string;

    The cursor variable is opened and given the specified query to execute. The cursor cannot be open already, and it must have been @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

    -37.8.2.3. Opening a Bound Cursor

    +37.8.2.3. Opening a Bound Cursor
    OPEN bound_cursor [ ( argument_values ) ];

    This form of OPEN is used to open a cursor variable whose query was bound to it when it was declared. The @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

    -37.8.3.1. FETCH

    +37.8.3.1. FETCH
    FETCH cursor INTO target;

    FETCH retrieves the next row from the cursor into a target, which may be a row variable, a record @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

    -37.8.3.2. CLOSE

    +37.8.3.2. CLOSE
    CLOSE cursor;

    CLOSE closes the portal underlying an open cursor. This can be used to release resources earlier than end of @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@

    -37.8.3.3. Returning Cursors

    +37.8.3.3. Returning Cursors

    PL/pgSQL functions can return cursors to the caller. This is useful to return multiple rows or columns, especially with very large result sets. To do this, the function diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-declarations.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-declarations.html index 90c58ef079..c1e7e00c4e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-declarations.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-declarations.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-development-tips.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-development-tips.html index ff03a100f3..4fba20afda 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-development-tips.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-development-tips.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-errors-and-messages.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-errors-and-messages.html index b758e5dd15..6f24ee9744 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-errors-and-messages.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-errors-and-messages.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    37.9. Errors and Messages

    -

    Use the RAISE statement to report messages and +

    Use the RAISE statement to report messages and raise errors.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-expressions.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-expressions.html index f213cc8cde..c886ef0661 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-expressions.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-expressions.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-porting.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-porting.html index a2ef75d6b0..eaa857c24d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-porting.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-porting.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    37.11. Porting from Oracle PL/SQL

    -

    This section explains differences between +

    This section explains differences between PostgreSQL's PL/pgSQL language and Oracle's PL/SQL language, to help developers who port applications from @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@

    -37.11.1. Porting Examples

    +37.11.1. Porting Examples

    Example 37.5, “Porting a Simple Function from PL/SQL to PL/pgSQL shows how to port a simple function from PL/SQL to PL/pgSQL.

    @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ PostgreSQL does not have a built-in instr function, but you can create one using a combination of other - functions. In Section 37.11.3, “Appendix” there is a + functions. In Section 37.11.3, “Appendix” there is a PL/pgSQL implementation of instr that you can use to make your porting easier. @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@

    -37.11.2.2. EXECUTE

    +37.11.2.2. EXECUTE

    The PL/pgSQL version of EXECUTE works similarly to the PL/SQL version, but you have to remember to use diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-statements.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-statements.html index 0da320c9f5..526ef0757b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-statements.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-statements.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

    Note

    37.6.3. Executing a Query with a Single-Row Result

    -

    The result of a SQL command yielding a single row (possibly of multiple +

    The result of a SQL command yielding a single row (possibly of multiple columns) can be assigned to a record variable, row-type variable, or list of scalar variables. This is done by writing the base SQL command and adding an INTO clause. For example, @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@

    Note

    || quote_literal(keyvalue);

    -

    This example demonstrates the use of the +

    This example demonstrates the use of the quote_ident and quote_literal functions. For safety, expressions containing column and table identifiers should be diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-structure.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-structure.html index 364c702f5e..c347b0ad73 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-structure.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-structure.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-trigger.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-trigger.html index b74a846cb6..3d5868abc8 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-trigger.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql-trigger.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    37.10. Trigger Procedures

    -

    PL/pgSQL can be used to define trigger +

    PL/pgSQL can be used to define trigger procedures. A trigger procedure is created with the CREATE FUNCTION command, declaring it as a function with no arguments and a return type of trigger. Note that diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql.html index bedd617d1d..ef88ad3054 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plpgsql.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -61,13 +61,13 @@

    37.10. Trigger Procedures
    37.11. Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    -
    37.11.1. Porting Examples
    +
    37.11.1. Porting Examples
    37.11.2. Other Things to Watch For
    37.11.3. Appendix
    -

    PL/pgSQL is a loadable procedural +

    PL/pgSQL is a loadable procedural language for the PostgreSQL database system. The design goals of PL/pgSQL were to create a loadable procedural language that @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ creates a prepared execution plan (using the SPI manager's SPI_prepare and SPI_saveplan - functions). Subsequent visits to that expression or command + functions). Subsequent visits to that expression or command reuse the prepared plan. Thus, a function with conditional code that contains many statements for which execution plans might be required will only prepare and save those plans that are really diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plpython-database.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plpython-database.html index 39d349c387..cde04c62a0 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plpython-database.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plpython-database.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ plpy.notice(msg), plpy.warning(msg), plpy.error(msg), and - plpy.fatal(msg). + plpy.fatal(msg). plpy.error and plpy.fatal actually raise a Python exception which, if uncaught, propagates out to the calling query, causing @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@

    foo = rv[i]["my_column"]

    -

    +

    The second function, plpy.prepare, prepares the execution plan for a query. It is called with a query string and a list of parameter types, if you have parameter references in diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plpython-trigger.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plpython-trigger.html index 965dcb78f2..17ef28b310 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plpython-trigger.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plpython-trigger.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    40.2. Trigger Functions

    -

    When a function is used as a trigger, the dictionary +

    When a function is used as a trigger, the dictionary TD contains trigger-related values. The trigger rows are in TD["new"] and/or TD["old"] depending on the trigger event. TD["event"] contains diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/plpython.html b/docs/en_US/pg/plpython.html index 422fb112c3..72f3451a9a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/plpython.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/plpython.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    40.3. Database Access
    -

    The PL/Python procedural language allows +

    The PL/Python procedural language allows PostgreSQL functions to be written in the Python language.

    @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@

    Note

    value. Alternatively, one can use named parameters as shown in the example above. Use of named parameters is usually more readable.

    -

    If an SQL null value is passed to a +

    If an SQL null value is passed to a function, the argument value will appear as None in Python. The above function definition will return the wrong answer for null inputs. We could add STRICT to the function definition @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@

    Warning

    data between function calls. This variable is private static data. The global dictionary GD is public data, available to all Python functions within a session. Use with - care. + care.

    Each function gets its own execution environment in the Python interpreter, so that global data and function arguments from diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-data.html b/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-data.html index 7d6d9b9977..651e718f39 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-data.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-data.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-dbaccess.html b/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-dbaccess.html index a6fb231c4c..4cc6b989a4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-dbaccess.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-dbaccess.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

    Prepares and saves a query plan for later execution. The saved plan will be retained for the life of the current - session. + session.

    The query may use parameters, that is, placeholders for values to be supplied whenever the plan is actually executed. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-functions.html b/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-functions.html index a69c70b960..8d65fc1ea3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-functions.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-functions.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-global.html b/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-global.html index f2f660cacd..9348a8661f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-global.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-global.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    38.4. Global Data in PL/Tcl

    -

    Sometimes it +

    Sometimes it is useful to have some global data that is held between two calls to a function or is shared between different functions. This is easily done since diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-procnames.html b/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-procnames.html index d1cd1b006d..ec2e20a6a5 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-procnames.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-procnames.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-trigger.html b/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-trigger.html index f0025f0a95..2f3abf9774 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-trigger.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-trigger.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    38.6. Trigger Procedures in PL/Tcl

    -

    Trigger procedures can be written in PL/Tcl. +

    Trigger procedures can be written in PL/Tcl. PostgreSQL requires that a procedure that is to be called as a trigger must be declared as a function with no arguments and a return type of trigger. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-unknown.html b/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-unknown.html index 31d6e5db60..df14a49486 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-unknown.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl-unknown.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl.html b/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl.html index ea7bbd32ff..7fc1003450 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/pltcl.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@

    38.8. Tcl Procedure Names
    -

    PL/Tcl is a loadable procedural language for the +

    PL/Tcl is a loadable procedural language for the PostgreSQL database system that enables the Tcl language to be used to write functions and trigger procedures. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/populate.html b/docs/en_US/pg/populate.html index a1b721d4e3..446e98e333 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/populate.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/populate.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@

    13.4.1. Disable Autocommit

    -

    Turn off autocommit and just do one commit at the end. (In plain +

    Turn off autocommit and just do one commit at the end. (In plain SQL, this means issuing BEGIN at the start and COMMIT at the end. Some client libraries may do this behind your back, in which case you need to make sure the @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ drop or recreate indexes, and it does not normally touch foreign keys. - [8] + [8] So when loading a data-only dump, it is up to you to drop and recreate indexes and foreign keys if you wish to use those techniques. @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@



    -

    [8] You can get the effect of disabling foreign keys by using +

    [8] You can get the effect of disabling foreign keys by using the --disable-triggers option — but realize that that eliminates, rather than just postponing, foreign key validation, and so it is possible to insert bad data if you use it. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/preface.html b/docs/en_US/pg/preface.html index 14c8fd4fef..b93528fc68 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/preface.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/preface.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ - - - + + + @@ -22,15 +22,15 @@

    1.2.1. The Berkeley POSTGRES Project
    1.2.2. Postgres95
    -
    1.2.3. PostgreSQL
    +
    1.2.3. PostgreSQL
    1.3. Conventions
    1.4. Further Information
    1.5. Bug Reporting Guidelines
    -
    1.5.1. Identifying Bugs
    -
    1.5.2. What to report
    -
    1.5.3. Where to report bugs
    +
    1.5.1. Identifying Bugs
    +
    1.5.2. What to report
    +
    1.5.3. Where to report bugs
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/privileges.html b/docs/en_US/pg/privileges.html index e1e8a0b407..a5802be87b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/privileges.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/privileges.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    18.3. Privileges

    -

    When an object is created, it is assigned an owner. The +

    When an object is created, it is assigned an owner. The owner is normally the role that executed the creation statement. For most kinds of objects, the initial state is that only the owner (or a superuser) can do anything with the object. To allow diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-changes.html b/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-changes.html index 27eca64408..f1307e2ee3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-changes.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-changes.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-error-fields.html b/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-error-fields.html index 5ad43e541e..315788d94f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-error-fields.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-error-fields.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-flow.html b/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-flow.html index 0d943c5045..2216bf4c74 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-flow.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-flow.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@

    -44.2.1. Start-Up

    +44.2.1. Start-Up

    To begin a session, a frontend opens a connection to the server and sends a startup message. This message includes the names of the user and of the database the user wants to connect to; it also identifies the particular @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

    -44.2.2. Simple Query

    +44.2.2. Simple Query

    A simple query cycle is initiated by the frontend sending a Query message to the backend. The message includes an SQL command (or commands) expressed as a text string. @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@

    Note

    -44.2.4. Function Call

    +44.2.4. Function Call

    The Function Call sub-protocol allows the client to request a direct call of any function that exists in the database's pg_proc system catalog. The client must have @@ -658,7 +658,7 @@

    Note

    -44.2.7. Cancelling Requests in Progress

    +44.2.7. Cancelling Requests in Progress

    During the processing of a query, the frontend may request cancellation of the query. The cancel request is not sent directly on the open connection to the backend for reasons of @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@

    Note

    -44.2.8. Termination

    +44.2.8. Termination

    The normal, graceful termination procedure is that the frontend sends a Terminate message and immediately closes the connection. On receipt of this message, the backend closes the connection and @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@

    Note

    -44.2.9. SSL Session Encryption

    +44.2.9. SSL Session Encryption

    If PostgreSQL was built with SSL support, frontend/backend communications can be encrypted using SSL. This provides diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-message-formats.html b/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-message-formats.html index fe83dc9561..6c3086f568 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-message-formats.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-message-formats.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-message-types.html b/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-message-types.html index af80a39e7c..670b6ba073 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-message-types.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/protocol-message-types.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/protocol.html b/docs/en_US/pg/protocol.html index 242406dcc7..d281f1c59c 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/protocol.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/protocol.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -25,15 +25,15 @@

    44.2. Message Flow
    -
    44.2.1. Start-Up
    -
    44.2.2. Simple Query
    +
    44.2.1. Start-Up
    +
    44.2.2. Simple Query
    44.2.3. Extended Query
    -
    44.2.4. Function Call
    +
    44.2.4. Function Call
    44.2.5. COPY Operations
    44.2.6. Asynchronous Operations
    -
    44.2.7. Cancelling Requests in Progress
    -
    44.2.8. Termination
    -
    44.2.9. SSL Session Encryption
    +
    44.2.7. Cancelling Requests in Progress
    +
    44.2.8. Termination
    +
    44.2.9. SSL Session Encryption
    44.3. Message Data Types
    44.4. Message Formats
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/queries-limit.html b/docs/en_US/pg/queries-limit.html index d6d238fe6e..bd1d7d50a3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/queries-limit.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/queries-limit.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET

    -

    LIMIT and OFFSET allow you to retrieve just +

    LIMIT and OFFSET allow you to retrieve just a portion of the rows that are generated by the rest of the query:

    SELECT select_list
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/queries-order.html b/docs/en_US/pg/queries-order.html
    index c67450b77e..87de997222 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/queries-order.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/queries-order.html
    @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
     
     
    @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
     

    7.5. Sorting Rows

    -

    After a query has produced an output table (after the select list +

    After a query has produced an output table (after the select list has been processed) it can optionally be sorted. If sorting is not chosen, the rows will be returned in an unspecified order. The actual order in that case will depend on the scan and join plan types and @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ “smaller” is defined in terms of the < operator. Similarly, descending order is determined with the > operator. - [4] + [4]

    For backwards compatibility with the SQL92 version of the standard, a sort_expression can instead be the name or number @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@



    -

    [4] Actually, PostgreSQL uses the default B-tree +

    [4] Actually, PostgreSQL uses the default B-tree operator class for the expression's data type to determine the sort ordering for ASC and DESC. Conventionally, data types will be set up so that the < and diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/queries-select-lists.html b/docs/en_US/pg/queries-select-lists.html index c89988288c..4c7dead602 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/queries-select-lists.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/queries-select-lists.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    7.3. Select Lists

    -

    As shown in the previous section, +

    As shown in the previous section, the table expression in the SELECT command constructs an intermediate virtual table by possibly combining tables, views, eliminating rows, grouping, etc. This table is @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@

    7.3.1. Select-List Items

    -

    The simplest kind of select list is * which +

    The simplest kind of select list is * which emits all columns that the table expression produces. Otherwise, a select list is a comma-separated list of value expressions (as defined in Section 4.2, “Value Expressions”). For instance, it @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@

    7.3.2. Column Labels

    -

    The entries in the select list can be assigned names for further +

    The entries in the select list can be assigned names for further processing. The “further processing” in this case is an optional sort specification and the client application (e.g., column headers for display). For example: @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

    Note

    7.3.3. DISTINCT

    -

    After the select list has been processed, the result table may +

    After the select list has been processed, the result table may optionally be subject to the elimination of duplicate rows. The DISTINCT key word is written directly after SELECT to specify this: @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

    Note

    (Instead of DISTINCT the key word ALL can be used to specify the default behavior of retaining all rows.)

    -

    +

    Obviously, two rows are considered distinct if they differ in at least one column value. Null values are considered equal in this comparison. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/queries-table-expressions.html b/docs/en_US/pg/queries-table-expressions.html index 9ae6899ea4..769d687ff1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/queries-table-expressions.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/queries-table-expressions.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    7.2. Table Expressions

    -

    A table expression computes a table. The +

    A table expression computes a table. The table expression contains a FROM clause that is optionally followed by WHERE, GROUP BY, and HAVING clauses. Trivial table expressions simply refer @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ and HAVING clauses and is finally the result of the overall table expression.

    -

    When a table reference names a table that is the parent of a +

    When a table reference names a table that is the parent of a table inheritance hierarchy, the table reference produces rows of not only that table but all of its descendant tables, unless the key word ONLY precedes the table name. However, the @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@

    7.2.1.1. Joined Tables

    -

    A joined table is a table derived from two other (real or +

    A joined table is a table derived from two other (real or derived) tables according to the rules of the particular join type. Inner, outer, and cross-joins are available.

    @@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ a, b, and c in the result, whereas with USING there will be only one of each.

    -

    - +

    + Finally, NATURAL is a shorthand form of USING: it forms a USING list consisting of exactly those column names that appear in both @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@

    7.2.1.2. Table and Column Aliases

    -

    A temporary name can be given to tables and complex table +

    A temporary name can be given to tables and complex table references to be used for references to the derived table in the rest of the query. This is called a table alias. @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@

    7.2.1.3. Subqueries

    -

    Subqueries specifying a derived table must be enclosed in +

    Subqueries specifying a derived table must be enclosed in parentheses and must be assigned a table alias name. (See Section 7.2.1.2, “Table and Column Aliases”.) For example: @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@

    7.2.1.4. Table Functions

    -

    Table functions are functions that produce a set of rows, made up +

    Table functions are functions that produce a set of rows, made up of either base data types (scalar types) or composite data types (table rows). They are used like a table, view, or subquery in the FROM clause of a query. Columns returned by table @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@

    7.2.2. The WHERE Clause

    -

    The syntax of the WHERE Clause is +

    The syntax of the WHERE Clause is

    WHERE search_condition

    @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@

    Note

    7.2.3. The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses

    -

    After passing the WHERE filter, the derived input +

    After passing the WHERE filter, the derived input table may be subject to grouping, using the GROUP BY clause, and elimination of group rows using the HAVING clause. @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@

    Tip

    select list. Grouping by value expressions instead of simple column names is also allowed.

    -

    If a table has been grouped using a GROUP BY +

    If a table has been grouped using a GROUP BY clause, but then only certain groups are of interest, the HAVING clause can be used, much like a WHERE clause, to eliminate groups from a grouped diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/queries-union.html b/docs/en_US/pg/queries-union.html index 118639a3bc..4614d47113 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/queries-union.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/queries-union.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    7.4. Combining Queries

    -

    The results of two queries can be combined using the set operations +

    The results of two queries can be combined using the set operations union, intersection, and difference. The syntax is

    query1 UNION [ALL] query2
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/queries-values.html b/docs/en_US/pg/queries-values.html
    index e60ecc0d71..e302affa20 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/queries-values.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/queries-values.html
    @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
     
     
    @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
     

    7.7. VALUES Lists

    -

    VALUES provides a way to generate a “constant table” +

    VALUES provides a way to generate a “constant table” that can be used in a query without having to actually create and populate a table on-disk. The syntax is

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/queries.html b/docs/en_US/pg/queries.html index 552de4b169..a5ea7981a1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/queries.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/queries.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
    7.7. VALUES Lists
    -

    The previous chapters explained how to create tables, how to fill +

    The previous chapters explained how to create tables, how to fill them with data, and how to manipulate that data. Now we finally discuss how to retrieve the data out of the database.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/reference-client.html b/docs/en_US/pg/reference-client.html index 92d58ae609..03d526246a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/reference-client.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/reference-client.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ PostgreSQL Client Applications

    -
    +

    This part contains reference information for PostgreSQL client applications and diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/reference-server.html b/docs/en_US/pg/reference-server.html index d0ee1e8ea1..b8c500a0e8 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/reference-server.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/reference-server.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ PostgreSQL Server Applications


    -
    +

    This part contains reference information for PostgreSQL server applications and diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/reference.html b/docs/en_US/pg/reference.html index 1630321868..7215c1dcde 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/reference.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/reference.html @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ - - + + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    Part VI. Reference

    -
    +

    The entries in this Reference are meant to provide in reasonable length an authoritative, complete, and formal summary about their diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/regress-evaluation.html b/docs/en_US/pg/regress-evaluation.html index 6b6c4a07fb..e6d12dde9a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/regress-evaluation.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/regress-evaluation.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@

    -28.2.1. Error message differences

    +28.2.1. Error message differences

    Some of the regression tests involve intentional invalid input values. Error messages can come from either the PostgreSQL code or from the host @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@

    -28.2.2. Locale differences

    +28.2.2. Locale differences

    If you run the tests against an already-installed server that was initialized with a collation-order locale other than C, then there may be differences due to sort order and follow-up @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@

    -28.2.3. Date and time differences

    +28.2.3. Date and time differences

    Most of the date and time results are dependent on the time zone environment. The reference files are generated for time zone PST8PDT (Berkeley, California), and there will be @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@

    -28.2.4. Floating-point differences

    +28.2.4. Floating-point differences

    Some of the tests involve computing 64-bit floating-point numbers (double precision) from table columns. Differences in results involving mathematical functions of double @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@

    -28.2.5. Row ordering differences

    +28.2.5. Row ordering differences

    You might see differences in which the same rows are output in a different order than what appears in the expected file. In most cases this is not, strictly speaking, a bug. Most of the regression test @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@

    -28.2.6. Insufficient stack depth

    +28.2.6. Insufficient stack depth

    If the errors test results in a server crash at the select infinite_recurse() command, it means that the platform's limit on process stack size is smaller than the @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@

    -28.2.7. The “random” test

    +28.2.7. The “random” test

    The random test script is intended to produce random results. In rare cases, this causes the random regression test to fail. Typing diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/regress-variant.html b/docs/en_US/pg/regress-variant.html index 05e772b8d9..a1e8e4d0b1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/regress-variant.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/regress-variant.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/regress.html b/docs/en_US/pg/regress.html index fd8224cd16..c776fa0316 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/regress.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/regress.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,18 +20,18 @@

    28.1. Running the Tests
    28.2. Test Evaluation
    -
    28.2.1. Error message differences
    -
    28.2.2. Locale differences
    -
    28.2.3. Date and time differences
    -
    28.2.4. Floating-point differences
    -
    28.2.5. Row ordering differences
    -
    28.2.6. Insufficient stack depth
    -
    28.2.7. The “random” test
    +
    28.2.1. Error message differences
    +
    28.2.2. Locale differences
    +
    28.2.3. Date and time differences
    +
    28.2.4. Floating-point differences
    +
    28.2.5. Row ordering differences
    +
    28.2.6. Insufficient stack depth
    +
    28.2.7. The “random” test
    28.3. Variant Comparison Files
    -

    The regression tests are a comprehensive set of tests for the SQL +

    The regression tests are a comprehensive set of tests for the SQL implementation in PostgreSQL. They test standard SQL operations as well as the extended capabilities of PostgreSQL. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-0-01.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-0-01.html index a244428bf7..9e248e1680 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-0-01.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-0-01.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.88. Postgres95 Release 0.01 +E.93. Postgres95 Release 0.01 - + - +

    -E.88. Postgres95 Release 0.01

    +E.93. Postgres95 Release 0.01

    Release date

    1995-05-01

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-0-02.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-0-02.html index 4cc642e56f..59668b4298 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-0-02.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-0-02.html @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ -E.87. Postgres95 Release 0.02 +E.92. Postgres95 Release 0.02 - + - - + +

    -E.87. Postgres95 Release 0.02

    +E.92. Postgres95 Release 0.02

    Release date

    1995-05-25

    -E.87.1. Changes

    +E.92.1. Changes
    Incompatible changes:
      * The SQL statement for creating a database is 'CREATE DATABASE' instead
        of 'CREATEDB'. Similarly, dropping a database is 'DROP DATABASE' instead
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-0-03.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-0-03.html
    index b521482a46..f2b2148111 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-0-03.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-0-03.html
    @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@
     
     
     
    -E.86. Postgres95 Release 0.03
    +E.91. Postgres95 Release 0.03
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.86. Postgres95 Release 0.03

    +E.91. Postgres95 Release 0.03

    Release date

    1995-07-21

    -E.86.1. Changes

    +E.91.1. Changes
    Incompatible changes:
      * BETA-0.3 IS INCOMPATIBLE WITH DATABASES CREATED WITH PREVIOUS VERSIONS
        (due to system catalog changes and indexing structure changes).
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-1-0.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-1-0.html
    index cf066f504c..948ed8c44e 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-1-0.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-1-0.html
    @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@
     
     
     
    -E.85. Release 1.0
    +E.90. Release 1.0
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.85. Release 1.0

    +E.90. Release 1.0

    Release date

    1995-09-05

    -E.85.1. Changes

    +E.90.1. Changes
    Copyright change:
      * The copyright of Postgres 1.0 has been loosened to be freely modifiable
        and modifiable for any purpose.  Please read the COPYRIGHT file.
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-1-01.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-1-01.html
    index d2f3352b2c..c2a991f2a9 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-1-01.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-1-01.html
    @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@
     
     
     
    -E.84. Release 1.01
    +E.89. Release 1.01
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.84. Release 1.01

    +E.89. Release 1.01

    Release date

    1996-02-23

    -E.84.1. Migration from version 1.0 to version 1.01

    +E.89.1. Migration from version 1.0 to version 1.01

    The following notes are for the benefit of users who want to migrate databases from Postgres95 1.0 to Postgres95 1.01.

    If you are starting afresh with Postgres95 1.01 and do not need @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.84.2. Changes

    +E.89.2. Changes
    Incompatibilities:
      * 1.01 is backwards compatible with 1.0 database provided the user
        follow the steps outlined in the MIGRATION_from_1.0_to_1.01 file.
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-1-02.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-1-02.html
    index bb6a7a5d05..44acb699af 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-1-02.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-1-02.html
    @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@
     
     
     
    -E.83. Release 1.02
    +E.88. Release 1.02
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.83. Release 1.02

    +E.88. Release 1.02

    Release date

    1996-08-01

    -E.83.1. Migration from version 1.02 to version 1.02.1

    +E.88.1. Migration from version 1.02 to version 1.02.1

    Here is a new migration file for 1.02.1. It includes the 'copy' change and a script to convert old ASCII files.

    @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@

    Note

    -E.83.2. Dump/Reload Procedure

    +E.88.2. Dump/Reload Procedure

    If you are trying to reload a pg_dump or text-mode, copy tablename to stdout generated with a previous version, you will need to run the attached sed script on the ASCII file before loading it into the @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

    Note

    -E.83.3. Changes

    +E.88.3. Changes
    Source code maintenance and development
      * worldwide team of volunteers
      * the source tree now in CVS at ftp.ki.net
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-1-09.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-1-09.html
    index 84ee6f559b..4b45d7da07 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-1-09.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-1-09.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.82. Release 1.09
    +E.87. Release 1.09
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.82. Release 1.09

    +E.87. Release 1.09

    Release date

    1996-11-04

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-0.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-0.html index 277caea584..7d2a4beded 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-0.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-0.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.81. Release 6.0 +E.86. Release 6.0 - + - - + +

    -E.81. Release 6.0

    +E.86. Release 6.0

    Release date

    1997-01-29

    @@ -22,19 +22,19 @@

    Release date

    previous releases of PostgreSQL.

    -E.81.1. Migration from version 1.09 to version 6.0

    +E.86.1. Migration from version 1.09 to version 6.0

    This migration requires a complete dump of the 1.09 database and a restore of the database in 6.0.

    -E.81.2. Migration from pre-1.09 to version 6.0

    +E.86.2. Migration from pre-1.09 to version 6.0

    Those migrating from earlier 1.* releases should first upgrade to 1.09 because the COPY output format was improved from the 1.02 release.

    -E.81.3. Changes

    +E.86.3. Changes

    Bug Fixes
     ---------
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-1-1.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-1-1.html
    index dd4d33235f..afa1882f59 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-1-1.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-1-1.html
    @@ -1,33 +1,33 @@
     
     
     
    -E.79. Release 6.1.1
    +E.84. Release 6.1.1
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.79. Release 6.1.1

    +E.84. Release 6.1.1

    Release date

    1997-07-22

    -E.79.1. Migration from version 6.1 to version 6.1.1

    +E.84.1. Migration from version 6.1 to version 6.1.1

    This is a minor bug-fix release. A dump/reload is not required from version 6.1, but is required from any release prior to 6.1. Refer to the release notes for 6.1 for more details.

    -E.79.2. Changes

    +E.84.2. Changes

    fix for SET with options (Thomas)
     allow pg_dump/pg_dumpall to preserve ownership of all tables/objects(Bruce)
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-1.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-1.html
    index 28be9d8fa5..a84115dc6f 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-1.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-1.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.80. Release 6.1
    +E.85. Release 6.1
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.80. Release 6.1

    +E.85. Release 6.1

    Release date

    1997-06-08

    @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@

    Release date

    machine (Linux/gcc/i686).

    -E.80.1. Migration to version 6.1

    +E.85.1. Migration to version 6.1

    This migration requires a complete dump of the 6.0 database and a restore of the database in 6.1.

    Those migrating from earlier 1.* releases should first upgrade to 1.09 @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.80.2. Changes

    +E.85.2. Changes

    Bug Fixes
     ---------
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-2-1.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-2-1.html
    index 01525fc43e..18888e6bb1 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-2-1.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-2-1.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.77. Release 6.2.1
    +E.82. Release 6.2.1
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.77. Release 6.2.1

    +E.82. Release 6.2.1

    Release date

    1997-10-17

    @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@

    Release date

    Refer to the 6.2 release notes for instructions.

    -E.77.1. Migration from version 6.2 to version 6.2.1

    +E.82.1. Migration from version 6.2 to version 6.2.1

    This is a minor bug-fix release. A dump/reload is not required from version 6.2, but is required from any release prior to 6.2.

    In upgrading from version 6.2, if you choose to dump/reload you will find that @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.77.2. Changes

    +E.82.2. Changes

    Allow TIME and TYPE column names(Thomas)
     Allow larger range of true/false as boolean values(Thomas)
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-2.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-2.html
    index 82fb9804ab..c0bff60219 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-2.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-2.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.78. Release 6.2
    +E.83. Release 6.2
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.78. Release 6.2

    +E.83. Release 6.2

    Release date

    1997-10-02

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    previous releases of PostgreSQL.

    -E.78.1. Migration from version 6.1 to version 6.2

    +E.83.1. Migration from version 6.1 to version 6.2

    This migration requires a complete dump of the 6.1 database and a restore of the database in 6.2.

    Note that the pg_dump and pg_dumpall utility from 6.2 should be used @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@

    Release date

    -E.78.2. Migration from version 1.x to version 6.2

    +E.83.2. Migration from version 1.x to version 6.2

    Those migrating from earlier 1.* releases should first upgrade to 1.09 because the COPY output format was improved from the 1.02 release.

    -E.78.3. Changes

    +E.83.3. Changes

    Bug Fixes
     ---------
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-3-1.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-3-1.html
    index ce8547088f..86ed2ab885 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-3-1.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-3-1.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.75. Release 6.3.1
    +E.80. Release 6.3.1
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.75. Release 6.3.1

    +E.80. Release 6.3.1

    Release date

    1998-03-23

    @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

    Release date

    refer to the installation and migration instructions for version 6.3.

    -E.75.1. Changes

    +E.80.1. Changes

    ecpg cleanup/fixes, now version 1.1(Michael Meskes)
     pg_user cleanup(Bruce)
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-3-2.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-3-2.html
    index e93cb50be6..c7050fd1eb 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-3-2.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-3-2.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.74. Release 6.3.2
    +E.79. Release 6.3.2
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.74. Release 6.3.2

    +E.79. Release 6.3.2

    Release date

    1998-04-07

    @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

    Release date

    refer to the installation and migration instructions for version 6.3.

    -E.74.1. Changes

    +E.79.1. Changes

    Configure detection improvements for tcl/tk(Brook Milligan, Alvin)
     Manual page improvements(Bruce)
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-3.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-3.html
    index 9a8506f991..00724ec83b 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-3.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-3.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.76. Release 6.3
    +E.81. Release 6.3
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.76. Release 6.3

    +E.81. Release 6.3

    Release date

    1998-03-01

    @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

    Note

    -E.76.1. Migration to version 6.3

    +E.81.1. Migration to version 6.3

    A dump/restore using pg_dump or pg_dumpall is required for those wishing to migrate data from any @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@

    Note

    -E.76.2. Changes

    +E.81.2. Changes

    Bug Fixes
     ---------
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-4-1.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-4-1.html
    index 7d49c3b42f..51d859e8a5 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-4-1.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-4-1.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.72. Release 6.4.1
    +E.77. Release 6.4.1
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.72. Release 6.4.1

    +E.77. Release 6.4.1

    Release date

    1998-12-18

    @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@

    Release date

    problems reported by 6.4 users.

    -E.72.1. Migration to version 6.4.1

    +E.77.1. Migration to version 6.4.1

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 6.4.

    -E.72.2. Changes

    +E.77.2. Changes
    Add pg_dump -N flag to force double quotes around identifiers.  This is
             the default(Thomas)
     Fix for NOT in where clause causing crash(Bruce)
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-4-2.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-4-2.html
    index 69f47f972b..8f07ae90b8 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-4-2.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-4-2.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.71. Release 6.4.2
    +E.76. Release 6.4.2
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.71. Release 6.4.2

    +E.76. Release 6.4.2

    Release date

    1998-12-20

    @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@

    Release date

    bug fix.

    -E.71.1. Migration to version 6.4.2

    +E.76.1. Migration to version 6.4.2

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 6.4.*.

    -E.71.2. Changes

    +E.76.2. Changes
    Fix for datetime constant problem on some platforms(Thomas)
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-4.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-4.html index 3d1332e98e..f0f3440e84 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-4.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-4.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.73. Release 6.4 +E.78. Release 6.4 - + - - + +

    -E.73. Release 6.4

    +E.78. Release 6.4

    Release date

    1998-10-30

    @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.73.1. Migration to version 6.4

    +E.78.1. Migration to version 6.4

    A dump/restore using pg_dump or pg_dumpall is required for those wishing to migrate data from any @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.73.2. Changes

    +E.78.2. Changes

    Bug Fixes
     ---------
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5-1.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5-1.html
    index 89c4defd02..c1bb979c3a 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5-1.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5-1.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.69. Release 6.5.1
    +E.74. Release 6.5.1
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.69. Release 6.5.1

    +E.74. Release 6.5.1

    Release date

    1999-07-15

    @@ -23,14 +23,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.69.1. Migration to version 6.5.1

    +E.74.1. Migration to version 6.5.1

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 6.5.

    -E.69.2. Changes

    +E.74.2. Changes

    Add NT README file
     Portability fixes for linux_ppc, IRIX, linux_alpha, OpenBSD, alpha
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5-2.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5-2.html
    index de65f2297b..0aa63f30cf 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5-2.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5-2.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.68. Release 6.5.2
    +E.73. Release 6.5.2
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.68. Release 6.5.2

    +E.73. Release 6.5.2

    Release date

    1999-09-15

    @@ -23,14 +23,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.68.1. Migration to version 6.5.2

    +E.73.1. Migration to version 6.5.2

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 6.5.*.

    -E.68.2. Changes

    +E.73.2. Changes

    subselect+CASE fixes(Tom)
     Add SHLIB_LINK setting for solaris_i386 and solaris_sparc ports(Daren Sefcik)
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5-3.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5-3.html
    index 4b5747f90b..fddf3003e7 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5-3.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5-3.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.67. Release 6.5.3
    +E.72. Release 6.5.3
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.67. Release 6.5.3

    +E.72. Release 6.5.3

    Release date

    1999-10-13

    @@ -23,14 +23,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.67.1. Migration to version 6.5.3

    +E.72.1. Migration to version 6.5.3

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 6.5.*.

    -E.67.2. Changes

    +E.72.2. Changes

    Updated version of pgaccess 0.98
     NT-specific patch
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5.html
    index b8e125d4f8..d00eeef251 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-6-5.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.70. Release 6.5
    +E.75. Release 6.5
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.70. Release 6.5

    +E.75. Release 6.5

    Release date

    1999-06-09

    @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.70.1. Migration to version 6.5

    +E.75.1. Migration to version 6.5

    A dump/restore using pg_dump is required for those wishing to migrate data from any previous release of PostgreSQL. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.70.1.1. Multiversion Concurrency Control

    +E.75.1.1. Multiversion Concurrency Control

    Because readers in 6.5 don't lock data, regardless of transaction isolation level, data read by one transaction can be overwritten by another. In other words, if a row is returned by @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

    Note

    -E.70.2. Changes

    +E.75.2. Changes

    Bug Fixes
     ---------
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0-1.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0-1.html
    index 2825676256..e5210d9d6b 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0-1.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0-1.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.65. Release 7.0.1
    +E.70. Release 7.0.1
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.65. Release 7.0.1

    +E.70. Release 7.0.1

    Release date

    2000-06-01

    @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.65.1. Migration to version 7.0.1

    +E.70.1. Migration to version 7.0.1

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.0.

    -E.65.2. Changes

    +E.70.2. Changes

    Fix many CLUSTER failures (Tom)
     Allow ALTER TABLE RENAME works on indexes (Tom)
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0-2.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0-2.html
    index 088930b083..b7e969b9b5 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0-2.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0-2.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.64. Release 7.0.2
    +E.69. Release 7.0.2
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.64. Release 7.0.2

    +E.69. Release 7.0.2

    Release date

    2000-06-05

    @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.64.1. Migration to version 7.0.2

    +E.69.1. Migration to version 7.0.2

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.*.

    -E.64.2. Changes

    +E.69.2. Changes

    Added documentation to tarball.
          
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0-3.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0-3.html index 646e74ca86..9aa9b83b9a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0-3.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0-3.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.63. Release 7.0.3 +E.68. Release 7.0.3 - + - - + +

    -E.63. Release 7.0.3

    +E.68. Release 7.0.3

    Release date

    2000-11-11

    @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.63.1. Migration to version 7.0.3

    +E.68.1. Migration to version 7.0.3

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.0.*.

    -E.63.2. Changes

    +E.68.2. Changes

    Jdbc fixes (Peter)
     Large object fix (Tom)
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0.html
    index b2ecac99a5..6b0974b28b 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-0.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.66. Release 7.0
    +E.71. Release 7.0
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.66. Release 7.0

    +E.71. Release 7.0

    Release date

    2000-05-08

    @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.66.1. Migration to version 7.0

    +E.71.1. Migration to version 7.0

    A dump/restore using pg_dump is required for those wishing to migrate data from any previous release of PostgreSQL. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.66.2. Changes

    +E.71.2. Changes

    Bug Fixes
     ---------
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1-1.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1-1.html
    index dea5a40e61..a29430987e 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1-1.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1-1.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.61. Release 7.1.1
    +E.66. Release 7.1.1
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.61. Release 7.1.1

    +E.66. Release 7.1.1

    Release date

    2001-05-05

    @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.61.1. Migration to version 7.1.1

    +E.66.1. Migration to version 7.1.1

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.1.

    -E.61.2. Changes

    +E.66.2. Changes

    Fix for numeric MODULO operator (Tom)
     pg_dump fixes (Philip)
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1-2.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1-2.html
    index d57d5b59d3..e752a5e28f 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1-2.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1-2.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.60. Release 7.1.2
    +E.65. Release 7.1.2
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.60. Release 7.1.2

    +E.65. Release 7.1.2

    Release date

    2001-05-11

    @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.60.1. Migration to version 7.1.2

    +E.65.1. Migration to version 7.1.2

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.1.X.

    -E.60.2. Changes

    +E.65.2. Changes

    Fix PL/pgSQL SELECTs when returning no rows
     Fix for psql backslash core dump
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1-3.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1-3.html
    index b57c162c3d..76c125dc56 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1-3.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1-3.html
    @@ -1,33 +1,33 @@
     
     
     
    -E.59. Release 7.1.3
    +E.64. Release 7.1.3
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.59. Release 7.1.3

    +E.64. Release 7.1.3

    Release date

    2001-08-15

    -E.59.1. Migration to version 7.1.3

    +E.64.1. Migration to version 7.1.3

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.1.X.

    -E.59.2. Changes

    +E.64.2. Changes

    Remove unused WAL segments of large transactions (Tom)
     Multiaction rule fix (Tom)
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1.html
    index 54d120211c..87a63ccae5 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-1.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.62. Release 7.1
    +E.67. Release 7.1
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.62. Release 7.1

    +E.67. Release 7.1

    Release date

    2001-04-13

    @@ -65,14 +65,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.62.1. Migration to version 7.1

    +E.67.1. Migration to version 7.1

    A dump/restore using pg_dump is required for those wishing to migrate data from any previous release.

    -E.62.2. Changes

    +E.67.2. Changes

    Bug Fixes
     ---------
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-1.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-1.html
    index 1b28242a1c..837694dd74 100644
    --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-1.html
    +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-1.html
    @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
     
     
     
    -E.57. Release 7.2.1
    +E.62. Release 7.2.1
     
     
     
    -
    +
     
    -
    -
    +
    +
     
     
     

    -E.57. Release 7.2.1

    +E.62. Release 7.2.1

    Release date

    2002-03-21

    @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.57.1. Migration to version 7.2.1

    +E.62.1. Migration to version 7.2.1

    A dump/restore is not required for those running version 7.2.

    -E.57.2. Changes

    +E.62.2. Changes
    • Ensure that sequence counters do not go backwards after a crash (Tom)

    • Fix pgaccess kanji-conversion key binding (Tatsuo)

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-2.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-2.html index 8fe84087d0..ff14813832 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-2.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-2.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.56. Release 7.2.2 +E.61. Release 7.2.2 - + - - + +

      -E.56. Release 7.2.2

      +E.61. Release 7.2.2

    Release date

    2002-08-23

    @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.56.1. Migration to version 7.2.2

    +E.61.1. Migration to version 7.2.2

    A dump/restore is not required for those running version 7.2.*.

    -E.56.2. Changes

    +E.61.2. Changes
    • Allow EXECUTE of "CREATE TABLE AS ... SELECT" in PL/pgSQL (Tom)

    • Fix for compressed transaction log id wraparound (Tom)

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-3.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-3.html index f21a002963..4c37c031bc 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-3.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-3.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.55. Release 7.2.3 +E.60. Release 7.2.3 - + - - + +

      -E.55. Release 7.2.3

      +E.60. Release 7.2.3

    Release date

    2002-10-01

    @@ -23,14 +23,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.55.1. Migration to version 7.2.3

    +E.60.1. Migration to version 7.2.3

    A dump/restore is not required for those running version 7.2.*.

    -E.55.2. Changes

    +E.60.2. Changes
    • Prevent possible compressed transaction log loss (Tom)

    • Prevent non-superuser from increasing most recent vacuum info (Tom)

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-4.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-4.html index ebbee54130..57ead1bd36 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-4.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-4.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.54. Release 7.2.4 +E.59. Release 7.2.4 - + - - + +

      -E.54. Release 7.2.4

      +E.59. Release 7.2.4

    Release date

    2003-01-30

    @@ -23,14 +23,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.54.1. Migration to version 7.2.4

    +E.59.1. Migration to version 7.2.4

    A dump/restore is not required for those running version 7.2.*.

    -E.54.2. Changes

    +E.59.2. Changes
    • Fix some additional cases of VACUUM "No one parent tuple was found" error

    • Prevent VACUUM from being called inside a function (Bruce)

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-5.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-5.html index 3a6fa9d585..8fd69e3918 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-5.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-5.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.53. Release 7.2.5 +E.58. Release 7.2.5 - + - - + +

      -E.53. Release 7.2.5

      +E.58. Release 7.2.5

    Release date

    2004-08-16

    @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@

    Release date

    -E.53.1. Migration to version 7.2.5

    +E.58.1. Migration to version 7.2.5

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.2.X.

    -E.53.2. Changes

    +E.58.2. Changes
    • Prevent possible loss of committed transactions during crash

      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-6.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-6.html index 83d2402484..88c6d581d6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-6.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-6.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.52. Release 7.2.6 +E.57. Release 7.2.6 - + - - + +

      -E.52. Release 7.2.6

      +E.57. Release 7.2.6

    Release date

    2004-10-22

    @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@

    Release date

    -E.52.1. Migration to version 7.2.6

    +E.57.1. Migration to version 7.2.6

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.2.X.

    -E.52.2. Changes

    +E.57.2. Changes
    • Repair possible failure to update hint bits on disk

      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-7.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-7.html index f5a9b51278..ee6c117f90 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-7.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-7.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.51. Release 7.2.7 +E.56. Release 7.2.7 - + - - + +

      -E.51. Release 7.2.7

      +E.56. Release 7.2.7

    Release date

    2005-01-31

    @@ -23,13 +23,13 @@

    Release date

    -E.51.1. Migration to version 7.2.7

    +E.56.1. Migration to version 7.2.7

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.2.X.

    -E.51.2. Changes

    +E.56.2. Changes
    • Disallow LOAD to non-superusers

      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-8.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-8.html index c72d12f08c..1d403c45d2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-8.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2-8.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.50. Release 7.2.8 +E.55. Release 7.2.8 - + - - + +

      -E.50. Release 7.2.8

      +E.55. Release 7.2.8

    Release date

    2005-05-09

    @@ -23,13 +23,13 @@

    Release date

    -E.50.1. Migration to version 7.2.8

    +E.55.1. Migration to version 7.2.8

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.2.X.

    -E.50.2. Changes

    +E.55.2. Changes
    • Repair ancient race condition that allowed a transaction to be diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2.html index 8f4358a5eb..fd9835b450 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-2.html @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ -E.58. Release 7.2 +E.63. Release 7.2 - + - - + +

      -E.58. Release 7.2

      +E.63. Release 7.2

    Release date

    2002-02-04

    -E.58.1. Overview

    +E.63.1. Overview

    This release improves PostgreSQL for use in high-volume applications.

    @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.58.2. Migration to version 7.2

    +E.63.2. Migration to version 7.2

    A dump/restore using pg_dump is required for those wishing to migrate data from any previous release.

    @@ -102,10 +102,10 @@

    Release date

    -E.58.3. Changes

    +E.63.3. Changes

    -E.58.3.1. Server Operation

    +E.63.3.1. Server Operation
    • Create temporary files in a separate directory (Bruce)

    • Delete orphaned temporary files on postmaster startup (Bruce)

    • @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.2. Performance

    +E.63.3.2. Performance
    • Optimizer improvements (Tom)

    • New histogram column statistics for optimizer (Tom)

    • @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.3. Privileges

    +E.63.3.3. Privileges
    • Change UPDATE, DELETE privileges to be distinct (Peter E)

    • New REFERENCES, TRIGGER privileges (Peter E)

    • @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.4. Client Authentication

    +E.63.3.4. Client Authentication
    • Fork postmaster before doing authentication to prevent hangs (Peter E)

    • Add ident authentication over Unix domain sockets on Linux, *BSD (Helge Bahmann, Oliver Elphick, Teodor Sigaev, Bruce)

    • @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.5. Server Configuration

    +E.63.3.5. Server Configuration
    • Interpretation of some time zone abbreviations as Australian rather than North American now settable at run time (Bruce)

    • New parameter to set default transaction isolation level (Peter E)

    • @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.6. Queries

    +E.63.3.6. Queries
    • Statements added by INSERT rules now execute after the INSERT (Jan)

    • Prevent unadorned relation names in target list (Bruce)

    • @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.7. Schema Manipulation

    +E.63.3.7. Schema Manipulation
    • Fix SERIAL in temporary tables (Bruce)

    • Allow temporary sequences (Bruce)

    • @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.8. Utility Commands

    +E.63.3.8. Utility Commands
    • Add RESET ALL, SHOW ALL (Marko Kreen)

    • CREATE/ALTER USER/GROUP now allow options in any order (Vince)

    • @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.9. Data Types and Functions

    +E.63.3.9. Data Types and Functions
    • SUM(), AVG(), COUNT() now uses int8 internally for speed (Tom)

    • Add convert(), convert2() (Tatsuo)

    • @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.10. Internationalization

    +E.63.3.10. Internationalization
    • National language support in psql, pg_dump, libpq, and server (Peter E)

    • Message translations in Chinese (simplified, traditional), Czech, French, German, Hungarian, Russian, Swedish (Peter E, Serguei A. Mokhov, Karel Zak, Weiping He, Zhenbang Wei, Kovacs Zoltan)

    • @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.11. PL/pgSQL

    +E.63.3.11. PL/pgSQL
    • Now uses portals for SELECT loops, allowing huge result sets (Jan)

    • CURSOR and REFCURSOR support (Jan)

    • @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.12. PL/Perl

    +E.63.3.12. PL/Perl
    • New untrusted PL/Perl (Alex Pilosov)

    • PL/Perl is now built on some platforms even if libperl is not shared (Peter E)

    • @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.13. PL/Tcl

    +E.63.3.13. PL/Tcl
    • Now reports errorInfo (Vsevolod Lobko)

    • Add spi_lastoid function (bob@redivi.com)

    • @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.14. PL/Python

    +E.63.3.14. PL/Python
    • ...is new (Andrew Bosma)

    -E.58.3.15. psql

    +E.63.3.15. psql
    • \d displays indexes in unique, primary groupings (Christopher Kings-Lynne)

    • Allow trailing semicolons in backslash commands (Greg Sabino Mullane)

    • @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.16. libpq

    +E.63.3.16. libpq
    • New function PQescapeString() to escape quotes in command strings (Florian Weimer)

    • New function PQescapeBytea() escapes binary strings for use as SQL string literals

    • @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.17. JDBC

    +E.63.3.17. JDBC
    • Return OID of INSERT (Ken K)

    • Handle more data types (Ken K)

    • @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.18. ODBC

    +E.63.3.18. ODBC
    • Remove query size limit (Hiroshi)

    • Remove text field size limit (Hiroshi)

    • @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.19. ECPG

    +E.63.3.19. ECPG
    • EXECUTE ... INTO implemented (Christof Petig)

    • Multiple row descriptor support (e.g. CARDINALITY) (Christof Petig)

    • @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.20. Misc. Interfaces

    +E.63.3.20. Misc. Interfaces
    • Python fix fetchone() (Gerhard Haring)

    • Use UTF, Unicode in Tcl where appropriate (Vsevolod Lobko, Reinhard Max)

    • @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.21. Build and Install

    +E.63.3.21. Build and Install
    • Configure, dynamic loader, and shared library fixes (Peter E)

    • Fixes in QNX 4 port (Bernd Tegge)

    • @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.22. Source Code

    +E.63.3.22. Source Code
    • Remove SEP_CHAR (Bruce)

    • New GUC hooks (Tom)

    • @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.58.3.23. Contrib

    +E.63.3.23. Contrib
    • New contrib/rtree_gist (Oleg Bartunov, Teodor Sigaev)

    • New contrib/tsearch full-text indexing (Oleg, Teodor Sigaev)

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-1.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-1.html index 22d0a2de26..ea97a5a7e2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-1.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-1.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.48. Release 7.3.1 +E.53. Release 7.3.1 - + - - + +

      -E.48. Release 7.3.1

      +E.53. Release 7.3.1

    Release date

    2002-12-18

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.48.1. Migration to version 7.3.1

    +E.53.1. Migration to version 7.3.1

    A dump/restore is not required for those running version 7.3. However, it should be noted that the main PostgreSQL interface library, libpq, @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.48.2. Changes

    +E.53.2. Changes
    • Fix a core dump of COPY TO when client/server encodings don't match (Tom)

    • Allow pg_dump to work with pre-7.2 servers (Philip)

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-10.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-10.html index 7d3478e3f0..ea9f9c5658 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-10.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-10.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.39. Release 7.3.10 +E.44. Release 7.3.10 - + - - + +

      -E.39. Release 7.3.10

      +E.44. Release 7.3.10

    Release date

    2005-05-09

    @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.39.1. Migration to version 7.3.10

    +E.44.1. Migration to version 7.3.10

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.3.X. However, it is one possible way of handling a significant security problem that has been found in the initial contents of 7.3.X system @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.39.2. Changes

    +E.44.2. Changes
    • Change encoding function signature to prevent misuse

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-11.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-11.html index b96cb22f95..bfb29b2e71 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-11.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-11.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.38. Release 7.3.11 +E.43. Release 7.3.11 - + - - + +

      -E.38. Release 7.3.11

      +E.43. Release 7.3.11

    Release date

    2005-10-04

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.38.1. Migration to version 7.3.11

    +E.43.1. Migration to version 7.3.11

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.3.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 7.3.10, see the release notes for 7.3.10. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.38.2. Changes

    +E.43.2. Changes
    • Fix error that allowed VACUUM to remove diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-12.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-12.html index 858756e5b7..b2ff1cd073 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-12.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-12.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.37. Release 7.3.12 +E.42. Release 7.3.12 - + - - + +

      -E.37. Release 7.3.12

      +E.42. Release 7.3.12

    Release date

    2005-12-12

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.37.1. Migration to version 7.3.12

    +E.42.1. Migration to version 7.3.12

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.3.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 7.3.10, see the release notes for 7.3.10. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.37.2. Changes

    +E.42.2. Changes
    • Fix race condition in transaction log management

      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-13.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-13.html index 8a500f56ec..6c13423bc0 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-13.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-13.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.36. Release 7.3.13 +E.41. Release 7.3.13 - + - - + +

      -E.36. Release 7.3.13

      +E.41. Release 7.3.13

    Release date

    2006-01-09

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.36.1. Migration to version 7.3.13

    +E.41.1. Migration to version 7.3.13

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.3.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 7.3.10, see the release notes for 7.3.10. @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.36.2. Changes

    +E.41.2. Changes
    • Fix character string comparison for locales that consider diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-14.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-14.html index 2b48eac765..a18e63a4dc 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-14.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-14.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.35. Release 7.3.14 +E.40. Release 7.3.14 - + - - + +

      -E.35. Release 7.3.14

      +E.40. Release 7.3.14

    Release date

    2006-02-14

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.35.1. Migration to version 7.3.14

    +E.40.1. Migration to version 7.3.14

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.3.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 7.3.13, see the release notes for 7.3.13. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.35.2. Changes

    +E.40.2. Changes
    • Fix potential crash in SET diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-15.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-15.html index 05f897b526..8a9efe5358 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-15.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-15.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.34. Release 7.3.15 +E.39. Release 7.3.15 - + - - + +

      -E.34. Release 7.3.15

      +E.39. Release 7.3.15

    Release date

    2006-05-23

    @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.34.1. Migration to version 7.3.15

    +E.39.1. Migration to version 7.3.15

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.3.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 7.3.13, see the release notes for 7.3.13. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.34.2. Changes

    +E.39.2. Changes
    • Change the server to reject invalidly-encoded multibyte diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-16.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-16.html index 0f6dc57882..987368d714 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-16.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-16.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.33. Release 7.3.16 +E.38. Release 7.3.16 - + - - + +

      -E.33. Release 7.3.16

      +E.38. Release 7.3.16

    Release date

    2006-10-16

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.33.1. Migration to version 7.3.16

    +E.38.1. Migration to version 7.3.16

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.3.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 7.3.13, see the release notes for 7.3.13. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.33.2. Changes

    +E.38.2. Changes
    • Fix corner cases in pattern matching for psql's \d commands

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-17.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-17.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9f95726055 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-17.html @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + +E.37. Release 7.3.17 + + + + + + + + + +
      +

      +E.37. Release 7.3.17

      +
      +

      Release date

      +

      2007-01-08

      +
      +

      This release contains a variety of fixes from 7.3.16. +

      +
      +

      +E.37.1. Migration to version 7.3.17

      +

      A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.3.X. However, + if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 7.3.13, see the release + notes for 7.3.13. +

      +
      +
      +

      +E.37.2. Changes

      +
        +
      • +

        to_number() and to_char(numeric) + are now STABLE, not IMMUTABLE, for + new initdb + installs (Tom) +

        +

        This is because lc_numeric can potentially + change the output of these functions. +

        +
      • +
      • +

        Improve index usage of regular expressions that use parentheses (Tom) +

        +

        This improves psql \d performance also. +

        +
      • +
      +
      +
      + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-2.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-2.html index f4ee90e00a..8261882787 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-2.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-2.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.47. Release 7.3.2 +E.52. Release 7.3.2 - + - - + +

      -E.47. Release 7.3.2

      +E.52. Release 7.3.2

    Release date

    2003-02-04

    @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.47.1. Migration to version 7.3.2

    +E.52.1. Migration to version 7.3.2

    A dump/restore is not required for those running version 7.3.*.

    -E.47.2. Changes

    +E.52.2. Changes
    • Restore creation of OID column in CREATE TABLE AS / SELECT INTO

    • Fix pg_dump core dump when dumping views having comments

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-3.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-3.html index e511e240dc..9d885537f3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-3.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-3.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.46. Release 7.3.3 +E.51. Release 7.3.3 - + - - + +

      -E.46. Release 7.3.3

      +E.51. Release 7.3.3

    Release date

    2003-05-22

    @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.46.1. Migration to version 7.3.3

    +E.51.1. Migration to version 7.3.3

    A dump/restore is not required for those running version 7.3.*.

    -E.46.2. Changes

    +E.51.2. Changes
    • Repair sometimes-incorrect computation of StartUpID after a crash

    • Avoid slowness with lots of deferred triggers in one transaction (Stephan)

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-4.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-4.html index b5ca5988d7..5a4012f305 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-4.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-4.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.45. Release 7.3.4 +E.50. Release 7.3.4 - + - - + +

      -E.45. Release 7.3.4

      +E.50. Release 7.3.4

    Release date

    2003-07-24

    @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.45.1. Migration to version 7.3.4

    +E.50.1. Migration to version 7.3.4

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.3.*.

    -E.45.2. Changes

    +E.50.2. Changes
    • Repair breakage in timestamp-to-date conversion for dates before 2000

    • Prevent rare possibility of server startup failure (Tom)

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-5.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-5.html index 2362c2b293..0632f86e02 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-5.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-5.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.44. Release 7.3.5 +E.49. Release 7.3.5 - + - - + +

      -E.44. Release 7.3.5

      +E.49. Release 7.3.5

    Release date

    2003-12-03

    @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.44.1. Migration to version 7.3.5

    +E.49.1. Migration to version 7.3.5

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.3.*.

    -E.44.2. Changes

    +E.49.2. Changes
    • Force zero_damaged_pages to be on during recovery from WAL

    • Prevent some obscure cases of “variable not in subplan target lists

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-6.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-6.html index 9da902aa96..837f4f28e7 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-6.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-6.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.43. Release 7.3.6 +E.48. Release 7.3.6 - + - - + +

      -E.43. Release 7.3.6

      +E.48. Release 7.3.6

    Release date

    2004-03-02

    @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.43.1. Migration to version 7.3.6

    +E.48.1. Migration to version 7.3.6

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.3.*.

    -E.43.2. Changes

    +E.48.2. Changes
    • Revert erroneous changes in rule permissions checking

      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-7.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-7.html index 8db8a4db94..6249e7a3a0 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-7.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-7.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.42. Release 7.3.7 +E.47. Release 7.3.7 - + - - + +

      -E.42. Release 7.3.7

      +E.47. Release 7.3.7

    Release date

    2004-08-16

    @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@

    Release date

    -E.42.1. Migration to version 7.3.7

    +E.47.1. Migration to version 7.3.7

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.3.X.

    -E.42.2. Changes

    +E.47.2. Changes
    • Prevent possible loss of committed transactions during crash

      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-8.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-8.html index 9ca2bb5a9f..775fb9a23b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-8.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-8.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.41. Release 7.3.8 +E.46. Release 7.3.8 - + - - + +

      -E.41. Release 7.3.8

      +E.46. Release 7.3.8

    Release date

    2004-10-22

    @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@

    Release date

    -E.41.1. Migration to version 7.3.8

    +E.46.1. Migration to version 7.3.8

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.3.X.

    -E.41.2. Changes

    +E.46.2. Changes
    • Repair possible failure to update hint bits on disk

      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-9.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-9.html index 589ade01d8..aa00665178 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-9.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3-9.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.40. Release 7.3.9 +E.45. Release 7.3.9 - + - - + +

      -E.40. Release 7.3.9

      +E.45. Release 7.3.9

    Release date

    2005-01-31

    @@ -23,13 +23,13 @@

    Release date

    -E.40.1. Migration to version 7.3.9

    +E.45.1. Migration to version 7.3.9

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.3.X.

    -E.40.2. Changes

    +E.45.2. Changes
    • Disallow LOAD to non-superusers

      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3.html index 8180a5bb1d..aa2d93a6b7 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-3.html @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ -E.49. Release 7.3 +E.54. Release 7.3 - + - - + +

      -E.49. Release 7.3

      +E.54. Release 7.3

    Release date

    2002-11-27

    -E.49.1. Overview

    +E.54.1. Overview

    Major changes in this release:

    @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.49.2. Migration to version 7.3

    +E.54.2. Migration to version 7.3

    A dump/restore using pg_dump is required for those wishing to migrate data from any previous release. If your application examines the system catalogs, additional changes will @@ -138,10 +138,10 @@

    Release date

    -E.49.3. Changes

    +E.54.3. Changes

    -E.49.3.1. Server Operation

    +E.54.3.1. Server Operation
    • Add pg_locks view to show locks (Neil)

    • Security fixes for password negotiation memory allocation (Neil)

    • @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.49.3.2. Performance

    +E.54.3.2. Performance
    • Improve startup by calling localtime() only once (Tom)

    • Cache system catalog information in flat files for faster startup (Tom)

    • @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.49.3.3. Privileges

    +E.54.3.3. Privileges
    • Add privileges on functions and procedural languages (Peter)

    • Add OWNER to CREATE DATABASE so superusers can create databases on behalf of unprivileged users (Gavin Sherry, Tom)

    • @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.49.3.4. Server Configuration

    +E.54.3.4. Server Configuration
    • Server log messages now tagged with LOG, not DEBUG (Bruce)

    • Add user column to pg_hba.conf (Bruce)

    • @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.49.3.5. Queries

    +E.54.3.5. Queries
    • Make cursors insensitive, meaning their contents do not change (Tom)

    • Disable LIMIT #,# syntax; now only LIMIT # OFFSET # supported (Bruce)

    • @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.49.3.6. Object Manipulation

    +E.54.3.6. Object Manipulation
    • Make equals signs optional in CREATE DATABASE (Gavin Sherry)

    • Make ALTER TABLE OWNER change index ownership too (Neil)

    • @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.49.3.7. Utility Commands

    +E.54.3.7. Utility Commands
    • Have COPY TO output embedded carriage returns and newlines as \r and \n (Tom)

    • Allow DELIMITER in COPY FROM to be 8-bit clean (Tatsuo)

    • @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.49.3.8. Data Types and Functions

    +E.54.3.8. Data Types and Functions
    • Fix factorial(0) to return 1 (Bruce)

    • Date/time/timezone improvements (Thomas)

    • @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.49.3.9. Internationalization

    +E.54.3.9. Internationalization
    • Add additional encodings: Korean (JOHAB), Thai (WIN874), Vietnamese (TCVN), Arabic (WIN1256), Simplified Chinese (GBK), Korean (UHC) (Eiji Tokuya)

    • Enable locale support by default (Peter)

    • @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.49.3.10. Server-side Languages

    +E.54.3.10. Server-side Languages
    • Allow recursive SQL function (Peter)

    • Change PL/Tcl build to use configured compiler and Makefile.shlib (Peter)

    • @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.49.3.11. psql

    +E.54.3.11. psql
    • Don't lowercase psql \connect database name for 7.2.0 compatibility (Tom)

    • Add psql \timing to time user queries (Greg Sabino Mullane)

    • @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.49.3.12. libpq

    +E.54.3.12. libpq
    • Add ~/.pgpass to store host/user password combinations (Alvaro Herrera)

    • Add PQunescapeBytea() function to libpq (Patrick Welche)

    • @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.49.3.13. JDBC

    +E.54.3.13. JDBC
    • Allow JDBC to compile with JDK 1.4 (Dave)

    • Add JDBC 3 support (Barry)

    • @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.49.3.14. Miscellaneous Interfaces

    +E.54.3.14. Miscellaneous Interfaces
    • Fixed ECPG bug concerning octal numbers in single quotes (Michael)

    • Move src/interfaces/libpgeasy to http://gborg.postgresql.org (Marc, Bruce)

    • @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.49.3.15. Source Code

    +E.54.3.15. Source Code
    • Fix for parallel make (Peter)

    • AIX fixes for linking Tcl (Andreas Zeugswetter)

    • @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.49.3.16. Contrib

    +E.54.3.16. Contrib
    • Allow inet arrays in /contrib/array (Neil)

    • GiST fixes (Teodor Sigaev, Neil)

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-1.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-1.html index 51ea764407..81464b0c7b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-1.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-1.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.31. Release 7.4.1 +E.35. Release 7.4.1 - + - - + +

      -E.31. Release 7.4.1

      +E.35. Release 7.4.1

    Release date

    2003-12-22

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.31.1. Migration to version 7.4.1

    +E.35.1. Migration to version 7.4.1

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.4.

    @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.31.2. Changes

    +E.35.2. Changes
    • Fixed bug in CREATE SCHEMA parsing in ECPG (Michael)

    • Fix compile error when --enable-thread-safety and --with-perl are used together (Peter)

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-10.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-10.html index dfbf6dde95..3cb3b512b7 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-10.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-10.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.22. Release 7.4.10 +E.26. Release 7.4.10 - + - - + +

      -E.22. Release 7.4.10

      +E.26. Release 7.4.10

    Release date

    2005-12-12

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.22.1. Migration to version 7.4.10

    +E.26.1. Migration to version 7.4.10

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.4.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 7.4.8, see the release notes for 7.4.8. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.22.2. Changes

    +E.26.2. Changes
    • Fix race condition in transaction log management

      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-11.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-11.html index ae7ea75dc2..3434a1ba74 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-11.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-11.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.21. Release 7.4.11 +E.25. Release 7.4.11 - + - - + +

      -E.21. Release 7.4.11

      +E.25. Release 7.4.11

    Release date

    2006-01-09

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.21.1. Migration to version 7.4.11

    +E.25.1. Migration to version 7.4.11

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.4.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 7.4.8, see the release notes for 7.4.8. @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.21.2. Changes

    +E.25.2. Changes
    • Fix for protocol-level Describe messages issued outside a transaction or in a failed transaction (Tom)

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-12.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-12.html index 408c9078f0..9c6f576f00 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-12.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-12.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.20. Release 7.4.12 +E.24. Release 7.4.12 - + - - + +

      -E.20. Release 7.4.12

      +E.24. Release 7.4.12

    Release date

    2006-02-14

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.20.1. Migration to version 7.4.12

    +E.24.1. Migration to version 7.4.12

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.4.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 7.4.11, see the release notes for 7.4.11. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.20.2. Changes

    +E.24.2. Changes
    • Fix potential crash in SET diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-13.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-13.html index 753545e726..eefb862ca8 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-13.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-13.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.19. Release 7.4.13 +E.23. Release 7.4.13 - + - - + +

      -E.19. Release 7.4.13

      +E.23. Release 7.4.13

    Release date

    2006-05-23

    @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.19.1. Migration to version 7.4.13

    +E.23.1. Migration to version 7.4.13

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.4.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 7.4.11, see the release notes for 7.4.11. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.19.2. Changes

    +E.23.2. Changes
    • Change the server to reject invalidly-encoded multibyte diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-14.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-14.html index 3f16180552..87790916a1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-14.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-14.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.18. Release 7.4.14 +E.22. Release 7.4.14 - + - - + +

      -E.18. Release 7.4.14

      +E.22. Release 7.4.14

    Release date

    2006-10-16

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.18.1. Migration to version 7.4.14

    +E.22.1. Migration to version 7.4.14

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.4.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 7.4.11, see the release notes for 7.4.11. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.18.2. Changes

    +E.22.2. Changes
    • Fix core dump when an untyped literal is taken as ANYARRAY

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-15.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-15.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9b1a318051 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-15.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + + +E.21. Release 7.4.15 + + + + + + + + + +
      +

      +E.21. Release 7.4.15

      +
      +

      Release date

      +

      2007-01-08

      +
      +

      This release contains a variety of fixes from 7.4.14. +

      +
      +

      +E.21.1. Migration to version 7.4.15

      +

      A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.4.X. However, + if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 7.4.11, see the release + notes for 7.4.11. +

      +
      +
      +

      +E.21.2. Changes

      +
        +
      • +

        Improve handling of getaddrinfo() on AIX (Tom) +

        +

        This fixes a problem with starting the statistics collector, + among other things. +

        +
      • +
      • Fix “failed to re-find parent key” errors in + VACUUM (Tom) +

      • +
      • Fix bugs affecting multi-gigabyte hash indexes (Tom) +

      • +
      • Fix error when constructing an ARRAY[] made up of multiple + empty elements (Tom) +

      • +
      • +

        to_number() and to_char(numeric) + are now STABLE, not IMMUTABLE, for + new initdb + installs (Tom) +

        +

        This is because lc_numeric can potentially + change the output of these functions. +

        +
      • +
      • +

        Improve index usage of regular expressions that use parentheses (Tom) +

        +

        This improves psql \d performance also. +

        +
      • +
      +
      +
      + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-2.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-2.html index ffd6102ea8..d17a4ad85d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-2.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-2.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.30. Release 7.4.2 +E.34. Release 7.4.2 - + - - + +

      -E.30. Release 7.4.2

      +E.34. Release 7.4.2

    Release date

    2004-03-08

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.30.1. Migration to version 7.4.2

    +E.34.1. Migration to version 7.4.2

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.4.X. However, it may be advisable as the easiest method of incorporating fixes for two errors that have been found in the initial contents of 7.4.X system @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.30.2. Changes

    +E.34.2. Changes

    Release 7.4.2 incorporates all the fixes included in release 7.3.6, plus the following fixes:

      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-3.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-3.html index 847a2f5ee4..5c84e47854 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-3.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-3.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.29. Release 7.4.3 +E.33. Release 7.4.3 - + - - + +

      -E.29. Release 7.4.3

      +E.33. Release 7.4.3

    Release date

    2004-06-14

    @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@

    Release date

    -E.29.1. Migration to version 7.4.3

    +E.33.1. Migration to version 7.4.3

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.4.X.

    -E.29.2. Changes

    +E.33.2. Changes
    • Fix temporary memory leak when using non-hashed aggregates (Tom)

    • ECPG fixes, including some for Informix compatibility (Michael)

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-4.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-4.html index 0a7db647df..745d7bda30 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-4.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-4.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.28. Release 7.4.4 +E.32. Release 7.4.4 - + - - + +

      -E.28. Release 7.4.4

      +E.32. Release 7.4.4

    Release date

    2004-08-16

    @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@

    Release date

    -E.28.1. Migration to version 7.4.4

    +E.32.1. Migration to version 7.4.4

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.4.X.

    -E.28.2. Changes

    +E.32.2. Changes
    • Prevent possible loss of committed transactions during crash

      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-5.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-5.html index 9bf4cf7072..365b53048b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-5.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-5.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.27. Release 7.4.5 +E.31. Release 7.4.5 - + - - + +

      -E.27. Release 7.4.5

      +E.31. Release 7.4.5

    Release date

    2004-08-18

    @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@

    Release date

    -E.27.1. Migration to version 7.4.5

    +E.31.1. Migration to version 7.4.5

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.4.X.

    -E.27.2. Changes

    +E.31.2. Changes
    • Repair possible crash during concurrent B-tree index insertions

      This patch fixes a rare case in which concurrent insertions into a B-tree index diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-6.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-6.html index a60a9b2bc0..0ae44eec62 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-6.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-6.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.26. Release 7.4.6 +E.30. Release 7.4.6 - + - - + +

      -E.26. Release 7.4.6

      +E.30. Release 7.4.6

    Release date

    2004-10-22

    @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@

    Release date

    -E.26.1. Migration to version 7.4.6

    +E.30.1. Migration to version 7.4.6

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.4.X.

    -E.26.2. Changes

    +E.30.2. Changes
    • Repair possible failure to update hint bits on disk

      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-7.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-7.html index 7605937adb..2bf166eff6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-7.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-7.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.25. Release 7.4.7 +E.29. Release 7.4.7 - + - - + +

      -E.25. Release 7.4.7

      +E.29. Release 7.4.7

    Release date

    2005-01-31

    @@ -23,13 +23,13 @@

    Release date

    -E.25.1. Migration to version 7.4.7

    +E.29.1. Migration to version 7.4.7

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.4.X.

    -E.25.2. Changes

    +E.29.2. Changes
    • Disallow LOAD to non-superusers

      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-8.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-8.html index c17b4c32d5..08d8bf7d1d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-8.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-8.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.24. Release 7.4.8 +E.28. Release 7.4.8 - + - - + +

      -E.24. Release 7.4.8

      +E.28. Release 7.4.8

    Release date

    2005-05-09

    @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.24.1. Migration to version 7.4.8

    +E.28.1. Migration to version 7.4.8

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.4.X. However, it is one possible way of handling two significant security problems that have been found in the initial contents of 7.4.X system @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.24.2. Changes

    +E.28.2. Changes
    • Change encoding function signature to prevent misuse

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-9.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-9.html index 6e99a79bb9..7888abe8c3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-9.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4-9.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.23. Release 7.4.9 +E.27. Release 7.4.9 - + - - + +

      -E.23. Release 7.4.9

      +E.27. Release 7.4.9

    Release date

    2005-10-04

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.23.1. Migration to version 7.4.9

    +E.27.1. Migration to version 7.4.9

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 7.4.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 7.4.8, see the release notes for 7.4.8. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.23.2. Changes

    +E.27.2. Changes
    • Fix error that allowed VACUUM to remove diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4.html index bfaddf9a04..82ce09c11d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-7-4.html @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ -E.32. Release 7.4 +E.36. Release 7.4 - + - - + +

      -E.32. Release 7.4

      +E.36. Release 7.4

    Release date

    2003-11-17

    -E.32.1. Overview

    +E.36.1. Overview

    Major changes in this release:

    @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.32.2. Migration to version 7.4

    +E.36.2. Migration to version 7.4

    A dump/restore using pg_dump is required for those wishing to migrate data from any previous release. @@ -251,13 +251,13 @@

    Release date

    -E.32.3. Changes

    +E.36.3. Changes

    Below you will find a detailed account of the changes between release 7.4 and the previous major release.

    -E.32.3.1. Server Operation Changes

    +E.36.3.1. Server Operation Changes
    • Allow IPv6 server connections (Nigel Kukard, Johan Jordaan, Bruce, Tom, Kurt Roeckx, Andrew Dunstan) @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.32.3.2. Performance Improvements

    +E.36.3.2. Performance Improvements
    • Add hashing for GROUP BY aggregates (Tom)

    • Make nested-loop joins be smarter about multicolumn indexes (Tom)

    • @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.32.3.3. Server Configuration Changes

    +E.36.3.3. Server Configuration Changes
    • Rename server parameter server_min_messages to log_min_messages (Bruce)

      @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.32.3.4. Query Changes

    +E.36.3.4. Query Changes
    • New SQL-standard information schema (Peter)

    • Add read-only transactions (Peter)

    • @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.32.3.5. Object Manipulation Changes

    +E.36.3.5. Object Manipulation Changes
    • Make CREATE SEQUENCE grammar more conforming to SQL:2003 (Neil)

    • @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.32.3.6. Utility Command Changes

    +E.36.3.6. Utility Command Changes
    • Add ON COMMIT clause to CREATE TABLE for temporary tables (Gavin)

      @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.32.3.7. Data Type and Function Changes

    +E.36.3.7. Data Type and Function Changes
    • New server parameter extra_float_digits to @@ -916,7 +916,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.32.3.8. Server-Side Language Changes

    +E.36.3.8. Server-Side Language Changes
    • Prevent PL/pgSQL crash when RETURN NEXT is used on a zero-row record variable (Tom) @@ -952,7 +952,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.32.3.9. psql Changes

    +E.36.3.9. psql Changes
    • Add \pset pager always to always use pager (Greg)

      @@ -997,7 +997,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.32.3.10. pg_dump Changes

    +E.36.3.10. pg_dump Changes
    • Multiple pg_dump fixes, including tar format and large objects

    • Allow pg_dump to dump specific schemas (Neil)

    • @@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.32.3.11. libpq Changes

    +E.36.3.11. libpq Changes
    • Add function PQfreemem for freeing memory on @@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.32.3.12. JDBC Changes

    +E.36.3.12. JDBC Changes
    • Allow setNull on updateable result sets

    • Allow executeBatch on a prepared statement (Barry)

    • @@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.32.3.13. Miscellaneous Interface Changes

    +E.36.3.13. Miscellaneous Interface Changes
    • Prevent possible memory leak or core dump during libpgtcl shutdown (Tom)

    • @@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.32.3.14. Source Code Changes

    +E.36.3.14. Source Code Changes
    • Prevent need for separate platform geometry regression result files (Tom)

    • Improved PPC locking primitive (Reinhard Max)

    • @@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.32.3.15. Contrib Changes

    +E.36.3.15. Contrib Changes
    • Change dbmirror license to BSD

    • Improve earthdistance (Bruno Wolff III)

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-1.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-1.html index 761f59afcf..7676d0df9a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-1.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-1.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.16. Release 8.0.1 +E.19. Release 8.0.1 - + - - + +

      -E.16. Release 8.0.1

      +E.19. Release 8.0.1

    Release date

    2005-01-31

    @@ -23,13 +23,13 @@

    Release date

    -E.16.1. Migration to version 8.0.1

    +E.19.1. Migration to version 8.0.1

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 8.0.0.

    -E.16.2. Changes

    +E.19.2. Changes
    • Disallow LOAD to non-superusers

      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-10.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-10.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e7b82160dc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-10.html @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + +E.10. Release 8.0.10 + + + + + + + + + +
      +

      +E.10. Release 8.0.10

      +
      +

      Release date

      +

      2007-01-08

      +
      +

      This release contains a variety of fixes from 8.0.9. +

      +
      +

      +E.10.1. Migration to version 8.0.10

      +

      A dump/restore is not required for those running 8.0.X. However, + if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 8.0.6, see the release + notes for 8.0.6. +

      +
      +
      +

      +E.10.2. Changes

      +
        +
      • +

        Improve handling of getaddrinfo() on AIX (Tom) +

        +

        This fixes a problem with starting the statistics collector, + among other things. +

        +
      • +
      • Fix “failed to re-find parent key” errors in + VACUUM (Tom) +

      • +
      • Fix race condition for truncation of a large relation across a + gigabyte boundary by VACUUM (Tom) +

      • +
      • Fix bugs affecting multi-gigabyte hash indexes (Tom) +

      • +
      • Fix possible deadlock in Windows signal handling (Teodor) +

      • +
      • Fix error when constructing an ARRAY[] made up of multiple + empty elements (Tom) +

      • +
      • Fix ecpg memory leak during connection (Michael) +

      • +
      • +

        to_number() and to_char(numeric) + are now STABLE, not IMMUTABLE, for + new initdb + installs (Tom) +

        +

        This is because lc_numeric can potentially + change the output of these functions. +

        +
      • +
      • +

        Improve index usage of regular expressions that use parentheses (Tom) +

        +

        This improves psql \d performance also. +

        +
      • +
      • +

        Update timezone database +

        +

        This affects Australian and Canadian daylight-savings rules in + particular. +

        +
      • +
      +
      +
      + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-2.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-2.html index 52710df0e5..1faf9e7a38 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-2.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-2.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.15. Release 8.0.2 +E.18. Release 8.0.2 - + - - + +

      -E.15. Release 8.0.2

      +E.18. Release 8.0.2

    Release date

    2005-04-07

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.15.1. Migration to version 8.0.2

    +E.18.1. Migration to version 8.0.2

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 8.0.*. This release updates the major version number of the PostgreSQL libraries, so it might be @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.15.2. Changes

    +E.18.2. Changes
    • Increment the major version number of all interface diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-3.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-3.html index 27b57587f3..fb92191cbd 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-3.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-3.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.14. Release 8.0.3 +E.17. Release 8.0.3 - + - - + +

      -E.14. Release 8.0.3

      +E.17. Release 8.0.3

    Release date

    2005-05-09

    @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.14.1. Migration to version 8.0.3

    +E.17.1. Migration to version 8.0.3

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 8.0.X. However, it is one possible way of handling two significant security problems that have been found in the initial contents of 8.0.X system @@ -51,13 +51,13 @@

    Release date

    privileges of a database superuser.

    If you wish not to do an initdb, perform the same manual repair - procedures shown in the 7.4.8 release + procedures shown in the 7.4.8 release notes.

    -E.14.2. Changes

    +E.17.2. Changes
    • Change encoding function signature to prevent misuse

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-4.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-4.html index 50ff60d2a6..719e35e375 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-4.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-4.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.13. Release 8.0.4 +E.16. Release 8.0.4 - + - - + +

      -E.13. Release 8.0.4

      +E.16. Release 8.0.4

    Release date

    2005-10-04

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.13.1. Migration to version 8.0.4

    +E.16.1. Migration to version 8.0.4

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 8.0.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 8.0.3, see the release notes for 8.0.3. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.13.2. Changes

    +E.16.2. Changes
    • Fix error that allowed VACUUM to remove diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-5.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-5.html index cb76db8e3a..1a41187ac4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-5.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-5.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.12. Release 8.0.5 +E.15. Release 8.0.5 - + - - + +

      -E.12. Release 8.0.5

      +E.15. Release 8.0.5

    Release date

    2005-12-12

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.12.1. Migration to version 8.0.5

    +E.15.1. Migration to version 8.0.5

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 8.0.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 8.0.3, see the release notes for 8.0.3. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.12.2. Changes

    +E.15.2. Changes
    • Fix race condition in transaction log management

      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-6.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-6.html index 27cb738027..121ed7cfe2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-6.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-6.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.11. Release 8.0.6 +E.14. Release 8.0.6 - + - - + +

      -E.11. Release 8.0.6

      +E.14. Release 8.0.6

    Release date

    2006-01-09

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.11.1. Migration to version 8.0.6

    +E.14.1. Migration to version 8.0.6

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 8.0.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 8.0.3, see the release notes for 8.0.3. @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.11.2. Changes

    +E.14.2. Changes
    • Fix Windows code so that postmaster will continue rather diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-7.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-7.html index be0d980225..6bb962a388 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-7.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-7.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.10. Release 8.0.7 +E.13. Release 8.0.7 - + - - + +

      -E.10. Release 8.0.7

      +E.13. Release 8.0.7

    Release date

    2006-02-14

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.10.1. Migration to version 8.0.7

    +E.13.1. Migration to version 8.0.7

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 8.0.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 8.0.6, see the release notes for 8.0.6. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.10.2. Changes

    +E.13.2. Changes
    • Fix potential crash in SET diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-8.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-8.html index 7e9a5df2e7..47ee5e75f6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-8.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-8.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.9. Release 8.0.8 +E.12. Release 8.0.8 - + - - + +

      -E.9. Release 8.0.8

      +E.12. Release 8.0.8

    Release date

    2006-05-23

    @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.9.1. Migration to version 8.0.8

    +E.12.1. Migration to version 8.0.8

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 8.0.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 8.0.6, see the release notes for 8.0.6. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.9.2. Changes

    +E.12.2. Changes
    • Change the server to reject invalidly-encoded multibyte diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-9.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-9.html index 85d9eeccde..2963a6b7fa 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-9.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0-9.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.8. Release 8.0.9 +E.11. Release 8.0.9 - + - - + +

      -E.8. Release 8.0.9

      +E.11. Release 8.0.9

    Release date

    2006-10-16

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.8.1. Migration to version 8.0.9

    +E.11.1. Migration to version 8.0.9

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 8.0.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 8.0.6, see the release notes for 8.0.6. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.8.2. Changes

    +E.11.2. Changes
    • Fix crash when referencing NEW row values in rule WHERE expressions (Tom)

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0.html index 45f456c6d1..aa9deb8c44 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-0.html @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ -E.17. Release 8.0 +E.20. Release 8.0 - + - - + +

      -E.17. Release 8.0

      +E.20. Release 8.0

    Release date

    2005-01-19

    -E.17.1. Overview

    +E.20.1. Overview

    Major changes in this release:

    @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.17.2. Migration to version 8.0

    +E.20.2. Migration to version 8.0

    A dump/restore using pg_dump is required for those wishing to migrate data from any previous release. @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.17.3. Deprecated Features

    +E.20.3. Deprecated Features

    Some aspects of PostgreSQL's behavior have been determined to be suboptimal. For the sake of backward compatibility these have not been removed in 8.0, but they are @@ -272,13 +272,13 @@

    Release date

    -E.17.4. Changes

    +E.20.4. Changes

    Below you will find a detailed account of the changes between release 8.0 and the previous major release.

    -E.17.4.1. Performance Improvements

    +E.20.4.1. Performance Improvements
    • Support cross-data-type index usage (Tom) @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.17.4.2. Server Changes

    +E.20.4.2. Server Changes
    • Add WAL file archiving and point-in-time recovery (Simon Riggs)

    • @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.17.4.3. Query Changes

    +E.20.4.3. Query Changes
    • Add savepoints (nested transactions) (Alvaro)

    • @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.17.4.4. Object Manipulation Changes

    +E.20.4.4. Object Manipulation Changes
    • Add COMMENT ON for casts, conversions, languages, operator classes, and large objects (Christopher) @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.17.4.5. Utility Command Changes

    +E.20.4.5. Utility Command Changes
    • Allow CREATE SCHEMA to create triggers, indexes, and sequences (Neil) @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.17.4.6. Data Type and Function Changes

    +E.20.4.6. Data Type and Function Changes
    • More complete support for composite types (row types) (Tom) @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.17.4.7. Server-Side Language Changes

    +E.20.4.7. Server-Side Language Changes
    • In READ COMMITTED serialization mode, volatile functions now see the results of concurrent transactions committed up to the @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.17.4.8. psql Changes

    +E.20.4.8. psql Changes
    • Improve psql information display about database objects (Christopher) @@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.17.4.9. pg_dump Changes

    +E.20.4.9. pg_dump Changes
    • Use dependency information to improve the reliability of @@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.17.4.10. libpq Changes

    +E.20.4.10. libpq Changes
    • Make libpq's SIGPIPE handling thread-safe (Bruce)

    • @@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.17.4.11. Source Code Changes

    +E.20.4.11. Source Code Changes
    • Allow the database server to run natively on Windows (Claudio, Magnus, Andrew)

    • @@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.17.4.12. Contrib Changes

    +E.20.4.12. Contrib Changes
    • Overhaul of contrib/dblink (Joe)

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-1.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-1.html index bddb93256e..8b98f7158a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-1.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-1.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.6. Release 8.1.1 +E.8. Release 8.1.1 - + - - + +

      -E.6. Release 8.1.1

      +E.8. Release 8.1.1

    Release date

    2005-12-12

    @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@

    Release date

    -E.6.1. Migration to version 8.1.1

    +E.8.1. Migration to version 8.1.1

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 8.1.X.

    -E.6.2. Changes

    +E.8.2. Changes
    • Fix incorrect optimizations of outer-join conditions (Tom)

    • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-2.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-2.html index c66b2ee157..485bee9366 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-2.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-2.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.5. Release 8.1.2 +E.7. Release 8.1.2 - + - - + +

      -E.5. Release 8.1.2

      +E.7. Release 8.1.2

    Release date

    2006-01-09

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.5.1. Migration to version 8.1.2

    +E.7.1. Migration to version 8.1.2

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 8.1.X. However, you might need to REINDEX indexes on textual columns after updating, if you are affected by the locale or @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.5.2. Changes

    +E.7.2. Changes
    • Fix Windows code so that postmaster will continue rather diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-3.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-3.html index 2adde02470..9f0a7f8ff7 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-3.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-3.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.4. Release 8.1.3 +E.6. Release 8.1.3 - + - - + +

      -E.4. Release 8.1.3

      +E.6. Release 8.1.3

    Release date

    2006-02-14

    @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.4.1. Migration to version 8.1.3

    +E.6.1. Migration to version 8.1.3

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 8.1.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 8.1.2, see the release notes for 8.1.2. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.4.2. Changes

    +E.6.2. Changes
    • Fix bug that allowed any logged-in user to SET diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-4.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-4.html index cb6522960d..864c51b9b2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-4.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-4.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.3. Release 8.1.4 +E.5. Release 8.1.4 - + - - + +

      -E.3. Release 8.1.4

      +E.5. Release 8.1.4

    Release date

    2006-05-23

    @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.3.1. Migration to version 8.1.4

    +E.5.1. Migration to version 8.1.4

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 8.1.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 8.1.2, see the release notes for 8.1.2. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.3.2. Changes

    +E.5.2. Changes
    • Change the server to reject invalidly-encoded multibyte diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-5.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-5.html index 55333f17d6..f9337f8b06 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-5.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-5.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -E.2. Release 8.1.5 +E.4. Release 8.1.5 - + - - + +

      -E.2. Release 8.1.5

      +E.4. Release 8.1.5

    Release date

    2006-10-16

    @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.2.1. Migration to version 8.1.5

    +E.4.1. Migration to version 8.1.5

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 8.1.X. However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 8.1.2, see the release notes for 8.1.2. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.2.2. Changes

    +E.4.2. Changes
    • Disallow aggregate functions in UPDATE diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-6.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-6.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e92dd09c12 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1-6.html @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ + + + +E.3. Release 8.1.6 + + + + + + + + + +

      +

      +E.3. Release 8.1.6

      +
      +

      Release date

      +

      2007-01-08

      +
      +

      This release contains a variety of fixes from 8.1.5. +

      +
      +

      +E.3.1. Migration to version 8.1.6

      +

      A dump/restore is not required for those running 8.1.X. + However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 8.1.2, + see the release notes for 8.1.2. +

      +
      +
      +

      +E.3.2. Changes

      +
        +
      • +

        Improve handling of getaddrinfo() on AIX (Tom) +

        +

        This fixes a problem with starting the statistics collector, + among other things. +

        +
      • +
      • Fix pg_restore to handle a tar-format backup + that contains large objects (blobs) with comments (Tom) +

      • +
      • Fix “failed to re-find parent key” errors in + VACUUM (Tom) +

      • +
      • +

        Clean out pg_internal.init cache files during server + restart (Simon) +

        +

        This avoids a hazard that the cache files might contain stale + data after PITR recovery. +

        +
      • +
      • Fix race condition for truncation of a large relation across a + gigabyte boundary by VACUUM (Tom) +

      • +
      • Fix bug causing needless deadlock errors on row-level locks (Tom) +

      • +
      • Fix bugs affecting multi-gigabyte hash indexes (Tom) +

      • +
      • Fix possible deadlock in Windows signal handling (Teodor) +

      • +
      • Fix error when constructing an ARRAY[] made up of multiple + empty elements (Tom) +

      • +
      • Fix ecpg memory leak during connection (Michael) +

      • +
      • Fix for Darwin (OS X) compilation (Tom) +

      • +
      • +

        to_number() and to_char(numeric) + are now STABLE, not IMMUTABLE, for + new initdb + installs (Tom) +

        +

        This is because lc_numeric can potentially + change the output of these functions. +

        +
      • +
      • +

        Improve index usage of regular expressions that use parentheses (Tom) +

        +

        This improves psql \d performance also. +

        +
      • +
      • +

        Update timezone database +

        +

        This affects Australian and Canadian daylight-savings rules in + particular. +

        +
      • +
      +
      +
      + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1.html b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1.html index a05d0ab0a3..a441bad787 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/release-8-1.html @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ -E.7. Release 8.1 +E.9. Release 8.1 - + - - + +

      -E.7. Release 8.1

      +E.9. Release 8.1

    Release date

    2005-11-08

    -E.7.1. Overview

    +E.9.1. Overview

    Major changes in this release:

    @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

    Release date

    -E.7.2. Migration to version 8.1

    +E.9.2. Migration to version 8.1

    A dump/restore using pg_dump is required for those wishing to migrate data from any previous release.

    @@ -381,14 +381,14 @@

    Release date

    -E.7.3. Additional Changes

    +E.9.3. Additional Changes

    Below you will find a detailed account of the additional changes between PostgreSQL 8.1 and the previous major release.

    -E.7.3.1. Performance Improvements

    +E.9.3.1. Performance Improvements
    • Improve GiST and R-tree index performance (Neil)

    • @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.7.3.2. Server Changes

    +E.9.3.2. Server Changes
    • Prevent problems due to transaction ID (XID) wraparound (Tom) @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.7.3.3. Query Changes

    +E.9.3.3. Query Changes
    • Add temporary views (Koju Iijima, Neil)

    • @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.7.3.4. Object Manipulation Changes

    +E.9.3.4. Object Manipulation Changes
    • Track dependencies of shared objects (Alvaro) @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.7.3.5. Utility Command Changes

    +E.9.3.5. Utility Command Changes
    • Allow TRUNCATE to truncate multiple tables in a @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.7.3.6. Data Type and Function Changes

    +E.9.3.6. Data Type and Function Changes
    • Add MAX() and MIN() aggregates for array types (Koju Iijima) @@ -929,7 +929,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.7.3.7. Encoding and Locale Changes

    +E.9.3.7. Encoding and Locale Changes
    • Rename some encodings to be more consistent and to follow @@ -976,7 +976,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.7.3.8. General Server-Side Language Changes

    +E.9.3.8. General Server-Side Language Changes
    • Fix ALTER LANGUAGE RENAME (Sergey Yatskevich)

    • @@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.7.3.9. PL/PgSQL Server-Side Language Changes

    +E.9.3.9. PL/PgSQL Server-Side Language Changes
    • Overhaul the memory management of PL/PgSQL functions (Neil) @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.7.3.10. PL/Perl Server-Side Language Changes

    +E.9.3.10. PL/Perl Server-Side Language Changes
    • Allow large result sets to be returned efficiently (Abhijit @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.7.3.11. psql Changes

    +E.9.3.11. psql Changes
    • Add \set ON_ERROR_ROLLBACK to allow statements in @@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.7.3.12. pg_dump Changes

    +E.9.3.12. pg_dump Changes
    • Add -n / --schema switch to @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.7.3.13. libpq Changes

    +E.9.3.13. libpq Changes
    • Add a PGPASSFILE environment variable to specify the password file's filename (Andrew) @@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.7.3.14. Source Code Changes

    +E.9.3.14. Source Code Changes
    • Fix pgxs to support building against a relocated installation @@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@

      Release date

    -E.7.3.15. Contrib Changes

    +E.9.3.15. Contrib Changes

    Release date

    -

    2006-12-05

    +

    2007-01-08

    +

    This release contains a variety of fixes from 8.2. +

    -E.1.1. Overview

    -

    This release adds many functionality and performance improvements that - were requested by users, including: - +E.1.1. Migration to version 8.2.1

    +

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 8.2.

    -
      -
    • Query language enhancements including INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE - RETURNING, multirow VALUES lists, and - optional target-table alias in - UPDATE/DELETE -

    • -
    • Index creation without blocking concurrent - INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE - operations -

    • -
    • Many query optimization improvements, including support for - reordering outer joins -

    • -
    • Improved sorting performance with lower memory usage -

    • -
    • More efficient locking with better concurrency -

    • -
    • More efficient vacuuming -

    • -
    • Easier administration of warm standby servers -

    • -
    • New FILLFACTOR support for tables and indexes -

    • -
    • Monitoring, logging, and performance tuning additions -

    • -
    • More control over creating and dropping objects -

    • -
    • Table inheritance relationships can be defined - for and removed from pre-existing tables -

    • -
    • COPY TO can copy the output of an arbitrary - SELECT statement -

    • -
    • Array improvements, including nulls in arrays -

    • -
    • Aggregate-function improvements, including multiple-input - aggregates and SQL:2003 statistical functions -

    • -
    • Many contrib/ improvements -

    • -
    -

    - -

    - -
    -

    -E.1.2. Migration to version 8.2

    -

    A dump/restore using pg_dump is - required for those wishing to migrate data from any previous - release. -

    -

    Observe the following incompatibilities: -

    -
      -
    • -

      Set escape_string_warning - to on by default (Bruce) -

      -

      This issues a warning if backslash escapes are used in - non-escape (non-E'') - strings. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Change the row - constructor syntax (ROW(...)) so that - list elements foo.* will be expanded to a list - of their member fields, rather than creating a nested - row type field as formerly (Tom) -

      -

      The new behavior is substantially more useful since it - allows, for example, triggers to check for data changes - with IF row(new.*) IS DISTINCT FROM row(old.*). - The old behavior is still available by omitting .*. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Make row comparisons - follow SQL standard semantics and allow them - to be used in index scans (Tom) -

      -

      Previously, row = and <> comparisons followed the - standard but < <= > >= did not. A row comparison - can now be used as an index constraint for a multicolumn - index matching the row value. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Make row IS [NOT] NULL - tests follow SQL standard semantics (Tom) -

      -

      The former behavior conformed to the standard for simple cases - with IS NULL, but IS NOT NULL would return - true if any row field was non-null, whereas the standard says it - should return true only when all fields are non-null. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Make SET - CONSTRAINT affect only one constraint (Kris Jurka) -

      -

      In previous releases, SET CONSTRAINT modified - all constraints with a matching name. In this release, - the schema search path is used to modify only the first - matching constraint. A schema specification is also - supported. This more nearly conforms to the SQL standard. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Remove RULE permission for tables, for security reasons - (Tom) -

      -

      As of this release, only a table's owner can create or modify - rules for the table. For backwards compatibility, - GRANT/REVOKE RULE is still accepted, - but it does nothing. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Array comparison improvements (Tom) -

      -

      Now array dimensions are also compared. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Change array concatenation - to match documented behavior (Tom) -

      -

      This changes the previous behavior where concatenation - would modify the array lower bound. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Make command-line options of postmaster - and postgres - identical (Peter) -

      -

      This allows the postmaster to pass arguments to each backend - without using -o. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Deprecate use of postmaster symbolic link (Peter) -

      -

      postmaster and postgres - commands now act identically, with the behavior determined - by command-line options. The postmaster symbolic link is - kept for compatibility, but is not really needed. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Change log_duration - to output even if the query is not output (Tom) -

      -

      In prior releases, log_duration only printed if - the query appeared earlier in the log. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Make to_char(time) - and to_char(interval) - treat HH and HH12 as 12-hour - intervals -

      -

      Most applications should use HH24 unless they - want a 12-hour display. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Zero unmasked bits in conversion from INET to CIDR (Tom) -

      -

      This ensures that the converted value is actually valid for - CIDR. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Remove australian_timezones configuration variable - (Joachim Wieland) -

      -

      This variable has been superseded by a more general facility - for configuring timezone abbreviations. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Improve cost estimation for nested-loop index scans (Tom) -

      -

      This may eliminate the need to set unrealistically small - values of random_page_cost. - If you have been using a very small random_page_cost, - please recheck your test cases. -

      -
    • -
    • Change libpq - PQdsplen() to return a useful value (Martijn - van Oosterhout) -

    • -
    • -

      Declare libpq - PQgetssl() as returning void *, - rather than SSL * (Martijn van Oosterhout) -

      -

      This allows applications to use the function without including - the OpenSSL headers. -

      -
    • -
    • C-language loadable modules must now include a - PG_MODULE_MAGIC - macro call for version compatibility checking - (Martijn van Oosterhout) -

    • -
    • -

      For security's sake, modules used by a PL/PerlU function are no - longer available to PL/Perl functions (Andrew) -

      -
      -

      Note

      -

      This also implies that data can no longer be shared between a PL/Perl - function and a PL/PerlU function. - Some Perl installations have not been compiled with the correct flags - to allow multiple interpreters to exist within a single process. - In this situation PL/Perl and PL/PerlU cannot both be used in a - single backend. The solution is to get a Perl installation which - supports multiple interpreters. -

      -
      -
    • -
    • -

      In contrib/xml2/, rename xml_valid() to - xml_is_well_formed() (Tom) -

      -

      xml_valid() will remain for backward compatibility, - but its behavior will change to do schema checking in a future - release. -

      -
    • -
    • Remove contrib/ora2pg/, now at http://www.samse.fr/GPL/ora2pg -

    • -
    • Remove contrib modules that have been migrated to PgFoundry: - adddepend, dbase, dbmirror, - fulltextindex, mac, userlock -

    • -
    • Remove abandoned contrib modules: - mSQL-interface, tips -

    • -
    • -

      Remove QNX and BEOS ports (Bruce) -

      -

      These ports no longer had active maintainers. -

      -
    • -

    -E.1.3. Changes

    -

    Below you will find a detailed account of the - changes between PostgreSQL 8.2 and - the previous major release. -

    -
    -

    -E.1.3.1. Performance Improvements

    +E.1.2. Changes
      -
    • -

      Allow the planner to reorder outer - joins in some circumstances (Tom) -

      -

      In previous releases, outer joins would always be evaluated in - the order written in the query. This change allows the - query optimizer to consider reordering outer joins, in cases where - it can determine that the join order can be changed without - altering the meaning of the query. This can make a - considerable performance difference for queries involving - multiple outer joins or mixed inner and outer joins. -

      +
    • Fix crash with SELECT ... LIMIT ALL (also + LIMIT NULL) (Tom) +

    • +
    • Several /contrib/tsearch2 fixes (Teodor) +

    • +
    • +

      On Windows, make log messages coming from the operating system use + ASCII encoding (Hiroshi Saito) +

      +

      This fixes a conversion problem when there is a mismatch between + the encoding of the operating system and database server. +

      +
    • +
    • Fix Windows linking of pg_dump using + win32.mak + (Hiroshi Saito) +

    • +
    • Fix planner mistakes for outer join queries (Tom) +

    • +
    • Fix several problems in queries involving sub-SELECTs (Tom) +

    • +
    • +

      Fix potential crash in SPI during subtransaction abort (Tom) +

      +

      This affects all PL functions since they all use SPI. +

      +
    • +
    • Improve build speed of PDF documentation (Peter) +

    • +
    • Re-add JST (Japan) timezone abbreviation (Tom) +

    • +
    • Improve optimization decisions related to index scans (Tom) +

    • +
    • Have psql print multi-byte combining characters as + before, rather than output as \u (Tom) +

    • +
    • +

      Improve index usage of regular expressions that use parentheses (Tom) +

      +

      This improves psql \d performance also. +

      +
    • +
    • +

      Make pg_dumpall assume that databases have public + CONNECT privilege, when dumping from a pre-8.2 server (Tom) +

      +

      This preserves the previous behavior that anyone can connect to a + database if allowed by pg_hba.conf. +

    • -
    • Improve efficiency of IN - (list-of-expressions) clauses (Tom) -

    • -
    • Improve sorting speed and reduce memory usage (Simon, Tom) -

    • -
    • Improve subtransaction performance (Alvaro, Itagaki Takahiro, - Tom) -

    • -
    • -

      Add FILLFACTOR to table and index creation (ITAGAKI - Takahiro) -

      -

      This leaves extra free space in each table or index page, - allowing improved performance as the database grows. This - is particularly valuable to maintain clustering. -

      -
    • -
    • Increase default values for shared_buffers - and max_fsm_pages - (Andrew) -

    • -
    • -

      Improve locking performance by breaking the lock manager tables into - sections - (Tom) -

      -

      This allows locking to be more fine-grained, reducing - contention. -

      -
    • -
    • Reduce locking requirements of sequential scans (Qingqing - Zhou) -

    • -
    • Reduce locking required for database creation and destruction - (Tom) -

    • -
    • Improve the optimizer's selectivity estimates for LIKE, ILIKE, and - regular expression - operations (Tom) -

    • -
    • Improve planning of joins to inherited - tables and UNION - ALL views (Tom) -

    • -
    • -

      Allow constraint - exclusion to be applied to inherited UPDATE and - DELETE queries (Tom) -

      -

      SELECT already honored constraint exclusion. -

      -
    • -
    • Improve planning of constant WHERE clauses, such as - a condition that depends only on variables inherited from an - outer query level (Tom) -

    • -
    • -

      Protocol-level unnamed prepared statements are re-planned - for each set of BIND values (Tom) -

      -

      This improves performance because the exact parameter values - can be used in the plan. -

      -
    • -
    • Speed up vacuuming of B-Tree indexes (Heikki Linnakangas, - Tom) -

    • -
    • Avoid extra scan of tables without indexes during VACUUM (Greg Stark) -

    • -
    • Improve multicolumn GiST - indexing (Oleg, Teodor) -

    • -
    • Remove dead index entries before B-Tree page split (Junji - Teramoto) -

    -
    -

    -E.1.3.2. Server Changes

    -
      -
    • -

      Allow a forced switch to a new transaction log file (Simon, Tom) -

      -

      This is valuable for keeping warm standby slave servers - in sync with the master. Transaction log file switching now also happens - automatically during pg_stop_backup(). - This ensures that all - transaction log files needed for recovery can be archived immediately. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add WAL informational functions (Simon) -

      -

      Add functions for interrogating the current transaction log insertion - point and determining WAL filenames from the - hex WAL locations displayed by pg_stop_backup() - and related functions. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Improve recovery from a crash during WAL replay (Simon) -

      -

      The server now does periodic checkpoints during WAL - recovery, so if there is a crash, future WAL - recovery is shortened. This also eliminates the need for - warm standby servers to replay the entire log since the - base backup if they crash. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Improve reliability of long-term WAL replay - (Heikki, Simon, Tom) -

      -

      Formerly, trying to roll forward through more than 2 billion - transactions would not work due to XID wraparound. This meant - warm standby servers had to be reloaded - from fresh base backups periodically. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add archive_timeout - to force transaction log file switches at a given interval (Simon) -

      -

      This enforces a maximum replication delay for warm standby servers. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add native LDAP - authentication (Magnus Hagander) -

      -

      This is particularly useful for platforms that do not - support PAM, such as Win32. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add GRANT - CONNECT ON DATABASE (Gevik Babakhani) -

      -

      This gives SQL-level control over database access. It works as - an additional filter on top of the existing - pg_hba.conf - controls. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add support for SSL - Certificate Revocation List (CRL) files - (Libor Hoho[scaron]) -

      -

      The server and libpq both recognize CRL - files now. -

      -
    • -
    • GiST indexes are - now clusterable (Teodor) -

    • -
    • -

      Remove routine autovacuum server log entries (Bruce) -

      -

      pg_stat_activity - now shows autovacuum activity. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Track maximum XID age within individual tables, instead of whole databases (Alvaro) -

      -

      This reduces the overhead involved in preventing transaction - ID wraparound, by avoiding unnecessary VACUUMs. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add last vacuum and analyze timestamp columns to the stats - collector (Larry Rosenman) -

      -

      These values now appear in the pg_stat_*_tables - system views. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Improve performance of statistics monitoring, especially - stats_command_string - (Tom, Bruce) -

      -

      This release enables stats_command_string by - default, now that its overhead is minimal. This means - pg_stat_activity - will now show all active queries by default. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add a waiting column to pg_stat_activity - (Tom) -

      -

      This allows pg_stat_activity to show all the - information included in the ps display. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add configuration parameter update_process_title - to control whether the ps display is updated - for every command (Bruce) -

      -

      On platforms where it is expensive to update the ps - display, it may be worthwhile to turn this off and rely solely on - pg_stat_activity for status information. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Allow units to be specified in configuration settings - (Peter) -

      -

      For example, you can now set shared_buffers - to 32MB rather than mentally converting sizes. -

      -
    • -
    • Add support for include - directives in postgresql.conf (Joachim - Wieland) -

    • -
    • -

      Improve logging of protocol-level prepare/bind/execute - messages (Bruce, Tom) -

      -

      Such logging now shows statement names, bind parameter - values, and the text of the query being executed. Also, - the query text is properly included in logged error messages - when enabled by log_min_error_statement. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Prevent max_stack_depth - from being set to unsafe values -

      -

      On platforms where we can determine the actual kernel stack depth - limit (which is most), make sure that the initial default value of - max_stack_depth is safe, and reject attempts to set it - to unsafely large values. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Enable highlighting of error location in query in more - cases (Tom) -

      -

      The server is now able to report a specific error location for - some semantic errors (such as unrecognized column name), rather - than just for basic syntax errors as before. -

      -
    • -
    • Fix “failed to re-find parent key” errors in - VACUUM (Tom) -

    • -
    • -

      Clean out pg_internal.init cache files during server - restart (Simon) -

      -

      This avoids a hazard that the cache files might contain stale - data after PITR recovery. -

      -
    • -
    • Fix race condition for truncation of a large relation across a - gigabyte boundary by VACUUM (Tom) -

    • -
    • Fix bug causing needless deadlock errors on row-level locks (Tom) -

    • -
    • Fix bugs affecting multi-gigabyte hash indexes (Tom) -

    • -
    • -

      Each backend process is now its own process group leader (Tom) -

      -

      This allows query cancel to abort subprocesses invoked from a - backend or archive/recovery process. -

      -
    • -
    -
    -
    -

    -E.1.3.3. Query Changes

    -
      -
    • -

      Add INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE - RETURNING (Jonah Harris, Tom) -

      -

      This allows these commands to return values, such as the - computed serial key for a new row. In the UPDATE - case, values from the updated version of the row are returned. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add support for multiple-row VALUES clauses, - per SQL standard (Joe, Tom) -

      -

      This allows INSERT to insert multiple rows of - constants, or queries to generate result sets using constants. - For example, INSERT ... VALUES (...), (...), - ...., and SELECT * FROM (VALUES (...), (...), - ....) AS alias(f1, ...). -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Allow UPDATE - and DELETE - to use an alias for the target table (Atsushi Ogawa) -

      -

      The SQL standard does not permit an alias in these commands, but - many database systems allow one anyway for notational convenience. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Allow UPDATE - to set multiple columns with a list of values (Susanne - Ebrecht) -

      -

      This is basically a short-hand for assigning the columns - and values in pairs. The syntax is UPDATE tab - SET (column, ...) = (val, ...). -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Make row comparisons work per standard (Tom) -

      -

      The forms <, <=, >, >= now compare rows lexicographically, - that is, compare the first elements, if equal compare the second - elements, and so on. Formerly they expanded to an AND condition - across all the elements, which was neither standard nor very useful. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add CASCADE - option to TRUNCATE (Joachim Wieland) -

      -

      This causes TRUNCATE to automatically include all tables - that reference the specified table(s) via foreign keys. While - convenient, this is a dangerous tool — use with caution! -

      -
    • -
    • Support FOR UPDATE and FOR SHARE - in the same SELECT - command (Tom) -

    • -
    • -

      Add IS NOT - DISTINCT FROM (Pavel Stehule) -

      -

      This operator is similar to equality (=), but - evaluates to true when both left and right operands are - NULL, and to false when just one is, rather than - yielding NULL in these cases. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Improve the length output used by UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT - (Tom) -

      -

      When all corresponding columns are of the same defined length, that - length is used for the result, rather than a generic length. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Allow ILIKE - to work for multi-byte encodings (Tom) -

      -

      Internally, ILIKE now calls lower() - and then uses LIKE. Locale-specific regular - expression patterns still do not work in these encodings. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Enable standard_conforming_strings - to be turned on (Kevin Grittner) -

      -

      This allows backslash escaping in strings to be disabled, - making PostgreSQL more - standards-compliant. The default is off for backwards - compatibility, but future releases will default this to on. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Do not flatten subqueries that contain volatile - functions in their target lists (Jaime Casanova) -

      -

      This prevents surprising behavior due to multiple evaluation - of a volatile function (such as random() - or nextval()). It may cause performance - degradation in the presence of functions that are unnecessarily - marked as volatile. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add system views pg_prepared_statements - and pg_cursors - to show prepared statements and open cursors (Joachim Wieland, Neil) -

      -

      These are very useful in pooled connection setups. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Support portal parameters in EXPLAIN and EXECUTE (Tom) -

      -

      This allows, for example, JDBC ? parameters to - work in these commands. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      If SQL-level PREPARE parameters - are unspecified, infer their types from the content of the - query (Neil) -

      -

      Protocol-level PREPARE already did this. -

      -
    • -
    • Allow LIMIT and OFFSET to exceed - two billion (Dhanaraj M) -

    • -
    -
    -
    -

    -E.1.3.4. Object Manipulation Changes

    -
      -
    • -

      Add TABLESPACE clause to CREATE TABLE AS - (Neil) -

      -

      This allows a tablespace to be specified for the new table. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add ON COMMIT clause to CREATE TABLE AS - (Neil) -

      -

      This allows temporary tables to be truncated or dropped on - transaction commit. The default behavior is for the table - to remain until the session ends. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add INCLUDING CONSTRAINTS to CREATE TABLE LIKE - (Greg Stark) -

      -

      This allows easy copying of CHECK constraints to a new - table. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Allow the creation of placeholder (shell) types (Martijn van Oosterhout) -

      -

      A shell type declaration creates a type name, without specifying - any of the details of the type. Making a shell type is useful - because it allows cleaner declaration of the type's input/output - functions, which must exist before the type can be defined “for - real”. The syntax is CREATE TYPE typename. -

      -
    • -
    • Aggregate functions - now support multiple input parameters (Sergey Koposov, Tom) -

    • -
    • -

      Add new aggregate creation syntax (Tom) -

      -

      The new syntax is CREATE AGGREGATE - aggname (input_type) - (parameter_list). This more - naturally supports the new multi-parameter aggregate - functionality. The previous syntax is still supported. -

      -
    • -
    • Add ALTER ROLE PASSWORD NULL - to remove a previously set role password (Peter) -

    • -
    • -

      Add DROP object IF EXISTS for many - object types (Andrew) -

      -

      This allows DROP operations on non-existent - objects without generating an error. -

      -
    • -
    • Add DROP OWNED - to drop all objects owned by a role (Alvaro) -

    • -
    • -

      Add REASSIGN - OWNED to reassign ownership of all objects owned - by a role (Alvaro) -

      -

      This, and DROP OWNED above, facilitate dropping - roles. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add GRANT ON SEQUENCE - syntax (Bruce) -

      -

      This was added for setting sequence-specific permissions. - GRANT ON TABLE for sequences is still supported - for backward compatibility. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add USAGE - permission for sequences that allows only currval() - and nextval(), not setval() - (Bruce) -

      -

      USAGE permission allows more fine-grained - control over sequence access. Granting USAGE - allows users to increment - a sequence, but prevents them from setting the sequence to - an arbitrary value using setval(). -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add ALTER TABLE - [ NO ] INHERIT (Greg Stark) -

      -

      This allows inheritance to be adjusted dynamically, rather than - just at table creation and destruction. This is very valuable - when using inheritance to implement table partitioning. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Allow comments on global - objects to be stored globally (Kris Jurka) -

      -

      Previously, comments attached to databases were stored in individual - databases, making them ineffective, and there was no provision - at all for comments on roles or tablespaces. This change adds a new - shared catalog pg_shdescription - and stores comments on databases, roles, and tablespaces therein. -

      -
    • -
    -
    -
    -

    -E.1.3.5. Utility Command Changes

    -
      -
    • -

      Add option to allow indexes to be created without blocking - concurrent writes to the table (Greg Stark, Tom) -

      -

      The new syntax is CREATE - INDEX CONCURRENTLY. The default behavior is - still to block table modification while a index is being - created. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Provide advisory - locking functionality (Abhijit Menon-Sen, Tom) -

      -

      This is a new locking API designed to replace what used to be - in /contrib/userlock. The userlock code is now on pgfoundry. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Allow COPY to - dump a SELECT query (Zoltan Boszormenyi, Karel - Zak) -

      -

      This allows COPY to dump arbitrary SQL - queries. The syntax is COPY (SELECT ...) TO. -

      -
    • -
    • Make the COPY - command return a command tag that includes the number of - rows copied (Volkan YAZICI) -

    • -
    • Allow VACUUM - to expire rows without being affected by other concurrent - VACUUM operations (Hannu Krossing, Alvaro, Tom) -

    • -
    • -

      Make initdb - detect the operating system locale and set the default - DateStyle accordingly (Peter) -

      -

      This makes it more likely that the installed - postgresql.conf DateStyle value will - be as desired. -

      -
    • -
    • Reduce number of progress messages displayed by initdb (Tom) -

    • -
    -
    -
    -

    -E.1.3.6. Date/Time Changes

    -
      -
    • -

      Allow full timezone names in timestamp input values - (Joachim Wieland) -

      -

      For example, '2006-05-24 21:11 - America/New_York'::timestamptz. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Support configurable timezone abbreviations (Joachim Wieland) -

      -

      A desired set of timezone abbreviations can be chosen via the - configuration parameter timezone_abbreviations. -

      -
    • -
    • Add pg_timezone_abbrevs - and pg_timezone_names - views to show supported timezones (Magnus Hagander) -

    • -
    • -

      Add clock_timestamp(), - statement_timestamp(), - and transaction_timestamp() - (Bruce) -

      -

      clock_timestamp() is the current wall-clock time, - statement_timestamp() is the time the current - statement arrived at the server, and - transaction_timestamp() is an alias for - now(). -

      -
    • -
    • Allow to_char() - to print localized month and day names (Euler Taveira de - Oliveira) -

    • -
    • -

      Allow to_char(time) - and to_char(interval) - to output AM/PM specifications - (Bruce) -

      -

      Intervals and times are treated as 24-hour periods, e.g. - 25 hours is considered AM. -

      -
    • -
    • Add new function justify_interval() - to adjust interval units (Mark Dilger) -

    • -
    • -

      Allow timezone offsets up to 14:59 away from GMT -

      -

      Kiribati uses GMT+14, so we'd better accept that. -

      -
    • -
    • Interval computation improvements (Michael Glaesemann, Bruce) -

    • -
    -
    -
    -

    -E.1.3.7. Other Data Type and Function Changes

    -
      -
    • Allow arrays to contain NULL elements (Tom) -

    • -
    • -

      Allow assignment to array elements not contiguous with the existing - entries (Tom) -

      -

      The intervening array positions will be filled with nulls. - This is per SQL standard. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      New built-in operators - for array-subset comparisons (@>, - <@, &&) (Teodor, Tom) -

      -

      These operators can be indexed for many data types using - GiST or GIN indexes. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add convenient arithmetic operations on - INET/CIDR values (Stephen R. van den - Berg) -

      -

      The new operators are & (and), | - (or), ~ (not), inet + int8, - inet - int8, and - inet - inet. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add new aggregate functions - from SQL:2003 (Neil) -

      -

      The new functions are var_pop(), - var_samp(), stddev_pop(), and - stddev_samp(). var_samp() and - stddev_samp() are merely renamings of the - existing aggregates variance() and - stddev(). The latter names remain available - for backward compatibility. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add SQL:2003 statistical aggregates - (Sergey Koposov) -

      -

      New functions: regr_intercept(), - regr_slope(), regr_r2(), - corr(), covar_samp(), - covar_pop(), regr_avgx(), - regr_avgy(), regr_sxy(), - regr_sxx(), regr_syy(), - regr_count(). -

      -
    • -
    • Allow domains to be - based on other domains (Tom) -

    • -
    • -

      Properly enforce domain CHECK constraints - everywhere (Neil, Tom) -

      -

      For example, the result of a user-defined function that is - declared to return a domain type is now checked against the - domain's constraints. This closes a significant hole in the domain - implementation. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Fix problems with dumping renamed SERIAL columns - (Tom) -

      -

      The fix is to dump a SERIAL column by explicitly - specifying its DEFAULT and sequence elements, - and reconstructing the SERIAL column on reload - using a new ALTER - SEQUENCE OWNED BY command. This also allows - dropping a SERIAL column specification. -

      -
    • -
    • Add a server-side sleep function pg_sleep() - (Joachim Wieland) -

    • -
    • Add all comparison operators for the tid (tuple id) data - type (Mark Kirkwood, Greg Stark, Tom) -

    • -
    -
    -
    -

    -E.1.3.8. PL/PgSQL Server-Side Language Changes

    -
      -
    • -

      Add TG_table_name and TG_table_schema to - trigger parameters (Andrew) -

      -

      TG_relname is now deprecated. Comparable - changes have been made in the trigger parameters for the other - PLs as well. -

      -
    • -
    • Allow FOR statements to return values to scalars - as well as records and row types (Pavel Stehule) -

    • -
    • Add a BY clause to the FOR loop, - to control the iteration increment (Jaime Casanova) -

    • -
    • -

      Add STRICT to SELECT - INTO (Matt Miller) -

      -

      STRICT mode throws an exception if more or less - than one row is returned by the SELECT, for - Oracle PL/SQL compatibility. -

      -
    • -
    -
    -
    -

    -E.1.3.9. PL/Perl Server-Side Language Changes

    -
      -
    • Add table_name and table_schema to - trigger parameters (Adam Sj[oslash]gren) -

    • -
    • Add prepared queries (Dmitry Karasik) -

    • -
    • -

      Make $_TD trigger data a global variable (Andrew) -

      -

      Previously, it was lexical, which caused unexpected sharing - violations. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Run PL/Perl and PL/PerlU in separate interpreters, for security - reasons (Andrew) -

      -

      In consequence, they can no longer share data nor loaded modules. - Also, if Perl has not been compiled with the requisite flags to - allow multiple interpreters, only one of these languages can be used - in any given backend process. -

      -
    • -
    -
    -
    -

    -E.1.3.10. PL/Python Server-Side Language Changes

    -
      -
    • Named parameters are passed as ordinary variables, as well as in the - args[] array (Sven Suursoho) -

    • -
    • Add table_name and table_schema to - trigger parameters (Andrew) -

    • -
    • Allow returning of composite types and result sets (Sven Suursoho) -

    • -
    • Return result-set as list, iterator, - or generator (Sven Suursoho) -

    • -
    • Allow functions to return void (Neil) -

    • -
    • Python 2.5 is now supported (Tom) -

    • -
    -
    -
    -

    -E.1.3.11. psql Changes

    -
      -
    • Add new command \password for changing role - password with client-side password encryption (Peter) -

    • -
    • Allow \c to connect to a new host and port - number (David, Volkan YAZICI) -

    • -
    • Add tablespace display to \l+ (Philip Yarra) -

    • -
    • Improve \df slash command to include the argument - names and modes (OUT or INOUT) of - the function (David Fetter) -

    • -
    • Support binary COPY (Andreas Pflug) -

    • -
    • -

      Add option to run the entire session in a single transaction - (Simon) -

      -

      Use option -1 or --single-transaction. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Support for automatically retrieving SELECT - results in batches using a cursor (Chris Mair) -

      -

      This is enabled using \set FETCH_COUNT - n. This - feature allows large result sets to be retrieved in - psql without attempting to buffer the entire - result set in memory. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Make multi-line values align in the proper column - (Martijn van Oosterhout) -

      -

      Field values containing newlines are now displayed in a more - readable fashion. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Save multi-line statements as a single entry, rather than - one line at a time (Sergey E. Koposov) -

      -

      This makes up-arrow recall of queries easier. (This is - not available on Win32, because that platform uses the native - command-line editing present in the operating system.) -

      -
    • -
    • Make the line counter 64-bit so it can handle files with more - than two billion lines (David Fetter) -

    • -
    • Report both the returned data and the command status tag - for INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE - RETURNING (Tom) -

    • -
    -
    -
    -

    -E.1.3.12. pg_dump Changes

    -
      -
    • -

      Allow complex selection of objects to be included or excluded - by pg_dump (Greg Sabino Mullane) -

      -

      pg_dump now supports multiple -n - (schema) and -t (table) options, and adds - -N and -T options to exclude objects. - Also, the arguments of these switches can now be wild-card expressions - rather than single object names, for example - -t 'foo*', and a schema can be part of - a -t or -T switch, for example - -t schema1.table1. -

      -
    • -
    • Add pg_restore - --no-data-for-failed-tables option to suppress - loading data if table creation failed (i.e., the table already - exists) (Martin Pitt) -

    • -
    • -

      Add pg_restore - option to run the entire session in a single transaction - (Simon) -

      -

      Use option -1 or --single-transaction. -

      -
    • -
    -
    -
    -

    -E.1.3.13. libpq Changes

    -
      -
    • -

      Add PQencryptPassword() - to encrypt passwords (Tom) -

      -

      This allows passwords to be sent pre-encrypted for commands - like ALTER ROLE ... - PASSWORD. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add function PQisthreadsafe() - (Bruce) -

      -

      This allows applications to query the thread-safety status - of the library. -

      -
    • -
    • Add PQdescribePrepared(), - PQdescribePortal(), - and related functions to return information about previously - prepared statements and open cursors (Volkan YAZICI) -

    • -
    • Allow LDAP lookups - from pg_service.conf - (Laurenz Albe) -

    • -
    • -

      Allow a hostname in ~/.pgpass - to match the default socket directory (Bruce) -

      -

      A blank hostname continues to match any Unix-socket connection, - but this addition allows entries that are specific to one of - several postmasters on the machine. -

      -
    • -
    -
    -
    -

    -E.1.3.14. ecpg Changes

    -
      -
    • Allow SHOW to - put its result into a variable (Joachim Wieland) -

    • -
    • Add COPY TO STDOUT - (Joachim Wieland) -

    • -
    • Add regression tests (Joachim Wieland, Michael) -

    • -
    • Major source code cleanups (Joachim Wieland, Michael) -

    • -
    -
    -
    -

    -E.1.3.15. Win32 Port

    -
      -
    • Allow MSVC to compile the PostgreSQL - server (Magnus, Hiroshi Saito) -

    • -
    • Add MSVC support for utility commands and pg_dump (Hiroshi - Saito) -

    • -
    • Add support for Windows code pages 1253, - 1254, 1255, and 1257 - (Kris Jurka) -

    • -
    • Drop privileges on startup, so that the server can be started from - an administrative account (Magnus) -

    • -
    • Stability fixes (Qingqing Zhou, Magnus) -

    • -
    • -

      Add native semaphore implementation (Qingqing Zhou) -

      -

      The previous code mimicked SysV semaphores. -

      -
    • -
    -
    -
    -

    -E.1.3.16. Source Code Changes

    -
      -
    • Add GIN (Generalized - Inverted iNdex) index access method (Teodor, Oleg) -

    • -
    • -

      Remove R-tree indexing (Tom) -

      -

      Rtree has been re-implemented using GiST. Among other - differences, this means that rtree indexes now have support - for crash recovery via write-ahead logging (WAL). -

      -
    • -
    • Reduce libraries needlessly linked into the backend (Martijn - van Oosterhout, Tom) -

    • -
    • -

      Add a configure flag to allow libedit to be preferred over - GNU readline (Bruce) -

      -

      Use configure --with-libedit-preferred. -

      -
    • -
    • Allow installation into directories containing spaces - (Peter) -

    • -
    • Improve ability to relocate installation directories (Tom) -

    • -
    • Add support for Solaris x86_64 using the - Solaris compiler (Pierre Girard, Theo - Schlossnagle, Bruce) -

    • -
    • Add DTrace support (Robert Lor) -

    • -
    • Add PG_VERSION_NUM for use by third-party - applications wanting to test the backend version in C using > - and < comparisons (Bruce) -

    • -
    • Add XLOG_BLCKSZ as independent from BLCKSZ - (Mark Wong) -

    • -
    • Add LWLOCK_STATS define to report locking - activity (Tom) -

    • -
    • Emit warnings for unknown configure options - (Martijn van Oosterhout) -

    • -
    • -

      Add server support for “plugin” libraries - that can be used for add-on tasks such as debugging and performance - measurement (Korry Douglas) -

      -

      This consists of two features: a table of “rendezvous - variables” that allows separately-loaded shared libraries to - communicate, and a new configuration parameter local_preload_libraries - that allows libraries to be loaded into specific sessions without - explicit cooperation from the client application. This allows - external add-ons to implement features such as a PL/PgSQL debugger. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Rename existing configuration parameter - preload_libraries to shared_preload_libraries - (Tom) -

      -

      This was done for clarity in comparison to - local_preload_libraries. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add new configuration parameter server_version_num - (Greg Sabino Mullane) -

      -

      This is like server_version, but is an - integer, e.g. 80200. This allows applications to - make version checks more easily. -

      -
    • -
    • Add a configuration parameter seq_page_cost - (Tom) -

    • -
    • Re-implement the regression test script as a C program - (Magnus, Tom) -

    • -
    • Allow loadable modules to allocate shared memory and - lightweight locks (Marc Munro) -

    • -
    • -

      Add automatic initialization and finalization of dynamically - loaded libraries (Ralf Engelschall, Tom) -

      -

      New functions - _PG_init() and _PG_fini() are - called if the library defines such symbols. Hence we no - longer need to specify an initialization function in - shared_preload_libraries; we can assume that - the library used the _PG_init() convention - instead. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add PG_MODULE_MAGIC - header block to all shared object files (Martijn van - Oosterhout) -

      -

      The magic block prevents version mismatches between loadable object - files and servers. -

      -
    • -
    • Add shared library support for AIX (Laurenz Albe) -

    • -
    • New XML - documentation section (Bruce) -

    • -
    -
    -
    -

    -E.1.3.17. Contrib Changes

    -
      -
    • -

      Major tsearch2 improvements (Oleg, Teodor) -

      -
        -
      • multibyte encoding support, including UTF8 -

      • -
      • query rewriting support -

      • -
      • improved ranking functions -

      • -
      • thesaurus dictionary support -

      • -
      • Ispell dictionaries now recognize MySpell - format, used by OpenOffice -

      • -
      • GIN support -

      • -
      -
    • -
    • -

      Add adminpack module containing Pgadmin administration - functions (Dave) -

      -

      These functions provide additional file system access - routines not present in the default PostgreSQL - server. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add sslinfo module (Victor Wagner) -

      -

      Reports information about the current connection's SSL - certificate. -

      -
    • -
    • -

      Add pgrowlocks module (Tatsuo) -

      -

      This shows row locking information for a specified table. -

      -
    • -
    • Add hstore module (Oleg, Teodor) -

    • -
    • -

      Add isn module, replacing isbn_issn (Jeremy Kronuz) -

      -

      This new implementation supports EAN13, UPC, - ISBN (books), ISMN (music), and - ISSN (serials). -

      -
    • -
    • Add index information functions to pgstattuple (ITAGAKI Takahiro, - Satoshi Nagayasu) -

    • -
    • Add pg_freespacemap module to display free space map information - (Mark Kirkwood) -

    • -
    • -

      pgcrypto now has all planned functionality (Marko Kreen) -

      -
        -
      • Include iMath library in pgcrypto to have the public-key encryption - functions always available. -

      • -
      • Add SHA224 algorithm that was missing in OpenBSD code. -

      • -
      • Activate builtin code for SHA224/256/384/512 hashes on older - OpenSSL to have those algorithms always available. -

      • -
      • New function gen_random_bytes() that returns cryptographically strong - randomness. Useful for generating encryption keys. -

      • -
      • Remove digest_exists(), hmac_exists() and cipher_exists() functions. -

      • -
      -
    • -
    • -

      Improvements to cube module (Joshua Reich) -

      -

      New functions are cube(float[]), - cube(float[], float[]), and - cube_subset(cube, int4[]). -

      -
    • -
    • Add async query capability to dblink (Kai Londenberg, - Joe Conway) -

    • -
    • -

      New operators for array-subset comparisons (@>, - <@, &&) (Tom) -

      -

      Various contrib packages already had these operators for their - datatypes, but the naming wasn't consistent. We have now added - consistently named array-subset comparison operators to the core code - and all the contrib packages that have such functionality. - (The old names remain available, but are deprecated.) -

      -
    • -
    • Add uninstall scripts for all contrib packages that have install - scripts (David, Josh Drake) -

    • -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/resources.html b/docs/en_US/pg/resources.html index dbf432a049..ebed61ee28 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/resources.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/resources.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@

    FAQs
    -

    The FAQ list contains +

    The FAQ list contains continuously updated answers to frequently asked questions.

    READMEs
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/role-attributes.html b/docs/en_US/pg/role-attributes.html index e8a1866f71..8310f4a415 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/role-attributes.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/role-attributes.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@

    -
    login privilege
    +
    login privilege

    Only roles that have the LOGIN attribute can be used as the initial role name for a database connection. A role with @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ default, while CREATE ROLE does not.)

    -
    superuser status
    +
    superuser status

    A database superuser bypasses all permission checks. This is a dangerous privilege and should not be used carelessly; it is best to do most of your work as a role that is not a superuser. @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ name SUPERUSER. You must do this as a role that is already a superuser.

    -
    database creation
    +
    database creation

    A role must be explicitly given permission to create databases (except for superusers, since those bypass all permission checks). To create such a role, use CREATE ROLE name CREATEDB.

    -
    role creation
    +
    role creation

    A role must be explicitly given permission to create more roles (except for superusers, since those bypass all permission checks). To create such a role, use CREATE ROLE @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ superuser role, superuser status is required; CREATEROLE is not sufficient for that.

    -
    password
    +
    password

    A password is only significant if the client authentication method requires the user to supply a password when connecting to the database. The password, @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@

    A role's attributes can be modified after creation with - ALTER ROLE. + ALTER ROLE. See the reference pages for the CREATE ROLE and ALTER ROLE commands for details.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/role-membership.html b/docs/en_US/pg/role-membership.html index a5e14660fb..e844c27f1e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/role-membership.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/role-membership.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    18.4. Role Membership

    -

    It is frequently convenient to group users together to ease +

    It is frequently convenient to group users together to ease management of privileges: that way, privileges can be granted to, or revoked from, a group as a whole. In PostgreSQL this is done by creating a role that represents the group, and then diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/routine-reindex.html b/docs/en_US/pg/routine-reindex.html index aa2ddbead8..3dfbcb2dbf 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/routine-reindex.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/routine-reindex.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    22.2. Routine Reindexing

    -

    In some situations it is worthwhile to rebuild indexes periodically +

    In some situations it is worthwhile to rebuild indexes periodically with the REINDEX command.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/rowtypes.html b/docs/en_US/pg/rowtypes.html index 75fd1188b8..7706b9cf9f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/rowtypes.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/rowtypes.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    8.11. Composite Types

    -

    A composite type describes the structure of a row or record; +

    A composite type describes the structure of a row or record; it is in essence just a list of field names and their data types. PostgreSQL allows values of composite types to be used in many of the same ways that simple types can be used. For example, a @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@

    -8.11.1. Declaration of Composite Types

    +8.11.1. Declaration of Composite Types

    Here are two simple examples of defining composite types:

    CREATE TYPE complex AS (
    @@ -86,8 +86,8 @@
     

    -8.11.2. Composite Value Input

    -

    To write a composite value as a literal constant, enclose the field +8.11.2. Composite Value Input

    +

    To write a composite value as a literal constant, enclose the field values within parentheses and separate them by commas. You may put double quotes around any field value, and must do so if it contains commas or parentheses. (More details appear below.) Thus, the general format of a @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@

    -8.11.3. Accessing Composite Types

    +8.11.3. Accessing Composite Types

    To access a field of a composite column, one writes a dot and the field name, much like selecting a field from a table name. In fact, it's so much like selecting from a table name that you often have to use parentheses @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

    -8.11.4. Modifying Composite Types

    +8.11.4. Modifying Composite Types

    Here are some examples of the proper syntax for inserting and updating composite columns. First, inserting or updating a whole column: @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@

    -8.11.5. Composite Type Input and Output Syntax

    +8.11.5. Composite Type Input and Output Syntax

    The external text representation of a composite value consists of items that are interpreted according to the I/O conversion rules for the individual field types, plus decoration that indicates the composite structure. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/rule-system.html b/docs/en_US/pg/rule-system.html index 317c81c7dc..375a799550 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/rule-system.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/rule-system.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/rules-privileges.html b/docs/en_US/pg/rules-privileges.html index c712b90e2d..d60ae426e6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/rules-privileges.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/rules-privileges.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    35.4. Rules and Privileges

    -

    Due to rewriting of queries by the PostgreSQL +

    Due to rewriting of queries by the PostgreSQL rule system, other tables/views than those used in the original query get accessed. When update rules are used, this can include write access to tables.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/rules-status.html b/docs/en_US/pg/rules-status.html index a52aca07de..95dfd84cca 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/rules-status.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/rules-status.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/rules-triggers.html b/docs/en_US/pg/rules-triggers.html index 32f7de2ccc..1dead238ed 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/rules-triggers.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/rules-triggers.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    35.6. Rules versus Triggers

    -

    Many things that can be done using triggers can also be +

    Many things that can be done using triggers can also be implemented using the PostgreSQL rule system. One of the things that cannot be implemented by rules are some kinds of constraints, especially foreign keys. It is possible diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/rules-update.html b/docs/en_US/pg/rules-update.html index 8eccf6c55e..8d7d090d81 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/rules-update.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/rules-update.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    35.3. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE

    -

    Rules that are defined on INSERT, UPDATE, +

    Rules that are defined on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE are significantly different from the view rules described in the previous section. First, their CREATE RULE command allows more: @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ original one.

    -35.3.1. How Update Rules Work

    +35.3.1. How Update Rules Work

    Keep the syntax

    @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ there is no need to apply update rules to the output of view rewriting.

    -35.3.1.1. A First Rule Step by Step

    +35.3.1.1. A First Rule Step by Step

    Say we want to trace changes to the sl_avail column in the shoelace_data relation. So we set up a log table and a rule that conditionally writes a log entry when an @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@

    35.3.2. Cooperation with Views

    -

    A simple way to protect view relations from the mentioned +

    A simple way to protect view relations from the mentioned possibility that someone can try to run INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE on them is to let those query trees get thrown away. So we could create the rules diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/rules-views.html b/docs/en_US/pg/rules-views.html index 472e4f3fcd..a743ad0bcb 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/rules-views.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/rules-views.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    35.2. Views and the Rule System

    -

    Views in PostgreSQL are implemented +

    Views in PostgreSQL are implemented using the rule system. In fact, there is essentially no difference between @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@

    35.2.1. How SELECT Rules Work

    -

    Rules ON SELECT are applied to all queries as the last step, even +

    Rules ON SELECT are applied to all queries as the last step, even if the command given is an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE. And they have different semantics from rules on the other command types in that they modify the @@ -341,24 +341,10 @@

    Note

    collapsing the query tree is an optimization that the rewrite system doesn't have to concern itself with.

    -
    -

    Note

    -

    There is currently no recursion stopping mechanism for view rules - in the rule system (only for the other kinds of rules). This - doesn't hurt much, because the only way to push this into an - endless loop (bloating up the server process until it reaches the memory - limit) is to create tables and then setup the view rules by hand - with CREATE RULE in such a way, that one - selects from the other that selects from the one. This could - never happen if CREATE VIEW is used because for - the first CREATE VIEW, the second relation does - not exist and thus the first view cannot select from the second. -

    -

    -35.2.2. View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements

    +35.2.2. View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements

    Two details of the query tree aren't touched in the description of view rules above. These are the command type and the result relation. In fact, view rules don't need this information.

    @@ -374,7 +360,7 @@

    Note

    SELECT t2.b FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a = t2.a;
     
    -UPDATE t1 SET b = t2.b WHERE t1.a = t2.a;
    +UPDATE t1 SET b = t2.b FROM t2 WHERE t1.a = t2.a;

    are nearly identical. In particular: @@ -401,7 +387,7 @@

    Note

    as

    -
    UPDATE t1 SET a = t1.a, b = t2.b WHERE t1.a = t2.a;
    +
    UPDATE t1 SET a = t1.a, b = t2.b FROM t2 WHERE t1.a = t2.a;

    and thus the executor run over the join will produce exactly the @@ -424,11 +410,12 @@

    Note

    To resolve this problem, another entry is added to the target list in UPDATE (and also in DELETE) statements: the current tuple ID - (CTID). This is a system column containing the + (CTID). + This is a system column containing the file block number and position in the block for the row. Knowing the table, the CTID can be used to retrieve the - original row of t1 to be updated. After adding the CTID - to the target list, the query actually looks like + original row of t1 to be updated. After adding the + CTID to the target list, the query actually looks like

    SELECT t1.a, t2.b, t1.ctid FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a = t2.a;
    @@ -442,14 +429,13 @@

    Note

    CTID pointed to, the cmax and xmax entries are set to the current command counter and current transaction ID. Thus the old row is hidden, and after - the transaction committed the vacuum cleaner can really move it - out.

    + the transaction commits the vacuum cleaner can really remove it.

    Knowing all that, we can simply apply view rules in absolutely the same way to any command. There is no difference.

    -35.2.3. The Power of Views in PostgreSQL

    +35.2.3. The Power of Views in PostgreSQL

    The above demonstrates how the rule system incorporates view definitions into the original query tree. In the second example, a simple SELECT from one view created a final diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/rules.html b/docs/en_US/pg/rules.html index 79b5a35acb..7a5386257e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/rules.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/rules.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -21,13 +21,13 @@

    35.2. Views and the Rule System
    35.2.1. How SELECT Rules Work
    -
    35.2.2. View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
    -
    35.2.3. The Power of Views in PostgreSQL
    +
    35.2.2. View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
    +
    35.2.3. The Power of Views in PostgreSQL
    35.2.4. Updating a View
    35.3. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
    -
    35.3.1. How Update Rules Work
    +
    35.3.1. How Update Rules Work
    35.3.2. Cooperation with Views
    35.4. Rules and Privileges
    @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
    35.6. Rules versus Triggers
    -

    This chapter discusses the rule system in +

    This chapter discusses the rule system in PostgreSQL. Production rule systems are conceptually simple, but there are many subtle points involved in actually using them.

    @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@

    35.1. The Query Tree

    -

    To understand how the rule system works it is necessary to know +

    To understand how the rule system works it is necessary to know when it is invoked and what its input and results are.

    The rule system is located between the parser and the planner. It takes the output of the parser, one query tree, and the user-defined diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-autovacuum.html b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-autovacuum.html index 4fbcc6a62e..8f050247a4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-autovacuum.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-autovacuum.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    17.9. Automatic Vacuuming

    -

    These settings control the behavior of the autovacuum +

    These settings control the behavior of the autovacuum feature. Refer to Section 22.1.4, “The auto-vacuum daemon” for more information.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-client.html b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-client.html index ef9dbfcd32..1d66d448f0 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-client.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-client.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-compatible.html b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-compatible.html index 2d6666fea5..5baee06be6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-compatible.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-compatible.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-connection.html b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-connection.html index 00a9ca5079..ef9877ce36 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-connection.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-connection.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-custom.html b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-custom.html index 0c3d354449..f8bf71d423 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-custom.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-custom.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-developer.html b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-developer.html index 78e46dce73..9d2072a306 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-developer.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-developer.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-file-locations.html b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-file-locations.html index 40ff1d048d..35e614ba06 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-file-locations.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-file-locations.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-locks.html b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-locks.html index 641b64f79d..c8e62a479f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-locks.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-locks.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-logging.html b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-logging.html index 5c2ffdd9d8..f4b391ade9 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-logging.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/runtime-config-logging.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,10 +14,10 @@

    17.7. Error Reporting and Logging

    -
    +

    17.7.1. Where To Log

    -
    +
    log_destination (string)
    @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@

    Note

    %tTime stamp (no milliseconds)Time stamp (no milliseconds, no timezone on Windows) no
    @@ -204,8 +204,8 @@

    -4.2.6. Function Calls

    -

    The syntax for a function call is the name of a function +4.2.6. Function Calls

    +

    The syntax for a function call is the name of a function (possibly qualified with a schema name), followed by its argument list enclosed in parentheses: @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@

    4.2.7. Aggregate Expressions

    -

    An aggregate expression represents the +

    An aggregate expression represents the application of an aggregate function across the rows selected by a query. An aggregate function reduces multiple inputs to a single output value, such as the sum or average of the inputs. The @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@

    Note

    4.2.8. Type Casts

    -

    A type cast specifies a conversion from one data type to another. +

    A type cast specifies a conversion from one data type to another. PostgreSQL accepts two equivalent syntaxes for type casts:

    @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@

    Note

    4.2.9. Scalar Subqueries

    -

    A scalar subquery is an ordinary +

    A scalar subquery is an ordinary SELECT query in parentheses that returns exactly one row with one column. (See Chapter 7, Queries for information about writing queries.) The SELECT query is executed @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@

    Note

    4.2.10. Array Constructors

    -

    An array constructor is an expression that builds an +

    An array constructor is an expression that builds an array value from values for its member elements. A simple array constructor consists of the key word ARRAY, a left square bracket @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@

    Note

    4.2.11. Row Constructors

    -

    A row constructor is an expression that builds a row value (also +

    A row constructor is an expression that builds a row value (also called a composite value) from values for its member fields. A row constructor consists of the key word ROW, a left parenthesis, zero or more @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@

    Note

    4.2.12. Expression Evaluation Rules

    -

    The order of evaluation of subexpressions is not defined. In +

    The order of evaluation of subexpressions is not defined. In particular, the inputs of an operator or function are not necessarily evaluated left-to-right or in any other fixed order.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-fetch.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-fetch.html index 1e497d6416..4be2ba94db 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-fetch.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-fetch.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    FETCH — retrieve rows from a query using a cursor

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    FETCH [ direction { FROM | IN } ] cursorname
     
    @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    BACKWARD ALL
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    FETCH retrieves rows using a previously-created cursor.

    A cursor has an associated position, which is used by @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    direction
    @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Outputs

    +

    Outputs

    On successful completion, a FETCH command returns a command tag of the form

    @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    The cursor should be declared with the SCROLL option if one intends to use any variants of FETCH other than FETCH NEXT or FETCH FORWARD with @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    The following example traverses a table using a cursor.

    @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The SQL standard defines FETCH for use in embedded SQL only. The variant of FETCH described here returns the data as if it were a @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CLOSE, DECLARE, MOVE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-grant.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-grant.html index 729bf694c6..7b4a239c6a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-grant.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-grant.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    GRANT — define access privileges

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    GRANT { { SELECT | INSERT | UPDATE | DELETE | REFERENCES | TRIGGER }
         [,...] | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] }
    @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    REVOKE

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-insert.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-insert.html index afd6619243..ae75637a21 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-insert.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-insert.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@

    Name

    INSERT — create new rows in a table

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    INSERT INTO table [ ( column [, ...] ) ]
         { DEFAULT VALUES | VALUES ( { expression | DEFAULT } [, ...] ) [, ...] | query }
         [ RETURNING * | output_expression [ AS output_name ] [, ...] ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    INSERT inserts new rows into a table. One can insert one or more rows specified by value expressions, or zero or more rows resulting from a query. @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    table

    The name (optionally schema-qualified) of an existing table. @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Outputs

    +

    Outputs

    On successful completion, an INSERT command returns a command tag of the form

    @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Insert a single row into table films:

    @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    INSERT conforms to the SQL standard, except that the RETURNING clause is a PostgreSQL extension. Also, the case in diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-keywords-appendix.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-keywords-appendix.html index ccaf0c254f..713d68a0b6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-keywords-appendix.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-keywords-appendix.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,9 +14,9 @@

    Appendix C. SQL Key Words

    -

    Table C.1, “SQL Key Words” lists all tokens that are key words +

    Table C.1, “SQL Key Words” lists all tokens that are key words in the SQL standard and in PostgreSQL - 8.2.0. Background information can be found in Section 4.1.1, “Identifiers and Key Words”. + 8.2.1. Background information can be found in Section 4.1.1, “Identifiers and Key Words”.

    SQL distinguishes between reserved and non-reserved key words. According to the standard, diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-listen.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-listen.html index 8c8ea1eb26..da311d036f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-listen.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-listen.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    LISTEN — listen for a notification

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    LISTEN name
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    LISTEN registers the current session as a listener on the notification condition name. If the current session is already registered as a listener for @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    Name of a notify condition (any identifier). @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Configure and execute a listen/notify sequence from psql: @@ -77,13 +77,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no LISTEN statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    NOTIFY, UNLISTEN
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-load.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-load.html index f864c16656..4e48c4ea1f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-load.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-load.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    LOAD — load or reload a shared library file

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    LOAD 'filename'
    @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

    Synopsis

    shared library file name extension. See Section 33.9, “C-Language Functions” for more information on this topic.

    -

    Non-superusers may only apply LOAD to library files +

    Non-superusers may only apply LOAD to library files located in $libdir/plugins/ — the specified filename must begin with exactly that string. (It is the database administrator's @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE FUNCTION

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-lock.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-lock.html index 129b657626..5a23121eb4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-lock.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-lock.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    LOCK — lock a table

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    LOCK [ TABLE ] name [, ...] [ IN lockmode MODE ] [ NOWAIT ]
     
    @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    | SHARE | SHARE ROW EXCLUSIVE | EXCLUSIVE | ACCESS EXCLUSIVE
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    LOCK TABLE obtains a table-level lock, waiting if necessary for any conflicting locks to be released. If NOWAIT is specified, LOCK @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name
    @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    LOCK TABLE ... IN ACCESS SHARE MODE requires SELECT privileges on the target table. All other forms of LOCK require UPDATE and/or DELETE privileges. @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Obtain a SHARE lock on a primary key table when going to perform inserts into a foreign key table: @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no LOCK TABLE in the SQL standard, which instead uses SET TRANSACTION to specify concurrency levels on transactions. PostgreSQL supports that too; diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-move.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-move.html index ceebf94c1e..bfe89ba8ba 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-move.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-move.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    MOVE — position a cursor

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    MOVE [ direction { FROM | IN } ] cursorname
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    MOVE repositions a cursor without retrieving any data. MOVE works exactly like the FETCH command, except it only positions the cursor and does not return rows. @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Outputs

    +

    Outputs

    On successful completion, a MOVE command returns a command tag of the form

    @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    BEGIN WORK;
     DECLARE liahona CURSOR FOR SELECT * FROM films;
     
    @@ -65,12 +65,12 @@ 

    Synopsis

    COMMIT WORK;
    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no MOVE statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CLOSE, DECLARE, FETCH
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-notify.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-notify.html index ef32bc8b08..3b28b0d600 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-notify.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-notify.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    NOTIFY — generate a notification

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    NOTIFY name        
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    The NOTIFY command sends a notification event to each client application that has previously executed LISTEN name @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    Name of the notification to be signaled (any identifier). @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Configure and execute a listen/notify sequence from psql: @@ -120,13 +120,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no NOTIFY statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    LISTEN, UNLISTEN
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-prepare-transaction.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-prepare-transaction.html index 2ca6c67890..fd6eaacdcc 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-prepare-transaction.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-prepare-transaction.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    PREPARE TRANSACTION — prepare the current transaction for two-phase commit

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    PREPARE TRANSACTION transaction_id
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    PREPARE TRANSACTION prepares the current transaction for two-phase commit. After this command, the transaction is no longer associated with the current session; instead, its state is fully stored on @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    transaction_id

    An arbitrary identifier that later identifies this transaction for @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    This command must be used inside a transaction block. Use BEGIN to start one.

    It is not currently allowed to PREPARE a transaction that @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    COMMIT PREPARED, ROLLBACK PREPARED
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-prepare.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-prepare.html index a0da41ebe2..bc20bb7b35 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-prepare.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-prepare.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    PREPARE name [ (datatype [, ...] ) ] AS statement
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    PREPARE creates a prepared statement. A prepared statement is a server-side object that can be used to optimize performance. When the PREPARE statement is @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    An arbitrary name given to this particular prepared @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    In some situations, the query plan produced for a prepared statement will be inferior to the query plan that would have been chosen if the statement had been submitted and executed @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The SQL standard includes a PREPARE statement, but it is only for use in embedded SQL. This version of the PREPARE statement also uses a somewhat different @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    DEALLOCATE, EXECUTE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-reassign-owned.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-reassign-owned.html index ab88387c20..40b08679cb 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-reassign-owned.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-reassign-owned.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,19 +17,19 @@

    Name

    REASSIGN OWNED — change the ownership of database objects owned by a database role

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    REASSIGN OWNED BY old_role [, ...] TO new_role
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    REASSIGN OWNED instructs the system to change the ownership of the database objects owned by one of the old_roles, to new_role.

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    old_role

    The name of a role. The ownership of all the objects in the @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    REASSIGN OWNED is often used to prepare for the removal of one or more roles. Because REASSIGN OWNED only affects the objects in the current database, @@ -60,13 +60,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The REASSIGN OWNED statement is a PostgreSQL extension.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    DROP OWNED, DROP ROLE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-reindex.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-reindex.html index a551f00d0b..7609806461 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-reindex.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-reindex.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    REINDEX — rebuild indexes

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    REINDEX { INDEX | TABLE | DATABASE | SYSTEM } name [ FORCE ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    REINDEX rebuilds an index using the data stored in the index's table, replacing the old copy of the index. There are several scenarios in which to use REINDEX: @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    INDEX

    Recreate the specified index. @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    If you suspect corruption of an index on a user table, you can simply rebuild that index, or all indexes on the table, using REINDEX INDEX or REINDEX TABLE. @@ -134,7 +134,8 @@

    Synopsis

    pg_auth_members, pg_database, pg_pltemplate, - pg_shdepend, and + pg_shdepend, + pg_shdescription, and pg_tablespace), then a standalone server must be used to repair it. REINDEX will not process shared catalogs in multiuser mode. @@ -180,7 +181,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Rebuild a single index:

    @@ -206,7 +207,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no REINDEX command in the SQL standard.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-release-savepoint.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-release-savepoint.html index a01f1d88f8..1aa3e2a728 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-release-savepoint.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-release-savepoint.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    RELEASE SAVEPOINT — destroy a previously defined savepoint

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    RELEASE [ SAVEPOINT ] savepoint_name
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    RELEASE SAVEPOINT destroys a savepoint previously defined in the current transaction.

    @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    savepoint_name

    The name of the savepoint to destroy. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    Specifying a savepoint name that was not previously defined is an error.

    It is not possible to release a savepoint when the transaction is in @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To establish and later destroy a savepoint:

    BEGIN;
    @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    This command conforms to the SQL standard. The standard specifies that the key word SAVEPOINT is mandatory, but PostgreSQL allows it to @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

    Synopsis

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-reset.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-reset.html index 3bad66d6b7..cca2e0cd79 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-reset.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-reset.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@

    Name

    RESET — restore the value of a run-time parameter to the default value

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    RESET configuration_parameter
     RESET ALL
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    RESET restores run-time parameters to their default values. RESET is an alternative spelling for @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    configuration_parameter

    The name of a run-time parameter. See SET for a list. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Set the geqo configuration variable to its default value:

    RESET geqo;
    @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    RESET is a PostgreSQL extension.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-revoke.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-revoke.html index 2ec5faa890..e186b0e01f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-revoke.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-revoke.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    REVOKE — remove access privileges

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    REVOKE [ GRANT OPTION FOR ]
         { { SELECT | INSERT | UPDATE | DELETE | REFERENCES | TRIGGER }
    @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    GRANT

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-rollback-prepared.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-rollback-prepared.html index 116864bc90..14684cb1d4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-rollback-prepared.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-rollback-prepared.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,18 +17,18 @@

    Name

    ROLLBACK PREPARED — cancel a transaction that was earlier prepared for two-phase commit

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ROLLBACK PREPARED transaction_id
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ROLLBACK PREPARED rolls back a transaction that is in prepared state.

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    transaction_id

    The transaction identifier of the transaction that is to be @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    To roll back a prepared transaction, you must be either the same user that executed the transaction originally, or a superuser. But you do not have to be in the same session that executed the transaction. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    PREPARE TRANSACTION, COMMIT PREPARED
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-rollback-to.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-rollback-to.html index af86aa422b..a4ade05995 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-rollback-to.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-rollback-to.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT — roll back to a savepoint

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ROLLBACK [ WORK | TRANSACTION ] TO [ SAVEPOINT ] savepoint_name
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    Roll back all commands that were executed after the savepoint was established. The savepoint remains valid and can be rolled back to again later, if needed. @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    savepoint_name

    The savepoint to roll back to. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    Use RELEASE SAVEPOINT to destroy a savepoint without discarding the effects of commands executed after it was established.

    @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To undo the effects of the commands executed after my_savepoint was established:

    @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The SQL standard specifies that the key word SAVEPOINT is mandatory, but PostgreSQL and Oracle allow it to be omitted. SQL allows @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    BEGIN, COMMIT, RELEASE SAVEPOINT, ROLLBACK, SAVEPOINT
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-rollback.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-rollback.html index 142be5e846..a9e8b468ca 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-rollback.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-rollback.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,18 +17,18 @@

    Name

    ROLLBACK — abort the current transaction

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    ROLLBACK [ WORK | TRANSACTION ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    ROLLBACK rolls back the current transaction and causes all the updates made by the transaction to be discarded.

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    WORK

    TRANSACTION @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    Use COMMIT to successfully terminate a transaction.

    @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To abort all changes:

    ROLLBACK;
    @@ -55,14 +55,14 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The SQL standard only specifies the two forms ROLLBACK and ROLLBACK WORK. Otherwise, this command is fully conforming.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    BEGIN, COMMIT, ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-savepoint.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-savepoint.html index e3b6061555..c33e81bffc 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-savepoint.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-savepoint.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SAVEPOINT — define a new savepoint within the current transaction

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    SAVEPOINT savepoint_name
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SAVEPOINT establishes a new savepoint within the current transaction.

    @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    savepoint_name

    The name to give to the new savepoint. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    Use ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT to rollback to a savepoint. Use RELEASE SAVEPOINT to destroy a savepoint, keeping the effects of commands executed after it was established. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To establish a savepoint and later undo the effects of all commands executed after it was established:

    @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    SQL requires a savepoint to be destroyed automatically when another savepoint with the same name is established. In PostgreSQL, the old savepoint is kept, though only the more @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@

    Synopsis

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-select.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-select.html index 1d75bca3c8..2fba498de0 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-select.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-select.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    SELECT — retrieve rows from a table or view

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    SELECT [ ALL | DISTINCT [ ON ( expression [, ...] ) ] ]
         * | expression [ AS output_name ] [, ...]
    @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    from_item [ NATURAL ] join_type from_item [ ON join_condition | USING ( join_column [, ...] ) ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SELECT retrieves rows from zero or more tables. The general processing of SELECT is as follows: @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    FROM Clause

    @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@

    Caution

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To join the table films with the table distributors: @@ -835,13 +835,13 @@

    Caution

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    Of course, the SELECT statement is compatible with the SQL standard. But there are some extensions and some missing features.

    -

    Omitted FROM Clauses

    +

    Omitted FROM Clauses

    PostgreSQL allows one to omit the FROM clause. It has a straightforward use to compute the results of simple expressions: @@ -873,7 +873,7 @@

    Caution

    -

    The AS Key Word

    +

    The AS Key Word

    In the SQL standard, the optional key word AS is just noise and can be omitted without affecting the meaning. The PostgreSQL parser requires this key @@ -884,7 +884,7 @@

    Caution

    -

    Namespace Available to GROUP BY and ORDER BY +

    Namespace Available to GROUP BY and ORDER BY

    In the SQL-92 standard, an ORDER BY clause may only use result column names or numbers, while a GROUP @@ -905,7 +905,7 @@

    Caution

    -

    Nonstandard Clauses

    +

    Nonstandard Clauses

    The clauses DISTINCT ON, LIMIT, and OFFSET are not defined in the SQL standard. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-selectinto.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-selectinto.html index dd95c5e073..8324e28c28 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-selectinto.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-selectinto.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    SELECT INTO — define a new table from the results of a query

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    SELECT [ ALL | DISTINCT [ ON ( expression [, ...] ) ] ]
         * | expression [ AS output_name ] [, ...]
    @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    [ FOR { UPDATE | SHARE } [ OF table_name [, ...] ] [ NOWAIT ] [...] ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SELECT INTO creates a new table and fills it with data computed by a query. The data is not returned to the client, as it is with a normal SELECT. The new @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    TEMPORARY or TEMP

    If specified, the table is created as a temporary table. Refer @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    CREATE TABLE AS is functionally similar to SELECT INTO. CREATE TABLE AS is the recommended syntax, since this form of SELECT @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Create a new table films_recent consisting of only recent entries from the table films: @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The SQL standard uses SELECT INTO to represent selecting values into scalar variables of a host program, rather than creating a new table. This indeed is the usage found @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    CREATE TABLE AS
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-constraints.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-constraints.html index 0e6c37ad57..9e6197e7dc 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-constraints.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-constraints.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    SET CONSTRAINTS — set constraint checking modes for the current transaction

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    SET CONSTRAINTS { ALL | name [, ...] } { DEFERRED | IMMEDIATE }
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SET CONSTRAINTS sets the behavior of constraint checking within the current transaction. IMMEDIATE constraints are checked at the end of each @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    This command only alters the behavior of constraints within the current transaction. Thus, if you execute this command outside of a transaction block @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    This command complies with the behavior defined in the SQL standard, except for the limitation that, in PostgreSQL, it only applies to diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-role.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-role.html index f91cd22398..ec0a418571 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-role.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-role.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@

    Name

    SET ROLE — set the current user identifier of the current session

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] ROLE rolename
     SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] ROLE NONE
     RESET ROLE
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    This command sets the current user identifier of the current SQL-session context to be rolename. The role name may be written as either an identifier or a string literal. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    Using this command, it is possible to either add privileges or restrict one's privileges. If the session user role has the INHERITS attribute, then it automatically has all the privileges of every role that @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    SELECT SESSION_USER, CURRENT_USER;
     
      session_user | current_user 
    @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    peter | paul
    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    PostgreSQL allows identifier syntax ("rolename"), while the SQL standard requires the role name to be written as a string @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-session-authorization.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-session-authorization.html index 8cc1e6c06e..ee54817fca 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-session-authorization.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-session-authorization.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@

    Name

    SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION — set the session user identifier and the current user identifier of the current session

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] SESSION AUTHORIZATION username
     SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] SESSION AUTHORIZATION DEFAULT
     RESET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    This command sets the session user identifier and the current user identifier of the current SQL-session context to be username. The user name may be written as either an identifier or a string literal. Using this @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    SELECT SESSION_USER, CURRENT_USER;
     
      session_user | current_user 
    @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    paul | paul
    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The SQL standard allows some other expressions to appear in place of the literal username, but these options are not important in practice. PostgreSQL @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    SET ROLE
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-transaction.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-transaction.html index 58bde15f76..db8b4ff721 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-transaction.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set-transaction.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    SET TRANSACTION — set the characteristics of the current transaction

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    SET TRANSACTION transaction_mode [, ...]
     SET SESSION CHARACTERISTICS AS TRANSACTION transaction_mode [, ...]
    @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    READ WRITE | READ ONLY
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    The SET TRANSACTION command sets the characteristics of the current transaction. It has no effect on any subsequent transactions. SET SESSION @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    If SET TRANSACTION is executed without a prior START TRANSACTION or BEGIN, it will appear to have no effect, since the transaction will immediately diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set.html index 16e6bfdc85..617173be5a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-set.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@

    Name

    SET — change a run-time parameter

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] configuration_parameter { TO | = } { value | 'value' | DEFAULT }
     SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] TIME ZONE { timezone | LOCAL | DEFAULT }
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    The SET command changes run-time configuration parameters. Many of the run-time parameters listed in Chapter 17, Server Configuration can be changed on-the-fly with @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    SESSION

    Specifies that the command takes effect for the current session. @@ -144,13 +144,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    The function set_config provides equivalent functionality. See Section 9.20, “System Administration Functions”.

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Set the schema search path:

    SET search_path TO my_schema, public;
    @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    SET TIME ZONE extends syntax defined in the SQL standard. The standard allows only numeric time zone offsets while PostgreSQL allows more flexible @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    RESET, SHOW
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-show.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-show.html index 8c22cb9bb6..e56b23b873 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-show.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-show.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@

    Name

    SHOW — show the value of a run-time parameter

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    SHOW name
     SHOW ALL
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    SHOW will display the current setting of run-time parameters. These variables can be set using the SET statement, by editing the @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name
    @@ -80,13 +80,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    The function current_setting produces equivalent output. See Section 9.20, “System Administration Functions”.

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Show the current setting of the parameter DateStyle:

    @@ -123,13 +123,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    The SHOW command is a PostgreSQL extension.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    SET, RESET
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-start-transaction.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-start-transaction.html index dd8dc8fd53..06a1745901 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-start-transaction.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-start-transaction.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    START TRANSACTION — start a transaction block

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    START TRANSACTION [ transaction_mode [, ...] ]
     
    @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    READ WRITE | READ ONLY
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    This command begins a new transaction block. If the isolation level or read/write mode is specified, the new transaction has those characteristics, as if SET TRANSACTION was executed. This is the same @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    Refer to SET TRANSACTION for information on the meaning of the parameters to this statement.

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    In the standard, it is not necessary to issue START TRANSACTION to start a transaction block: any SQL command implicitly begins a block. PostgreSQL's behavior can be seen as implicitly @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    BEGIN, COMMIT, ROLLBACK, SAVEPOINT, SET TRANSACTION
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-syntax.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-syntax.html index 43c3550f23..9892215915 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-syntax.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-syntax.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -22,18 +22,18 @@
    4.1.1. Identifiers and Key Words
    4.1.2. Constants
    4.1.3. Operators
    -
    4.1.4. Special Characters
    +
    4.1.4. Special Characters
    4.1.5. Comments
    4.1.6. Lexical Precedence
    4.2. Value Expressions
    -
    4.2.1. Column References
    -
    4.2.2. Positional Parameters
    -
    4.2.3. Subscripts
    -
    4.2.4. Field Selection
    -
    4.2.5. Operator Invocations
    -
    4.2.6. Function Calls
    +
    4.2.1. Column References
    +
    4.2.2. Positional Parameters
    +
    4.2.3. Subscripts
    +
    4.2.4. Field Selection
    +
    4.2.5. Operator Invocations
    +
    4.2.6. Function Calls
    4.2.7. Aggregate Expressions
    4.2.8. Type Casts
    4.2.9. Scalar Subqueries
    @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
    -

    This chapter describes the syntax of SQL. It forms the foundation +

    This chapter describes the syntax of SQL. It forms the foundation for understanding the following chapters which will go into detail about how the SQL commands are applied to define and modify data.

    @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@

    4.1. Lexical Structure

    -

    SQL input consists of a sequence of +

    SQL input consists of a sequence of commands. A command is composed of a sequence of tokens, terminated by a semicolon (“;”). The end of the input stream also @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

    4.1.1. Identifiers and Key Words

    -

    Tokens such as SELECT, UPDATE, or +

    Tokens such as SELECT, UPDATE, or VALUES in the example above are examples of key words, that is, words that have a fixed meaning in the SQL language. The tokens MY_TABLE @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ form are safe against possible conflict with future extensions of the standard.

    -

    +

    The system uses no more than NAMEDATALEN-1 characters of an identifier; longer names can be written in commands, but they will be truncated. By default, @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ changing the NAMEDATALEN constant in src/include/postgres_ext.h.

    -

    +

    Identifier and key word names are case insensitive. Therefore

    UPDATE MY_TABLE SET A = 5;
    @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
    UPDATE my_table SET a = 5;

    -

    +

    There is a second kind of identifier: the delimited identifier or quoted identifier. It is formed by enclosing an arbitrary @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@

    4.1.2. Constants

    -

    There are three kinds of implicitly-typed +

    There are three kinds of implicitly-typed constants in PostgreSQL: strings, bit strings, and numbers. Constants can also be specified with explicit types, which can @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@

    4.1.2.1. String Constants

    -

    +

    A string constant in SQL is an arbitrary sequence of characters bounded by single quotes ('), for example 'This is a string'. To include @@ -232,8 +232,8 @@ by SQL; PostgreSQL is following the standard.)

    -

    - +

    + PostgreSQL also accepts “escape” string constants, which are an extension to the SQL standard. An escape string constant is specified by writing the letter @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@

    Caution

    4.1.2.2. Dollar-Quoted String Constants

    -

    While the standard syntax for specifying string constants is usually +

    While the standard syntax for specifying string constants is usually convenient, it can be difficult to understand when the desired string contains many single quotes or backslashes, since each of those must be doubled. To allow more readable queries in such situations, @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@

    Caution

    4.1.2.3. Bit-String Constants

    -

    Bit-string constants look like regular string constants with a +

    Bit-string constants look like regular string constants with a B (upper or lower case) immediately before the opening quote (no intervening whitespace), e.g., B'1001'. The only characters allowed within @@ -374,8 +374,8 @@

    Caution

    -4.1.2.4. Numeric Constants

    -

    Numeric constants are accepted in these general forms: +4.1.2.4. Numeric Constants

    +

    Numeric constants are accepted in these general forms:

    digits
     digits.[digits][e[+-]digits]
    @@ -401,9 +401,9 @@ 

    Caution

    1.925e-3

    -

    - - +

    + + A numeric constant that contains neither a decimal point nor an exponent is initially presumed to be type integer if its value fits in type integer (32 bits); otherwise it is @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@

    Caution

    the constant will be automatically coerced to the most appropriate type depending on context. When necessary, you can force a numeric value to be interpreted as a specific data type - by casting it. + by casting it. For example, you can force a numeric value to be treated as type real (float4) by writing @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@

    Caution

    4.1.2.5. Constants of Other Types

    -

    A constant of an arbitrary type can be +

    A constant of an arbitrary type can be entered using any one of the following notations:

    type 'string'
    @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ 

    Caution

    4.1.3. Operators

    -

    An operator name is a sequence of up to NAMEDATALEN-1 +

    An operator name is a sequence of up to NAMEDATALEN-1 (63 by default) characters from the following list:

    + - * / < > = ~ ! @ # % ^ & | ` ?

    @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@

    Caution

    -4.1.4. Special Characters

    +4.1.4. Special Characters

    Some characters that are not alphanumeric have a special meaning that is different from being an operator. Details on the usage can be found at the location where the respective syntax element is @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@

    Caution

    4.1.5. Comments

    -

    A comment is an arbitrary sequence of characters beginning with +

    A comment is an arbitrary sequence of characters beginning with double dashes and extending to the end of the line, e.g.:

    -- This is a standard SQL comment
    @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@

    Caution

    4.1.6. Lexical Precedence

    -

    Table 4.1, “Operator Precedence (decreasing)” shows the precedence and +

    Table 4.1, “Operator Precedence (decreasing)” shows the precedence and associativity of the operators in PostgreSQL. Most operators have the same precedence and are left-associative. The precedence and associativity of the operators is hard-wired diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-truncate.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-truncate.html index 2035bc95dc..7e52631b20 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-truncate.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-truncate.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    TRUNCATE — empty a table or set of tables

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    TRUNCATE [ TABLE ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    TRUNCATE quickly removes all rows from a set of tables. It has the same effect as an unqualified DELETE on each table, but since it does not actually @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    The name (optionally schema-qualified) of a table to be truncated. @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    Only the owner of a table may TRUNCATE it.

    TRUNCATE cannot be used on a table that has foreign-key @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Truncate the tables bigtable and fattable:

    @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no TRUNCATE command in the SQL standard.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-unlisten.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-unlisten.html index 577e676537..42ffe5038a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-unlisten.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-unlisten.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@

    Name

    UNLISTEN — stop listening for a notification

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    UNLISTEN { name | * }
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    UNLISTEN is used to remove an existing registration for NOTIFY events. UNLISTEN cancels any existing registration of @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    name

    Name of a notification (any identifier). @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    You may unlisten something you were not listening for; no warning or error will appear.

    @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    To make a registration:

    @@ -78,12 +78,12 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no UNLISTEN command in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    LISTEN, NOTIFY
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-update.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-update.html index f6b037ff37..232f8e96ba 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-update.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-update.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    UPDATE — update rows of a table

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    UPDATE [ ONLY ] table [ [ AS ] alias ]
         SET { column = { expression | DEFAULT } |
    @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    [ RETURNING * | output_expression [ AS output_name ] [, ...] ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    UPDATE changes the values of the specified columns in all rows that satisfy the condition. Only the columns to be modified need be mentioned in the SET clause; @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    table

    The name (optionally schema-qualified) of the table to update. @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Outputs

    +

    Outputs

    On successful completion, an UPDATE command returns a command tag of the form

    @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    When a FROM clause is present, what essentially happens is that the target table is joined to the tables mentioned in the fromlist, and each output row of the join @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    Change the word Drama to Dramatic in the column kind of the table films: @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    This command conforms to the SQL standard, except that the FROM and RETURNING clauses are PostgreSQL extensions. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-vacuum.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-vacuum.html index 288116ac06..86d824ca5d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-vacuum.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-vacuum.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@

    Name

    VACUUM — garbage-collect and optionally analyze a database

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    VACUUM [ FULL ] [ FREEZE ] [ VERBOSE ] [ table ]
     VACUUM [ FULL ] [ FREEZE ] [ VERBOSE ] ANALYZE [ table [ (column [, ...] ) ] ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    VACUUM reclaims storage occupied by deleted tuples. In normal PostgreSQL operation, tuples that are deleted or obsoleted by an update are not physically removed from @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    FULL

    Selects “full” vacuum, which may reclaim more @@ -84,14 +84,14 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Outputs

    +

    Outputs

    When VERBOSE is specified, VACUUM emits progress messages to indicate which table is currently being processed. Various statistics about the tables are printed as well.

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    VACUUM cannot be executed inside a transaction block.

    We recommend that active production databases be @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    The following is an example from running VACUUM on a table in the regression database: @@ -161,12 +161,12 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    There is no VACUUM statement in the SQL standard.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    vacuumdb, Cost-Based Vacuum Delay
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-values.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-values.html index da5b794963..900f09f49d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql-values.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql-values.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

    Name

    VALUES — compute a set of rows

    -
    +

    Synopsis

    VALUES ( expression [, ...] ) [, ...]
         [ ORDER BY sort_expression [ ASC | DESC | USING operator ] [, ...] ]
    @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ 

    Synopsis

    [ OFFSET start ]
    -

    Description

    +

    Description

    VALUES computes a row value or set of row values specified by value expressions. It is most commonly used to generate a “constant table” within a larger command, but it can be @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Parameters

    +

    Parameters

    expression

    A constant or expression to compute and insert at the indicated place @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Notes

    +

    Notes

    VALUES lists with very large numbers of rows should be avoided, as you may encounter out-of-memory failures or poor performance. VALUES appearing within INSERT is a special case @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@

    Synopsis

    -

    Examples

    +

    Examples

    A bare VALUES command:

    @@ -168,14 +168,14 @@

    Tip

    -

    Compatibility

    +

    Compatibility

    VALUES conforms to the SQL standard, except that LIMIT and OFFSET are PostgreSQL extensions.

    -

    See Also

    +

    See Also

    INSERT, SELECT
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/sql.html b/docs/en_US/pg/sql.html index fd83956eee..ad214fe334 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/sql.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/sql.html @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ - - + + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    Part II. The SQL Language

    -
    +

    This part describes the use of the SQL language in PostgreSQL. We start with @@ -54,18 +54,18 @@

    4.1.1. Identifiers and Key Words
    4.1.2. Constants
    4.1.3. Operators
    -
    4.1.4. Special Characters
    +
    4.1.4. Special Characters
    4.1.5. Comments
    4.1.6. Lexical Precedence
    4.2. Value Expressions
    -
    4.2.1. Column References
    -
    4.2.2. Positional Parameters
    -
    4.2.3. Subscripts
    -
    4.2.4. Field Selection
    -
    4.2.5. Operator Invocations
    -
    4.2.6. Function Calls
    +
    4.2.1. Column References
    +
    4.2.2. Positional Parameters
    +
    4.2.3. Subscripts
    +
    4.2.4. Field Selection
    +
    4.2.5. Operator Invocations
    +
    4.2.6. Function Calls
    4.2.7. Aggregate Expressions
    4.2.8. Type Casts
    4.2.9. Scalar Subqueries
    @@ -80,23 +80,23 @@
    5.2. Default Values
    5.3. Constraints
    -
    5.3.1. Check Constraints
    -
    5.3.2. Not-Null Constraints
    -
    5.3.3. Unique Constraints
    -
    5.3.4. Primary Keys
    +
    5.3.1. Check Constraints
    +
    5.3.2. Not-Null Constraints
    +
    5.3.3. Unique Constraints
    +
    5.3.4. Primary Keys
    5.3.5. Foreign Keys
    5.4. System Columns
    5.5. Modifying Tables
    -
    5.5.1. Adding a Column
    -
    5.5.2. Removing a Column
    -
    5.5.3. Adding a Constraint
    -
    5.5.4. Removing a Constraint
    -
    5.5.5. Changing a Column's Default Value
    -
    5.5.6. Changing a Column's Data Type
    -
    5.5.7. Renaming a Column
    -
    5.5.8. Renaming a Table
    +
    5.5.1. Adding a Column
    +
    5.5.2. Removing a Column
    +
    5.5.3. Adding a Constraint
    +
    5.5.4. Removing a Constraint
    +
    5.5.5. Changing a Column's Default Value
    +
    5.5.6. Changing a Column's Data Type
    +
    5.5.7. Renaming a Column
    +
    5.5.8. Renaming a Table
    5.6. Privileges
    5.7. Schemas
    @@ -170,12 +170,12 @@
    8.6. Boolean Type
    8.7. Geometric Types
    -
    8.7.1. Points
    -
    8.7.2. Line Segments
    -
    8.7.3. Boxes
    -
    8.7.4. Paths
    -
    8.7.5. Polygons
    -
    8.7.6. Circles
    +
    8.7.1. Points
    +
    8.7.2. Line Segments
    +
    8.7.3. Boxes
    +
    8.7.4. Paths
    +
    8.7.5. Polygons
    +
    8.7.6. Circles
    8.8. Network Address Types
    @@ -187,20 +187,20 @@
    8.9. Bit String Types
    8.10. Arrays
    -
    8.10.1. Declaration of Array Types
    -
    8.10.2. Array Value Input
    -
    8.10.3. Accessing Arrays
    -
    8.10.4. Modifying Arrays
    -
    8.10.5. Searching in Arrays
    -
    8.10.6. Array Input and Output Syntax
    +
    8.10.1. Declaration of Array Types
    +
    8.10.2. Array Value Input
    +
    8.10.3. Accessing Arrays
    +
    8.10.4. Modifying Arrays
    +
    8.10.5. Searching in Arrays
    +
    8.10.6. Array Input and Output Syntax
    8.11. Composite Types
    -
    8.11.1. Declaration of Composite Types
    -
    8.11.2. Composite Value Input
    -
    8.11.3. Accessing Composite Types
    -
    8.11.4. Modifying Composite Types
    -
    8.11.5. Composite Type Input and Output Syntax
    +
    8.11.1. Declaration of Composite Types
    +
    8.11.2. Composite Value Input
    +
    8.11.3. Accessing Composite Types
    +
    8.11.4. Modifying Composite Types
    +
    8.11.5. Composite Type Input and Output Syntax
    8.12. Object Identifier Types
    8.13. Pseudo-Types
    @@ -234,28 +234,28 @@
    9.12. Sequence Manipulation Functions
    9.13. Conditional Expressions
    -
    9.13.1. CASE
    -
    9.13.2. COALESCE
    -
    9.13.3. NULLIF
    -
    9.13.4. GREATEST and LEAST
    +
    9.13.1. CASE
    +
    9.13.2. COALESCE
    +
    9.13.3. NULLIF
    +
    9.13.4. GREATEST and LEAST
    9.14. Array Functions and Operators
    9.15. Aggregate Functions
    9.16. Subquery Expressions
    -
    9.16.1. EXISTS
    -
    9.16.2. IN
    -
    9.16.3. NOT IN
    -
    9.16.4. ANY/SOME
    -
    9.16.5. ALL
    -
    9.16.6. Row-wise Comparison
    +
    9.16.1. EXISTS
    +
    9.16.2. IN
    +
    9.16.3. NOT IN
    +
    9.16.4. ANY/SOME
    +
    9.16.5. ALL
    +
    9.16.6. Row-wise Comparison
    9.17. Row and Array Comparisons
    -
    9.17.1. IN
    -
    9.17.2. NOT IN
    -
    9.17.3. ANY/SOME (array)
    -
    9.17.4. ALL (array)
    +
    9.17.1. IN
    +
    9.17.2. NOT IN
    +
    9.17.3. ANY/SOME (array)
    +
    9.17.4. ALL (array)
    9.17.5. Row-wise Comparison
    9.18. Set Returning Functions
    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ssh-tunnels.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ssh-tunnels.html index 213615e443..6e78e0ab18 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ssh-tunnels.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ssh-tunnels.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    16.8. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels

    -

    One can use SSH to encrypt the network +

    One can use SSH to encrypt the network connection between clients and a PostgreSQL server. Done properly, this provides an adequately secure network connection, even for non-SSL-capable diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/ssl-tcp.html b/docs/en_US/pg/ssl-tcp.html index 20c46fcff3..078b409211 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/ssl-tcp.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/ssl-tcp.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    16.7. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL

    -

    PostgreSQL has native support for using +

    PostgreSQL has native support for using SSL connections to encrypt client/server communications for increased security. This requires that OpenSSL is installed on both client and diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/storage-page-layout.html b/docs/en_US/pg/storage-page-layout.html index e7f2ad5406..6e6713b2c5 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/storage-page-layout.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/storage-page-layout.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@

    52.3. Database Page Layout

    This section provides an overview of the page format used within -PostgreSQL tables and indexes.[10] +PostgreSQL tables and indexes.[10] Sequences and TOAST tables are formatted just like a regular table.

    In the following explanation, a byte @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@



    -

    [10] Actually, index access methods need not use this page format. +

    [10] Actually, index access methods need not use this page format. All the existing index methods do use this basic format, but the data kept on index metapages usually doesn't follow the item layout rules. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/storage-toast.html b/docs/en_US/pg/storage-toast.html index a335fcfb06..74e366779b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/storage-toast.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/storage-toast.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    52.2. TOAST

    -

    This section provides an overview of TOAST (The +

    This section provides an overview of TOAST (The Oversized-Attribute Storage Technique).

    PostgreSQL uses a fixed page size (commonly 8 kB), and does not allow tuples to span multiple pages. Therefore, it is diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/storage.html b/docs/en_US/pg/storage.html index 4df5b91c08..2ad9f86f25 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/storage.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/storage.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/supported-platforms.html b/docs/en_US/pg/supported-platforms.html index ae5f8088c3..c875b69c8e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/supported-platforms.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/supported-platforms.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/transaction-iso.html b/docs/en_US/pg/transaction-iso.html index 8b556a4e7b..66f7abb3b5 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/transaction-iso.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/transaction-iso.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    12.2. Transaction Isolation

    -

    The SQL standard defines four levels of +

    The SQL standard defines four levels of transaction isolation in terms of three phenomena that must be prevented between concurrent transactions. These undesirable phenomena are: @@ -22,19 +22,19 @@

    dirty read - +

    A transaction reads data written by a concurrent uncommitted transaction.

    nonrepeatable read - +

    A transaction re-reads data it has previously read and finds that data has been modified by another transaction (that committed since the initial read).

    phantom read - +

    A transaction re-executes a query returning a set of rows that satisfy a search condition and finds that the set of rows satisfying the condition @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@

    -

    +

    The four transaction isolation levels and the corresponding behaviors are described in Table 12.1, “SQL Transaction Isolation Levels”.

    @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

    12.2.1. Read Committed Isolation Level

    -

    Read Committed +

    Read Committed is the default isolation level in PostgreSQL. When a transaction runs on this isolation level, a SELECT query sees only data committed before the @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

    12.2.2. Serializable Isolation Level

    -

    The level Serializable provides the strictest transaction +

    The level Serializable provides the strictest transaction isolation. This level emulates serial transaction execution, as if transactions had been executed one after another, serially, rather than concurrently. However, applications using this level must @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@

    12.2.2.1. Serializable Isolation versus True Serializability

    -

    The intuitive meaning (and mathematical definition) of +

    The intuitive meaning (and mathematical definition) of “serializable” execution is that any two successfully committed concurrent transactions will appear to have executed strictly serially, one after the other — although which one appeared to occur first may @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ SELECT ... WHERE class = 1, a predicate-locking system would forbid transaction B from inserting any new row with class 1 until A has committed. - [6] + [6] Such a locking system is complex to implement and extremely expensive in execution, since every session must be aware of the details of every query executed by every concurrent @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@



    -

    [6] Essentially, a predicate-locking system prevents phantom reads +

    [6] Essentially, a predicate-locking system prevents phantom reads by restricting what is written, whereas MVCC prevents them by restricting what is read.

    diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/trigger-datachanges.html b/docs/en_US/pg/trigger-datachanges.html index 585acd64ff..eaf51f9be5 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/trigger-datachanges.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/trigger-datachanges.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/trigger-example.html b/docs/en_US/pg/trigger-example.html index 8e235d592d..c5d27e493b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/trigger-example.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/trigger-example.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/trigger-interface.html b/docs/en_US/pg/trigger-interface.html index bc1d19ce86..93d008e833 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/trigger-interface.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/trigger-interface.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    34.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C

    -

    This section describes the low-level details of the interface to a +

    This section describes the low-level details of the interface to a trigger function. This information is only needed when writing trigger functions in C. If you are using a higher-level language then these details are handled for you. In most cases you should consider diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/triggers.html b/docs/en_US/pg/triggers.html index 9ec2444f9b..5ff1ba975b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/triggers.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/triggers.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

    34.4. A Complete Example
    -

    This chapter provides general information about writing trigger functions. +

    This chapter provides general information about writing trigger functions. Trigger functions can be written in most of the available procedural languages, including PL/pgSQL (Chapter 37, PL/pgSQL - SQL Procedural Language), @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ to avoid infinite recursion in such scenarios.

    When a trigger is being defined, arguments can be specified for - it. The purpose of including arguments in the + it. The purpose of including arguments in the trigger definition is to allow different triggers with similar requirements to call the same function. As an example, there could be a generalized trigger function that takes as its diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-accessdb.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-accessdb.html index 2d4bcea68c..a4415bdfb4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-accessdb.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-accessdb.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    1.4. Accessing a Database

    -

    Once you have created a database, you can access it by: +

    Once you have created a database, you can access it by:

      @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@

      In psql, you will be greeted with the following message:

      -
      Welcome to psql 8.2.0, the PostgreSQL interactive terminal.
      +
      Welcome to psql 8.2.1, the PostgreSQL interactive terminal.
        
       Type:  \copyright for distribution terms
              \h for help with SQL commands
      @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
        
       mydb=>

      - + The last line could also be

      mydb=#
      @@ -80,12 +80,12 @@ to you and that you can type SQL queries into a work space maintained by psql. Try out these commands: - +

      mydb=> SELECT version();
                                   version
       ----------------------------------------------------------------
      - PostgreSQL 8.2.0 on i586-pc-linux-gnu, compiled by GCC 2.96
      + PostgreSQL 8.2.1 on i586-pc-linux-gnu, compiled by GCC 2.96
       (1 row)
       
       mydb=> SELECT current_date;
      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-advanced.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-advanced.html
      index 1d967741dd..2cb9d561be 100644
      --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-advanced.html
      +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-advanced.html
      @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
       
       
       
      -
      +
       
       
       
      diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-agg.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-agg.html
      index 511f6f0fc3..22bb0ede9d 100644
      --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-agg.html
      +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-agg.html
      @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
       
       
       
      -
      +
       
       
       
      @@ -14,11 +14,11 @@
       

      2.7. Aggregate Functions

      -

      - - - - +

      + + + + Like most other relational database products, PostgreSQL supports @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ (1 row)

      -

      +

      If we wanted to know what city (or cities) that reading occurred in, we might try @@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ that computes its own aggregate separately from what is happening in the outer query.

      -

      - +

      + Aggregates are also very useful in combination with GROUP BY clauses. For example, we can get the maximum low diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-arch.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-arch.html index 5dc4a468c0..02fd63ce12 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-arch.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-arch.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ performs actions on the database on behalf of the clients. The database server program is called postgres. - +

    • The user's client (frontend) application that wants to perform database operations. Client applications can be very diverse diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-concepts.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-concepts.html index 7380ce130a..3e916814ef 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-concepts.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-concepts.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,11 +14,11 @@

      2.2. Concepts

      -

      - - - - +

      + + + + PostgreSQL is a relational database management system (RDBMS). @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ operating systems form an example of a hierarchical database. A more modern development is the object-oriented database.

      -

      - +

      + Each table is a named collection of rows. Each row of a given table has the same set of named @@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ does not guarantee the order of the rows within the table in any way (although they can be explicitly sorted for display).

      -

      - +

      + Tables are grouped into databases, and a collection of databases managed by a single PostgreSQL server diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-conclusion.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-conclusion.html index 1e4945e3ca..9f46b7a708 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-conclusion.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-conclusion.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-createdb.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-createdb.html index a255551676..d4caf000e4 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-createdb.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-createdb.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

      1.3. Creating a Database

      -

      The first test to see whether you can access the database server +

      The first test to see whether you can access the database server is to try to create a database. A running PostgreSQL server can manage many databases. Typically, a separate database is used for each @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ yourself then you should log in for the purposes of this tutorial under the user account that you started the server as. - [1] + [1]

      You can also create databases with other names. PostgreSQL allows you to create any @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@



      -

      [1] As an explanation for why this works: +

      [1] As an explanation for why this works: PostgreSQL user names are separate from operating system user accounts. When you connect to a database, you can choose what diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-delete.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-delete.html index 31fcd290ca..dd7b34293e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-delete.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-delete.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

      2.9. Deletions

      -

      Rows can be removed from a table using the DELETE +

      Rows can be removed from a table using the DELETE command. Suppose you are no longer interested in the weather of Hayward. Then you can do the following to delete those rows from the table: diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-fk.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-fk.html index c224fe106c..280f101a73 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-fk.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-fk.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

      3.3. Foreign Keys

      -

      Recall the weather and +

      Recall the weather and cities tables from Chapter 2, The SQL Language. Consider the following problem: You want to make sure that no one can insert rows in the weather table that do not have a matching diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-inheritance.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-inheritance.html index 20f4fdd20d..ef842f8369 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-inheritance.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-inheritance.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

      3.5. Inheritance

      -

      Inheritance is a concept from object-oriented databases. It opens +

      Inheritance is a concept from object-oriented databases. It opens up interesting new possibilities of database design.

      Let's create two tables: A table cities diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-join.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-join.html index 85ec37497b..5a7d3d5f94 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-join.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-join.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

      2.6. Joins Between Tables

      -

      Thus far, our queries have only accessed one table at a time. +

      Thus far, our queries have only accessed one table at a time. Queries can access multiple tables at once, or access the same table in such a way that multiple rows of the table are being processed at the same time. A query that accesses multiple rows @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

      Note

      This syntax is not as commonly used as the one above, but we show it here to help you understand the following topics.

      -

      +

      Now we will figure out how we can get the Hayward records back in. What we want the query to do is to scan the @@ -143,8 +143,8 @@

      Note

      Exercise:  There are also right outer joins and full outer joins. Try to find out what those do.

      -

      - +

      + We can also join a table against itself. This is called a self join. As an example, suppose we wish diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-populate.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-populate.html index d581f369e2..fd7384d5c9 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-populate.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-populate.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

      2.4. Populating a Table With Rows

      -

      The INSERT statement is used to populate a table with +

      The INSERT statement is used to populate a table with rows:

      @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@

      Please enter all the commands shown above so you have some data to work with in the following sections.

      -

      +

      You could also have used COPY to load large amounts of data from flat-text files. This is usually faster diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-select.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-select.html index 9a54f8e7f9..187fd508ff 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-select.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-select.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@

      2.5. Querying a Table

      -

      - +

      + To retrieve data from a table, the table is queried. An SQL @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

      SELECT * FROM weather;

      Here * is a shorthand for “all columns”. - [2] + [2] So the same result would be had with:

      SELECT city, temp_lo, temp_hi, prcp, date FROM weather;
      @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ (1 row)
    • -

      +

      You can request that the results of a query be returned in sorted order: @@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ ORDER BY city, temp_lo;

      -

      - +

      + You can request that duplicate rows be removed from the result of a query: @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Here again, the result row ordering might vary. You can ensure consistent results by using DISTINCT and ORDER BY together: - [3] + [3]

      SELECT DISTINCT city
      @@ -144,11 +144,11 @@
          



      -

      [2] While SELECT * is useful for off-the-cuff +

      [2] While SELECT * is useful for off-the-cuff queries, it is widely considered bad style in production code, since adding a column to the table would change the results.

      -

      [3] In some database systems, including older versions of +

      [3] In some database systems, including older versions of PostgreSQL, the implementation of DISTINCT automatically orders the rows and so ORDER BY is unnecessary. But this is not diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-sql.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-sql.html index fb49de80b9..d6e02b0177 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-sql.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-sql.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-start.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-start.html index bb80f90e4e..7edb89b03d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-start.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-start.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-table.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-table.html index 8ca3f34036..cd433aa0e9 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-table.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-table.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

      2.3. Creating a New Table

      -

      You can create a new table by specifying the table +

      You can create a new table by specifying the table name, along with all column names and their types:

      @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ The point type is an example of a PostgreSQL-specific data type.

      -

      +

      Finally, it should be mentioned that if you don't need a table any longer or want to recreate it differently you can remove it using diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-transactions.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-transactions.html index e0322ab9b0..ea6b65a13f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-transactions.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-transactions.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

      3.4. Transactions

      -

      Transactions are a fundamental concept of all database +

      Transactions are a fundamental concept of all database systems. The essential point of a transaction is that it bundles multiple steps into a single, all-or-nothing operation. The intermediate states between the steps are not visible to other concurrent transactions, diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-update.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-update.html index e25974349d..ba8e7e5693 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-update.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-update.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

      2.8. Updates

      -

      You can update existing rows using the +

      You can update existing rows using the UPDATE command. Suppose you discover the temperature readings are all off by 2 degrees after November 28. You may correct the diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-views.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-views.html index 6cec7e1f5f..e48776ac87 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-views.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial-views.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

      3.2. Views

      -

      Refer back to the queries in Section 2.6, “Joins Between Tables”. +

      Refer back to the queries in Section 2.6, “Joins Between Tables”. Suppose the combined listing of weather records and city location is of particular interest to your application, but you do not want to type the query each time you need it. You can create a diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial.html b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial.html index 1b65c73b78..03afa413db 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/tutorial.html @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ - - + + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

      Part I. Tutorial

      -
      +

      Welcome to the PostgreSQL Tutorial. The following few chapters are intended to give a simple introduction diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-func.html b/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-func.html index 40db685d16..79dd61aaa0 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-func.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-func.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,11 +14,11 @@

      10.3. Functions

      -

      The specific function to be used in a function invocation is determined +

      The specific function to be used in a function invocation is determined according to the following steps.

      -

      Function Type Resolution

      +

      Function Type Resolution

      1. Select the functions to be considered from the @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ function type resolution. Some examples follow.

        -

        Example 10.4. Rounding Function Argument Type Resolution

        +

        Example 10.4. Rounding Function Argument Type Resolution

        There is only one round function with two arguments. (The first is numeric, the second is @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@


        -

        Example 10.5. Substring Function Type Resolution

        +

        Example 10.5. Substring Function Type Resolution

        There are several substr functions, one of which takes types text and integer. If called diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-oper.html b/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-oper.html index 8b56b21db2..fc6cfe1f2e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-oper.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-oper.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@

        10.2. Operators

        -

        The specific operator to be used in an operator invocation is determined +

        The specific operator to be used in an operator invocation is determined by following the procedure below. Note that this procedure is indirectly affected by the precedence of the involved operators. See Section 4.1.6, “Lexical Precedence” for more information.

        -

        Operator Type Resolution

        +

        Operator Type Resolution

        1. Select the operators to be considered from the @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@

        Some examples follow.

        -

        Example 10.1. Exponentiation Operator Type Resolution

        +

        Example 10.1. Exponentiation Operator Type Resolution

        There is only one exponentiation operator defined in the catalog, and it takes arguments of type @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@


        -

        Example 10.2. String Concatenation Operator Type Resolution

        +

        Example 10.2. String Concatenation Operator Type Resolution

        A string-like syntax is used for working with string types as well as for working with complex extension types. @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@


        -

        Example 10.3. Absolute-Value and Negation Operator Type Resolution

        +

        Example 10.3. Absolute-Value and Negation Operator Type Resolution

        The PostgreSQL operator catalog has several entries for the prefix operator @, all of which implement diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-query.html b/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-query.html index 1233f54b15..0fe504c6aa 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-query.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-query.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ following steps.

        -

        Value Storage Type Conversion

        +

        Value Storage Type Conversion

        1. Check for an exact match with the target.

        2. Otherwise, try to convert the expression to the target type. This will succeed @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@

        -

        Example 10.6. character Storage Type Conversion

        +

        Example 10.6. character Storage Type Conversion

        For a target column declared as character(20) the following statement ensures that the stored value is sized correctly: diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-union-case.html b/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-union-case.html index 64abbca0e2..1425726171 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-union-case.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv-union-case.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

        10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs

        -

        SQL UNION constructs must match up possibly dissimilar +

        SQL UNION constructs must match up possibly dissimilar types to become a single result set. The resolution algorithm is applied separately to each output column of a union query. The INTERSECT and EXCEPT constructs resolve @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ algorithm to match up their component expressions and select a result data type.

        -

        Type Resolution for UNION, CASE, +

        Type Resolution for UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs

        1. If all inputs are of type unknown, resolve as type @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@

        Some examples follow.

        -

        Example 10.7. Type Resolution with Underspecified Types in a Union

        +

        Example 10.7. Type Resolution with Underspecified Types in a Union

        SELECT text 'a' AS "text" UNION SELECT 'b';
         
        @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
         

        -

        Example 10.8. Type Resolution in a Simple Union

        +

        Example 10.8. Type Resolution in a Simple Union

        SELECT 1.2 AS "numeric" UNION SELECT 1;
         
        @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
         

        -

        Example 10.9. Type Resolution in a Transposed Union

        +

        Example 10.9. Type Resolution in a Transposed Union

        SELECT 1 AS "real" UNION SELECT CAST('2.2' AS REAL);
         
        diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv.html b/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv.html
        index 54aa782e2d..8c4aa4d168 100644
        --- a/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv.html
        +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/typeconv.html
        @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
         
         
         
        -
        +
         
         
         
        @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
         
        10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
        -

        SQL statements can, intentionally or not, require +

        SQL statements can, intentionally or not, require mixing of different data types in the same expression. PostgreSQL has extensive facilities for evaluating mixed-type expressions.

        @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ done in conjunction with defining new data types. The set of casts between the built-in types has been carefully crafted and is best not altered.)

        -

        An additional heuristic is provided in the parser to allow better guesses +

        An additional heuristic is provided in the parser to allow better guesses at proper behavior for SQL standard types. There are several basic type categories defined: boolean, numeric, string, bitstring, datetime, timespan, geometric, network, diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/unsupported-features-sql-standard.html b/docs/en_US/pg/unsupported-features-sql-standard.html index 25293938c4..196b125c4d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/unsupported-features-sql-standard.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/unsupported-features-sql-standard.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/user-manag.html b/docs/en_US/pg/user-manag.html index 897d364523..291e23ddd2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/user-manag.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/user-manag.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

        18.1. Database Roles

        -

        Database roles are conceptually completely separate from +

        Database roles are conceptually completely separate from operating system users. In practice it might be convenient to maintain a correspondence, but this is not required. Database roles are global across a database cluster installation (and not @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@

        DROP ROLE name;

        -

        For convenience, the programs createuser +

        For convenience, the programs createuser and dropuser are provided as wrappers around these SQL commands that can be called from the shell command line: diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-cursors.html b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-cursors.html index 695083e7e8..9b3feb3c66 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-cursors.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-cursors.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

        43.36. pg_cursors

        -

        The pg_cursors view lists the cursors that +

        The pg_cursors view lists the cursors that are currently available. Cursors can be defined in several ways:

          @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@

          Note

          -

          Table 43.36. pg_cursors Columns

          +

          Table 43.36. pg_cursors Columns

          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-group.html b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-group.html index 32d5c9fc59..d518ca81ab 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-group.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-group.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          43.37. pg_group

          -

          The view pg_group exists for backwards +

          The view pg_group exists for backwards compatibility: it emulates a catalog that existed in PostgreSQL before version 8.1. It shows the names and members of all roles that are marked as not @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ of roles that are being used as groups.

          -

          Table 43.37. pg_group Columns

          +

          Table 43.37. pg_group Columns

          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-indexes.html b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-indexes.html index f0a2f00d5e..bf8cf506df 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-indexes.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-indexes.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,11 +14,11 @@

          43.38. pg_indexes

          -

          The view pg_indexes provides access to +

          The view pg_indexes provides access to useful information about each index in the database.

          -

          Table 43.38. pg_indexes Columns

          +

          Table 43.38. pg_indexes Columns

          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-locks.html b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-locks.html index 0f286ed295..db91864e6c 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-locks.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-locks.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          43.39. pg_locks

          -

          The view pg_locks provides access to +

          The view pg_locks provides access to information about the locks held by open transactions within the database server. See Chapter 12, Concurrency Control for more discussion of locking. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ relation is represented as a separate lockable object.

          -

          Table 43.39. pg_locks Columns

          +

          Table 43.39. pg_locks Columns

          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-prepared-statements.html b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-prepared-statements.html index 95dd18d10a..019f7f1f72 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-prepared-statements.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-prepared-statements.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          43.40. pg_prepared_statements

          -

          The pg_prepared_statements view displays +

          The pg_prepared_statements view displays all the prepared statements that are available in the current session. See PREPARE for more information about prepared statements. @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ is released (for example, via the DEALLOCATE command).

          -

          Table 43.40. pg_prepared_statements Columns

          +

          Table 43.40. pg_prepared_statements Columns

          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-prepared-xacts.html b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-prepared-xacts.html index 8aeac33505..65ae66ab50 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-prepared-xacts.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-prepared-xacts.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          43.41. pg_prepared_xacts

          -

          The view pg_prepared_xacts displays +

          The view pg_prepared_xacts displays information about transactions that are currently prepared for two-phase commit (see PREPARE TRANSACTION for details).

          @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ rolled back.

          -

          Table 43.41. pg_prepared_xacts Columns

          +

          Table 43.41. pg_prepared_xacts Columns

          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-roles.html b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-roles.html index fd64d34c81..3bee3e0bb6 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-roles.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-roles.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          43.42. pg_roles

          -

          The view pg_roles provides access to +

          The view pg_roles provides access to information about database roles. This is simply a publicly readable view of pg_authid @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ since that is needed to do joins to other catalogs.

          -

          Table 43.42. pg_roles Columns

          +

          Table 43.42. pg_roles Columns

          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-rules.html b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-rules.html index c27a35640e..256eb7ac5f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-rules.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-rules.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,11 +14,11 @@

          43.43. pg_rules

          -

          The view pg_rules provides access to +

          The view pg_rules provides access to useful information about query rewrite rules.

          -

          Table 43.43. pg_rules Columns

          +

          Table 43.43. pg_rules Columns

          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-settings.html b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-settings.html index 351f2b2e2e..90ee2a18c3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-settings.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-settings.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          43.44. pg_settings

          -

          The view pg_settings provides access to +

          The view pg_settings provides access to run-time parameters of the server. It is essentially an alternative interface to the SHOW and SET commands. It also provides access to some facts about each parameter that are @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ maximum values.

          -

          Table 43.44. pg_settings Columns

          +

          Table 43.44. pg_settings Columns

          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-shadow.html b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-shadow.html index a96f6bfbfa..80de09e96d 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-shadow.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-shadow.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          43.45. pg_shadow

          -

          The view pg_shadow exists for backwards +

          The view pg_shadow exists for backwards compatibility: it emulates a catalog that existed in PostgreSQL before version 8.1. It shows properties of all roles that are marked as @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ pg_shadow that blanks out the password field.

          -

          Table 43.45. pg_shadow Columns

          +

          Table 43.45. pg_shadow Columns

          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-stats.html b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-stats.html index b70b533550..7b51edc961 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-stats.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-stats.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          43.46. pg_stats

          -

          The view pg_stats provides access to +

          The view pg_stats provides access to the information stored in the pg_statistic catalog. This view allows access only to rows of pg_statistic that correspond to tables the @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ are defined for pg_statistic.

          -

          Table 43.46. pg_stats Columns

          +

          Table 43.46. pg_stats Columns

          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-tables.html b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-tables.html index 789b176e4b..6a436de471 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-tables.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-tables.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,11 +14,11 @@

          43.47. pg_tables

          -

          The view pg_tables provides access to +

          The view pg_tables provides access to useful information about each table in the database.

          -

          Table 43.47. pg_tables Columns

          +

          Table 43.47. pg_tables Columns

          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-timezone-abbrevs.html b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-timezone-abbrevs.html index 99733b4234..2d40b2eb5e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-timezone-abbrevs.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-timezone-abbrevs.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@

          43.48. pg_timezone_abbrevs

          -

          The view pg_timezone_abbrevs provides a list +

          The view pg_timezone_abbrevs provides a list of time zone abbreviations that are currently recognized by the datetime input routines. The contents of this view change when the timezone_abbreviations run-time parameter is modified.

          -

          Table 43.48. pg_timezone_abbrevs Columns

          +

          Table 43.48. pg_timezone_abbrevs Columns

          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-timezone-names.html b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-timezone-names.html index db94392677..4e6e3f2f95 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-timezone-names.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-timezone-names.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          43.49. pg_timezone_names

          -

          The view pg_timezone_names provides a list +

          The view pg_timezone_names provides a list of time zone names that are recognized by SET TIMEZONE, along with their associated abbreviations, UTC offsets, and daylight-savings status. @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ value of CURRENT_TIMESTAMP.

          -

          Table 43.49. pg_timezone_names Columns

          +

          Table 43.49. pg_timezone_names Columns

          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-user.html b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-user.html index b6acd40174..3ba51bf7f3 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-user.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-user.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@

          43.50. pg_user

          -

          The view pg_user provides access to +

          The view pg_user provides access to information about database users. This is simply a publicly readable view of pg_shadow that blanks out the password field.

          -

          Table 43.50. pg_user Columns

          +

          Table 43.50. pg_user Columns

          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-views.html b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-views.html index bdeed13638..7fecdc80f9 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-views.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/view-pg-views.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,11 +14,11 @@

          43.51. pg_views

          -

          The view pg_views provides access to +

          The view pg_views provides access to useful information about each view in the database.

          -

          Table 43.51. pg_views Columns

          +

          Table 43.51. pg_views Columns

          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/views-overview.html b/docs/en_US/pg/views-overview.html index 7d3c15ab2e..3f085f6993 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/views-overview.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/views-overview.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/wal-configuration.html b/docs/en_US/pg/wal-configuration.html index cc2dbb444a..d7bbbf0099 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/wal-configuration.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/wal-configuration.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Consult Chapter 17, Server Configuration for general information about setting server configuration parameters.

          -

          Checkpoints +

          Checkpoints are points in the sequence of transactions at which it is guaranteed that the data files have been updated with all information written before the checkpoint. At checkpoint time, all dirty data pages are flushed to diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/wal-internals.html b/docs/en_US/pg/wal-internals.html index 74eebb5d23..f1e32f157f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/wal-internals.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/wal-internals.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@

          The aim of WAL, to ensure that the log is written before database records are altered, may be subverted by - disk drives that falsely report a + disk drives that falsely report a successful write to the kernel, when in fact they have only cached the data and not yet stored it on the disk. A power failure in such a situation may still lead to diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/wal-intro.html b/docs/en_US/pg/wal-intro.html index 6d002ae29a..550f4360c2 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/wal-intro.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/wal-intro.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          27.2. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)

          -

          Write-Ahead Logging (WAL) +

          Write-Ahead Logging (WAL) is a standard approach to transaction logging. Its detailed description may be found in most (if not all) books about transaction processing. Briefly, WAL's central diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/wal.html b/docs/en_US/pg/wal.html index ca7933ffeb..b5b2b3328c 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/wal.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/wal.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/warm-standby.html b/docs/en_US/pg/warm-standby.html index 486caa0791..bbe3d10dbf 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/warm-standby.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/warm-standby.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          23.4. Warm Standby Servers for High Availability

          -

          Continuous archiving can be used to create a high +

          Continuous archiving can be used to create a high availability (HA) cluster configuration with one or more standby servers ready to take over operations if the primary server fails. This @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@

          23.4.5. Incrementally Updated Backups

          -

          In a warm standby configuration, it is possible to offload the expense of +

          In a warm standby configuration, it is possible to offload the expense of taking periodic base backups from the primary server; instead base backups can be made by backing up a standby server's files. This concept is generally known as diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/xaggr.html b/docs/en_US/pg/xaggr.html index 9ef3a92a8a..7f815db12b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/xaggr.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/xaggr.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          33.10. User-Defined Aggregates

          -

          Aggregate functions in PostgreSQL +

          Aggregate functions in PostgreSQL are expressed in terms of state values and state transition functions. That is, an aggregate operates using a state value that is updated diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-c.html b/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-c.html index 0c3117bcf5..6b968ede58 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-c.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-c.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          33.9. C-Language Functions

          -

          User-defined functions can be written in C (or a language that can +

          User-defined functions can be written in C (or a language that can be made compatible with C, such as C++). Such functions are compiled into dynamically loadable objects (also called shared libraries) and are loaded by the server on demand. The dynamic @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

          33.9.1. Dynamic Loading

          -

          The first time a user-defined function in a particular +

          The first time a user-defined function in a particular loadable object file is called in a session, the dynamic loader loads that object file into memory so that the function can be called. The CREATE FUNCTION @@ -57,11 +57,11 @@

        • If the name starts with the string $libdir, that part is replaced by the PostgreSQL package library directory - name, which is determined at build time. + name, which is determined at build time.

        • If the name does not contain a directory part, the file is searched for in the path specified by the configuration variable - dynamic_library_path. + dynamic_library_path.

        • Otherwise (the file was not found in the path, or it contains a non-absolute directory part), the dynamic loader will try to @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@

          Note

          information.

        • -

          To ensure that a dynamically loaded object file is not loaded into an +

          To ensure that a dynamically loaded object file is not loaded into an incompatible server, PostgreSQL checks that the file contains a “magic block” with the appropriate contents. This allows the server to detect obvious incompatibilities, such as code @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

          Note

          file, for example after recompiling it, use the LOAD command or begin a fresh session.

          -

          Optionally, a dynamically loaded file can contain initialization and +

          Optionally, a dynamically loaded file can contain initialization and finalization functions. If the file includes a function named _PG_init, that function will be called immediately after loading the file. The function receives no parameters and should @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

          Note

          33.9.2. Base Types in C-Language Functions

          -

          To know how to write C-language functions, you need to know how +

          To know how to write C-language functions, you need to know how PostgreSQL internally represents base data types and how they can be passed to and from functions. Internally, PostgreSQL regards a base @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@

          Warning

          -33.9.3. Version 0 Calling Conventions

          +33.9.3. Version 0 Calling Conventions

          We present the “old style” calling convention first — although this approach is now deprecated, it's easier to get a handle on initially. In the version-0 method, the arguments and result @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@

          Warning

          -33.9.4. Version 1 Calling Conventions

          +33.9.4. Version 1 Calling Conventions

          The version-1 calling convention relies on macros to suppress most of the complexity of passing arguments and results. The C declaration of a version-1 function is always @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@

          Warning

          -33.9.5. Writing Code

          +33.9.5. Writing Code

          Before we turn to the more advanced topics, we should discuss some coding rules for PostgreSQL C-language functions. While it may be possible to load functions @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@

          Warning

          • Use pg_config - --includedir-server + --includedir-server to find out where the PostgreSQL server header files are installed on your system (or the system that your users will be running on). @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@

            Warning

          • When allocating memory, use the PostgreSQL functions - palloc and pfree + palloc and pfree instead of the corresponding C library functions malloc and free. The memory allocated by palloc will be @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@

            Warning

            C, they must be compiled and linked in a special way to produce a file that can be dynamically loaded by the server. To be precise, a shared library needs to be - created. + created.

            For information beyond what is contained in this section @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@

            Warning

            executables: first the source files are compiled into object files, then the object files are linked together. The object files need to be created as position-independent code - (PIC), which + (PIC), which conceptually means that they can be placed at an arbitrary location in memory when they are loaded by the executable. (Object files intended for executables are usually not compiled that way.) The @@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@

            Tip

            33.9.7. Extension Building Infrastructure

            -

            If you are thinking about distributing your +

            If you are thinking about distributing your PostgreSQL extension modules, setting up a portable build system for them can be fairly difficult. Therefore the PostgreSQL installation provides a build @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@

            Tip

            -33.9.8. Composite-Type Arguments

            +33.9.8. Composite-Type Arguments

          Composite types do not have a fixed layout like C structures. Instances of a composite type may contain null fields. In addition, composite types that are part of an inheritance @@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@

          Tip

          -33.9.9. Returning Rows (Composite Types)

          +33.9.9. Returning Rows (Composite Types)

          To return a row or composite-type value from a C-language function, you can use a special API that provides macros and functions to hide most of the complexity of building composite @@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@

          Note

          -33.9.11. Polymorphic Arguments and Return Types

          +33.9.11. Polymorphic Arguments and Return Types

          C-language functions may be declared to accept and return the polymorphic types anyelement and anyarray. @@ -1804,11 +1804,11 @@

          Note

          -33.9.12. Shared Memory and LWLocks

          +33.9.12. Shared Memory and LWLocks

          Add-ins may reserve LWLocks and an allocation of shared memory on server startup. The add-in's shared library must be preloaded by specifying it in - shared_preload_libraries. + shared_preload_libraries. Shared memory is reserved by calling:

          void RequestAddinShmemSpace(int size)
          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-internal.html b/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-internal.html index 590293b87f..a165db8d83 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-internal.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-internal.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          33.8. Internal Functions

          -

          Internal functions are functions written in C that have been statically +

          Internal functions are functions written in C that have been statically linked into the PostgreSQL server. The “body” of the function definition specifies the C-language name of the function, which need not be the diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-overload.html b/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-overload.html index cf66d17c01..656fdd04d1 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-overload.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-overload.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          33.5. Function Overloading

          -

          More than one function may be defined with the same SQL name, so long +

          More than one function may be defined with the same SQL name, so long as the arguments they take are different. In other words, function names can be overloaded. When a query is executed, the server will determine which function to diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-pl.html b/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-pl.html index f2d0566984..6eb0512f42 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-pl.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-pl.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-sql.html b/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-sql.html index e36ed4c647..43cd43426e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-sql.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-sql.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          33.4. Query Language (SQL) Functions

          -

          SQL functions execute an arbitrary list of SQL statements, returning +

          SQL functions execute an arbitrary list of SQL statements, returning the result of the last query in the list. In the simple (non-set) case, the first row of the last query's result will be returned. @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ If the last query happens to return no rows at all, the null value will be returned.

          -

          Alternatively, +

          Alternatively, an SQL function may be declared to return a set, by specifying the function's return type as SETOF sometype. In this case all rows of the @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

          -33.4.2. SQL Functions on Composite Types

          +33.4.2. SQL Functions on Composite Types

          When writing functions with arguments of composite types, we must not only specify which argument we want (as we did above with $1 and $2) but @@ -346,8 +346,8 @@

          Tip

          The equivalence between functional notation and attribute notation makes it possible to use functions on composite types to emulate “computed fields”. - - + + For example, using the previous definition for double_salary(emp), we can write @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@

          Tip

          33.4.3. Functions with Output Parameters

          -

          An alternative way of describing a function's results is to define it +

          An alternative way of describing a function's results is to define it with output parameters, as in this example:

          @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@

          Tip

          -33.4.5. SQL Functions Returning Sets

          +33.4.5. SQL Functions Returning Sets

          When an SQL function is declared as returning SETOF sometype, the function's final SELECT query is executed to completion, and each row it @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@

          Tip

          -33.4.6. Polymorphic SQL Functions

          +33.4.6. Polymorphic SQL Functions

          SQL functions may be declared to accept and return the polymorphic types anyelement and anyarray. See Section 33.2.5, “Polymorphic Types” for a more detailed diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-volatility.html b/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-volatility.html index 02e0883cfe..77d17ca958 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-volatility.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc-volatility.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          33.6. Function Volatility Categories

          -

          Every function has a volatility classification, with +

          Every function has a volatility classification, with the possibilities being VOLATILE, STABLE, or IMMUTABLE. VOLATILE is the default if the CREATE FUNCTION diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc.html b/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc.html index 3e70b09d0b..f0354e97e5 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/xfunc.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          33.3. User-Defined Functions

          -

          PostgreSQL provides four kinds of +

          PostgreSQL provides four kinds of functions:

          diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/xindex.html b/docs/en_US/pg/xindex.html index c1f5a261fd..faa899062f 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/xindex.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/xindex.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          33.14. Interfacing Extensions To Indexes

          -

          The procedures described thus far let you define new types, new +

          The procedures described thus far let you define new types, new functions, and new operators. However, we cannot yet define an index on a column of a new data type. To do this, we must define an operator class for the new data type. Later in this @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@

          Note

          The routines for an index method do not directly know anything about the data types that the index method will operate on. Instead, an operator - class + class identifies the set of operations that the index method needs to use to work with a particular data type. Operator classes are so called because one thing they specify is the set of @@ -655,7 +655,7 @@

          Note

          33.14.6. System Dependencies on Operator Classes

          -

          PostgreSQL uses operator classes to infer the +

          PostgreSQL uses operator classes to infer the properties of operators in more ways than just whether they can be used with indexes. Therefore, you might want to create operator classes even if you have no intention of indexing any columns of your data type. diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/xoper-optimization.html b/docs/en_US/pg/xoper-optimization.html index fe28747140..ef948ee476 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/xoper-optimization.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/xoper-optimization.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -27,11 +27,11 @@

          Additional optimization clauses might be added in future versions of PostgreSQL. The ones described here are all - the ones that release 8.2.0 understands. + the ones that release 8.2.1 understands.

          -33.13.1. COMMUTATOR

          +33.13.1. COMMUTATOR

          The COMMUTATOR clause, if provided, names an operator that is the commutator of the operator being defined. We say that operator A is the commutator of operator B if (x A y) equals (y B x) for all possible input @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

          -33.13.2. NEGATOR

          +33.13.2. NEGATOR

          The NEGATOR clause, if provided, names an operator that is the negator of the operator being defined. We say that operator A is the negator of operator B if both return Boolean results and @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

          -33.13.3. RESTRICT

          +33.13.3. RESTRICT

          The RESTRICT clause, if provided, names a restriction selectivity estimation function for the operator. (Note that this is a function name, not an operator name.) RESTRICT clauses only make sense for @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@

          -33.13.4. JOIN

          +33.13.4. JOIN

          The JOIN clause, if provided, names a join selectivity estimation function for the operator. (Note that this is a function name, not an operator name.) JOIN clauses only make sense for @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@

          -33.13.5. HASHES

          +33.13.5. HASHES

          The HASHES clause, if present, tells the system that it is permissible to use the hash join method for a join based on this operator. HASHES only makes sense for a binary operator that @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@

          Note

          -33.13.6. MERGES (SORT1, SORT2, LTCMP, GTCMP)

          +33.13.6. MERGES (SORT1, SORT2, LTCMP, GTCMP)

          The MERGES clause, if present, tells the system that it is permissible to use the merge-join method for a join based on this operator. MERGES only makes sense for a binary operator that diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/xoper.html b/docs/en_US/pg/xoper.html index c8bebe7812..a976113945 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/xoper.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/xoper.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          33.12. User-Defined Operators

          -

          Every operator is “syntactic sugar” for a call to an +

          Every operator is “syntactic sugar” for a call to an underlying function that does the real work; so you must first create the underlying function before you can create the operator. However, an operator is not merely @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@

          PostgreSQL supports left unary, right unary, and binary operators. Operators can be - overloaded; + overloaded; that is, the same operator name can be used for different operators that have different numbers and types of operands. When a query is executed, the system determines the operator to call from the diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/xplang.html b/docs/en_US/pg/xplang.html index 413d62cebe..4172e66c7e 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/xplang.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/xplang.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@

          Table of Contents

          36.1. Installing Procedural Languages
          -

          PostgreSQL allows user-defined functions +

          PostgreSQL allows user-defined functions to be written in other languages besides SQL and C. These other languages are generically called procedural languages (PLs). For a function @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ does not know about.

          -

          Manual Procedural Language Installation +

          Manual Procedural Language Installation

          A procedural language is installed in a database in four steps, which must be carried out by a database superuser. (For languages diff --git a/docs/en_US/pg/xtypes.html b/docs/en_US/pg/xtypes.html index 00294b3384..17f1ee5472 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pg/xtypes.html +++ b/docs/en_US/pg/xtypes.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ - + @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

          33.11. User-Defined Types

          -

          As described in Section 33.2, “The PostgreSQL Type System”, +

          As described in Section 33.2, “The PostgreSQL Type System”, PostgreSQL can be extended to support new data types. This section describes how to define new base types, which are data types defined below the level of the SQL @@ -27,10 +27,10 @@ See the README file in that directory for instructions about running the examples.

          -

          - +

          + A user-defined type must always have input and output - functions. + functions. These functions determine how the type appears in strings (for input by the user and output to the user) and how the type is organized in memory. The input function takes a null-terminated character string @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@

          When you define a new base type, PostgreSQL automatically provides support for arrays of that - type. For historical reasons, the array type + type. For historical reasons, the array type has the same name as the base type with the underscore character (_) prepended.

          @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ created to support indexing of the data type. These additional layers are discussed in following sections.

          -

          +

          If the values of your data type might exceed a few hundred bytes in size (in internal form), you should make the data type TOAST-able (see Section 52.2, “TOAST”). diff --git a/docs/en_US/pgadmin3.hhc b/docs/en_US/pgadmin3.hhc index 09627b107f..969cbf3278 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pgadmin3.hhc +++ b/docs/en_US/pgadmin3.hhc @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@

        • - +
            @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
          • - +
        • @@ -262,15 +262,15 @@
          • - +
          • - +
          • - +
          @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
        • - +
        • @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@
        • - +
        • @@ -443,27 +443,27 @@
          • - +
          • - +
          • - +
          • - +
          • - +
          • - +
          • @@ -511,19 +511,19 @@
            • - +
            • - +
            • - +
            • - +
            • @@ -541,35 +541,35 @@
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
            • @@ -804,23 +804,23 @@
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
            • @@ -847,27 +847,27 @@
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
            • @@ -903,27 +903,27 @@
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
            • @@ -933,23 +933,23 @@
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
            • @@ -1091,19 +1091,19 @@
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
            • @@ -1121,27 +1121,27 @@
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
            • @@ -1151,19 +1151,19 @@
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • - +
              • @@ -1405,11 +1405,11 @@
                • - +
                • - +
              • @@ -1459,11 +1459,11 @@
              • - +
              • - +
              • @@ -1754,11 +1754,11 @@
                • - +
                • - +
                • @@ -1791,15 +1791,15 @@
                  • - +
                  • - +
                  • - +
                • @@ -1813,15 +1813,15 @@
                • - +
                • - +
                • - + @@ -1988,7 +1988,7 @@
                  • - +
                  • @@ -2057,31 +2057,31 @@
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                  • @@ -2233,43 +2233,43 @@
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                  • @@ -2313,23 +2313,23 @@
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                  • @@ -2343,31 +2343,31 @@
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                  • @@ -2377,15 +2377,15 @@
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                  • @@ -2399,15 +2399,15 @@
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                  • @@ -2417,15 +2417,15 @@
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                  • @@ -2657,19 +2657,19 @@
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • @@ -2691,7 +2691,7 @@
                    • - +
                    • @@ -2703,11 +2703,11 @@
                    • - +
                    • - +
                  • @@ -2741,15 +2741,15 @@
                  • - +
                  • - +
                  • - +
                  • @@ -2761,11 +2761,11 @@
                  • - +
                  • - +
                  • @@ -2773,11 +2773,11 @@
                  • - +
                  • - +
                  • @@ -2799,27 +2799,27 @@
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                    • - +
                  • @@ -2899,11 +2899,11 @@
                  • - +
                  • - +
                  • @@ -2917,12 +2917,12 @@
                    • - +
                      • - +
                    • @@ -3058,11 +3058,11 @@
                      • - +
                      • - +
                    • @@ -3072,23 +3072,23 @@
                      • - +
                      • - +
                      • - +
                      • - +
                      • - +
                    • @@ -3098,23 +3098,23 @@
                      • - +
                      • - +
                      • - +
                      • - +
                      • - +
                    • @@ -3142,15 +3142,15 @@
                      • - +
                      • - +
                      • - +
                    • @@ -3160,15 +3160,15 @@
                      • - +
                      • - +
                      • - +
                      @@ -3187,7 +3187,7 @@
                      • - +
                      • @@ -3200,7 +3200,7 @@
                      • - +
                      • @@ -4061,11 +4061,11 @@
                        • - +
                        • - +
                      • @@ -4079,7 +4079,7 @@
                        • - +
                      • @@ -4327,11 +4327,11 @@
                        • - +
                        • - +
                        • @@ -4339,7 +4339,7 @@
                        • - +
                        • @@ -4351,15 +4351,15 @@
                        • - +
                        • - +
                        • - +
                      • @@ -4409,19 +4409,19 @@
                        • - +
                        • - +
                        • - +
                        • - +
                      • @@ -4624,7 +4624,7 @@
                        • - +
                        • @@ -4662,94 +4662,122 @@
                            +
                          • + + + +
                              +
                            • + + + +
                            • + + + +
                          • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                            +
                          • + + + +
                              +
                            • + + + +
                            • + + + +
                          • @@ -4757,11 +4785,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -4771,11 +4799,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -4785,11 +4813,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -4799,11 +4827,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -4813,11 +4841,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -4827,79 +4855,93 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                            +
                          • + + + +
                              +
                            • + + + +
                            • + + + +
                          • @@ -4907,11 +4949,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -4921,11 +4963,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -4935,11 +4977,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -4949,11 +4991,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -4963,11 +5005,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -4977,11 +5019,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -4991,11 +5033,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5005,11 +5047,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5019,11 +5061,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5033,71 +5075,85 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                            +
                          • + + + +
                              +
                            • + + + +
                            • + + + +
                          • @@ -5105,11 +5161,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5119,11 +5175,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5133,11 +5189,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5147,11 +5203,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5161,11 +5217,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5175,11 +5231,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5189,11 +5245,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5203,11 +5259,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5217,11 +5273,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5231,11 +5287,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5245,11 +5301,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5259,11 +5315,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5273,11 +5329,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5287,11 +5343,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5301,79 +5357,93 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                            +
                          • + + + +
                              +
                            • + + + +
                            • + + + +
                          • @@ -5381,11 +5451,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5395,11 +5465,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5409,11 +5479,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5423,11 +5493,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5437,11 +5507,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5451,11 +5521,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5465,11 +5535,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5479,11 +5549,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5493,11 +5563,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5507,11 +5577,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5521,11 +5591,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5535,11 +5605,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5549,11 +5619,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5563,11 +5633,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5577,11 +5647,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5591,11 +5661,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5605,80 +5675,80 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                            @@ -5689,11 +5759,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5703,11 +5773,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5717,11 +5787,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5731,11 +5801,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5745,11 +5815,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5759,11 +5829,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5773,11 +5843,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5787,11 +5857,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5801,108 +5871,108 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                            @@ -5913,11 +5983,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5927,11 +5997,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5941,11 +6011,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5955,11 +6025,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5969,11 +6039,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5983,11 +6053,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -5997,11 +6067,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6011,11 +6081,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6025,11 +6095,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6039,11 +6109,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6053,11 +6123,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6067,17 +6137,17 @@
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6087,11 +6157,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6101,11 +6171,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6115,11 +6185,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6129,7 +6199,7 @@
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6139,7 +6209,7 @@
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6149,11 +6219,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6163,11 +6233,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6177,15 +6247,15 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6195,11 +6265,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6209,11 +6279,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6223,15 +6293,15 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6245,15 +6315,15 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6263,11 +6333,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6277,7 +6347,7 @@
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6287,7 +6357,7 @@
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6297,7 +6367,7 @@
                            • - +
                          • @@ -6325,11 +6395,11 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            @@ -6349,36 +6419,36 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                            • @@ -6393,27 +6463,27 @@
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                            • @@ -6423,11 +6493,11 @@
                              • - +
                              • - +
                            • @@ -6437,7 +6507,7 @@
                              • - +
                              @@ -6467,15 +6537,15 @@
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              • - +
                              diff --git a/docs/en_US/pgadmin3.hhk b/docs/en_US/pgadmin3.hhk index ca395245a5..cc8d2a859a 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pgadmin3.hhk +++ b/docs/en_US/pgadmin3.hhk @@ -8,2015 +8,2015 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • @@ -2040,933 +2040,933 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • @@ -2975,1567 +2975,1567 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                                • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • @@ -4544,3532 +4544,3532 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                                • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                                • - +
                              @@ -8080,2778 +8080,2778 @@
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                                • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                              • - +
                            • - +
                            • diff --git a/docs/en_US/pgadmin3.hhp b/docs/en_US/pgadmin3.hhp index ab858accb2..03cd6f1a5b 100644 --- a/docs/en_US/pgadmin3.hhp +++ b/docs/en_US/pgadmin3.hhp @@ -648,12 +648,15 @@ pg/sql-keywords-appendix.html pg/features.html pg/unsupported-features-sql-standard.html pg/release.html +pg/release-8-2.html +pg/release-8-1-6.html pg/release-8-1-5.html pg/release-8-1-4.html pg/release-8-1-3.html pg/release-8-1-2.html pg/release-8-1-1.html pg/release-8-1.html +pg/release-8-0-10.html pg/release-8-0-9.html pg/release-8-0-8.html pg/release-8-0-7.html @@ -664,6 +667,7 @@ pg/release-8-0-3.html pg/release-8-0-2.html pg/release-8-0-1.html pg/release-8-0.html +pg/release-7-4-15.html pg/release-7-4-14.html pg/release-7-4-13.html pg/release-7-4-12.html @@ -679,6 +683,7 @@ pg/release-7-4-3.html pg/release-7-4-2.html pg/release-7-4-1.html pg/release-7-4.html +pg/release-7-3-17.html pg/release-7-3-16.html pg/release-7-3-15.html pg/release-7-3-14.html